Capilano College 1993-1994 NORTH VANCOUVER CAMPUS and Administrative Offices 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver B.C. V7J 3H5 Telephone (604) 986-1911 TDD (for deaf) 980-9921 FAX (604) 984-4985 SECHELT NORTH CAMPUS 5627 Inlet Avenue P.O. Box 1609 Sechelt, B.C. VON 3A0 Telephone (604) 885-9310 Toll free from Vancouver: 987-1535 FAX (604) 987-1535 SECHELT SOUTH CAMPUS at House of Hewhiwus SQUAMISH CAMPUS 37827 Second Avenue P.O. Box 1538 Squamish, B.C. VON 3G0 Telephone (604) 892-5322 Toll free from Vancouver: 986-3515 FAX (604) 986-3515 Capilano College is a smoke-free environment How to Find Us 2 North Vancouver Campus Call 984-4945 for a wheelchair access map > Frequently Called Numbers 984-4913 984-4971 984-1759 984-4945 984-4990 984-1727 984-4911 984-4981 984-4977 984-4972 984-4960 984-1706 984-4983 984-4969 984-1744 984-4950 Admissions Adult Basic Education Adult Special Education Achievement Resource Centre (ARC) Advising Centre Hotline Applied Information Technology Art Department Asia Pacific Management Athletics and Recreation Bookstore Business Management C A N A S E A N Program Capilano College Foundation Capilano Students' Union Counselling Daycare Deans: Academic Career/Vocational Student & Instructional Services Disability Support and Access Services Early Childhood Education Extension Programs & Services Financial Aid First Aid Humanities International Office International Student Advisor 984-4921 984-4923 984-4975 984-1701 984-4947 984-4901 984-4966 984-4964 984-4957 984-4975 984-1744 1993 » 4 Labour Studies Landscape Horticulture Library Maintenance Media Resources Music Department Nurse Office Administration Outdoor Recreation Personnel President Public Relations Pure & Applied Sciences Purchasing Registration Sechelt Campus Social Sciences Special Needs Advisor Sportsplex Control Centre Squamish Campus Student Employment Student Records Switchboard /Reception Vice Presidents: Academic Career /Vocational Student & Instructional Visual and Performing Arts 1994 July 1993 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 August 1993 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 January 1994 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 February 1994 5 M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 September 1993 S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 October 1993 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 March 1994 5 M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 April 1994 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 November 1993 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 December 1993 S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 May 1994 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 June 1994 S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 984-4954 984-4947 984-4944 984-4963 984-4940 984-4951 984-4964 984-4959 984-4947 984-4929 984-4925 984-1729 984-4955 984-4904 984-4913 987-1535 984-4953 984-4945 984-1737 986-3515 984-4965 984-4973 986-1911 984-4921 984-4924 984-4922 984-1766 Table of Contents GENERAL INFORMATION Getting to Cap, Who to Call How to Find Us 2 North Vancouver Campus 3 Frequently Called Numbers 4 Message from the President 6 Message from the Board 7 About Capilano College 8 Mission and Values , 9 Academic Schedule 10 Admission and Readmission 11 Registration 14 Fees 16 General Course Information & Policies 18 Graduation/Diplomas & Certificates 19 Policies & Procedures 24 Services 28 Academic Advising 28 Achievement Resource Centre ...28 Athletics & Recreation 29 Bookstore 29 Counselling 29 Career Resource Centre 30 Daycare 30 Disability Support & Access Services 30 Distance Education 30 First Nations Programs & Services 30 Food and Beverage Service 31 Health Services and First Aid 31 International Office and International Education 31 Library 33 Lost and Found 34 Office of the Registrar 34 Parking 34 Security 34 Sportsplex & Fitness Centre 34 Student Employment Centre 35 Student Newspaper 35 Student Society 35 Student Store 36 Financial Aid and Awards 37 PREPARATORY PROGRAMS Pre-College Level Courses Achievement Resource Centre Adult Basic Education/ Foundations Alternative Career Training English as a Second Language 51 52 53 57 58 ACADEMIC STUDIES/UNIVERSITY TRANSFER PROGRAMS General Information 61 Anthropology 65 Art Graphic Design & Illustration ....67 Studio Art 72 Art Institute 77 Textile Arts 78 Crafts Instructor Training 81 Art History 82 Biology 84 Chemistry 87 Chinese 89 Commerce 89 Computing Science 91 Criminology 93 Economics 94 Engineering 95 English 97 Environmental Science 101 French 103 Geography 104 Geology 106 German 107 History 108 Japanese 110 Jazz Studies Ill Kinesiology 122 Labour Studies 123 Mathematics 125 Music Transfer, Bachelor of 129 Philosophy 134 Physical Education 137 Physics 138 Political Studies 140 Psychology 141 Sociology 143 Spanish 145 Thai 146 Theatre 146 Women's Studies 149 CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS General Information 153 Applied InfoTech 154 Business Administration 159 Diploma Programs 160 Advanced Diploma 161 Baccalaureate Degree 162 Accelerated Business Mgmt. Diploma Programs 163 • Administrative Management 164 • Financial Management 164 • Marketing Management 164 • Merchandising Management 164 • Computer Systems Mgmt 165 Business Computing Co-op 165 Evening Certificate Programs ..167 .,..180 Early Childhood Education ....182 Fisheries Science 187 Health and Human Services ....189 Resident Care Attendant 189 Personal Assistant for Persons with Disabilities 189 ....192 194 198 Music Therapy, Bachelor of ,.„ ....203 ....207 Office Technology 207 General Office Assistant 209 Accelerated Office Technology 210 Legal Secretarial 212 Medical Office Assistant 215 Outdoor Recreation Wilderness Leadership 218 ....222 POST-GRADUATE PROGRAMS Asia Pacific Management Co-operative Program Environmental Science 227 730 NON-CREDIT PROGRAMS AND COURSES Extension Programs & Services Canadian Job Strategies Achievement Resource Centre 233 233 234 TRANSFER GUIDE 237 Governance and Administration 274 Index 276 Changes to Curricula, Regulations, and Services Capilano College reserves the right to make such changes in the College Calendar as necessary, including the cancellation or adjustment of programs or courses, and changes in fee structure or other regulations or services, without liability for any resulting loss or damage. Although every effort is made to ensure accuracy at the time of printing, the statements in the Calendar arc not to beregardedas an irrevocable contract between the student and the College. 5 Message from the President This year, Capilano College celebrates its 25th anniversary. It is an important occasion in the life of the College. From here, we look back with pride at our accomplishments and look forward with optimism toward realizing our vision for the future. Capilano College opened its doors in September 1968 to just over 700 students. At the time, the College was attached to West Vancouver Secondary, and classes were held in portables located on the school grounds. In 1973, the College moved to its present location overlooking Burrard Inlet. Further growth occurred when the College opened campuses in Squamish and Sechelt to better serve those communities. Today, the College has close to 6,000 students enrolled in credit courses and programs and another 6,000 in non-credit extension programs. These numbers represent a diverse group of individuals, with equally diverse educational goals and objectives. Ranging in age from 18 to 80, our students are committed to higher learning at all levels, from preparatory courses, certificates and diplomas, to degree programs offered through the Open University and the College's post-baccalaureate programs. The introduction of the Associate degree in both Arts and Science in the past year offers yet another option, an important benchmark of academic achievement that can lead to many career and educational opportunities. The highlight of our anniversary year will be the opening of the new Library. This facility will more than triple the size of the existing library, and will serve the needs of both students and the community. The Library Campaign is now underway to raise funds for much needed library resources and equipment. As we move toward the year 2000, society is demanding more and better education. Capilano College will continue to redefine existing programs and courses, and develop new ones, to meet the evolving needs of our students and our community. Over the past 25 years we have built a reputation for excellence. Through our commitment to our students and the lifelong process of learning, Capilano College has become the college of first choice for many students. We encourage you to make Capilano your first choice. Douglas K. Jardine President Message from the Board When Capilano College opened its doors in 1968, the world of the '90s was little more than a futurist's dream. Many developments have taken place during the past 25 years that would have been startling to us in the '60s. The environmental movement took hold, computers revolutionized technology, the Cold War ended, and nations formed economic networks. Meanwhile, our own community was changing. Londsdale Quay opened, the Sea Bus connected us with downtown Vancouver, we played host to the world during Expo '86, and the Lower Mainland population grew by about 60 percent. During this time Capilano College was also growing. As it grew in size, it also grew in the depth and scope of its programs. Through its commitment to the communities it serves, it has become a unique and valuable educational resource. Since excellence in teaching and learning has always been its goal, the College has put tremendous energies into ensuring that its programs keep pace with the changing world. In doing so, the College continues to give its students a clear, bright vision of the future. In celebrating the College's 25th anniversary, we can look forward with confidence to the changes of the future. The College's history of instilling knowledge and motivation in its students will continue. Capilano College recognizes learning as a lifelong pursuit and aims to guide you toward your goals. Our hope is that 25 years from now you will look back on your time at Capilano College and see it as a significant step on your pathway of learning. Graham Crockart Board Chair 7 About Capilano College Since September 1968, when Capilano College first opened its doors to just over 700 students, it has grown steadily to become one of British Columbia's most outstanding Colleges, with approximately 6,000 students. The College directly serves North and West Vancouver, Howe Sound and the Sunshine Coast, with the core of the College located at the Lynnmour campus in North Vancouver and campuses in Sechelt and Squamish. Approximately 40 per cent of student enrollment now comes from outside these regions. Capilano College offers a variety of programs which include: • Academic Studies: Students take thefirsttwo years of an Arts or Science degree, or a professional program and then transfer to university or enter the work force. • Career/Vocational Programs: Certificate and diploma programs give students practical skills and knowledge to prepare them for employment or transfer to other post-secondary institutions. • Preparatory Programs: After upgrading or refreshing their skills, students can gain employment or continue on to Career/Vocational or Academic Studies programs. • Extension Programs and Services: Short courses, seminars, workshops, and lectures are offered on a non-credit basis. Our programs have gained an excellent reputation, which we believe is largely attributable to our highly qualified, dedicated faculty, and our success in attracting many outstanding students. Capilano College is more than a classroom. It plays a key role in the civic and cultural life of the three regions it serves and will continue to be a dynamic source of leadership within its communities. Emphasis on Excellence Capilano College both encourages and rewards student excellence through its awards and recognition programs: • Academic scholarships to outstanding high school graduates enrolling at Capilano • Dean's List for full-time students with a 3.5 grade point average or higher • Merit List for part-time students with a 3.7 grade point average or higher when they have successfully completed a minimum of 30 or 60 term hours at Capilano College • President's Award to the Career and Academic Studies graduates achieving exceptional academic excellence 8 • Science and Music scholarship programs • Scholarships for academic excellence for returning students • Priority registration for high school graduates with a 2.5 grade point average or better who are enrolling in Academic Studies programs • An Outstanding Student program that recognizes current students for their high academic standings or significant contributions to the College or community • Book Awards • Club Optima, an academic competition open to top Grade 12 students. Mission and Values The mission of Capilano College is to be a post-secondary institution dedicated to excellence in teaching and learning, and an institution of first choice for students. Our dedication to excellence and commitment to a set of values will prepare students to contribute effectively as responsible citizens in a rapidly changing global community. The College will accomplish this mission by emphasizing scholarship and achievement in a selective range of highquality academic, career and vocational programs. To enhance learning for all students, the College shall offer excellent instruction and support services in an attractive environment. The College will instill students with the motivation and broad-based knowledge, skills and attitudes to enable them to become independent learners and thinkers; to succeed in further studies; and to achieve occupational goals and personal aspirations. This mission statement reflects the following values: Accountability The College believes it should be accountable, both fiscally and educationally. It commits itself to allocating resources fairly to ensure that all students receive a sound education suited to their needs; to explaining its policies and achievements to the public; and to a thoughtful and ethical exercise of the power it exerts over its members and its community. Innovation The College encourages rigorous, ongoing analysis and evaluation of its own effectiveness. It supports those wishing to develop instructional methods and curricula to improve the teaching of present programs and to meet emerging needs of students and the community. It supports the use of appropriate technologies to meet these needs. The College accepts the reality of constant change . and the need for planning and flexibility in meeting the demands of change. Students Student needs are the first concern of the College. The College strives to provide suitable curricula and support services to sustain students' personal growth and cultural enrichment. It believes that all students, whatever their background, should leave the College with enhanced skills in literacy, numeracy, and critical thinking, and with a positive attitude toward learning. To these ends, it expects and values the commitment of students to the learning process. Adopted by the College Board on March 20,1990. Teaching and Learning Conditions The College values everyone involved in the teaching and learning process. It regards faculty and staff as its greatest assets in developing excellent programming and services. The College recognizes that faculty, staff and administrators serve as active models of citizenship, scholarship and professionalism. The College also recognizes effective, responsible administration as a necessity for establishing and maintaining good conditions for teaching and learning. Community The College considers itself an important resource in the economic and cultural life of its immediate region and beyond: to the rest of the province, the nation, and internationally. It seeks both to respond to community needs and to offer its expertise and leadership in actively helping its communities to anticipate future needs, problems and opportunities. 9 1993 -1994 Academic Schedule 1993 FALL TERM DECEMBER 21: Permits to Register for Spring 94 Term mailed. AUGUST 2: B.C. Day College closed DECEMBER 22: Grades mailed. AUGUST 3 -13: Early Registration DECEMBER 24 - 28: Christmas Break. College closed. AUGUST 30: Career/Vocational Program In-person Registration. Faculty Advisors present. See Timetable for further information. AUGUST 30,31, and SEPTEMBER 1,2,3: Academic Program In-person registration. Faculty Advisor present. See Timetable for further information. 1994 SPRING TERM DECEMBER 31,1993 - JANUARY 3,1994: New Year's Break. College closed. JANUARY 4: Part-time Career/Vocational Programs Inperson Registration, 4 to 8 p.m. Faculty SEPTEMBER 6: Labour Day. College closed. Advisors present. See Timetable for further information. SEPTEMBER 7: Classes commence - all programs. SEPTEMBER 24: LAST DAY to ADD or WITHDRAW from a course, or change from AUDIT to CREDIT status and not be invoiced for balance of tuition fees. JANUARY 5,6,7,10,11: Academic Program In-person registration. Faculty Advisors present. See Timetable for further information. JANUARY 12: Classes commence. All programs OCTOBER 1: Last day to apply for Fall Graduation. OCTOBER 11: Thanksgiving Day. College closed. OCTOBER 22: Final date for payment of tuition fee balance for Fall 1993 Term. NOVEMBER 10: Fall Graduation, Sportsplex, 7:30 p.m. NOVEMBER 11: Remembrance Day. College closed. NOVEMBER 12: LAST DAY to CHANGE SECTIONS, WITHDRAW from a course, or change from CREDIT to AUDIT status. NOVEMBER 22 - DECEMBER 3: Early registration for Spring Term 1994, for Career/Vocational programs. Art, Music, Asia Pacific, Engineering, Environmental Science, Commerce. (Coordinator signature required) JANUARY 26: LAST DAY to ADD or WITHDRAW from a course, or change from AUDIT to CREDIT STATUS and not be invoiced for balance of tuition fees. FEBRUARY 1: Last day to apply for Spring Graduation. FEBRUARY 18: Final date for payment of tuition fee balance for Spring 1994 Term. FEBRUARY 24-25: Reading Break. MARCH 10: Spring Student Awards Night, Sportsplex, 7:30 p.m. MARCH 1 1 : LAST DAY to CHANGE SECTIONS, WITHDRAW from a course, or change from CREDIT to AUDIT status. APRIL 1-4: Easter Break. College closed. DECEMBER 2: Fall Student Awards Night, Sportsplex, 7:30 p.m. DECEMBER 3: Last day of classes for Academic Studies, Career/Vocational courses. DECEMBER 3: Spring 1994 Term Timetables available for pick-up. NOTE: Some courses may continue for another two weeks. Contact your instructor. DECEMBER 6-17: EXAMINATION PERIOD (Grades due at Deans offices 72 hrs after exam completed) DECEMBER 17: LAST DAY of classes for Career/ Vocational courses without final examinations. DECEMBER 20:9:00 final submission to Deans' office for grades of examinations conducted on Friday, Dec. 17. General Information - Academic Schedule 10 APRIL 15: Last day of classes for Academic Studies, Career/Vocational courses. NOTE: Some courses or programs may continue for another two weeks. Contact your Instructor. APRIL 18 - 29: EXAMINATION PERIOD (Grades due at Deans' offices 72 hrs after exam completed). APRIL 29: LAST DAY of classes for Career/Vocational courses without final examinations. MAY 2: 9 a.m.finalsubmission to Deans' offices for grades of examinations conducted on Friday, April 29. MAY 23: Victoria Day. College closed. MAY 26: Spring Graduation. Sportsplex, 7:30 p.m. Admission and Readmission ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE Examples of Equivalence A. General Admission Information United Kingdom and Commonwealth 1. Application a. The College welcomes applications for admission from Canadian citizens, permanent residents and International applicants. b. All applications for admission must be submitted on forms provided by the Office of the Registrar. c. All new students must apply for and be granted admission to the College. (An admission offer is required before a student may register.) Passes infiveGCE subjects, two of which must be at the Advanced Level. Standing equivalent to this in the University of Hong Kong Advanced Level Examination will be recognized. Germany and Austria Reifezeugnis, or Abitur. France Baccalaureate (2ieme partie) (Series A-E). Japan Grade 12 Diploma from Koto Gakko. 2. Documents The following supporting documents must be submitted before an application will be accepted: a. An official copy of the appropriate school leaving certificate; e.g. B.C. Secondary School Transcript of Grades, General Certificate of Education (G.C.E.), etc. b. Official transcripts of the academic record from all post-secondary institutions attended, whether or not work was completed. China Senior Middle School Diploma: Score over 280 on the National Entrance Examination. Other Countries The Office of the Registrar will respond to inquiries concerning admission from other countries on request. b. Document requirements apply. See General Admission Information - "Documents" on this page. c. All documents must be originals. Uncertified photo copies are not acceptable. Replaceable documents submitted in support of an application become the property of the College and will not be returned. B. Specific Admission Requirements 3. International Baccalaureate Applicants* a. Regular Admission Submit proof of one of: Applicants who have completed the International Baccalaureate Diploma will receive advanced placement or advanced credit as appropriate in those subjects where a grade of 6 or better was achieved. 1. Academic Studies Program • Successful completion of the B.C. Secondary School (Grade 12) or equivalent. • Successful completion of the ABE Provincial Diploma. • Successful completion of the G.E.D. 4. Advanced Placement Applicants* Applicants who have passed an Advanced Placement Examination administered by the College Entrance Examination Board with a grade of 4 or better, will receive advanced placement or advanced credit in the subject(s) as appropriate. b. Concurrent Admission Students with superior academic records may apply for limited admission to take one or two University Transfer courses while still attending secondary school. *Students currently enrolled in Grade 12 should ensure that the Office of the Registrar at Capilano College receives a copy of their Advanced Placement or International Baccalaureate results if they wish to be considered for advanced placement and/or advanced credit. Applications must be co-signed by an applicant's parent(s) or legal guardian(s). They must also be accompanied by a letter of recommendation from the school Principal or designate, and by an offical copy of the academic record. Enquiries should be directed to the Office of the Registrar. 5. International Applicants c. Mature Student Admission a. International students are eligible for admission if they have completed the equivalent of Secondary School graduation (Grade 12) in the Province of British Columbia. Applicants not eligible for regular or conditional admission may be granted admission on the basis of: age; background; previous education; and general suitability for direct entry to college-level studies. General Information - Admission 11 2. Career and Vocational Programs • or English Language Assessment (ELA) Score: 145. a. New applications for Career/Vocational Programs will be accepted during the twelve month period immediately preceding the program commencement date. b. Career • ELA Score: 145 b. Selection of applicants for most programs generally takes place four months prior to the program start date. Thereafter, applicants will be considered only if seats are available in the program. NOTE: If you have taken the TOEFL, contact the Career Program Coordinator. c. Applicants who satisfy the specific criteria for admission to a program will be admitted subject to space availability. For admission requirements refer to the program description in this calendar. Assessment by the ESL Department. d. Senior secondary school graduation is the normal prerequisite for admission to career programs. How ever, some applicants enter programs without an official copy of their high school Leaving Certificate because of other qualifications and experience. Some programs have additional requirements and procedures such as interviews, testing, auditions, or portfolios. NOTE: The College reserves the right to limit admission to those applicants, who i n the opinion of the College, possess the requisite capabilities for success. C. English Language Requirements 1. General All students must have a level of English sufficient to write assignments, understand class lectures, and take part in class discussions. If English is not your first language or you have received your education in another language, the College will evaluate your English skills, giving consideration to the following: • How long you have lived in an English speaking country; • The number of years of high school or post-secondary education (e.g. college or university) and if English was the language of instruction; • A high school or post-secondary degree, the grades received and the level of English required. If the College then decides you may need additional instruction in English you will be asked to take an English examination suitable to the program area in which you wish to enroll. 2. English Requirements by Program a. Academic Students • Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) score: 560 General Information - Admission 12 c. Adult Basic Education (ABE) d. English as a Second Language (ESL) Following assessment at the College, department faculty will help you select the appropriate ESL courses. > 3. Special Some applicants may not meet all specified requirements, but may be offered admission to a special program comprised of one or two ESL courses and one or two academic/career courses. For more information contact Counselling, Education Advising, or the Office of the Registrar. NOTE Important addresses: TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) Educational Testing Service CN 6151, Princeton, New Jersey 08541-6151, USA ELA (English Language Assessment Test) Vancouver Community College King Edward Campus 1155 East Broadway Avenue Vancouver, B.C. V5T 4N3 D. When to Apply for Admission Generally, applications for admission to the College may be submitted at any time. However, early application deadlines have been established for specific programs and terms. Acceptance of applications after the deadlines may not be possible. 1. Academic Studies Program or Courses Term Application Deadline Date Acceptance Mailed Fall Spring Summer March 31 Sept. 30 March 31 July 15 Dec. 15 as processed 2. Career and Vocational Programs and Courses Most career /vocational programs have earlier application deadlines than those listed above. Refer to the specific program in this calendar for details. Generally, applications for admission to the next Fall term should be received before March 1. 3. International Applicants a. Academic Programs Applications for admission to Academic Programs must be received at least two months prior to commencement of a term. Applications received after that time cannot be guaranteed consideration in time for admission to that term. b. Career Vocational Programs Applications for admission must be received four months prior to term commencement to be considered in time for admission to that program. E. How to Apply for Admission to submit official transcripts from any post-secondary educational institutions attended during the absence. 2. Voluntary withdrawal from the first term of attendance. New students who withdraw before completing any course work are required to apply for readmission if they wish to register in a subsequent term. 3. Completion of academic goal. Students who have officially completed a credential (certificate or diploma) in any term must apply for readmission if they wish to enrol in additional courses at the College in a subsequent term. G. Notification of Admission All applicants who are admitted to a College program will receive a letter of acceptance and 'Permit to Register' or a notification of when and how to register. Applicants who are not admitted to the College will receive a letter of notification and an explanation for this decision. 1. Obtain an application for admission from the College Reception area or the Office of the Registrar in Bldg. A, Lynnmour Campus, or from the Sechelt or Squamish Regional Centre offices. 2. Complete the application for admission form and bring or mail it to the Office of the Registrar on the Lynnmour Campus. Include with your application an official copy of your secondary school transcript, and official transcripts from all post-secondary institutions attended and the $15.00 non-refunded application fee ($100.00 for International applicants). Submit to Office of the Registrar, 2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, B.C., V7J 3H5. 3. Applicants who wish to enter full-time programs of study or need assistance are advised to arrange an appointment with an Academic Advisor. • Lynnmour Campus Advising Centre, 984-4990 • Sechelt Regional Centre Counsellor, 885-9310, Toll Free from N. Van., 987-1535 • Squamish Regional Centre, Counsellor, 892-5322, Toll Free from N. Van. Tel:986-3515 F. How to Apply for Readmission Applicants who have previously attended Capilano College and fall into any of the three categories listed below, must reapply using the application for readmission form available at the Office of the Registrar. 1. Absence from the College for one or more terms. Applicants will be asked to state educational and other relevant activities since the last term of attendance, and General Information - Admission Registration A. General Information • Humanities Division (984-4957) Registration appointments are assigned by a priority sequence and are determined each term using a system that couples the Grade Point Average (GPA) with the student number (student numbers are assigned by date of received application). • Advising Centre (9844990). Students with a 3.0 GPA would therefore receive an earlier registration appointment than applicants with a lesser GPA. BECAUSE OF THE LARGE NUMBER OF STUDENTS ENROLLING, THE COLLEGE CANNOT GUARANTEE REGISTRATION IN SPECIFIC PROGRAMS OR COURSES ALTHOUGH YOU MAY HAVE BEEN GRANTED ADMISSION. REGISTRATION IS ALSO DEPENDENT UPON MEETING THE PREREQUISITES OF INDIVIDUAL PROGRAMS OR COURSES. YOUR 'PERMIT TO REGISTER' WILL INFORM YOU OF THE DAY AND TIME YOU MAY REGISTER. i 2. Career and Vocational Programs and Courses a. All Career and Vocational applicants will receive a letter of admittance or non-acceptance from either the Registrar's Office or the specific department. Included with the letter of admittance will be a timetable, regis tration forms, and directions for registration. b. Admitted Full-Time Students. You will receive the letter of admittance, registration form signed by the Coordinator, and a "block" of required courses for that term and program. You must return the forms and a cheque for the indicated tuition and fees to the Office of the Registrar, in-person or by mail during the following dates: FaU Term: July 13-30,1993 Spring Term: Nov. 22 - Dec. 3,1993 B. Right to Register c. Early Registration For Admitted Students in Specific Programs. A student who has not maintained satisfactory standing in a program in any term may be denied permission to register in that program in a subsequent term. Some full-time programs (e.g. Music, Art) conduct interviews and issue letters of acceptance for Fall Term early in April and May. For those students, the program coordinator will issue the letter of admittance, signed registration forms, and a deadline for payment of full tuition or a deposit. The deposit will reserve your place in the program. C. How to Register 1. Academic Programs and Courses a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the Office of the Registrar (or the Squamish or Sechelt Regional Centres). Timetables are a list of when courses are offered, room numbers and instructors, and are available approximately one month prior to each registration period. b. Select the courses and sections in which you wish to enroll and complete the registration form. The DATE and TIME for you to register will be printed on your Termit to Register'. All registration will take place in person with payment of fees required at that time. c. Students are urged to read the Transfer Guide at the back of this calendar before selecting courses. Transfer information is accurate at the time of printing. d. Students who wish to enroll in any English course must submit the results of the Language Proficiency Index Test (LPI) prior to registration, or must take the Capilano College English Diagnostic Test (EDT) prior to registration. EDT schedules will be printed in the timetable which is available at: • Office of the Registrar (984-4913) • Squamish Learning Centre (892-5322,986-3515) • Sechelt Learning Centre (885-9310,987-1535) General Information - Registration 14 d. Admitted Part-time Students Part-time students in Career and Vocational programs will receive a letter of admittance, and registration forms signed by the coordinator. The registration process will be specified as either of (b) or (c) above. In some instances, students will be instructed to submit approved and signed registration forms and fees to the Office of the Registrar during the in-person registration for career students on: FaU Term: August 30,1993 Spring Term: January 4,1994 3. Howe Sound and Sunshine Coast Courses a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from any Capilano College Centre. b. Complete and return the registration form, with payment attached, to the centre you plan to attend. 4. Courses on More than One Campus a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the Office of the Registrar on the Lynnmour Campus or from the Squamish and Sechelt Regional Centres. b. Complete and return the registration form, with payment attached, to the Lynnmour Campus. 5. Extension Courses and Activities For registration, refer to the Extension Programs and Services Section of this Calendar and to the seasonal brochures distributed throughout the community, by direct mail, or announced in newspaper advertisements. For more information, telephone Extension Programs and Services at 984-4901. D. Wait Lists Students who register, but are unable to enroll in a particular course because it is fully subscribed, are automatically included on a chronological wait list. Wait listed students must attend the first class of that course to have their names remain on the wait list or to enroll in the event that space may become available. NOTE: Requests after the final deadlines for Changes/ Additions/Withdrawals will be made for any of the following reasons: • Students records are incorrect as the result of an error by the College, • Student is transferring to a lower level of the same course at the request of an Instructor, • Student requests a change from one section to another of the same course, • Student is unable to meet the deadline because of illness (physician's letter required), • Circumstances beyond the control of the student. Approval for late adds and/or late drops will not be granted simply because the student was unaware of, or neglected to comply wath, the College's registration policies and procedures. G. Course Overload CHANGING REGISTRATION S T A T U S E. Course Additions or Section Changes 1. Regular Requests Students may enroll in a course, change sections, or change from audit to credit status after the last day of inperson registration but before the final day to add a course, or until 3:00 pm on the last Friday of the third week of classes. (See 1993/1994 Schedule for exact dates.) Complete a Course Change form, with signatures of appropriate instructors and submit to the Registrar's Office. A fee will be charged for each transaction. 2. Requests after the Final Date The addition of a course or change from audit to credit status after the final date will be granted only in exceptional circumstances and with the approval of, first the Instructor, then the Coordinator and finally the Registrar. F. Course Withdrawal or Change from Credit to Audit Status 1. Regular Requests Students may withdraw from a course or change the course status from credit to audit after the last day of inperson registration, but before the final day to withdraw from a course. (See 1993/94 Schedule for exact dates.) Complete a Course Change form with signatures of appropriate Instructors and submit to the Office of the Registrar. A fee will be charged for each transaction. 2. Request after the Final Date. Registration in more than 5 academic courses or more than the full requirements specified for a career program constitutes a course overload. Students may choose to register for a course overload (up to a total of 21 credits) as long as they have discussed their need or wish for an overload with a counsellor and the Course Change form bears the counsellor's signature. Science students, however, are automatically allowed to register for more than 16 credits, as long as the total credits do not exceed 21 credits and does not arise from registration in more than five courses. Students may not register for a course overload until after the Registration period. H. Course Challenge Registered students may request a course challenge whereby an examination for achievement may be awarded for a very specific and limited selection of courses at the institution. Certain courses may not be challenged. Students interested in this procedure should contact a counsellor for further information. Regular tuition fees must be paid for challenged courses. Course challenged successfully will be recorded on the permanent student record. NOTE: Credit for courses successfully challanged will apply to certificates or diplomas at Capilano College. Students should be aware that other colleges and universities may not grant credit or transfer credit for credit received by course challenge. Requests for course withdrawal or change from credit to audit status will be granted only in exceptional circumstances and will require the approval of first, the Instructor, then the Coordinator, and finally the Registrar. General Information - Registration 15 Fees I. Course Verification Immediately following the end of the third week of classes all students will be mailed a Tuition Fee and Course Verification notice. While the College strives for accuracy in every transaction, STUDENTS A R E RESPONSIBLE FOR C H E C K I N G T H E A C C U R A C Y O F T H E COURSES A N D FEES LISTED O N T H E VERIFICATION. If registration errors are found, students must draw the errors to the attention of the Office of the Registrar, via submission of a Course Change form before the final withdrawal date. Failure to correct errors may result in a failing (F) grade on the permanent student record, with credit not granted for work completed. If financial errors are found, you must draw these errors to the attention of the staff of the Cashier's office. J. Student Responsibility 1. It is the responsibility of the student to ensure that: • registration is accurate and complete; • tuition fees are paid at the appropriate time; • all library materials are returned and any fines and debts owing are paid. Failure to meet these responsibilities may result in all or any of the following: • credit will not be granted for work completed; • grades will not be issued; • transcripts will not be issued; • Registration in subsequent semesters will be denied. Fee rates will be announced in the Fall Timetable approximately one month before the term begins. Fees listed below are 1992/1993 rates and are subject to change or increase without notice. A. Payment of Registration Fees 1. Payment may be made by cash, cheque or money order. VISA or MasterCard are not accepted. 2. Cheques and money orders must be made payable to "Capilano College" and must be submitted with a completed registration form. Post-dated cheques will not be accepted. 3. Payment of fees includes: a. tuition fees b. Student Society membership fees c. recreational facility levy d. "Capilano Courier" newspaper fees. 4. If fees are to be paid by agencies, other than Government Scholarships, the student must present a letter to this effect to the cashiers at registration. 5. Unpaid registrations will not be processed. 6. Outstanding debts (overdue materials, library fines, outstanding tuition fees) must be paid before a student will be allowed to register. 7. NSF Cheques: A charge of $16 will be levied for each cheque returned by the bank for reason of non sufficient funds. NOTE: The College reserves the right to require money orders, certified cheques or cash from students with previous NSF cheques. 2. Change of Name and Address It is the responsibility of the student to inform the Office of the Registrar of any changes in name, address or phone number. Documentation must be provided to support a change of name request. K. Student Number • Identification Card Upon the first acceptance to the College, students are assigned a permanent student number, which is attached to the permanent student record, statement of grades, and the Student Identification Card. Student Identification cards are issued by the Office of the Registrar during the first two weeks of classes. The card is required to use the Library and services, to sign-out audio visual materials, and to vote in Student Society elections. B. Registration Fees • Registration Fee (non-refundable): $45 • Tuition: $30 per credit hour - no maximum • Recreational Facility Levy: $7 (for all students enrolled in 1.5 credit hours or more) • Student Society Membership Fee: $2.25/Cr.hr/$33.75 maximum. (Optional for Howe Sound/Sunshine Coast courses) • Capilano Courier Newspaper Fee: $.50/Cr.hr/$7.50 maximum. C. Registration Fees-International Students • Registration Fee (non-refundable): $45 • Tuition: $185 per credit hour • Recreational Facility Levy: $7 • Student Society Membership Fee: $2.25/Cr.hr./$33.75 maximum • Capilano Courier Newspaper Fee: $.50/Cr.hr./$7.50 maximum. General Information — Registration/Fees 16 D. Miscellaneous Fees • Application processing fee: $15 • Application processing fee, International Students: $100 (includes document evaluation) • Student I.D. Card Replacement: $5 • College Calendar Fee: Submit as follows to receive a Calendar by mail, based on address: - Canada/British Columbia: $5 - USA (Airmail only): $8 - Overseas (Airmail): $10 - Overseas (Surface mail, 3-6 mos.): $8 • Course Charge Fee, per transaction: $5 • Diploma/Certificate Replacement: $20 • Documents Evaluation fee: $25 This non-refundable fee is assessed for domestic applicants whose academic records originate outside B.C., and are required for admission, transfer credit or advance standing. The fee is waived if the doucments originate from a secondary school located in Canada or if the applicant is participating in an exchange program between Capilano College and another institution. • Graduation Fee: $20 • Late Registation Fee: $30 • Library Card Replacement Fee: $5 • T2202A Tax Form Replacement: $10 • Transcript, per copy $5 NOTE: All Registration and miscellaneous fees are due and payable at time of the transaction/request, to the Cashier, in the Office of the Registrar. $10 per credit hour and the $45 registration fee is nonrefundable. 2. After the first two weeks: Students withdrawing from a course after the second week of a term will not receive a refund. G. Extension Programs and Services Fees/Policies 1. Fees. Tuition fees charged for courses/programs offered through the Extension Programs are cost-recovery. Fees are payable at the time of registration. 2. Refunds. • Refunds will be given in full for courses/programs/ workshops cancelled by the College • Application for withdrawal/refund will not be accepted after the second session of a course. For work shops of short duration (up to 3 consecutive days) withdrawal applications will be accepted up to the day before the workshop commences. • Refunds are subject to a 20% administration charge. • Refund on discounted and package fees will be subject to the 20% administration charge against the full course fee. • Refunds will not be given, under any circumstances after the end of a course, program, or workshop. • Any change from the foregoing policy will be clearly stated in the course or workshop description. For further information, telephone 984-4901. E. Senior Citizen Fees The following conditions apply for persons 60 years of age or older: 1. Free tuition (if enrolling after the regular in-person registration period. 2. Student activity fees or capital levy are not assessed. 3. The $45 registration fee is required. 4. Full fees are required for cost-recovery courses such as the Art Institute or private music instruction. 5. Identification such as the Courtesy Card for senior citizens, or the Pharmacare card is required at the time of registration. F. Refunds 1. During the first two weeks: Students withdrawing from a course within the first two weeks of a term will be refunded $20 per credit hour if they have paid more than the non-refundable deposit. General Information - Fees 17 General Information and Policies A. Attendance 1. Students are expected to attend all classes in which they are registered, as evaluation of progress in any course is cumulative and based on class assignments, participation and examinations. 2. If illness, injury or death in the family prevents a student from completing an assignment or examination, they must notify the instructor immediately. If completing the assignment or examination is feasible and acceptable within the program, students must submit reasons and/or documentation to the satisfaction of the instructor(s), within 7 days of the due date of the assignment or examination. 3. Visitors may attend class sessions for a limited period of time provided the instructor gives permission in advance. This privilege does not extend to science and language labs or to courses requiring the use of machinery or materials. Visitors are not registered, cannot sit examinations, do not receive credit and cannot attend more than three weeks during the term. 2. Instructional Year The instructional year is two four-month terms: Fall: September through December Spring: January through April In addition, an equivalent Summer Term of two months may be offered: Summer: June through July NOTE: A very limited number of courses offered during the Summer Term. C. Enrollment Status 1. Credit Status Students will receive credits for only those courses in which they are officially registered and for which required fees have been paid. In addition, students must attend all classes, seminars, labs and, are required to submit assignments and sit examinations. 2. Audit Status Two types of audit status exist: a. students who are admitted as audit registrants, and are permitted to register only after the last day of in-person registration, on a space available basis. b. fully admitted students, who choose to change their registration in a course from credit to audit on or before the last day to withdraw. However, this request for a change from credit to audit may be denied by the Instructor if the student has not met the attendance requirements. (Denial of audit may be appealed through the grade appeal process). In either case, stu- General Information and Policies 18~ dents are required to pay tuition fees, and attend all classes, seminars, labs, etc. Audit students are not expected to sit examinations or submit assignments. D. Course Credits A credit is an assigned unit of value that normally represents one hour per week of classroom work per term. Most courses are three credit hours, and normally require three or four classroom or lecture hours per week and may, in addition, require additional hours of study in labs, seminars, tutorials, conversation labs, or practicums. E. Course Information For academic offerings, course descriptions are listed alphabetically in the "Academic Studies/University Transfer Section" of this Calendar. Students are urged to become familiar with the special information required to properly select courses. Art, Graphic Design and Illustration, Studio Art, Textile Arts, Jazz Studies and Music transfer courses appear under their respective program headings in this same section. Course Description Code. On the right hand side of each course description is a series of code letters and numbers, for example, Biology 212-Invertebrate Biology. Biology 212 (3) (4,3,0) (F) Department Name. Course N u m b e r — Number of creditsNumber of lecture hours per week Number of lab hours per week Number of other hours per week (eg. seminar, conversation, practicum) Term normally offered F. Examination Period 1. The final few days of each instructional term is designated as an examination period (see Schedule for dates). If a final examination is to be given, it will take place during the examination period and will be up to 3 hours in duration. Faculty will be available during the examination period to meet with students to review assignments, final letter grades, or engage in other instruction-related activities. 2. For some career/vocational programs, classes will continue as regularly scheduled throughout the examination period. In addition, a special examination schedule may be set. Detailed information is available from instructors or program coordinators. 3. The examination schedule will be posted by the end of the 9th week of instruction. Graduation/Diplomas & Certificates G. Student Records/Confidentiality A. Graduation 1. All official permanent student records are kept in the Office of the Registrar and are considered confidential. The information on file for a student is always available to that individual. Information will not be given to any agency or person other than the student, unless the student has given their permission in writing, or for institutional research projects approved by the College. Students who believe they will complete their program of study by the end of their current semester of enrollment must submit a "Request for Diploma or Certificate" form to the Office of the Registrar, together with the $20 graduation fee by the following deadline: 2. Students are cautioned that student loan applications and other similar applications have such consent written in the document. Spring Graduation in May: February 15 3. Official transcripts/grade statements: • grade statements are mailed or distributed from the Office of the Registrar; • Official transcripts are issued by the Office of the Registrar only at the request of the student, and are mailed directly to the institution or agency; •Unofficial transcripts are issued by the Office of the Registrar at the request of the student and are mailed directly to the student. Fall Graduation in November: September 15 Certificates of completion are also offered for particular courses. For further information, contact your instructor or program coordinator. Graduation ceremonies are held in the Spring and Fall terms. All diploma and certificate graduates are invited to attend. Instructions and invitations are mailed to students' permanent addresses approximately 3 weeks before the ceremony. B. Diplomas and Certificates Awarded 1. Academic Program Diplomas Capilano College offers a variety of diplomas upon completion of two years of study at the university transfer level. • Associate of Arts Degree • Associate of Science Degree • Diploma in Academic Studies • Diploma in General Studies • Diploma in Graphic Design & Illustration • Diploma of Music • Diploma in Studio Art 2. Post-Baccalaureate Diplomas Students with previous degrees may complete postbaccalaureate diplomas in the following program: • Asia Pacific Management • Environmental Science 3. Career Program Diplomas The following diplomas are offered: • Diploma in Applied Information Technology • Diploma in the Art Institute • Diploma in Business Administration - Administration Option - Business Computing Cooperative Education Option - Finance Option - Marketing Option - Merchandising Management Option General Information - Graduation 19 • D i p l o m a in Business Administration • Certificate i n Fish Science - Accelerated Administration O p t i o n • Certificate i n the Legal Assistant Program - Accelerated Computer Systems O p t i o n • Certificate i n the Legal Secretarial Program - Accelerated Finance O p t i o n • Certificate i n the L o n g Term Care A i d e Program - Accelerated M a r k e t i n g Option • Certificate i n the M e d i c a l Office Assistant Program - Accelerated Merchandising O p t i o n • Certificate i n Office Technology • D i p l o m a in C o m m e r c i a l M u s i c - Administrative Assistant O p t i o n • D i p l o m a in Jazz Studies - Financial O p t i o n • D i p l o m a in the Legal Assistant Program - Secretarial O p t i o n • D i p l o m a in M e d i a Resources • D i p l o m a i n M u s i c Therapy • Certificate i n the Personal Care Attendant for the Disabled Program • D i p l o m a in Outdoor Recreation Management C. Requirements for Graduation • D i p l o m a in Textile A r t s • Certificate i n A d v a n c e d Merchandising Management Note: A previously awarded Academic Studies d i p l o m a m a y be exchanged for an Associate degree i n A r t s or Sciences as appropriate, p r o v i d e d that the degree meets all the requirements for the Associate degree. This i n cludes the five-year requirement w h i c h is applied to the date of exchanging a d i p l o m a for an Associate degree. • Certificate i n Business Administration 1. Associate of Arts Degree • Certificate i n Business Administration - A d v a n c e d To be eligible for the Associate of A r t s , a student must have: • D i p l o m a i n T o u r i s m Management 4. Career P r o g r a m Certificates The following certificates are offered: Option • Certificate i n Business Communications • Certificate in Business Computing • Certificate i n Crafts Instructor • Certificate i n E a r l y C h i l d h o o d Education • Certificate i n E a r l y C h i l d h o o d Education: - Post Basic Infants & Toddlers - Post Basic Special Needs • Certificate in Landscape Horticulture • Certificate i n M e r c h a n d i s i n g Management • Certificate i n Wilderness Leadership - Backpacking O p t i o n - Canoeing O p t i o n - N o r d i c Skiing O p t i o n 5. V o c a t i o n a l P r o g r a m Certificates The following certificates are offered: • Certificate i n Accelerated Office Technology a. completed 60 semester credits of courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level or higher at the U n i v e r s i t y of British C o l u m b i a , Simon Fraser University, or the U n i v e r s i t y of Victoria; b. completed at least 30 of these 60 semester credits w i t h i n five years preceding the a w a r d i n g of the Associate degree. c. completed at least 30 of these 60 semester credits at Capilano College w i t h i n 5 years preceding the a w a r d i n g of the degree, of w h i c h at least 12 credits are i n courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 200-level or higher; d . completed at least 6 semester credits i n courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level in English; e. completed at least 18 credits i n A r t s courses (other than English) that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level; at least 6 of these credits must be i n the Humanities, and at least 6 of these credits must be i n the Social Sciences, and no more that 6 credits shall be i n any one subject area; - Office Clerk O p t i o n - Financial O p t i o n - Secretarial O p t i o n General Information - Graduation 20 f. completed at least 18 semester credits i n A r t s courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 200-level or higher, these credits must be in at least two different subject areas; g. completed at least 9 semester credits in Science courses, including at least 3 credits in Mathematics or Computing Science or Statistics (i.e. any statistics course that transfers to a university as a 100-level or higher Science course) and at least 3 credits in a Laboratory Science course (i.e. any course in the Sciences list worth 3 credits or more and with a lab of at least 2 hours, but excluding any course in Applied Science or Computing Science); h. completed at least 9 semester credits in courses that have assigned or unassigned transfer credit at the 100level or higher; credits may be for university transfer courses in subjects listed on the following page or for university transfer courses in other subjects (e.g. Commerce, Physical Education, Business Administration, Communications, Media Resources); date of exchanging a diploma for an Associate degree. To be eligible for the Associate of Science, a student must have: a. completed 60 semester credits of courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level or higher at the University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser University, or the University of Victoria; b. completed at least 30 of these 60 semester credits within five years preceding the awarding of the Associate degree. c. completed at least 30 of these 60 semester credits at Capilano College within 5 years preceeding the awarding of the degree, of which at least 12 credits are in courses which have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 200-level or higher; i. achieved a grade of at least C-in each course counting towards the 60-credit requirement, and a cumulative Grade Point Average of at least 2.0 over all of the courses counting towards the requirement. d. completed at least 6 semester credits in courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level in English; General Course Requirements for Associate of Arts e. completed a least 6 semester credits from the following Capilano Calculus courses: Mathematics 108,109,110, 111, 230, or 231; Courses/Programs English # of Credits 6 Arts Courses Humanities Social Sciences Social Sciences or Humanities Arts Courses Total 6 Conditions 100 Level 100 Level - excludes English - only 6 credits max. in one subject area 18 18 18 Science Courses Mathematics or Comp. Science or Statistics Laboratory Science 3 Electives* 9 9 g. completed at least 18 credits in Science courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 200-level or higher; these credits must be in at least two subject areas; 200 Level or Higher - credits must be in at least 2 subject areas h. completed at least 6 semester credits in Arts courses at the 100-level or higher, excluding English and excluding any course that has university transfer credit in both Arts and Science (e.g. Mathematics); 100 Level or Higher i. completed at least 6 semester credits in courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level or higher; these credits may be for university transfer courses in subjects listed on the following page or for university transfer courses in other subjects (e.g. Commerce, Physical Education, Business Management, Communications, Media Resources); - requires min. 2-hr. lab & excludes any course in Applied or Computing Science Science Course f. completed at least 18 credits in Science courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level; no more than 6 credits shall be in one subject area; 100 Level or Higher j. achieved a grade of at least C-in each course counting towards the 60-credit requirements, and a cumulative Grade Point Average of a least 2.0 over all the courses counting towards the requirement. 60 2. Associate of Science Degree Note: A previously awarded Academic Studies diploma may be exchanged for an Associate degree in Arts or Sciences as appropriate, provided that the degree meets all the requirements for the Associate degree. This includes the five-year requirement which is applied to the General Information - Graduation 21 General Course Requirements for an Associate in Science Courses/Programs English # of Credits Total 6 Conditions 100 L e v e l - from Mathematics 108,109,110,111, 230 or 231 Calculus 18 100 L e v e l - only 6 credit max. in one subject area Science 18 200 L e v e l or Higher -must be in at least 2 subject areas Science 100 L e v e l or Higher - excluding English & courses that have transfercreditin both Arts and Science Arts Elective Thai Theatre Women's Studies (100,104,106,130) SCIENCES Applied Science Biology Chemistry Computing Science Geography (Physical) (112,114,214,221) Geology Mathematics Kinesiology Physics Note: Some courses in the subjects listed above may not carry transfer credit and/or satisfy major requirements at a particular university. Please consult the transfer guide, university calendars, or the Advising Department. 100 L e v e l or Higher Electives* 3. Diploma in Academic Studies 60 *May be Arts or Science courses or other subjects, e.g. Commerce, Business Management, Physical Education with university transfer credits. To be eligible for a Diploma in Academic Studies, a student must have: Classification of Subjects for Associate Degrees b. achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or better. Only those Capilano College courses with university transfer credit at the University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser University, or the University of Victoria, and a Capilano College course designation at the 100-level or higher, will count towards the Associate degree. c. Successfully completed at least 45 credits from the following subject areas, including at least 6 credits from English (100-level or higher), at least 6 credits from subjects in List A; and at least 15 credits selected from 200-level courses. For the purpose of the above requirements, Capilano College courses are categorized as follows: B Anthropology Japanese Applied Science Music Art Biology Philosophy Art History Chemistry Political Studies Chinese Computing Psychology Commerce Science Criminology Sociology Geography Spanish Economics (Physical) English Thai Geology French Theatre Mathematics Geography Women's Studies Kinesiology Physical Education (Human) German Physics History ARTS Humanities: Social Sciences: Art Anthropology Criminology Economics Geography (Human) (100,101,102,106,108, 200,201,205) Political Studies Psychology Sociology Women's Studies (110,122,140,220) Art History Chinese English French German History Japanese Music Philosophy Spanish General Information - Graduation 22 a. completed 60 credits, of which at least 30 must be completed at Capilano College. 4. Diploma in Career Programs To be eligible for a career program diploma, a student must have: a. Completed program requirements, fifty percent of which must be completed at Capilano College. b. Achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or better. NOTE: Refer to the specific program outline in this Calendar for career requirements. 5. Diploma in General Studies To be eligible for a Diploma in General Studies, a student must have: a. Completed 60 credits, fifty percent of which must be completed at Capilano College. b. Achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 6. Certificate in Career or Vocational Programs To be eligible for a certificate, a student must have: a. Completed requirements as listed in the program outline (in this Calendar). b. Achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. General Information - Graduation 23 Policies and Procedures NA Grades A. Grades Letter A+ A AB+ B BC+ C cD CR F NC I W NA AUD Grade Point Value 4.33 4.00 3.67 3.33 3.00 2.67 2.33 2.00 1.67 1.00 -0 _ 0 - Classification Excellent Good Satisfactory Minimal Pass Credit Granted* Fail No Credit Granted*+ Incomplete* Withdrawn*+ Not Attending*+ Audit* * not calculated in Grade Point Average + not shown on transcript Students are cautioned that other institutions may not grant transfer credit for courses completed with a "D". Grade Point Average (GPA) GPAs are reported on each permanent student record. A cumulative GPA is the sum of the grade point hours applicable to the grade point computation. A term GPA is the sum of the grade point hours, divided by number of credit hours for one term only. "I" Grade An "I" or incomplete grade may be given at the end of a term, where in the judgment of the instructor, the student should have reasonable expectation of passing the course, but has not completed the required work. An incomplete is assigned only when the instructor and student have arranged for the work to be completed by a specified date, which is noted on the grade sheet class list. If the student does not complete the work by the specified date, the instructor will automatically assign a predetermined grade reflecting the work not completed. If the student completes the work by the specified time, the instructor will assign the final grade. NOTE: Transfer students are cautioned that other postsecondary institutions may include "I" grades in the GPA calculation for admission. General Information - Policies 24 A student who registers for a course, does not attend and does not officially withdraw may be assigned a grade designation of "NA" at the discretion of the individual instructor, and are assigned as of the final drop date for the term. STUDENTS WHO HAVE APPLIED FOR STUDENT LOANS SHOULD NOTE THAT NA GRADES DO NOT CARRY CREDIT AND ARE TREATED AS COURSE WITHDRAWALS. NA GRADES REDUCE YOUR CREDIT LOAD AND MAY CANCEL YOUR ELIGIBILITY FOR FUTURE STUDENT LOANS AND REQUIRE EARLY REPAYMENT OF EXISTING STUDENT LOANS. F Grades All "F' grades are recorded on the student's transcript. These grades are assigned a value of zero in the calculation of a student's term and cumulative GPA. Audit Grade Registering as an audit student does not guarantee that a student will receive audit status. Based on attendance and participation requirements of the instructor, an instructor will confirm or deny the "audit" status of a student in their course. A denial ruling is open to appeal by the student. CR or NC Grade The grades "CR" or "NC" are assigned to courses in which a level of mastery is required for successful completion, but is not included in the GPA calculation. When a course is graded in this manner, the course outline must state the necessary requirements to achieve the grade of CR. Grade Changes Time limits have been established with respect to grade changes. 1. No time limit for grade changes due to calculation error. 2. One year time limit for grade change resulting from completion of work to remove an I grade (may be extended in extenuating circumstances). 3. One year time limit for grade changes made for other reasons. Students are advised to contact the instructor(s) immediately if a grade has been recorded incorrectly. Errors and omissions will be corrected as soon as identified without cost to the student and without appeal. Grade Appeals Students must take immediate action for a grade appeal. Students must contact a counsellor no later than 2 weeks after receipt of grades or Change of Grade Notification. The counsellor will discuss the grade and appeal procedure and attempt to arrange a meeting with the instructor, and will provide the student with a "Final Grade Appeal" form. ("Assigned grade" will include grades A+ through D, F, but will exclude W, CR and AUD). If students wish to pursue the appeal, they must do so within fourteen calendar days of the date on which the counsellor's report is mailed. Failure to meet this timeline will be grounds for dismissal of the appeal. To continue the appeal, students complete the "Final Grade Appeal" form and submit it to the Secretary of the Appeals Committee with a fee of $30 for each course to be appealed. c. Students who were admitted to the College with an admission average below 1.80, and who have attempted nine credit hours at a previous post-secondary institution, will be admitted on academic probation. Appeals are considered by an Appeals Committee chaired by one of the College Deans. The Committee consists of representatives from faculty, students, and a counsellor. During the Appeal process all term grades, including the final examination mark, are taken into consideration. In all cases the students are informed in writing of the Committee's decision. Should the mark be changed, the $30 fee is refunded. Only those appeals that follow the above process will be considered. Repeated Courses A course may be repeated for the purpose of improving a grade. The grade for each attempt will be recorded with the higher grade used in the computation of the cumulative GPA. Students are cautioned that other institutions may include both grades in the GPA computation. B. Academic Performance 1. Academic Difficulties a. Students who are experiencing difficulties in their course work during a term may be referred by an instructor to a counsellor. The student is encouraged to consult with the instructor and counsellor to evolve a satisfactory plan which will remedy these difficulties. b. Following admission, no formal assessment will take place until the student has completed a minimum of nine credit hours of assigned grades. 3. Academic Probation a. Students who have received assigned grades for at least 9 Capilano College credit hours with a GPA of less than 1.80 based on the 4 point scale, will be placed on academic probation. Students will be notified in writing of their status and may be advised to book an appointment with an Advisor or Counsellor prior to re-registering. b. Students permitted to register will be limited to enrolling in 9 credit hours. Following completion of the 9 credit hours, the student records will be reassessed. c. If, at the end of the probation period: • the term GPA on assigned grades during the probation period and the cumulative GPA are 1.80 or higher, the students will be considered to be placed in good academic standing. • the term GPA on assigned grades during the probation period is 1.80 or higher, but the cumulative GPA is less than 1.80, the student will continue on academic probation. • the term GPA on assigned grades during the probation period is less than 1.80, but the cumulative GPA is 2.0 or higher, the student will continue on academic probation. • both the term GPA on assigned grades during probation period, and the cumulative GPA are less than 1.80, students will be required to withdraw from the College for at least one term (fall or spring). 2. Standing Required for Continuance 4. Required to Withdraw All students at Capilano College are expected to maintain acceptable standards of scholarship. Specifically, they are expected to maintain a minimum 1.80 CGPA (cumulative grade point average). A student who does not maintain this minimum CGPA will be considered to be performing unsatisfactorily in his/her studies. The following procedures will apply for evaluating the student performance in accordance with policy governing continuance, withdrawal and readmission. Students who have been required to withdraw must make applicationforreadmission. Permission for readmission will be granted by the Registrar in consultation with the appropriate Program Coordinator, in the case of Career/ Vocational students, or with the Dean, Academic Studies in the case of Academic Studies students, and an Advisor or Counsellor, if necessary. a. Academic performance will be evaluated on courses for which Capilano College grades have been assigned. Students readmitted after being required to withdraw will be limited to a maximum enrollment of nine credit hours, and must achieve a grade point average of 2.00 or better General Information - Policies 25 on those credits attempted. Students who do not achieve this level will be required to withdraw from the College for one full year and may only be readmitted by application to, and with the approval of the Admissions Appeals Committee. C. Disruptive Students The College recognizes that most students make considerable sacrifices to be able to attend classes. To enhance their opportunities for success, the College expects all students to help, not hinder, their fellow students, staff, and instructors in achieving their common goals. One of the most important of those goals is to develop the skill of critical thinking through the free expression and exploration of a wide range of ideas. This may involve challenges to students' and faculty's strongly held beliefs and values. As long as such challenges are clearly directed at ideas, and are not merely personal attacks on those who hold them, the College accepts and encourages them as part of the learning process. However, some kinds of expression and behaviour are clearly not intended to further the learning process; they may become disruptive to all concerned and may hinder the College's basic purpose: to foster both learning and a constructive, positive attitude toward learning. Therefore, the College will not accept disruptive behaviour in classrooms or elsewhere on its property. Disruptive behaviour is defined as: • Speech or action that seriously distracts others from the task at hand; • Speech or action that is clearly not part of a learning process that creates an atmosphere of hostility, intimidation, ridicule, or anxiety among other students, staff or instructors; • Action that impedes the delivery of College services; • Action that abuses College property and services by using them for unauthorized purposes; • Excessive and unreasonable demand for attention or special treatment from faculty or staff, to the detriment of other students; or • Hindrance of other's work by failure to complete one's own work. Threatening or dangerous behaviour is: • Subjecting or threatening to subject any student or College employee to physical or mental harm, injury, indignity, harassment, or written or spoken abuse; • Physical intimidation of any student or College employee; • Damage or threat to, or the unauthorized removal of, College property or the property of students or College employees; • Action that deliberately endangers students or College employees. Procedure Complaints about any person's disruptive, threatening, or dangerous behaviour shall go to a Counsellor or to the appropriate Coordinator. The person receiving the complaint shall investigate, consult a Counsellor or Coordinator as appropriate, and, if warranted, immediately convey the complaint to the appropriate Dean. The Dean will take appropriate action, which may include (but is not limited to) a formal warning, placement on probation, long-term suspension, or expulsion from the College. If the Dean has reason to believe that a student's continued presence in the College constitutes a continuing disruption, threat, or danger to others, the Dean shall immediately suspend the student pending further investigation and/or disciplinary action. A student has the right to appeal the Dean's decision to suspend or to impose other disciplinary action. Such appeal must be made in writing to the Vice-President, Student and Instructional Services within two weeks of the Dean notifying the student of the disciplinary action. The appeal shall be heard by two Vice-Presidents, who will receive submissions by any other person that the Vice-Presidents judge to have information bearing upon the case. D. Misuse of Computer System The misuse of a computer system (such as unauthorized access to other computer accounts or unauthorized use of system software) is not only unfair to other students but can result, at the instructor's discretion, in suspension of the offender's computer access in a course, which may result in an "F' grade. Repeated offenses may result in a permanent revoking of all computer privileges. Threatening and Dangerous Behaviour All members of the College community are expected to show respect for the College and its students and employees. Behaviour that is threatening or dangerous to others is unacceptable and will be dealt with quickly and firmly. The College will protect its students and employees against such conduct. General Information - Policies 26 E. Cheating and Plagiarism Within an educational institution, any form of cheating including plagiarism - is an extremely serious offence. Plagiarism is the presentation of another person's or source's words or ideas as if they were one's own. Plagiarism and all other forms of cheating are dishonest and are incompatible with education and scholarship. Accordingly, cheating offenses will normally result in a grade of zero on the examination, test, or assignment and, at the instructor's discretion, may result in a grade of F in the course. After consulting the instructors) involved, the College may impose further penalties for cheating, up to and including expulsion from the College. Cheating or plagiarism penalties affecting a final grade may be appealed through the College's Appeals Procedure. Students are responsible for ensuring that they understand and follow the principles and practices of proper documentation and scholarship. If in doubt about these matters, students should consult their instructor, the Achievement Resource Centre, the Writing Centre, or the Library where explanatory documents are available. F. Copyright Policy A copy of the College Policy and Procedures regarding Canadian copyright law is available in the Library and in all departments. This policy applies to all College departments, employees and students. G. Sexual Harassment e. the conduct or comment is accompanied by the actual denial of opportunity, or the express or implied threat of the denial of opportunity, for failure to comply. Copies of the College's "Sexual Harassment Policy and Procedures" are available from the Office of the Sexual Harassment Policy Advisor or from Counselling. The Sexual Harassment Policy Advisor is available to receive complaints of sexual harassment, to provide advice and information to the parties to such complaints, and to investigate complaints as necessary. H. Limit of Responsibility The College accepts no responsibility for the cancellation or discontinuance of any course or program or class of instruction that may be necessary as a result of an Act of God, fire, labour problems, lack of funding, or any other cause. The College accepts no responsibility for any injury, loss or expense sustained, arising out of or in any way connected with a student's participation in any course or program. The College is committed to providing a working and learning environment that is free from sexual harassment. To that end, the College has adopted a formal policy and procedures to handle complaints and, if appropriate, to impose discipline where sexual harassment occurs. The College believes that those who allege that they are victims of sexual harassment must receive the necessary support and protection to encourage complaints to be brought forward. The College believes that anyone against whom a complaint has been made should be given full opportunity to respond to those allegations, and that the principles of natural justice should prevail. The Capilano College Policy defines sexual harassment as comment or conduct of a sexual nature, including sexual advances, requests for sexual favours, sugggestive comments or gestures, or physical contact when any one of the following occurs: a. the conduct or comment has the effect of creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive environment, and may include the expression of sexist attitudes, language and behaviour; b. the conduct or comment exploits the fiduciary relationship between students and employees of the College; c. the conduct or comment is accompanied by a reward, or the express or implied promise of a reward, for compliance; d. the conduct or comment is accompanied by reprisals, or an express or implied threat of reprisal, for refusal to comply; General Information - Policies 27 Services ACADEMIC ADVISING AND EDUCATIONAL PLANNING Personnel Jean BERRY, B.A. (Wisconsin), Advisor Elin CUMMING, Educational Planning Assistant Heather HARRIS, Educational Planning Assistant Jeri KROGSETH, B.A. (UBC) B.C. Teacher's Cert., Advisor David O'LEARY, B.A. (Memorial), Dip. Adult Ed. (Alta.) M.Ed. (UBC), Advisor & Dept. Supervisor Advisors visit secondary schools in the College region and throughout the Lower Mainland each Fall and Spring to speak to student groups about opportunities at Capilano College. High school students planning to enter the College may take advantage of early admission interviews at their school by contacting their school counsellor for appropriate dates. Prospective and current students may contact the Advising Centre for information on all College programs and courses and for assistance with educational planning and program selection. Appointments may be made at the advising desk in A Building or by calling the Advising Hot Line at 984-4990. Drop-in advising is also available. ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE Faculty John BROOKS, B.A. (SFU) Ruth D'HOLLANDER, B.C. Teaching Cert., B.Ed. (McGill), M.Ed. (McGill), C.A.S. (Harvard) Lucas FOSS, B.A. (Carleton) A.R.W. Bev HILL, B.Ed. (UBC) Wendy LYNN, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc. (Waterloo) Susan MURRAY, B.Ed. (T.E.S.L.) Concordia, M.A. (Applied Linguistics) Concordia • Jan SHIELL, M.Ed. (UBC) Dennis WRIGHT, B.Sc. (Idaho), M.Sc. (Brigham Young), Ph.D. (Arizona State) Support Staff Kim EMANUELE, Learning Assistant Lynne HAMILTON, Divisional Assistant Achievement Resource Centre - Lynnmour Students wanting to increase their learning efficiency are invited to use the services and facilities of the Achievement Resource Centre (ARC), in B Building. Students who have specific learning difficulties are encouraged to talk over their concerns with ARC Faculty. At present, the Achievement Resource Centre offers the following services: a. Scheduled workshops on study skills to help students succeed at college: (See page 52). General Information — Services 28 b. Personal assistance for students who are doing well but want to improve further. c. Special services for students with learning difficulties, including educational assessments. d. Special services for students with physical disabilities. (See Special Needs Services below). e. Assistance in using computer resources available in the Centre. Resources available are: 1) Hardware - Apple He, Macintosh, IBM- compatible Computers, 2 typewriters. 2) Software - word processing, spelling, vocabulary and keyboarding skills. 3) Self-paced learning programs on cassette and video to improve study and learning skills. The ARC also provides written study tips. For more information, call 984-4945 or drop by the Achievement Resource Centre, B Building. The Mathematics Learning Centre The Achievement Resource Centre and the Mathematics Department provide the facilities and services of the Mathematics Learning Centre (MLC) for all students at the College. The Centre is located at the south end of the first floor of J Building 0107). During scheduled hours throughout the week, students may obtain individual assistance with math problems from the Lab Supervisor or Mathematics instructor on duty. The MLC has two study areas, one for silent, individual study and the other for quiet group study. A library of math reference texts is located in the silent study area. The Mathematics Department's self-paced learning courses in arithmetic, algebra and precalculus are offered in the Math Learning Centre. A math video room is equipped with five VCRs and has tapes on topics in algebra, precalculus, calculus and statistics. The MLC is equipped with four microcomputers and has some mathematical software available for student use. Special Needs Services Special Needs Services, a component of the Achievement Resource Centre, provides the support services necessary for students with physical, hearing, and visual disabilities to take part in College programs. Some of these services are: 1) Orientation to Capilano College; campus maps, (Braille and standard) and information on campus accessibility. 2) Assistance with registration procedures. 3) Formal and informal assessments to identify learning strengths and needs; instructional recommendations based on assessments. 4) Liaison between student and instructor regarding accommodations and other issues. 5) Group and individualized instruction for study skills development. 6) Access to special equipment, e.g. Brailler, Telex F.M. Loop system, portable computers. A complete listing of the resources is available as well as a campus map indicating wheelchair accessible paths and washrooms. Call 984-4945 or drop by B102. Achievement Resource Centre - Squamish and Sechelt ARC programs and services are also offered in these locations. Contact the local College receptionist for more information: in Squamish 986-3515 (toll free from North Vancouver) or 892-5322 (local); in Sechelt 987-1535 (toll free) or 885-9310 (local). championship teams. Capilano College is proud of the accomplishments of its student athletes and of its growing reputation for athletic excellence. An expanding intramural program, utilizing the College's Sportsplex facility newly opened in Summer 1991 and the Weight Training Centre, together with recreation and fitness progams, are available during both Fall and Spring terms. Some examples of the scheduled activities available are: co-ed volleyball, basketball, indoor soccer, badminton, aerobics, karate, weight training and many more. For complete athletic, intramural and recreational program information, contact the staff at the Sportsplex, 984-1737. Writing Centre BOOKSTORE All students registered at the College may come to the Writing Centre for advice on work in progress or help with writing problems. The Centre is not a proofreading service, but aims to help students develop their writing ability. The Bookstore, located in R building at the northwest corner of the campus, offers required and recommended texts, stationery and sundry items. When classes are in session, the Bookstore is usually open Monday through Thursday 8:30 a.m. to 8:30 p.m. and Fridays 8:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. The Centre also offers resources for writing: quiet space, a collection of reference books, handout sheets and exercises, and computers with word processing, outlining, and editing programs. The Writing Centre is located in H406, outside the Humanities Division. It is staffed by faculty members from the English, ESL, and ABE Departments. Open hours are posted. ATHLETICS AND RECREATION Personnel Nash DHALLA, Attendant Joseph IACOBELLIS, B.P.E., M.P.E. (UBC), Manager Wade KEELER, Attendant Wayne SHAW, Attendant Brian SMITH, Attendant Wendy WEBERG, Program Assistant Milton WILLIAMS, B.P.E. (UBC), Programmer Capilano is a full member of the British Columbia Colleges Athletic Association, which is the governing body for all intercollegiate athletics in the Province. Provincial championships are determined annually with winners advancing to national finals. This affords our College's highly skilled student athletes an opportunity to meet with and compete against the best College athletes • in Canada. I Intercollegiately, Capilano Blues teams compete in soccer, basketball, volleyball and golf, both for women and men. Each year, our many exceptional athletes, working with the experienced Blues coaching staff and managers, have combined to produce both provincial and national For information regarding used books, please contact the Capilano Students' Union. COUNSELLING Faculty Daniel FRANKEL, B.A. (Concordia), M.Ed. (McGill) David JONES, B.A., M.A. (Dalhousie) Yvonne McCOLL, B.A. (Simmons), M.Ed. (Harvard) Ethelyn McINNES-RANKIN, B.A. (University of Winnipeg), M.A. (UBC) Susan MITCHELL, B.S.Ed. (N. Illinois), M.A. (UVic) Gary SIEGRIST, M.B.A. (SFU) Marie TOOMPUU, B.A. (Bethel College), M.S.W. (Wilfrid Laurier) Support Staff Receptionists: Marni BUSH and Norma McALLISTER General Information The services of trained counsellors are available to all students in the College. Counsellors assist students in educational planning and provide information and consultation in the solution of academic problems. Counsellors are often helpful in dealing with personal problems as well, and have a real interest and expertise in this area of student life. The College counselling objective is to facilitate the efforts of students to move toward greater self-direction in decision making and life-planning. Counsellors can also assist with career planning, and vocational testing is available for students by appointment. Other services available to students are workshops General Information — Services 29 in such areas as career exploration, stress management, assertive communication skills, understanding intimate relationships, procrastination and a computer assisted career choice system. Appointments to see a counsellor may be made through the receptionist in M building or by calling 984-1744. Appointment times are available Monday through Friday, 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. Drop-in counselling is also available Monday through Friday from 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. As well, some evening appointments are available. All counselling is confidential. Those living in the Pemberton-Howe Sound Region requiring the assistance of a counsellor should contact the Squamish Regional Centre. Appointments may be arranged by calling 892-5322. Sunshine Coast Region residents should call the Sechelt Regional Centre, 885-9310, for information. CAREER RESOURCE CENTRE The College assists students considering career options by providing information and reference materials on a wide variety of occupations. The Centre is located in the M building and houses a collection of self-help books, vocational literature, calendars from Canadian and foreign universities and colleges, and brochures and free information on campus and community resources. Copies of past and current course outlines for Capilano College are available for reference in choosing courses and instructors. Also, some career and program information is on video tape. For assistance in the Centre, contact the receptionist in the M building. DAYCARE The Capilano College Day Care Centre is located in "D" Building and is open from 7:30 a.m. - 5:30 p.m., Monday through Friday. The centre is staffed by fully qualified, caring early childhood educators who engage the children in creative learning activities. Full-time day care is available to students with children. Applications for day care are available from the day care centre, and should be submitted at least six months prior to the beginning of term. DISABILITY SUPPORT AND ACCESS SERVICES Faculty Jolene BORDEWICK, B.Sc. (Ed) (Idaho), M.Ed. (UBC), P.D.P. (SFU) Coordinator The Office of Disability Support and Access Services provides access, intake and service planning to students and prospective students with disabilities and handicapping conditions. Formerly called the Special Education General Information — Services 30 Coordinator for Transitions, this office works with program and service providers to assist in enabling new students to undertake studies at the College. For further information or an appointment, contact the coordinator at 984-1701. DISTANCE EDUCATION Open Learning Agency Open College and Open University The Open College and Open University, two components of the Open Learning Agency, offer a wide variety of credit and non-credit courses through open learning methods. Courses and programs can lead to one of several college diplomas or certificates or to a university degree. For information on course offerings and transfer credit, visit or write to the Open Learning Agency's Student Services office at 4355 Mathissi Place, Burnaby, B.C. V5G 4S8, or call (603) 431-3000. Knowledge Network The third component of the Open Learning Agency, the Knowledge Network also offers a wide range of credit and non-credit courses. For further information, call 6602000 (toll-free 1-800-663-1678). Open Learning In British Columbia In addition to the courses offered by the Open Learning Agency, there are many more open learning courses offered by British Columbia's colleges and universities. The Open Learning Agency can advise which courses are available, but specific enquiries should be directed to the sponsoring institution. FIRST NATIONS PROGRAMS AND SERVICES Faculty Peggy SHANNON, M.Ed. (UBC), First Nations Advisor The First Nations Student Advisor provides direct services to native students in a variety of ways: assistance with course selection and registration; information concerning College resources; advisor for special programs; liaison with Native Band education officers and college instructors; consultation regarding personal and educational matters. The Advisor also acts as resource to the student-based Native Issues Committee. Special programs and services for First Nations students and prospective students are also offered at the College's two Regional Centres. Presently located in the Achievement Resource Centre at the North Vancouver campus, the Advisor also coordinates advice provided to the College from its First Nations Advisory Committee, an external advisory group which meets quarterly. FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE The main cafeteria, located in building N , offers full hot meal service during the Fall and Spring terms from approximately 8:00 a.m. through 8:30 p.m. daily except Fridays when it closes at 3:00 p.m. (The grill closes at 1:30 p.m.) For special events, catering services are available. Contact the Food Services Director, North Campus Cafeteria. The smaller cafeteria, located in building B, offers limited hot foods and snack items from approximately 8 a.m. through 8:30 p.m. Monday through Thursday; Friday 8 a.m. through 3:00 p.m. (The grill closes at 1:30 p.m.) A kiosk located in building H provides a selection of pastries, salads, sandwiches and coffee. The kiosk is open from 8:00 a.m. through 2:00 p.m. Monday to Friday. Vending service offering limited food, beverage and confectionery items is available in Building N (North Campus), B (South Campus), and H Building. Limited dining space (seating and circulation) does not allow for the use of either cafeteria for special functions during the period the food service is in operation, unless the function is designated by the College's administration. HEALTH SERVICES AND FIRST AID Personnel Dr. Thais H A L L , B.A. (UBC), M.D. (UBC) Dr. Bill M A C K I E , M.D. (UBC), CCFP Donna S A V A G E , R.N., B.Sc.N. (UBC), Ind. First Aid Brenda JARVIS, R.N., Ind. First A i d Located in the M building on the North Campus, the Health Services and First Aid Department is concerned with maintaining the good general health of all individuals on campus, and with providing a safe and healthy atmosphere in which to work and study. Emphasis is directed toward prevention of disease and injury and attainment of a healthy lifestyle. The following services are offered: 1. First Aid - come to M103 or phone local 2964. If no answer, call the College switchboard "0". 2. Health Counselling - offered on nutrition, weight control, immunization, birth control and other health related matters. 3. Physical Health Care - such as vision check, hearing , tests, blood pressure check, pregnancy tests. 4. Diagnosis and Treatment of Illness—appointments with College Physicians may be made in person at M l 03, or by phoning 984-4964. 5. Pamphlets and Teaching Aids on various topics are available in the reception area of Health Services. 6. Regular meetings of the Health and Safety Committee are held. Complaints or suggestions regarding hazards or potential hazards can be submitted in writing via the Student Representatives. 7. Referrals to outside agencies or individuals can be made through Health Services. INTERNATIONAL OFFICE AND INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION Personnel Pat BELL, Clerk Typist Marjorie CROFT, International Administrative Assistant Linda CURRY, Dean's Secretary Barbara H A N K I N , Program Coordinator, A P M C P Jon L. JESSIMAN, Dean and Head Louise K R O H N , Director, Extension & Contract Services Ethelyn McINNES-RANKIN, International Student Advisor Edwin W O N G , C A N A S E A N Project Manager Telephone: (604)984-4975 Fax: (604)984-1705 Office: A 209, South Campus The International Office has responsibility for international education, programs and initiatives at Capilano, operating within the Division of Student and Instructional Services, assisted by the International Education Advisory Committee, a campus-wide representative committee which meets to provide direction to and co-ordination of Capilano projects. 1. International Student Information The College welcomes Applications for Admission from well-qualified students who are normally resident in countries outside Canada. In 1992, there were approximately 165 international students studying regular courses at Capilano. The majority of them are enrolled in university transfer programs in the Academic Studies Division, while others are taking specialized courses in the Career/Vocational Division. Normally, to be considered for admission, applicants should possess the equivalent of Secondary School graduation (Grade 12) in the Province of British Columbia. Students wishing assessment of their academic credentials should contact the Office of the Registrar. In certain programs, enrollment limitations are in effect both for international students and for Canadian citizens and residents. Entry to these programs is competitive and is based on academic standing and other published criteria. In accord with provincial government policy, international students are subject to higher tuition fees than Canadian students. General Information — Services 31 See page 11 for detailed application information. The International Student Advisor on campus gives assistance to international students both prior to and after their admission to the College and will provide specific assistance to applicants with student visa requirements, location of home accommodation, social and special programs, educational counselling and orientation. The advisor is located in the M Building on the north campus. All other student services at the Lynnmour campus are also available to international students. An International Club is active on campus and provides opportunities for Canadian and international students to interact in social, recreational and learning activities. Interested students should note closing dates for applications for Fall, Spring, and Summer terms in an earlier section of this Calendar. All applications for admission should be directed to the Office of the Registrar and should be accompanied by a $100.00 (Can.) application fee. 2. International Programs In the 1993-1994 academic year, the following programs will be undertaken: A. Asia Pacific Management Co-op Program This program, unique in Canada, enrolled its first class in 1987 and was an immediate success. A two year graduate diploma program in Asia Pacific studies and business, it is open to students who normally have completed an undergraduate degree from a recognized university or those who are sponsored by their employer. Combining an examination of culture, history, language, business, politics, and economics of Pacific Rim regions over the course of a full time, nine-month intensive period at the College, and followed by a co-operative work experience of twelve months, usually overseas, graduates become immediately involved in working with industry in development and trade-related business. See page 227 in this Calendar for details. B. CANASEAN Project CANASEAN is another unique program at this College, specifically designed to meet the needs of businessmen and women in Canada and from countries forming part of the Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN). Begun in the mid-1980s as a seminar/workshop series, it now has two separate phases: in the Fall term, ASEAN managers take part in a four month intensive training/ placement program working on campus and with local enterprises, and in the Spring term, a further group of ASEAN executives meet with Canadian counterparts in similar industries. This project is wholly funded by ministries of the federal General Information — Services 32 and provincial governments. Interested applicants should contact the Project Manager. C. Other Programs From time to time, the College offers specific programsdesigned to meet the needs of particular groups, industries, governments or agencies. In 1991, these included programs in international tourism management, English Language culture and small business entrepreneurship. These are normally arranged through the International Office or the Contract Services Department. 3. Other International Courses A number of individual programs offered in the Academic and Career Divisions have specific courses providing international content. Some of them are optional, while others are an integral part of the curriculum leading to a college diploma or certificate. Examples of these will be found in the relevant sections of this Calendar in Business Management, Biology, Geography, History, Political Studies and Sociology. The Languages Department currently schedules first-year university level courses in French, German, and Spanish as well as first year level in Japanese, Mandarin, Chinese and Thai. English as a Second Language courses provide foreign and new immigrant students a variety of intermediate and advanced courses to help improve competency in English for work, daily life, and post-secondary study. English language training is also offered in the summer; these home-stay programs are designed for groups only. 4. International Exchanges The College has been active for a number of years in promoting exchanges with colleges, universities and other agencies outside Canada. Students from Capilano and Aichi Gakusen in Japan have exchanged as have faculty from Rajamangala Institute of Technology, Thailand, and Open University of Ho Chi Minh City in Vietnam. Capilano College and Aichi Gakusen College of Toyota City, Japan established a special relationship in 1983 which provides for the annual exchange of students between the two colleges. Up to three Capilano female students study and work at Aichi Gakusen from late September until mid-winter. Each student is provided with a scholarship of Y750,000 (approx. Cdn. $7,500), a Vancouver-Tokyo-Nagoya round trip ticket and free tuition in a special program of studies specifically tailored to the individual student. The total value of the scholarship is approximately Cdn. $20,000 for each student. Formal agreements have been signed with other postsecondary educational institutions in China, Malaysia, Thailand, Japan and other countries of the Pacific Rim which will continue to enhance opportunities for exchange. As a member of a number of international education training associations in Canada and the United States, the College is able to provide a variety of opportunities for students and faculty to study, travel, or work overseas. 5. International Projects and Initiatives Circulation Services Students are required to present current Capilano College I.D. to borrow library materials. Loan periods are: With a particular focus on Pacific Rim endeavours, Capilano College has been and continues to be involved in development and training activities in Malaysia, the Philippines, Thailand, Japan, Indonesia, Vietnam and the People's Republic of China. Current examples include curriculum development at a university in Vietnam, small business management training for Indonesian managers, and a business linkage project in Thailand. A Southeast Asian work, study and learn travel adventure for faculty and staff is currently being planned for Spring 1993. For further information on any of these international activities or other international education opportunities, contact the Head of the International Office as indicated. LIBRARY Faculty Karin HALL, B.A. M.L.S. (UBC) David LAMBERT, B.A. (U of A), M.L.S. (UBC) Annette LOREK, B.A., M.L.S. (McGill) George MODENESI, B.A., M.L.S. (UBC) Sidney MYERS, B.A. (UBC), M.L.S. (Western) Support Staff Kathleen COSGROVE, Audio-Visual Supervisor Sharon FEYER, Film/Video Supervisor Heike GAUTREAU, Audio-Visual Assistant Robyn JANSSENS, Circulation Assistant Karen KLAVER, Circulation Assistant Dianella KNIGHT, Media Production Assistant James KWOK, Circulation Supervisor Anne MOYE, Secretary Carol NOONAN, Technical Services Assistant Diane PARKER, Technical Services Assistant Edna SAKATA, Media Production Supervisor Karyn SCHMID, Circulation Assistant Dave SHARROCK, Media Production Assistant Judy STEAR, Circulation Assistant Karen WAUGH, Technical Services Supervisor the subject area. Individual research assistance, CD-ROM and other electronic search services are also available. Ask at the reference desk. Books: Reference books: Periodicals: Newspapers: Reserve materials: Films & Videos: Audio tapes: Records & CD's: two weeks (no telephone renewals) in-library use only in-library use only in-library use only varies from 3 hours to 1 week 1 to 2 days 1 week (except reserve cassettes) in-library use only Note: Overdue fines of $1.00 per hour charged on hourly reserve loans; $1.00 per day on daily and weekly reservematerials; $1.00 per day on recalled books and other materials. Failure to return materials and pay all fines at the end of each term will result in debt listing (transcripts are withheld and further registration is prohibited). A fee of $5.00 is imposed for removal of your name from the debt list. Audio-Visual Services A variety of audio-visual software and equipment is available for use in the library or may be booked for classroom presentations. Films, videos, records, cassette tapes, and CD's are listed in the library's catalogue. Projectors, video players, cassette recorders, CD players and record players are available for individual use at library study carrells or for small group use in the library's preview room. • Reference Services Students receive a library orientation and basic research methods class during the first year English, Psychology, and Communications courses. Other courses often include a class in the use of library materials specific to Media Production Services Assistance in the design, preparation, and production of audio-visual materials is provided. Selected equipment, including computers, is available for self-help use. Overheads, laserprints, colour laser copies, laminating, and other products and services are available at the cost of materials. Ask at Media Production Services. Sechelt & Squamish A small collection of reference and information materials is housed at each regional campus. Access to the entire college library collection is provided by a a i bB catalogue of holdings. A library orientation and basic research methods class is provided by the Regional liaison librarian at the beginning of each term. Inter-campus loans and telephone reference services are also provided. General Information — Services 33 LOST AND FOUND Students may inquire about lost or found items in the Student Society office, located in N building, or the Library, located in B building. OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR Administration Dianna L. LARSEN, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (Gonzaga); Registrar Barbara ROBERTSON, B.Ed. (UBC); Associate Registrar Support Staff Grace ARNOLD Jeanne CLASSEN Doreen COTTRELL, Assistant to Registrar Lynda GOCH Cheryl HELM, BA (UBC) Bev HUGHES Karen LEQUYERE Jan MERRICK Joan MINICHIELO Hazel SOON The Office of the Registrar, located in Bldg. A, Lynnmour Campus, is responsible for the maintenance of all permanent student records, including admission and registration procedures for all prospective and continuing students, and for the administration of College policies pertinent to those areas. All student records are processed and discharged through this office, including applications for admission, offers of admittance, assessment of transcripts for Canadian and International applicants, grade entry, student identification cards, registration in courses, waitlists, course additions, withdrawals, transfer credit, change in name, address or telephone, issuance of transcripts, and replacement of documents. The Office of the Registrar also coordinates all graduation and student awards ceremonies, verification of program completion, Deans' and Merit lists, semester timetables, examination timetables, and course articulation with provincial universities. Housed with the Office of the Registrar is the Cashier's Department of Financial Services, which is responsible for the collection of tuition and other fees, invoicing, and verification of payments to the College. Questions should be directed as follows: Admissions/Student Records: 984-4913 Cashier: 986-1911, ext.2012 Graduation Status: 986-1911, ext. 2014 Transcripts: 986-1911, ext. 2086 General Information - Services 34 Regular Hours Mon/Tue/Wed 9:00 am to 8:00 pm Thur 10:30 am to 8:00 pm Fri 9:00 am to 4:00 pm Summer Hours Mon/Tue/Wed/Fri 9:00 am to 4:00 pm Thur 10:00 am to 4:00 pm PARKING Parking is available to all students. The following parking regulations, which have been designed to meet the Fire Marshal's instructions, are in effect: a. No parking is permitted in a Fire Zone. b. Vehicles may park in a Loading Zone for up to 30 minutes while loading or unloading. Vehicles parked in excess of this time period are subject to the College towing policy (see f below). c. Reserved parking permits may be made available to handicapped students so that they may park closer to their classes. Requisitions for handicapped parking permits may be obtained from the College Nurse or the Special Needs Advisor. d. All traffic and parking signs must be observed. e. Vehicles parking in unauthorized areas will be towed away at the owner's risk and expense. SECURITY Capilano College is concerned with the safety and security of students, faculty, staff and visitors on campus. Security at the North Vancouver campus is provided by uniformed officers on foot patrol and in clearly identified patrol vehicles. These officers are available to escort any member of the College community. Advanced notice is appreciated, but not required. Campus security may be reached at local 2964. A security awareness orientation is provided to every class at the beginning of each term. Faculty, particularly those teaching evening classes, promote and actively encourage the buddy system. Students are advised to walk with a friend, or, if possible, travel in groups to parked cars or to other locations, or get a ride to their vehicle if they are parked some distance away from others. SPORTSPLEX AND FITNESS CENTRE The Sportsplex, one of thefinestmultipurpose facilities in the province, houses the intramural programs, athletics gymasium-based programs, extension courses in sports and recreation and a general activity drop-in program for those choosing a less structured schedule. Each of these programs offer a variety of activities which will satisfy the recreational needs of the student body. Facilities include a 14,500 sq. ft. gymnasium with seating capacity for 1,700 suitable for basketball, volleyball, badminton, indoor soccer, wrestling, martial arts and many other activities; a 2,000 sq.ft.aerobics gym, weight and fitness centre, dressing rooms and sauna. A wide range of services including towel service, locker rentals, first aid, laundry service and equipment loans are available. Current hours of operation during the term (September to April) are: Monday to Friday: 8:30 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. and Saturday/Sunday: 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. For detailed information about specific programs offered in the Sportsplex each year, contact the staff at 984-1737. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT CENTRE Personnel Judith HALL, Student Employment Advisor Lynne SOMERVILLE, Student Employment Assistant The Student Employment Centre's overall objective is to help students secure suitable employment specific to their individual needs. Our key thrust is to equip students with the knowledge and skills required to successfully manage their individual job searches. To meet this challenge the Student Employment Centre offers a variety of services to all Capilano College students and alumni, year-round. Services include: - assistance with the development of meaningful and realistic goals - critiquing and recommending suggestions on how to prepare effective and professional resumes and covering letters - advice on developing a contact network of potential employers - guidance with the preparation and presentation of in ter-view strategies - information and assessment of job offers - provision of encouragement and support through all phases of the job search processs In addition to providing students with employmentreadiness instruction, the Student Employment Centre develops and maintains working relationships with employers to encourage employment opportunities. Throughout the year, hundreds of summer, part time and career-oriented jobs are displayed on a centralized Job Posting Board for interested candidates to review. ments and in-class group seminars. All students wishing to use the services offered are encouraged to visit the Centre early in their academic term. For further information visit the Centre, located in the M building, or call 9844965 Monday through Friday. STUDENT NEWSPAPER The student newspaper at Capilano College is the Capilano Courier, published every other week. The Courier is run by an independent staff of student volunteers, autonomous from the student society and College administration. It is a full member of Canadian University Press, a co-operative news and support resource organization of more than sixty campus papers from across Canada. Since the Courier is written, organized, and laid out on campus, there is always a need for help. Students are encouraged to take part in news and feature writing, reporting, editing, layout, photography, artwork, desktop publishing, graphic design, and advertising. The newspaper is not a "class project" and therefore offers the chance for all students to participate in the democratically run collective staff. The Courier welcomes input from the entire College community. Classified ads (which are free to students, staff, and faculty), letters to the collective, and other contributions can be submitted to their offices. STUDENT SOCIETY Students who register for credit courses at Capilano College pay Student Society fees, thus becoming a member of the Student Society. Included in this fee is membership within the Canadian Federation of Students, Canada's national representative student organization. The Student Society is a registered non-profit society, incorporated under the Societies Act of British Columbia, coordinated by an elected board of student directors. Main goals of the Student Society are: 1. To organize students on a democratic, cooperative basis in order to provide a framework within which students can communicate, exchange information, and share experience, skills, and ideas for advancing students' interests. 2. To facilitate cooperation among students in organizing events which supplement the learning experience, provide for human needs, and develop a sense of community in British Columbia, Canada, and the world. 3. To bring students to discuss and cooperatively achieve necessary educational, administrative, and legislative change in order to achieve the goal of a post-secondary education system which is rationally planned, high The Centre offers drop-in service, individual appoint- General Information - Services 35 quality, and accessible to all. STUDENT STORE — CAP CORNER Through general meetings of the entire student body and a structure of committees open to all students, the direction of the Society is decided and its' goals met. Student Society affairs run from charity fundraisers to educational forums to social events to student workstudy jobs. Daily operations are handled by the full time staff collective and the executive committee of elected students. Elections occur on campus each semester and all students may participate. There is a store located at the north end of I Building, operated by the Merchandising Management students. In addition, the Student Society maintains a number of services to aid students day-to-day. Inexpensive photocopies, a free student phone, a used textbook sale, a laser printer /binding/resume service, a housing registry and a student saver consumer discount program, are some of the services offered. The Student Society General Office is located in N building next to the Students' Lounge and is open from 9:00 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. Monday to Friday. For further information call 986-1813 or 984-4969. General Information — Services 36 This small shop serves as a laboratory for the Merchandising students to practise the skills learned in the program. The store sells items such as stationery, gifts, clothing, candy, and bus passes. Capilano College sweats are a popular item. Financial Aid and Awards Personnel Connie GIBBS, B.A., M.Ed. (UBC), Supervisor Valerie KENDRICK, Clerk Zulekha PIRANI, Financial Aid Clerk Sheila ROSEN, B.F.A. (UBC) Financial Aid Advisor Dates to Remember June 15 Early application deadline for B.C. Student Assistance Program. Applications for one semester will, however, be accepted for full assessment up until 10 weeks before the end of term. Applicants for two semesters must apply at least 12 weeks before the end of term. Students applying for assistance beyond the mid-point of the educational period will be eligible for Canada Student Loan only, regardless of need. June 30 Bursary application deadline for Summer Term. September 30 Application deadline for Capilano College general scholarships for Fall Term. October 15 Bursary application deadline for Fall Term. October 22 Application deadline for B.C. Student Assistance Program (Fall Term only). January 31 Application deadline for Capilano College general scholarships for Spring Term. Bursary application deadline for Spring Term. February 5 Application deadline for B.C. Student Assistance Program (Fall & Spring Terms). February 19 Application deadline for B.C. Student Assistance Program (Spring Term only). General Information The Financial Aid Office is located in the M Building, North Campus. To provide access for evening college students, the office remains open one night per week during the Fall and Spring terms unless otherwise posted. During spring and summer months, evening workshops are held to assist students with completion of their B.C. Student Assistance Program (BCSAP) applications. Students should register for workshops with the Financial Aid Clerk by phone or in person during regular office hours. Students are expected to have read the BCSAP Guide and attempted to complete the application form prior to attending workshops. The office provides applications and information regarding BCSAP, bursaries, scholarships, and loans. Financial Aid Advisors are available by appointment to provide financial counselling and to prepare appeals and reassessments for BCSAP applicants. The office sponsors workshops on personal money management during orientation week and distributes brochures regarding financial aid and money management. STUDENT ASSISTANCE The B.C. Student Assistance Program The following information is subject to change. The B.C. Student Assistance Program is the major source of student financial assistance and is a combination of Federal Canada Student Loan and B.C. Provincial Government Loan. Equalization grants are available to students who meet special criteria. The amount of aid awarded is based on a standard means test. The maximum student aid available for a standard 34 week (two term) school year is $7,344 for students without dependents and $11,254 for students with dependents (based on 1992/93 figures). The Canada Student Loan and B.C. Student Loan are interest-free while the applicant is a fulltime student and for six months after full-time studies. At the end of six months a student must begin repayment of the loan, with interest, to the bank. If at any time during the interest-free period or subsequent repayment period the student again enrolls in full-time study, the student must file a Schedule II (for the Canada Student Loan) and a Certificate II (for the B.C. Student Loan) with the bank to return their outstanding loans to interest-free status. Eligible applicants are Canadian citizens or landed immigrants who qualify as B.C. residents. Deadlines for application are ten weeks prior to the end of term for students attending programs of seventeen weeks or less, and twelve weeks prior to the end of term for two term applicants (see Dates to Remember). Students who fail to make satisfactory scholastic progress may be ineligible for student loans and grants. Changes to financial status during the term of application may require reassessment. Deadlines for reassessments and appeals are the same as for applications. Failure to apply for a reassessment before the deadline does not waive the student's responsibility to report changes of financial or program status to the Financial Aid Office. Students who are dissatisfied with their award are entitled to appeal. Please make an appointment with a Financial Aid Advisor. A detailed brochure and applications are available at the Financial Aid Office. Applications should be made by the early deadline date of June 15 as delays are common. General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 37 Students who have applied for student loans should note that N/A grades do not carry credit and are treated as course withdrawals. N/A grades reduce total credit load and may cancel eligibility for future student loans and require early repayment of existing loans. Work-Study Program The Work-Study Program, part of the British Columbia Student Assistance Program, is designed to provide oncampus work experience for students requiring financial assistance while attending college. A limited number of part-time on-campus jobs, averaging five to ten hours per week, may be available. The program is open only to B.C. residents who demonstrate financial need under the terms of the B.C. Student Assistance Program. For information regarding eligibility, contact the Financial Aid Office. Applications are available in the Student Union Office, N Building. BURSARIES A bursary is non-repayable money granted on the basis of financial need. Bursaries administered by the Financial Aid Office are listed in Awards & Financial Aid: A Student Guide, and in this calendar. To be eligible students must maintain a Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.0, be enrolled in at least 60% of a full course load, and demonstrate financial need by completing the bursary application form available from the Financial Aid Office. Applications are available for each term; the deadlines are October 15; January 31; and June 30. Additional bursaries and application information are listed in the Financial Aid brochure, Awards & Financial Aid: A Student Guide. Emergency Aid Limited bursary assistance is available to address students' emergency needs throughout the school year. Students requiring emergency assistance must make an appointment with a Financial Aid Advisor. There is no guarantee that the students' needs will be met by bursary funds or that funds will be available for that purpose. Adult Basic Education Grants Students registered in ABE and ESL programs may be eligible for grants to meet tuition costs. Contact the Financial Aid Office for details. Deadline: Open. B.C. Loan Remission Program Students who received B.C. Student Loans and successfully completed studies in their chosen field after August 1,1987 and before July 31,1990, and whose total debt is less than $13,000, may be eligible for some remission (forgiveness) of their negotiated BCSL. On behalf of General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 38 approved applicants the government will pay the forgivable portion of the loan directly to the lending institution where the student negotiated B.C. Student Loans. Students who receive loans in excess of $13,000 through BCSAP during the period of their first degree may qualify for Loan Remission. For subsequent degrees the ceiling increases. The degree must be completed in a timely fashion and students must satisfy "personal responsibility" (as defined by BCSAP) during each loan application period in order to qualify. For further information contact the Financial Aid Office or call the toll-free number to Victoria: 1-800-561-1818. Interest Relief Plan The Government of Canada will pay the interest on fulltime and part-time Canada Student Loans on behalf of debtors who are experiencing financial hardships due to inability to find employment or to temporary disability. Additional information is available from the Student Assistance Directorate. A detailed brochure and applications are available at the Financial Aid Office. Contact for B.C. Student Assistance Program Student Services Branch Ministry of Advanced Education Training & Technology Parliament Buildings Victoria, B.C. V8V 1X4 Tel: 1-800-561-1818 Contact for Canada Student Loans Program Student Assistance Directorate P.O.Box 2090, Station D Ottawa, Ontario K1P6C6 Tel: (819) 994-1844 SCHOLARSHIPS Scholarships are awards based on high scholastic achievement and are listed in several areas of this brochure. Some awards require application, some are conferred automatically based on the highest GPA of students in the course. Scholastic Awards Deans' List Special recognition will be accorded full-time students with a term and cumulative grade point average of 3.5 or higher at the end of a term. For the purposes of the Deans' List, a student with 15 or more credits in a term, or taking a full course load as outlined in the calendar for their program, shall be considered full time. Merit List Special recognition will be accorded part-time students with a cumulative grade point average of 3.7 or higher upon completion of 30 or 60 credits. For the purposes of the Merit List, a student registered in fewer than 15 credits in a term shall be considered part time. Governor-General's Academic Medal This award is presented to a Diploma graduate from a program of two years' duration who has achieved the highest cumulative grade point average, and who has attained this grade point average on a minimum of 15 credit hours per term, or full program load as outlined in the Calendar, during attendance at Capilano College. Lieutenant-Governor's Medal This medal is awarded for academic excellence and contribution to the College and community to a graduate in a Vocational or Career program of less than two years' duration. President's Citizenship Award This award is given in recognition of the student who has made the greatest contribution to College life. President's Award The President's Award is presented to one Diploma graduate in Academic Studies and one Diploma graduate in a Career Program who have achieved exceptional academic excellence. Capilano College Foundation The Capilano College Foundation was formed in 1970 to build community support for Capilano College. As a volunteer community organization established under the Societies Act, the Foundation raises and administers funds to assist students and enhance the development of a well-balanced learning environment. Working together with Capilano College's Resource Development Office, the Foundation seeks to expands its Scholarship and Bursary Program to recognize and support deserving students who need assistance to reach their educational goals. For information, or to make a tax deductible contribution, please contact: Randi Duke, Director of Resource Development, Capilano College, 2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3H5. Phone 984-1709, Fax: 984-4985. Capilano College Foundation Bursaries and Scholarships (Award descriptions listed under headings pertaining to the application process) Capilano College Foundation Scholarships Michael Carr Memorial Award Constance MacGregor Memorial Scholarship Caroline Smith Memorial Award Student Trust Fund John Percy Williamson Memorial Fund George Raven Wood Fund Capilano College Entrance Awards Canada Scholarships Canada Scholarships worth $2,000 each and renewable for up to three years are provided by the Federal Government to outstanding full-time students who are pursuing undergraduate degrees in science or engineering. The science faculty will nominate scholars in the Fall from all applications received. Applications are available through the high school and must be submitted to the Registrar's Office, Capilano College, by J u n e 30. Capilano College Board Entrance Scholarships These scholarships will be awarded on the basis of academic merit. One scholarship in the form of a tuition fee waiver for two consecutive academic terms in a program of study of the student's choice will be made available through each of the high schools in the College region. As well, one scholarship will be awarded to the outstanding student in each of those high schools of Burnaby and Vancouver School Districts from which a significant fraction of its graduating class enrols at the College. Capilano College English Scholarship Tuition waivers and bookprizes are available to the winners of an essay contest which is open to all Grade 12 students who will be graduating in the current year and who plan to register in Academic Studies at Capilano College in the Fall. Contact the English Department for more information. Deadline: April 15. Elsie Boone/North Shore Lions Club Scholarship An endowment fund has been created which will provide for scholarships for physically disabled students of either North Vancouver District or City or West Vancouver. Scholarships will not exceed the cost of tuition or books. Selection process to be determined. Science Faculty and Staff Scholarships The Pure and Applied Sciences Division at Capilano College offers several $500 scholarships each Fall. Eligible students are those who: • are taking a full grade 12 coursp load • expect to graduate with high marks • plan to enroll in a full-time Pure and Applied Sciences Program at Capilano College. General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 39 Brossard, a former student at Capilano College had an outstanding talent in the Long Term Care Aide field. The bursary is provided by her family and friends in memory Applications are available from the Pure and Applied Sciences of her. Division. Deadline: May 15 This includes the new Engineering and Kinesiology/ Physical Education programs. Science Tuition Scholarships All students graduating this Spring from secondary schools and achieving a gradepoint average of at least 3.5 in a specified set of four grade 12 courses, and who register for certain Pure and Applied Sciences Programs at Capilano College will receive a tuition scholarship covering course fees for the Fall term. Awards are made directly at registration time. Contact Pure and Applied Sciences for details. Deadline: Last day of registration in the Pall. Science Textbook Publishers' Awards The Pure and Applied Sciences Division, in cooperation with textbook publishers, awards several first year science textbooks to students with high grade point averages who register for a full-time Pure and Applied Sciences program at Capilano College in the Fall. Margaret Campbell Bursary An award is made possible by the North Shore Business and Professional Women's Club in recognition of Alderman Margaret Campbell's outstanding contribution to the North Vancouver Community and as past president of the Canadian Federation of Business and Professional Women's Club. The bursary is open to women students enrolled at Capilano College in at least three courses. B.C. Chapter (C.A.M.T.) Music Therapy Bursary The B.C. Chapter of the Canadian Association for Music Therapy has donated funds to the College Foundation to establish a permanent fund whose earnings will be awarded as a bursary to a student of Music Therapy who meets the criteria to qualify. Canadian Federation of University Women (North Vancouver Chapter) Applications are available at registration. Awards are made on The recipient of the $250 scholarship/bursary is to be a the first day of classes. female student enrolled in second, third, or fourth year of math, science or a professional school who is a resident of Bursaries North Vancouver and/or a graduate of a North (Administered by the Financial Aid Office) Vancouver Secondary School (School District #44). N.B. Bursaries are non-repayable grants based on need and satisfactory standing. Applications are available at the beginning of each term; the deadlines are October 15, January 31 and June 30. Beaver Foods Bursary Beaver Foods, the caterers for Capilano College food service, has established a permanent endowment in the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the funds will go to assist students who have financial need and satisfactory academic achievement. Birks Family Foundation Bursaries The Birks Family Foundation offers bursaries to full-time students in financial need who are engaged in any academic program leading to a diploma, and who demonstrate that they are deserving of financial assistance. The amounts available and the number of awards may vary from year to year. Rosalind Brossard Menforial Bursary This bursary is provided to assist a student with financial need in the Long Term Care Aide program. Rosalind General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 40 Canadian Federation of University Women - West Vancouver The West Vancouver chapter of the Canadian Federation of University Women has established an endowment in the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund will be awarded annually in the form of a bursary to a mature woman student in financial need who has achieved a satisfactory academic performance in academic studies. Capilano College Faculty Association Two bursaries of $500 will be awarded in the Spring Term. Financial need is the main criterion. An additional $500 donation will go toward the establishment of an endowment fund. Capilano College Student Trust Contributions from College employees and community members have created an endowment to provide scholarships and bursaries for deserving students. The funds are managed by the Capilano College Foundation and income from the endowment is awarded annually to students who qualify. CKNW Orphans' Fund Award Mike De Hullu Memorial Fund The CKNW Orphans' Fund has established an endowment to assist students with dependents. Applicants must be single parents with good academic standing who can demonstrate financial need. This bursary is established in memory of Mike de Hullu, a former student of the Capilano Wilderness Leadership program, who died in 1988. Income from the endowment fund will be used annually to assist students who demonstrate leadership in outdoor recreation prusuits and initiative in problem solving for current environmental issues. Priority will be given to students enrolled in Outdoor Recreation Management or the Environmental Sciences Diploma Program whose interests relate to B.C. waterways and forests. To be eligible, students must have completed at least one full term in their program. Kathleen Collins Foundation Bursary The Delta Kappa Gamma Society International is an honour society of women educators whose goals are to assist women in all areas of education. The society offers a bursary to a female student with financial need. Credit Union Foundation Bursaries The Credit Union Foundation of British Columbia annually offers bursaries totalling $500 to academic, technical or vocational students. Students who might otherwise have difficulty completing their studies by reason of financial hardship are eligible to apply for these bursaries. The recipients are to be Canadians residing in British Columbia and in attendance at Capilano College. I.O.D.E. Lions Gate Chapter Bursary Founded in 1900 in Canada, the IODE is a national women's organization with over 600 chapters in every province and both territories. The Lions Gate chapter has established a $500 bursary for Music Therapy students who combine scholastic excellence andfinancialneed. Elizabeth Lees Memorial Bursary Credit Union Pioneers' Memorial Bursaries The Credit Union Foundation of British Columbia through the Credit Union Pioneers' Memorial Fund, offers bursaries annually totalling $300 to a student or students in trades training programs. Students who might otherwise have difficulty completing their studies by reason of financial hardship are eligible to apply for these bursaries. The recipients are to be Canadians residing in British Columbia and in attendance at Capilano College. A memorial bursary fund has been established in recognition of Elizabeth Lees, a former history student at Capilano College. In recognition of her commitment to academic studies, her concern for working people and her interest in women, her friends have established the Elizabeth Lees Memorial Bursary for a female student in academic studies. Apply using Capilano College Bursary Application available from the Financial Aid Office, M. Building. Educational Enhancement Fund Stephen Leskard Bursary Fund This fund, established by Capilano College with a matching grant from the Vancouver Foundation, provides for bursaries of varying amounts to students in need who have demonstrated satisfactory scholastic standing. In 1985 Stephen Leskard retired after a long and distinguished teaching career at Capilano College. A founding member of the College's Art Etepartment, his efforts and professional work contributed greatly to the development of all three Art programs. Bursaries from this fund will be allocated to students in the Graphic Design and Illustration and Foundations of Graphic Design & Illustration programs. Candidates will be judged on artistic abilities andfinancialneed. Kathleen Herauf Memorial Bursary The Kathleen Herauf Memorial Bursary was established in honour of Kathleen who was a student in the Legal Assistant Program. This $300 award is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence andfinancialneed to a student in the Legal Assistant Program in the Spring term. Howard/Yano Award This $300 award will be given to a student in an academic program. The donor prefers that the candidate have an interest in architecture but such interest would not necessarily be a prerequisite. Mary Nell Memorial Bursary This $500 award is presented by the Canadian Federation of University Women - West Vancouver in memory of Mary Neil, a former president and active member. She . was a much loved and respected member of the club and had a life-long interest in education. The bursary is presented each year to a mature woman student studying full-time or part-time who has satisfactory academic standing, demonstrated financial need and who is registered in the academic program. General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 41 North Shore Business and Professional Women's Club Bursary An endowment has been established by the North Shore Business and Professional Women's Club. Income from the fund will be awarded as bursaries to women students enrolled at Capilano College in at least 3 courses. Office and Technical Employees' Union Bursary The Office and Technical Employees' Union, Local 378, provides two bursaries of $300 to be awarded on the basis of financial need to full-time students in the Spring term. Operation Link Bursary Fund These bursaries are awarded to Business Management students. Funds for Operation Link are provided by voluntary contributions of employers participating in Business Management's work practicum program. Jean Paterson Memorial Bursary The Canadian Daughters' League - Assembly 12 North Vancouver has established an endowment in Memory of Jean Paterson with the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund will be awarded annually in the form of bursaries to female students in the Music Transfer Program who have satisfactory academic achievement and demonstrate financial need. Maureen Piekaar Bursary This bursary was established in memory of Maureen Piekaar, a teacher in the Medical Office Assistant Program. A bursary of $250 to $300 will be awarded to an MOA student who is in financial need and has a satisfactory standing of 70% or better in the first term of the MOA program. Real Estate Foundation Awards The Real Estate Foundation has established an endowment fund in the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund will be awarded annually in the form of scholarships and bursaries to students studying in real estate-related courses in the business and legal programs. Royal Canadian Legion Branch 60 (West Vancouver) Bursary A $500 bursary will be applied against tuition in the Spring term for a single parent living on the North Shore, preference given to a West Vancouver resident. Student Society Emergency Bursaries The Student Society provides several bursaries annually to full-time and part-time students. Financial need is the main requirement. General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 42 Vancouver Foundation Bursaries For more than twenty years the Vancouver Foundation has been providingfinancialassistance to students enrolled in post-secondary institutions in British Columbia. Under the block grant scheme, disbursements are provided to 23 post-secondary institutions on a rotating basis for disbursal by respectivefinancialaid personnel to deserving students. These grants, administered through the institution's financial aid office, are to assist full-time students who have identified vocational or academic objectives and have demonstrated ability to reach those objectives. They should also (along with their families when possible) be contributing towards their education costs. Vancouver Municipal and Regional Employees' Union Bursary The Vancouver Municipal and Regional Employees' Union provides a bursary based onfinancialneed for dependents of VMREU members. Students must state on the general bursary application for the Spring term that they want to be considered for the VMREU bursary and provide their parents' names. Weldwood of Canada Bursary A $500 bursary will be awarded to a needy 2nd year student in the Business Management Program. John Percy Williamson Memorial Fund The family of John Percy Williamson has endowed an award with the Capilano College Foundation to assist students with good scholastic achievement who require financial assistance to complete their studies. The award is given in the Spring term. Women Mean Business • North Shore A $500 bursary is made available in the Fall term to a mature woman returning to school, a resident of the North Shore, who intends to study business. Women's Equality Bursary The Women's Programs Ministry of the Provincial Government has established a $500 bursary to assist female students enrolled in either full or part-time degree, diploma, or certificate program of not less than one year. Students must demonstrate financial need and academic achievement. The bursary will be awarded in the spring session. George Raven Wood Fund A bequest from the estate of George Raven Wood has established a permanent fund in the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the endowment provides for a large number of bursaries which will be awarded in both Fall and Spring terms. A minimum GPA of 2.3 (C+) is required A limited number of first-term students may be considered in exceptional cases but must provide letters of recommendation from three instructors. Bursaries are available to part-time and full-time students. Scholarships The Aichi Gakusen Scholarships In early Fall each year, the Dean's Office, Student and Instructional Services, posts notice across campus of an information meeting regarding the Aichi Gakusen Scholarships. Women students interested in spending six months in Japan as an exchange student are invited to attend. Information regarding the scholarship and application procedures are covered at the meeting. For further information, Floor, A contact the Dean's Office, S.I.S., 2nd Building. B.C. Tel Awards Two awards of $625 will be provided in the Spring term to students completing first year who intend to continue a second year at Capilano College. The awards are based on high scholastic performance and financial need. Applicants must submit a general bursary application form to the Financial Aid Office by January 31. British Columbia Asia Pacific Student's Award This program provides scholarships for outstanding British Columbia public post-secondary students to permit attendance in a formal and rigorous program of educational study in the Asia Pacific region. The awards are administered through the British Columbia Centre for International Education and adjudicated by a committee representing the British Columbia public post-secondary system. To be eligible the applicant must be a Canadian citizen or landed immigrant, a B.C. resident and enrolled in full-time study at a British Columbia public postsecondary institution. The awards are in various amounts according to the country of study and are intended to be applied towards travel and living expenses. The student's program of study overseas must commence within one year of notification of receipt of an award and must last a minimum of one semester (typically 3 months) but may not exceed 12 months in duration. Individuals who accept these awards are responsible for arranging their own travel, program of study, accommodation, transfer of academic credits and all other details of their stay abroad. Application forms are available from the International Office in A209 and should be submitted to Dr. Jon L. Jessiman, Dean of Student and Instructional Services. British Pacific Properties Scholarship British Pacific Properties Limited has estabished a fund with Capilano College to be known as the British Pacific Properties Scholarship. The purpose of this fund is to use the interest earned annually to provide scholarships for students enrolled at Capilano College. The criteria required for a student to qualify include: minimum Grade Point Average of 3.5; preference to student with need for financial assistance; any career/vocational or academic course of study; preference for a North Shore resident. Capilano College Student Trust Contributions from College employees and community members have created an endowment to provide scholarships and bursaries for deserving students. The funds are managed by the Capilano College Foundation and income from the endowment is awarded annually to students who qualify. Students must have completed at least 12 credits at Capilano College prior to submitting the application and must have achieved a Grade Point Average of at least 3.5. Applications for scholarships are available from the Financial Aid or Registrar's Office and must be returned to the Registrar by September 30 for the Fall term, and by January 31 for the Spring Term. The Paul Gallagher Scholarship for Excellence Dr. Paul Gallagher, former Principal of Capilano College, was noted for his scholastic achievement, qualities of leadership, enthusiastic approach to work and leisure, and warmth and compassion towards others. In his honour the College Board has established the Paul Gallagher Scholarship for Excellence. A maximum of one Paul Gallagher Scholarship for Excellence may be awarded for each academic year to a student maintaining a minimum 3.5 GPA. Applicants must be Canadian citizens or landed immigrants and must have completed at least 15 credit hours of course work at Capilano College prior to taking up the scholarship. This scholarship offers a tuition fee waiver and $250 per term, to be spent on books and other educational expenses for the next academic year. The scholarship recipient, a continuing Capilano College student, can hold the scholarship for a maximum of two instructional terms. For the scholarship to be extended to a second term, the scholar must maintain an excellent standard of work and conduct. Application forms are available from the Financial Aid Office and must be submitted to the Chair of the Scholarship and Bursary Committee, c/o the Registrar's Office, no later than February 15. General Information — Financial Ala" and Awards 43 Rita Watson Johnson Memorial Award Asia Pacific Program Scholar Award This award was established in honour of Rita Johnson, who worked in the Women's Access Centre at Capilano College. She was working towards a Master's degree in Counselling at UBC. Rita began post-secondary studies in her middle years after raising four children, and the award was established to assist mature women students enrolled in either part-time or full-time studies in any field of postsecondary study. Preference will be given to mature women who have an interest in academic studies and who have demonstrated interest in and awareness of women's issues. Applicants may be (or plan to be) part-time or fulltime students. Student applicants will hopefully have at least a "B" average and demonstrate an active interest in returning to school and/or paid employment. Contact the An award of $500 is made annually to the student in the Asia Pacific Management Co-operative Program who achieves the highest academic standing at the end of the first year and who has accepted a work placement for the second year of this graduate program. Selection is made at the end of each Spring term by the Department. Athletic Scholarships for Soccer Athletes Scholarships are awarded based on leadership, character, and demonstrated exceptional athletic ability. In addition, preference is given to students who attend Capilano for their second year of studies. Apply to Joseph Iacobellis, Athletics Department Financial Aid Office for application procedure. Athletic Scholarship Tuition Waivers Department Awards (Application may be required) Adult Basic Education Association of B.C. Achievement Award A $100 Achievement Award is made available to a student in the Basic Adult Education Program. The successful candidate will be chosen by a consensus of the Adult Basic Education faculty. General Information—Financial Aid and Awards 44 Up to, but not exceeding, ten tuition fee waivers in both fall and spring semesters will be made available annually to those high performance athletes attending Capilano College who satisfy the following criteria: 1. Practice with and play on a team which represents either the Province of B.C. or Canada in either national or international competition. 2. Play in national or international competition during the summer immediately preceding the fall semester in which they enrol at Capilano College. 3. Play for the Capilano College Rep team (Blues) in the same sport in which they participated nationally or internationally in the summer. 4. Are not Nationally carded athletes (i.e. recipients of Federal funds from Sports Canada). 5. Meet the entrance requirements of the program for which the application is made. To qualify for a tuition fee waiver in the spring semester, the student must achieve a 2.5 GPA and a minimum of nine credits in the fall term. Faculty will select recipient. Bachelor of Music Audition Scholarships Two awards of $200 will be offered to students who indicate excellent performance potential. Contact the Coordinator of the Music Transfer Program for information. Bachelor of Music Transfer Program Scholarship An award of $200 will be offered to a student with a high GPA and performance potential in the 2nd year of the Music Transfer Program. B.C. and Yukon Community Newspapers Associations Scholarships are awarded annually, as available, to journalism and graphic arts students who are nominated by the Coordinator of their program. B.C. Council of Garden Clubs' Trust Fund Scholarship A scholarship of $500 will be presented to a student in Applied Landscape. The recipient must be a Canadian student who has shown a demonstrated interest and ability in the field of horticulture. B. C. Hydro Scholarship B.C. Hydro has established an endowment with the Capilano College Foundation to generate an annual award known as the B.C. Hydro Scholarship. The recipient will be selected based on the following criteria: - a Business Administration student who has completed first year of a full-time program in good academic standing (preferably 75%) - has a balanced lifestyle (e.g.fitness,community involvement and other interests) - is knowledgeable and committed to the protection of the environment and efficient and safe use of electricity Campney & Murphy Legal Secretarial Scholarship This Scholarship will be awarded to a second year student showing high scholastic achievement and career potential. Canadian Information Processing Society Scholarship Program The Vancouver Section of the Canadian Information Processing Society has established a scholarship fund and offers a $300 scholarship to students at Capilano College who are enrolled in an information systems program. The student must be active in student and community affairs or demonstrate a variety of outside interests; must have better than average written and verbal communication skills; must have a GPA of at least 3.0; and must be in the latter portion of the program. Contact Business Management for application procedures and deadline information. Capilano College English Department Bursary for Mature Students The English Department provides two $500 bursaries for full-time students and one $500 bursary for part-time students in each of the Fall and Spring terms. To be eligible students must: • have financial need; • have completed at least one term at Capilano College; • have completed two or more Academic Studies courses, including at least one English Department course; • during the term the bursary is awarded, must be enrolled in at least two Academic Studies courses, including an English Department course; • have a GPA of 2.75 or better. Applications are available from the English Department. Deadline for the Fall term is October 15, for the Spring term, January 31. Capilano College English Scholarship - Second Year Tuition waivers are available to the winners of an essay contest which is open to students planning to register in the second year of academic studies. Contact the Department of English for more information. Deadline: April 15. Capilano College Fee Waiver Scholarships A limited number of scholarships will be awarded to outstanding full-time students who have completed one year of a program at Capilano College. The scholarships will be in the form of fee waivers for second year. Candidates will be automatically selected by Grade Point Average. Capilano College Foundation Scholarships Four $600 scholarships will be awarded annually to the highest achieving full-time students (determined by Grade Point Average) in the Academic and Career programs. Selection is automatic. Scholarships are limited to students returning for their second year and are intended to help defray tuition fee and book costs. General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 45 Capilano Suspension Bridge Jim Duvall Memorial Bursary The Capilano Suspension Bridge has established an endowment with the College Foundation which will earn income under the Foundation's management and eventually yield sufficient funds to award scholarships to students in the Tourism Management Program. Currently the Capilano Suspension Bridge awards one scholarship annually to a student in the third term of the Tourism Management Program. The family of Jim Duvall and the Adult Basic Education Department have established a permanent endowment to provide bursaries for students in the ABE program at the College. Inquiries should be directed to the ABE coordinator. Capilano Suspension Bridge Scholarship A $600 scholarship will be awarded annually in the third term of the Tourism Management Co-op Program to the student achieving the highest GPA in the first term. The student must be attending the program full-time in order to be eligible. Michael Carr Memorial Award This award is given annually by the Adult Basic Education faculty to a student who has demonstrated hard work and dedication to improve grades. The successful candidate should emulate the characteristics of former student Michal Carr; hardworking, energetic, and involved. College Sports Award Program Awards of $500 to recognize additional costs incurred through competition sport are available to student athletes. Contact the Athletics Department for information and applications. English 2nd Year Tuition Gift A $250 award is offered to students who have completed by the end of summer session, 27 credit hours at Capilano College and achieved an overall GPA of at least B-, with at least B+ in twofirst-yearacademic English courses. Apply to Coordinator of the Humanities Division before May 15. Lucille Fisher Memorial Scholarship This scholarship, donated by the West Vancouver Memorial Library, and the West Vancouver Municipal Employees' Association, will be awarded to a student in a Fall term course which emphasizes the development of a student's creative skills and abilities in the use of the English language. Faculty in the English and Communications Departments will determine the winner of this scholarship. Contact the Coordinator in the Communications or English Departments in the Spring for Fall consideration. Blair Griffiths Scholarship The scholarship will be awarded to the top student completing the first year of the Media Resources Program. Nicholas J. Collins Scholarship There will be two scholarships awarded to ESL students at Capilano College, one for a female student, one for a male student. Students must demonstrate high academic achievement in conjunction with other contributions such as sports, volunteer work or organizational work and who have clearly defined career goals. The winners will be chosen by committee. Data Processing Management Association Scholarship An annual scholarship of $100 is available to a student who demonstrates high scholastic standing within the program, has better than average communication skills, and who exemplifies good team practices. Davis and Company Legal Secretarial Scholarships A $300 scholarship will be awarded to an outstanding student entering the second term of the Legal Secretarial Program. General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 46 Institute of Chartered Accountants of British Columbia A $300 scholarship is available to a full-time student at Capilano College who is completing thefirstyear of the University Transfer program, and is proceeding to second year or to a university in the commerce option. The student must have a good record in the accounting classes completed, maintain a second class standing overall, be infinancialneed and be interested in becoming a Chartered Accountant. Apply to Commerce Convenor in Social Sciences Dept. by March 31. Bob Irvine Award The ABE faculty shall identify deserving student(s) to receive the Bob Irvine Award. The award will be based on the following criteria: must be or have been a student in the ABE program; must be thirty years of age or older; must still be in attendance at Capilano College; must have shown significant progress towards completion and must have spent sufficient time in a program to determine worthiness for the award. Harold Kirchner Scholarship - $200 Two graduating scholarships will be presented annually. One scholarship of $100 will go to the top scholastic Career Program graduate, and one scholarship of $100 will go to the top scholastic Vocational Program graduate. Ladner Downs Endowment Fund This fund will provide for two scholarships of $350, one in each year of the Legal Assistant Program. The awards will be made on the recommendation of the faculty to the first ranking student in each year. John Stein Kramer Memorial Bursary This memorial bursary fund has been established in remembrance of John "Stein" Kramer. Stein was an Outdoor Recreation student in the graduating class of 1985 who was killed in a helicopter crash in June 1987. The bursary will be awarded to an Outdoor Recreation Management student registered in the second year of the program. Selection will be based on financial need, academic achievement, and demonstrated leadership capabilities. scape Horticulture. Apply to the Coordinator of Landscape Horticulture in December. Submit application before January 15. Constance MacGregor Memorial Scholarship — $400 The Capilano College Foundation has established this scholarship in recognition of the generous support received from the Estate of the late Donald Anderson MacGregor. The purpose of this scholarship is to recognize the increasing importance of the study of Canadian affairs in post-secondary institutions. To be eligible a student must have achieved a 3.0 GPA in the study of Social Science, particularly in relation to Canadian affairs. Applications are available from the Social Sciences Division in mid-February. Merchandising Management Awards Merchandising Management offers a number of awards for both the two year and the accelerated program. Contact the Coordinator of Merchandising Management for information. George North Memorial Fund Landscape Horticulture Award A $500 award based on scholastics, program participation, and financial need, is offered to students in Land- The George North Memorial Fund was established by friends and family members in memory of this outstanding member of the Trade Union movement. The award is General Information—Financial Aid and Awards 47 available to assist with registration costs for union members or their family members who wish to attend courses in the Labour Studies Program. Union members are first expected to seek sponsorship from their union if they are eligible, before seeking a Bursary. The deadlines for applications for Spring courses is February 20 and for Fall courses is September 15. Application forms are available from the Labour Studies Program coordinator at Capilano College. North Vancouver Community Arts Council Scholarship Endowment The North Vancouver Community Arts Council provides scholarships for tuition fees for one term for each of up to two outstanding students per academic year. Eligible candidates must have studied at Capilano College in the two preceding terms. Full-time students in the following programs are eligible: Graphic Design & Communication Clay & Textile Arts Fine Arts Bachelor of Music Commercial Music Creative Writing Gerry's friends at Capilano College who continue to remember her good humour, gentle demeanor and even disposition. The Gerry Turner Award is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence andfinancialneed to a student in the Office Technology Program in the Spring term. Tlerney & White Scholarship Tierney and White have established an endowment with the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund will be awarded annually in the form of a scholarship to an eligible student in the Financial Option in Business Management. The student must have completed one term at Capilano College with a minimum grade point average of 3.5 and requirefinancialassistance. Tourism Management Fund There arefivebursaries specifically for Tourism Management students including: Chan Foundation of Canada Bursary, TSI Telequip Services Bursary, Tourism Alumni Bursary, Capilano Suspension Bridge Bursary, Lonsdale Quay Hotel Bursary. Critera is the same for each: - full-time enrolment in the Tourism Management Program The Caroline Smith Memorial Award - enrolled in the 3rd or 4th term of the Program One $150 award will be granted annually in memory of Caroline Smith. - minimum GPA of 2.33 The Society of Management Accountants of British Columbia Scholarship - faculty assessment of tourism industry potential The Society provides an award of $500 towards remission of the Registered Industrial Accountants' fees. This award is available to the graduating student attaining the highest mark in Cost and Management Accounting. Contact the Coordinator, Business Management before April 15th. T. Buck Suzuki Memorial Scholarship The family of T. Buck Suzuki has endowed a permanent award for full-time science students. The interest income from the endowment will be used to provide one or more scholarships annually to outstanding students in the science program. The Gerry Turner Memorial Award Gerry Turner worked for the College for many years. She was Secretary to the Principal, and also worked in the Deans' offices, the Bursar's office, Purchasing, Community Education, Placement, and Accounting. Wherever she was, Gerry gave her best, and her aim was always to pro-mote excellence, and to improve the image of the College in the community. This award is maintained by General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 48 - need forfinancialassistance Apply using Capilano College Bursary Application available from the Financial Aid Office, M Building. Deadline: October 15, January 31. Preparatory Programs This section contains information on: Chemistry 030 • Pre-College Level Courses Prerequisite: none • Achievement Resource Centre Credit Courses • Adult Basic Education This course is designed for those students who have had no previous chemistry and wish to go on in science. • Alternative Career Training Program English 010 • English as a Second Language Prerequisite: none Many students who enter Capilano College require precollege level courses to meet entry level requirements for a particular college program, or to upgrade their academic skills from basic literacy to the Provincial Level (grade twelve equivalent standing Diploma). An intensive course in basic language skills to enable the student to proceed without difficulty to an academic college program. Curriculum will evolve from the assessed needs of the students. Students who have been out of school for a number of years and want to resume their education often find that the Adult Basic Education program best meets their needs. Most courses in the program are self-paced. Students attend classes in which they work up to five hours a day in the classroom with college instructors. In addition, some courses require independent study outside of class. The level of courses in the Adult Basic Education program ranges from Basic Literacy to Provincial (grade twelve) level. Many of the upper-level courses, taken alone or as part of a larger program of studies, will meet entry requirements for Academic Studies and Career/Vocational Programs. The pre-college level courses which are offered by a number of Academic departments at the College are designed to upgrade students who lack course prerequisites for Academic Studies and Career/Vocational programs. Many of these courses are taught in two hour classes that meet twice a week for an academic term (16 weeks). In addition, considerable independent study is required outside of the formal instruction period. There are also (like Adult Basic Education) some flexible selfstudy courses available in Math. Either the Adult Basic Education Program or the preparatory courses offered in the Academic Studies departments may satisfy your upgrading needs. Students should contact the Coordinator of Adult Basic Education for more information on that program, the Advising Centre or Counselling for information on other preparatory courses. PRE-COLLEGE LEVEL COURSES For students who do not have some of the course prerequisites for Academic Studies or Career programs, the College offers upgrading and flexible self-study courses. For complete course descriptions, refer to specific sections of Academic Studies. Math 009/0I0 Prerequisite: none These courses are offered in the Math Learning Centre on a self-paced format. Students are placed in the courses based on diagnostic tests. This group of courses covers arithmetic and introductory algebra. Math 099 Prerequisite: Math 11 with a "P" or permission (signature) of Mathematics instructor This course begins with a review of introductory algebra and continues writh the development of intermediate algebra with emphasis on functions. It is meant primarily for students who require an Math 11 equivalent and who anticipate taking precalculus (Math 105 or 107). Math 103 Prerequisite: Math 11 with at least a "C" grade, or Math 010 or BMTH 045 with at least a "C" grade, or Math 099 with at least a "C-" grade. A brief review of introductory algebra, plus intermediate algebra and precalculus, with a focus on functions, mathematical models, graphs, trigonometry, logarithms, and exponential functions. (Students will be brought to the same level as those completing Math 105 by the end of the term). Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus course or who require a Math 12 equivalent course. No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107 This course may be completed by guided self-study format using video instruction. Math 105 Prerequisite: Math 099 with at least a "B-" grade, or Math 010 or BMTH 045 or Math 11 at least with a "B" grade. A review of algebra and a discussion of functions, graphs mathematical models, trigonometry, logarithms and Preparatory Programs - Pre-College Level Courses 51 exponential functions. Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus courses who require a Math 12 equivalent course. ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE CREDIT COURSES Contact: 984-4945 No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107 Math 107 Prerequisite: Math 11 or Math 010 or BMTH 045 with at least a "C" or Math 099 with at least a "C-". A precalculus course designed for business/commerce students. The mathematical models/applications in this course will be mainly business/finance oriented. Linear and quadratic equations and inequalities, absolute value, systems of linear equations, functions and graphs, inverse functions, mathematical modelling, exponential and logarithm functions, circular and trigonometic functions, right-triangle trigonometry, arithmetic and geometric progressions, compound interest and annuities, summation notation, binomial theorem. The Achievement Resource Centre offers two 3.0 credit courses. Also see section on Non-credit Programs and Courses. ARC 100 (3) Strategies for Student Success (3,0,0,0) (F,S) A 3 credit course to enable students to learn and adopt strategies for effective study and time management that promote success in college. ARC 110 (3) Reading Dynamics (3,0,0,0) A 3 credit course in which participants learn and practice flexible reading skills. Strategies for developing reading comprehension are also included. No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107. ARC 105 (3) (Sechelt only) (3,0,0,0) A 3 credit course designed to teach the basics of collegelevel reading and study skills. Preparatory Programs - Achievement Resource Centre 52 RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N. ADULT BASC I EDUCATO I NF /OUNDATO I NS J.M.ROSE, BA. (Western), B.C. Teacher's Cert. Contact: North Vancouver Campus: 984-4971, Room P209 Sechelt Campus: 885-9310 (Toll Free: 987-1535) Squamish Campus: 892-5322 (Toll Free: 986-3515) Please note: Offerings and procedures at Sechelt Campus and Squamish Campus are slightly different. Contact the local ABE coordinator. J. SOUTHERST, B.A., B.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. A.G. THOMLINSON, B.A., M.Sc. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. R. WEDEL, B.A. (SFU), B.C. Teacher's Certl. D. E. YOUNG, BA. (SFU), S.R.N. (London), S.C.M. (Scotland), Dip.. T.N. (London), M.F.A. (UBQ General Information Instructional Faculty The Adult Basic Education/Foundations (ABE) Program enables you to upgrade your knowledge of English, Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Social Studies/ History and Computers. You may select from one to five subjects, depending upon your educational and occupational goals. You can pursue any of the following goals: D.J. ATHAIDE, B.Sc., (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. C. BUSSANI, BASc., (Hons.), MASc. (UBC) M.C. CAIRNS, B.Sc. (Math) (Calgary), Alta. Teach. Cert. M. DEKKER, B.Sc. (Hons.) (U of A), ING. (Amsterdam) Dip. Computer Management (Cap. Coll.) B. DRURY, B.Sc. (Brock) J. FIELD, B.Sc. (UVic), Ph.D. (University of Queensland) V. GIESBRECHT, B.A. (Western Washington U), M.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. J. HIND, BA. (1st Class Hons.) (SFU), M.A. (UBC) P. HODGSON, B.A. (Hons), B.Ed. (Queen's) M.Ed. (UBC) D. K1RKBY, B.Ed. (Winnipeg) C. B. MACLEAN, B.Ed. (SFU), M.Ed. (UBC) J. PASS, B.A. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. P. PI, B.Sc. (McGill), M.Sc. (U. of Man.), B.C. Teacher's Certificate Courses Fundamental -personal desire to upgrade or refresh your mastery of a subject -secondary school qualifications demanded by employers -vocational training (including apprenticeships) -career training -technical training - academic studies (including college and university programs) The program operates year-round, offering students selfpaced instruction in two hour classes. Tutorial time is available. Intermediate Advanced Provincial Level BENG 021* 031* 040 or 041* BSCI 021 032* 040 BMTH 021* 031* 041 or 045* 046 BCHM 041 042 BPHY 041 BBIO 041 or 042 BSOC BCMP 021 031* 041 031 041 042* 042 Choose 2 042 Choose 3 BHST042 * Required for Certificate or Diploma Advanced math is a prerequisite for Provincial Level For further details please arrange an interview with a department advisor by phoning 984-4971. Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations 53 Many students benefit by enrolling in A.B.E. courses while registered in academic or career/vocational programs at the College. Most students can complete each course within a four month term if they regularly attend three two-hour classes per week. Students who need more than four months to complete a course may re-register for the following term. Students who finish a course before the end o f the term may immediately register for the next higher course in the given subject. High enrolment may necessitate limiting students to a maximum of 3 classes in a subject area. Class times are as follows: Morning classes 8:30 a.m. and 10:30 a.m. Afternoon classes 1:30 p.m. (except Tuesdays, and Thursdays when classes start at 2:30 p.m.) Evening classes 7:00 p.m. Advanced and Provincial level A.B.E. courses may also be used for transfer credit towards a B.C. Adult Senior Secondary School Graduation Certificate. Course Descriptions English BENG 021 An introductory Fundamental course in reading and in writing of sentences and short paragraphs. BENG 031 (F,S,SU) An Intermediate course in writing. Most ABE students enter the English program at this level. Students write a series of paragrpahs and two longer compositions at the 040/041 level. BENG 040 Admission Requirements (F,S) (F,S,SU) Prerequisite: BENG 031 Students should be at least 18 years old and have been out o f the public school system for a minimum of one year. Exceptions will only be made with departmental approval. Students should apply up to three months prior to anticipated date of entry. A short-report writing course with a vocational/technical emphasis in its subject matter and approaches to writing. Students develop the summarizing, note-taking, and outlining skills necessary to organize information from a variety of sources into well-written reports. Registration BENG 041 Students are interviewed before registration in order to plan the program which best meets their educational goals. Regular attendance and satisfactory progress are conditions for re-registration in ABE courses. Prerequisite: BENG 031 ABE Certificates & Diploma The ABE/Foundations Programs offers courses at four levels as outlined in the table at left: The Provincial Diploma, issued by the Ministry of Advanced Education & Job Training, provides an alternate route for adults to achieve a grade twelve standing to post- secondary institutions in B.C. Intermediate & Advanced Certificates are issued by Capilano College and provide prerequisites for career and vocational programs throughout the province. Fundamental level instruction provides basic reading & writing skills and number skills. ABE Certificates also satisfy most employers' requirements. Certain high school courses may qualify as transfer credit toward ABE certificates and the Provincial Diploma. The program also offers instruction for students preparing for the General Education Development (Grade 12 Equivalency) tests. An advanced course in short-report writing. Students develop the summarizing, note-taking, and outlining skills necessary to organize information from a variety of sources into well-written reports. BENG 041 has a technical/academic emphasis in its subject matter and approaches to writing and includes introductory work in literary analysis and evaluation for students proceeding to BENG 042. BENG 042 (F,S,SU) Prerequisite: 70% in BENG 041 A Provincial level course in essay writing. Students study and write a variety of essays to prepare for written work at the university-transfer level or equivalent in diploma programs. BENG 042 has an academic/literary emphasis in its subject matter and approaches to writing. Social Studies BSOC 031 An introduction to the fundamental principles of Economics, Canadian history, government legal system and the development of analytical and interpretive skills. This is an ABE Intermediate level course. Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations 54 (F.S.SU) BSOC 041 (F) A study of major historical, geographic, economic, political and sociological events in Canada and globally. Students will learn basic skills of social analysis that will enhance their ability to participate in the economic, political and social concerns that are part of their daily lives. This is an ABE Advanced level course. BHST 042 (S) BMTH 041 (F,S,SU) Advanced Math - Business Prequisite: BMTH 031 Business mathematics; statistics; formulas used in business and industry; simple and compound interest; discounts, investments. An ABE Advanced Certificate coure, BMTH 041 can be used by students wishing to enrol in Capilano College's Business Management program. It is the equivalent of Business Math 11. A survey of 20th Century History including major issues in present day Geopolitics. This is an ABE Provincial level course. BMTH 045 Advanced Math - Algebra & Trigonometry Prerequisite: BMTH 031 or equivalent Computer Studies BCMP 021 (F,S) An introduction to the microcomputer at the fundamental level. File, directory and disk management is discussed at the introductory DOS level together with disk organization and formatting. An introduction to word-processing is included. Review of real numbers, powers, laws of exponents; polynomials and rational expressions, factoring, quadratic equations, maxima and minima; functions and relations; quadratic functions; transformations of relations; plane geometry, theorems and proofs; circle geometry, theorems and proofs; trigonometry,rightand oblique triangles, functions of angles in standard position. An ABE Advanced Certificate course, BMTH 045 is designed to prepare students for a precalculus course. It is the equivalent of Math 11 and Math 099. BCMP 031 (F,S) Basic microcomputer concepts and functions. An introduction to MSDOS; disk and file management. Introduction to commonly used business software such as wordprocessing, spreadsheets and database applications. BCMP 041 (S) A self-paced continuation of BCMP 031 with further practice in DOS, Disk and File management, word processing, spreadsheet and database applications, using integrated software. An introduction to programming in BASIC. Mathematics BMTH 021 Fundamental Mathematics (F,S,SU) Solving linear, absolute value, quadratic, and rational inequalities; analyzing, manipulating and graphing functions, approximating the roots of polynomial; graphing rational functions; expoential and logarithmic functions; trigonometric functions, analytic trigonometry; series and sequences; complex numbers; conic sections revisited. An ABE ProvincialCertificate course, BMTH 046 is a precalculus course for students intending to enrol in afirstyear program in sciences or mathemmatics. It is the equivalent of Math 12 and Math 105. (F.S.SU) Whole numbers, fractions, decimals, ratio and proportion, percent, powers and roots, averages and graphs. This course is designed to prepare students for an Intermediate course in mathematics. BMTH 031 Intermediate Mathematics BMTH 046 Provincial Math - Algebra and Trigonometry Prerequisite: BMTH 045 or equivalent (F,S,SU) (F.S.SU) Introductory algebra and elementary plane and solid geometry. This course is designed to prepare students for an Advanced course in mathematics. Sciences BSCI 021 ABE Fundamental General Science (F,S,SU) An introduction to the basic scientific concepts and language of general science. BSCI 032 ABE Intermediate General Science (F.S.SU) Basic scientific principles in biology, chemistry and physics needed to progress to higher level science courses. Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundati 55 BBIO 041 (F,S,SU) ABE Advanced Biology Prerequisite: BSCI 032 or Science 10 and English 11 or equivalent or BENG 031 as co-requisite Topics include cell structure and function, cell division, evolution, microbe and plant structure and diversity, behavioural ecologybiosphere, ecosystems, human population concerns. Laboratory exercises are included. Prepares students for many career/vocational programs. BBIO 042 (F.S.SU) ABE Provincial Biology Prerequisites: BSCI 032 or Science 10 and English 11 or equivalent or BENG 031 as a co-requisite Topics include cell structure and function, cell division, cell metabolism, photosynthesis, human biology, including reproduction genetics, digestion, circulation, immunity,respiration, excretion, nervous system, hormones. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for college level post-secondary programs for which Biology 12 is a prerequisite. motion, light, magnetism, waves, heat. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for college courses and many career/vocational programs. BPHY 042 ABE Provincial Physics Prerequisites: BPHY 041 or Physics 11 Corequisite: BMTH 045 or Math 11 Topics include kinematics, dynamics, vectors, work and energy, circular motion, momentum, rotational motion, equilibrium, electrostatics, circuits and instruments, electromagnetic induction. Optional topics: fluid mechanics, waves, sound, kinetic theory and thermodynamics, electromagnetic waves, optics, relativity, quantum mechanics, nuclear physics, astrophysics. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for college physics and technology programs for which Physics 12 is a prerequisite. BCHM 041 (F,S,SU) ABE Advanced Chemistry Prerequisites: BMTH 031 or Math 10, and BSCI 032 or Science 10 Introduction to atomic theory, periodicity, bonding, naming compounds, mole concept, chemical reactions, gases, solutions. Optional topics include organic chemistry, nuclear chemistry. Includes laboratory exercises. Prepares students for college science courses and many career/vocational programs. BCHM 042 ABE Provincial Chemistry Prerequisites: BCHM 041 or Chemistry 11 Corequisite: BMTH 045 or Math 11 (F.S.SU) Topics include shapes of molecules, thermochemistry, rates of reactions, chemical equilibrium, solubility, acids and bases, oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry. Optional topics include nuclear chemistry,organic chemistry. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for college chemistry and technology programs for which Chemistry 12 is a prerequisite. BPHY 041 (F, S, SU) ABE Advanced Physics Prerequisites: BMTH 031 or Mathematics 10, and BSCI 032 or Science 10 Corequisite: BMTH 045 Introduces motion, forces, vectors, gravitation, momentum, work, power, energy, electricity, series and parallel circuits, electric fields. Optional topics: rotational Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations 56 (F,S,SU) ALTERNATV I E CAREER TRAN IN IG FOUNDATO I NS PROGRAM Contact Person: Jann Gibbs, Coordinator, Room M102, Phone 984-1759 or 986-1911, local 2580. Instructional Faculty J. BORDEWICK, B.Sc. (Ed.) (Idaho), M.Ed. (UBC) P.D.P. Faculty Associate (SFU) R. DAMON Jann GIBBS, R.P.N., R.S.W. Laverne THOMPSON, M.Ed. (Lesley College) General Information The Alternative Career Training Foundations Program is an employment exploration program with a unique focus and approach. The program is based on a developmental perspective and is committed to working with adults with special learning needs. Students are educated to accept the responsibilities of independent living as young adults, as well as the demands of competitive entry-level employment, and will be able to address any social or emotional issues which could act as barriers to employment. The ACT Program combines in-class instruction with practical work experience, emphasizing the development or maintenance of skills which may be used in employment situations. Students meet with faculty to discuss an individual course plan that best fits their needs. Personal goals will be set and monitored throughout the year. Student Profile Students who will find the ACT Program beneficial are learning or developmentally delayed. In addition, they may present any or all of the following characteristics: a) difficulty grasping academic information (for example, mathematical problem solving, reading print, writing) b) a lower than chronological age maturity level c) low self-esteem d) persons with a disability (for example, neurologically impaired; blind or visually impaired; wheelchair dependent) Students who will obtain the most benefit from the ACT Program are those who have reached a moderate level of independence (i.e. they are responsible for self-care; they travel independently locally; they have had some work or volunteer experience; they can articulate several areas of interest or a willingness to try various work sites). Admission Requirements The ACT Foundations Program is in session for eight months (two terms), and classes are offered for eight weeks, with community work/volunteer practicums offered for an additional eight weeks per term. Entry is by referral and interview. Students may combine their inclass work with self-selected volunteer or employment training sites based upon aptitude, atitude, ability and interest. Each candidate is interviewed by the Program faculty and a maximum of 14 students will be admitted. Some students may elect to take the Program part-time and students may be accepted for a second year by faculty permission. Appointments for interviews take place between January 15 and April 15, with interviews and letters to the successful candidates sent by May 30. Please contact Jolene Bordewick at Capilano College for an appointment, 9841701. Course Descriptions ACTP 001 Job Search Techniques This course offers the student an opportunity to explore methods and techniques which will enhance the job search. It focuses on appropriate behaviours in the marketplace and also includes opportunities for growth in the areas of self-awareness and independence as they relate to making lifestyle decisions. Computer-assisted learning will be offered to complement this course. ACTP 002 Practical Field Experiences Students are provided with the opportunity to explore a variety of field placements which are college-supervised. Included are six practicum periods for a total ten weeks of field work. ACTP 003 Communications & Math for Everyday Living This course has been designed with three components: consumer mathematics, communications and cashier training. It provides opportunities to maintain and develop specific skill areas, with integration of these skills into employment situations being the desired goal. Electives Students will have the opportunity to participate in a variety of options designed to expand their interests and experiences. These options include field trips, mobility training, counselling, fitness centre activities, computer training and literacy upgrading. In consultation with faculty, students will choose options which complement their individual program plans. Preparatory Programs - Alternative Career Training 57 (3,0,0) (F) ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE ESL 040 (3) Intermediate Conversation I Contact Person: Nicholas Collins, ESL Co-ordinator, Office P214, Phone 984-1703, FAX 984-1718 This course enables Intermediate students to improve their speaking skills up to the Advanced level, using both written and oral exercises. Students practice idioms and conversational forms. Instructional Faculty J. ACOSTA, B.A. (Calif.), E.S.L. Cert. (San Francisco State) N. COLLINS, B.A. (London), M.A. Advanced Professional Teaching Cert. (UBC) M. FRY, B.Ed., M.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Professional Teaching Cert. R. KUBICEK, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (SFU) L. TAMORI, B.A., M.A. (UT), T.E.S.L. Cert. (George Brown College) L. ZHANG, B.A., M.A., (Nanjing), M.Ed. (U. of Alta.), BC/Alberta Professional Teaching Cert. English as a Second Language (ESL) courses offer international and permanent resident students a variety of Intermediate and Advanced courses to help them improve their competency in English for work, daily life, and postsecondary study. Courses cover reading, writing, and speaking. ESL courses are offered part-time day and evening. Admission Requirements Students who wish to enrol in the Academic Preparatory program must obtain the instructor's permission by interview before enrolling. Interviews are held in August and December and in the week before classes start each term. Course credits are not transferable to university. Special Fees and Expenses Potential students who are not landed immigrants or Canadian citizens may study in these courses on payment of the International Student Fee. Contact the Registrar's Office for information on fees and registration. The College's Financial Aid office can provide help for students who cannot afford tuition fees. Details are available at registration time. (3,0,0) (S) A continuation of ESL 040. ESL 050 (3) Advanced Conversation I (3,0,0) (F) A course in the speaking skills needed for regular college study. Students improve their understanding of lecture material and spoken reports. Advanced grammar studied. ESL 051 (3) Advanced Conversation II . (3,0,0) (S) A continuation of ESL 050. ESL 090 (3) Intermediate Reading and Writing I (3,0,0) (F) This course introduces students to Canadian culture so they will have a wider base of experience living in Canada and taking college courses. By exploring topics in Canadian culture, they will increase their understanding of Canadian society. (3,0,0) (F) Development of speaking and writing skills in English for students who wish to study at the college level. Stress is on English sentence structure, grammar, and short writing assignments. Reading and oral comprehension are included, as well as conversation. (3,0,0) (S) ESL 091 (3) Intermediate Reading and Writing II A continuation of ESL 090. (3,0,0) (S) ESL 098 (3) Advanced Reading and Writing Prerequisite: Written permission of the instructor Stress in the course is on writing, discussion and expression of ideas using correct English grammar, spelling and punctuation. Students submit a weekly written assignment. Students who successfully complete this course may be able to take English 099. ESL 099 (3) Advanced Reading and Writing Course Descriptions ESL 010 (3) Introduction to Canadian Culture ESL 041 (3) Intermediate Conversation II (3,0,0) (F,S) Written permission of the instructor. Students will practice writing sentences, paragraphs, and short essays in clear, standard English. This course is offered in two models-alone or as a team-taught class with ENGL 010. ESL 099 is Gr. 12 equivalent in B.C. Students who gain credit in the 010 component may register in ENGL 100 and transfer their credit to SFU. Prerequisite: Please note that prospective E.S.L. students do NOT have to take a test as a requirement of entry to the above courses. Preparatory Programs - English as a Second Language 58 Academic Studies/University Transfer Academic transfer courses at Capilano College provide students with a variety of options. Students can select a full program of study equivalent to the first two years of university (see note on Course Selection and Advising), and can enroll on a full-time or part-time basis. Courses in Academic Studies are of interest both to students who plan to transfer to a university and to students who do not intend to continue to upper-level studies. For those students who need extra help in basic skills, the Academic Studies Division offers some preparatory courses and some academic support services (see notes on the Writing Centre and the Math Learning Centre). Students interested in special fields of study such as Canadian Studies, Environmental Science, Women's Studies, or Labour Studies can select from innovative programs in these areas (as offered from year to year). Academic instruction at Capilano College is both disciplinary and inter-disciplinary and is of a high intellectual calibre. The College carefully reviews the content and the delivery methods of its academic courses to ensure that those courses are current and that they continue to meet university standards. Students in academic transfer courses should expect to work at least two to three hours outside of class for every hour of class time. The College offers a basic library collection and full media and reference services to complement the courses of study. The Academic Studies Division offers a range of courses in various disciplines which are grouped in four divisions as follows: Humanities Division (984-4957): Art History, Chinese, English, French, German, Japanese, Philosophy, Spanish, Thai Social Sciences Division (984-4953): Anthropology, Commerce, Criminology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Studies, Psychology, Sociology, Women's Studies Pure and Applied Sciences Division (984-4955): Biology, Chemistry, Computing Science, Engineering, Environmental Science, Geology, Kinesiology and Physical Education, Mathematics, Physics Visual and Performing Arts Division (984-4911): Textile Arts, Graphic Design & Illustration, Studio Art, Bachelor of Music Transfer, Jazz Studies, Theatre Associate in Arts and Science Degree Capilano College offers Associate Degrees in Arts and in Science for two years of university-level study in accordance with the requirements set out on page 20 of the Calendar. Diploma in Academic Studies Students who have completed the requirements of any four term College program may receive a Diploma in Academic Studies, provided they have fulfilled the following conditions as outlined under Diploma and Certificate Requirements (see page 22). Transfer To and From Other Institutions The Academic Studies Division maintains transferability of its courses with other post-secondary institutions. The College's representatives meet regularly with those of other institutions to ensure that Capilano's program of first and second year courses are fully transferable as university courses. There is agreement among all public B.C. colleges to accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to a program given in the admitting college, and given suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right to review individual course credit. Transfer credits are granted to students on admission for acceptable work done at other institutions; the transfer credits reduce the total number of credits which are required at Capilano College for a certificate, diploma, or Associate Degree. Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable documentation to the Registrar's office for adjudication by the appropriate faculty. All approved transfer credits are noted on the student's Permanent Student Record. Full information on transfer of specific courses is available from an Advisor, Counsellor, and in the pertinent instructional division. Transfer information accurate to the time of printing is to be found in the Transfer Guide section at the back of the Calendar. Students are urged to read this section when establishing their programs of study. Academic Course Descriptions Full descriptions of all academic courses can be found in the alphabetical listings following. Students are urged to read the general discipline information included in each section carefully. It is the student's responsibility to be familiar with the special information needed to select academic courses. Course Description Code: On therighthand side of each course description there is a series of code letters and numbers, for example: Biology 105 (3) Environmental Biology (4,3,0) (S) Each course is designated by the department name and course number (e.g. Biology 105). The number in parentheses following the course designation - i.e. (3) in Academic — General Information 61 the above example - indicates the number of credits for the course. The second set in parentheses includes the lecture, lab and other hours for the course. For Biology 105, for example, there will be 4 lecture hours, 3 lab hours, and no other hours per week. In some courses the department may convert the fourth lecture hour to another scheduled instructional activity. Where this occurs, students will be advised by the course instructor and in the course outline given out at the beginning of the term. The third set of parentheses indicates the term in which the class is usually offered. Example: F - Fall, S -Spring, SU - Summer. Biology 105 is offered in the Spring term. Please check the Timetable to confirm the term offered as this may change after the Calendar is printed. The course title (Environmental Biology) is indicated on the line below the department name and course number. The nominal length of a term is 16 weeks. Please see the Academic Schedule for the first and last days of classes and for the dates of the examination period. Course Selection and Advising Advisors or counsellors assist students in selecting the best program of studies. The final responsibility for course selection, however, rests with the student. All academic students are advised to see an Advisor or a Counsellor to plan their courses of study. Students should consult the University Transfer Guide in this Calendar. English Entrance Requirements Students who wish to enroll in English courses must, BEFORE REGISTERING IN ANY ENGLISH COURSE, write either the Language Proficiency Index (administered by EMRG) or the English Diagnostic Test (EDT) given by the English Department of Capilano College. English Diagnostic Test (EDT) EDTs are given prior to and during the registration week at Capilano College. These tests are administered by the English Department and may be used for admission to English courses offered at Capilano College only. Preregistration is required at the Office of the Registrar and a fee of $20 is charged. Schedules of English Diagnostic Tests will be available in: Registrar's Office - 984-4913 Squamish Learning Centre - 892-5322 (986-3515) Sechelt Learning Centre - 885-9310 (987-1535) Humanities Division - 984-4957 Advising Centre - 984-4990 Academic — General Information 62 A schedule is also printed on the first section of the timetable. Students who, because of exceptional circumstances, cannot attend any scheduled sittings of the test may write the test on an individual basis. Every effort must be made to attend the scheduled sittings, however, and permission to have a personal sitting will be granted only in extraordinary cases. Students wishing to write the EDT should pay in advance at the Office of the Registrar. Writing Centre (H406) All students registered at the College may come to the Writing Centre for advice on work in progress or help with writing problems. The Centre is not a proofreading service, but aims to help students develop their writing ability. The Centre also offers resources for writing: quiet space, a collection of reference books, handout sheets and exercises, and computers with word processing, outlining and editing programs. The Writing Centre is located in H406, outside the Humanities Division. It is staffed by faculty members from the English, ESL, and ABE Departments. Open hours are posted. Math Learning Centre (J107) This Math Learning Centre is equipped with math learning aids, video tapes, diagnostic tests, calculators, and reference textbooks. Students taking math courses are encouraged to make use of this centre to study math, and to seek assistance from the faculty member or supervisor on duty. Self-study programs are available for students wishing to refresh or improve their mathematical skills through the Math 12 level. Refer to the course descriptions of Math 009,010, and 103 and consult with a math instructor for further information. Self-Study Courses In keeping with the College's policy for the development of alternative instructional modes, it is possible for the student to pursue studies in first year chemistry and mathematics on a self-study term format. Math 103 (Intermediate Algebra and Precalculus) and Math 110 (Calculus I) are offered on a video-based format. Refresher courses in math through the grade 11 level are also available in a self-paced format. These packaged courses, prepared for home study with the aid of cassette tapes, manuals, slides, video tapes and film loops, are designed to offer students who are unable to maintain regular attendance at the Lynnmour Campus or a satellite centre the opportunity to pursue college courses. They are also available to students who are attending any Capilano College campus, providing these students with a viable alternative to the usual lecture/ tutorial instructional format. (Students should note, however, that attendance on campus for chemistry labs is necessary.) Registration Priority In some courses with high demand, registration priority will be given to students who have not attempted the course previously at Capilano College. Any student who has attempted the course within the last year may not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. Registration procedures for Art and Music programs are detailed in the calendar section for the particular program. Lab/Course Relationship Many courses require that students complete a lab and/or tutorial. Students should ensure that they are aware of lab/tutorial requirements and the timetable for these components. Students should note that it is necessary to pass both labs and lectures. The cost of the labs are included in the tuition fee, except for lab manuals and some field trip costs. Special Programs Women's Studies Program A Women's Studies Program, consisting of a variety of transfer credit, college credit and credit-free courses, has been developed at Capilano College. In addition to the Women's Studies College credit and transfer credit courses, there are career and academic courses in other disciplines of special interest to women. Writing Across the Curriculum Sections Subject to the available funding, a small number of English 100 (Composition) sections are paired with a section of another course. Students planning to take English 100 (Composition) should consider enrolling in one of these Writing Across the Curriculum sections as identified in the course timetable. Instruction in the two courses will be coordinated, with the writing assignments in the English course growing out of the content of the other course. Students will receive the full 3 credits for both courses, and will benefit from having two of their subjects connected with each other. Please consult the English Department for information on the paired sections for Fall 1993. Canadian Studies Specialty Students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian content courses can choose courses from the list below. All courses (except some Labour Studies courses) hold full transfer credit and transfer into the Canadian Studies Program at SFU. To qualify for a Canadian Studies Specialty, complete a College diploma with at least 24 credits from the following list. Choose these credits from courses in at least three different departments. Of the 24 credits you choose, at least six must be numbered 200 or above. For a Canadian Studies Specialty to be applied to a General Studies Diploma, an English or Communications course is required. Fall Anthropology 204 Anthropology 208 Biology 204 Economics 101 English 202 French 130,170,270 Geography 106,108 History 110, 205, 111 Labour Studies 100,110, 111, 115,117,119,142,170,181, 182,210 Political Studies 104 Sociology 200 Spring Anthropology 206 Biology 105 Biology 205 English 203 French 131,171,271 Geography 108 Geology 111 History 110,111,208 Labour Studies 101,110, 111, 116,131,140,181 Political Studies 104 Sociology 201 Course descriptions appear under the appropriate discipline. APPLY TO THE REGISTRAR to have the Specialty added to your Diploma at the time of graduation. Ethnic and Cross-Cultural Relations Program The Ethnic and Cultural Relations Program is a two-term, multidisciplinary program. It studies ethnic relations developed in the context of the multicultural and polyethnic nature of Canadian society. It also explores the crosscultural interaction among Native people, the founding English and French Canadian people, and the different immigrant groups that constitute the Canadian "mosaic." These all help to shape the national character and the culture of this country. The program also examines the international aspect of cross-cultural communication, which is of special meaning to Canada because immigrant communities here can maintain healthy contacts with their countries of origin. Academic — General Information 63 The Program includes the various disciplines involved in ethnic studies: history, geography, anthropology, sociology, political studies and urban studies, religious studies, communications, language and literature. There are no special criteria for student selection, although students must formally register for the two-term Ethnic and CrossCultural Relations Certificate, which will be awarded upon completion of the program. To complete the program, a student needs to earn 30 credits. Specialized courses in ethnic relations and two English courses are required; the rest can be chosen from a variety of electives. All the program's courses (except Labour Studies) have transfer credit to the provincial universities where the student can work towards a degree in Ethnic Studies. Simon Fraser University also has recently developed a Graduate Program in this field. Capilano College Extension Programs and Services will offer additional courses during the evenings for people already working in job-related fields. First Term REQUIRED: English 100—Composition (or other English course if approved). Anthropology 204—Ethnic Relations ELECTIVES: Language: French, German, Spanish, Japanese, Chinese or Thai. Anthropology 200—Intermediate Social Anthropology or Psychology 200—Social Psychology or Geography 100—Human Geography. Geography 106: B.C.: A Regional Analysis or Sociology 200—Canadian Society or. History 111—Canada since Confederation or Political Studies 104—Canadian Government. Second Term REQUIRED: English 103—Contemporary Literature Anthropology 205—Immigration, Multiculturalism and Ethnic Conflicts. ELECTIVES: Second term of the language course taken in first term. Anthropology 206—Native Peoples of B.C. Anthropology 208—Native Peoples of North America or Geography 205—Pacific Rim LSP 119 & 131—Civil Rights and Race and Ethnic Relations at the Workplace Geography 201—Urban Studies or Sociology 211—Sociology of the Third World or Geography 108—Canada: A Topical Geography or History 205—B.C. Sociology 201—B.C. Society or Political Studies 202—Government and Politics of B.C. Academic — General Information 64 PURE AND APPUED SCIENCES: GENERAL INFORMATION The following options are available from a wide range of pure and applied sciences. A. UNIVERSITY TRANSFER COURSES 1. Non-Science Students Students planning to continue studies at a university are advised to consider the following courses to fulfill their science requirement. It should be noted that transfer credit for a number of these courses is limited to nonscience students. Students should refer to individual discipline areas in this calendar. Biology 104,105 or 113 Chemistry 104,105 Computing Science 080,102 Geology 110, 111 Geography 112,114 Math 101,102,103,105,107,108,109 Physics 104 Please check the prerequisites given in the individual course descriptions. Note: Biology 104 and Chemistry 030 or Chemistry 104 fulfill biology and chemistry entrance requirements for the Nursing Program at BCIT. Completion of Biology 104 and Biology 113 permits students (upon entering Basic Health Sciences at BCIT) to receive credit for BHSC105. 2. Science Students Capilano College Pure and Applied Sciences Division offers a complete first and second year university transfer program in biology, chemistry, computing science, mathematics and physics, and complete first year university transfer programs in engineering, geology, kinesiology and physical education. In addition, the Pure and Applied Sciences Division offers science transfer requirements in the following: pre-Medicine, pre-Dentistry, Engineering, Oceanography, Forestry, Agriculture, Pharmacy, Home Economics, Rehabilitation Medicine, and Dental Hygiene. 3. Engineering Program Capilano College offers a complete first year university transfer program in engineering. Bachelor degree completion generally requires three additional years of study at UBC, SFU, or UVic. For additional information, consult the "Engineering Program" section. Anthropology 4. Kinesiology Program Capilano College offers a complete first year university transfer program in kinesiology designed for students planning on transferring to the Kinesiology Program at SFU for their second year. For additional information, consult the "Kinesiology Program" section. 5. Physical Education Program Capilano College offers a complete first year university transfer program in physical education for students planning on transferring to the UBC School of Physical Education and Recreation for their second year. For additional information, consult the "Physical Education Program" section. B. POST BACCALAUREATE DEGREE DIPLOMA PROGRAM 1 Environmental Science Program (Fall 1993) Capilano College offers a one year Post Baccalaureate Degree Diploma program in environmental science for students who have already completed a degree in science and who are interested in further practical studies in environmental fields. For additional information, consult the "Environmental Science Post Baccalaureate Degree Diploma Program" section. Instructional Faculty B. BERDICHEWSKY, B.A. (U. of Chile), Ph.D. (Madrid) K. LIND, B.A., M.A. (UBC) R. MUCKLE, B.A., M.A. (SFU) General Information Students who intend to major or minor in Anthropology should take both Anthropology 120 and 121 if they will be attending UBC, SFU or the University of Victoria. Women's Studies 122, Women in Anthropology, may be substituted for Anthropology 120 or 121, minor/major program at SFU and UVic. Women's Studies 122 also receives 200-level credit in Women's Studies at SFU and UVic. For students intending to major in Archaeology at SFU, Anthropology 123 and 124 are recommended. University Transfer Credit All Anthropology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Anthropology 120 (3) Introduction to Anthropology (4,0,0) (F) A survey of the discipline to include an introduction to human evolution and our place among the primates; structure and organization of society, and the individual and society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative study of social institutions of non-Western cultures such as economics, family patterns, social control in small communities, religion and magic. Anthropology 121 (3) Introduction to Social Anthropology (4,0,0) (S) Anthropology 120 recommended. An examination of Anthropological concepts and theories of culture, as well as the analysis of cultural patterns such as kinship, religion, politics, belief systems, language, and the role of Anthropology in a changing world. Anthropology 123 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Introduction to Archaeology and the Prehistoric Past An introduction to the theoretical foundations and methods of Archaeology, including the techniques used to discover, reconstruct, and interpret the past. Examples will be drawn from archaeological research around the world. Academic — General Information/Anthropology 65 Anthropology 124 (3) Archaeology and Human Origins (4,0,0) (F) An introduction to the theoretical foundations and evidence for human origins as presented by Archaeology and Physical Anthropology. The biological and cultural evolution of humankind as indicated through a study of evolutionary theory, primate behaviour, skeletal remains, and archaeological discoveries. Anthropology 200 (3) Intermediate Social Anthropology (4,0,0) (S) A study of the social structure and organization of various cultures of the world. Emphasis on the dynamics of culture, the cross-cultural approach, the theoretical issues in Anthropology. Anthropology 202 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Introduction to Cultural Ecology The study of the interaction of people, culture and environments, emphasizing human adaptive strategies. Focus of the course will vary each semester, exploring such topics as subsistence patterns, health,and the environmental effects of modernization. Anthropology 204 Ethnic Relations (3) (4,0,0) (F) A study of the relations between ethnic groups and an examination of how ethnic groups come to be defined, how they are maintained, stereotyping, and how these processes interrelate with other social variables such as economics, education, violence and the family. The focus will usually be Canada. Students will be engaged in some primary research. Anthropology 205 Multiculturalism (3) (4,0,0) (S) A study of multiculturalism, particularly in Canada. Contemporary issues, government policies, immigration and cultural identity, and ethnic conflicts. Anthropology 206 (3) Native Peoples of British Columbia (4,0,0) (S) A study of the cultural history, diversity, and complexity of the Native Peoples of British Columbia. The archaeological past, traditional lifeways, and current issues are examined. Academic — Anthropology 66 Anthropology 208 (3) Native Peoples of North America (4,0,0) (F) A survey of the cultural history and social organization of native peoples of the North American continent including Canada, the United States and Mexico. An examination of traditional lifestyles including family, political, religious and ecological patterns; and current issues. Anthropology 241 (6) Archaeology Field School (6,0,0) (SU) A course in archaeological methods, techniques and theories dealing with excavation, recovery, analysis and interpretation of archaeological material. This is a practicalfieldcourse, participants acquiring such skills as mapping, surveying, photography, computer applications, preparation of reports and interpretation. This course usually will be in cooperation with other colleges as a joint endeavour. Anthropology 249 (3) (4,0,0) (SU) Comparative Cultures: A Field Study in Anthropology An interdisciplinary course to consider in depth a particular geographic area and its people. Comparative institutions, cultural ecology, contemporary issues, methods of observation and study. Students and instructor study in the field. Women's Studies 122 (3) Women In Anthropology (4,0,0) The anthropological perspective applied to women in different cultures of the world; their role in economic, political, religious, kinship and expressive systems. Exploration of the work of women anthropologists and the effect of theory on understanding women. What is women's experience in cultures of the world? Anthropology or Women's Studies credit is available for this course. Please see Women's Studies for further information. Art-Graphic Design & Illustration Program These programs are a department within the Visual and Performing Arts Division. For other Art programs, see also Studio Art Program and Textile Arts Program. GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION Instructional Faculty TWO YEAR DIPLOMA J. EDGE, Alberta College of Art F. FORSTER, Alberta College of Art K. HOLLAND, Dip. (Johannesburg School of Art) R. KUBICEK, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (SFU) M. LLEWELLYN, B.A. (Manchester) J. LONG, B.P.A. Art Center (Los Angeles) D. MACLAGAN, A.O.C.A., I.D.C., F.C.A. R. MARTIN, (U. of Washington) F. MOLNAR, Dip. (Pennsylvania) D. NEAVE, B.A. HONS. (Manchester), M.A. (U.Vic) J. NEWTON-MASON, Dip. (Worthing Col., England) D. TAIT, Emily Carr, Dip. V.S.A. (ECCAD) D. YASINSKI A. ZIMMERMAN, B.P.A., Art Center (Los Angeles) For further information contact the Graphic Design & Illustration Program at 984-4911. Please note: The Graphic Design & Illustration Program office is closed from June 16 to August 16. For program information during this time, please contact the Advising Centre at 984-4990. PROGRAM Open to full-time students only. This is a two year program for those wishing to enter into the graphic design profession as a graphic designer, advertising art director, or illustrator. Students are trained in graphic design, visual imagery, media choice, typography, advertising layout, and conceptual thinking. Instructors are practising professionals, and frequently guests from the profession are brought in to evaluate student projects; thus the program relates to the current demands of the profession. Real and simulated problems are taken from initial concept to finished art. Part-Time Evening Courses For students interested in upgrading drawing and design skills to assist in the preparation of a portfolio, we offer the following evening classes (subject to approved funding): Art 056 Art 057 Art 120 Art 121 Graphic Design Portfolio Studio I (F) (4,0,0) Graphic Design Portfolio Studio II (S) (4,0,0) Drawing & Painting I (F) (4,0,0) Drawing & Painting II (S) (4,0,0) General Description GRAPHC I DESG IN & L I LUSTRATO IN FOUNDATO I N PROGRAM ONE YEAR CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Open to full-time students only. This is a one year program designed to provide a foundation in design, drawing, figure studies, illustration, painting, mediums and techniques, design principles and the history of art and design. The Program stresses developing the creative thought processes and skills necessary for Graphic Design & Illustration. This program provides the direction to prepare the student for further studies in many professional design and illustration fields. Admission and Registration Procedures Both of these programs require a high level of maturity and integrity. Students with life experience following high school are usually more knowledgeable and mature in their choice of direction and better prepared; however, highly motivated high school students can succeed here, and we encourage those students to apply. Applicants to the program must supply the following documentation to the college by April 2,1993. (No late applications accepted). • Completed Capilano College Application for Admission • Secondary and Post-secondary Transcripts • Certificate of English Language Assessment Test (ELAT) or Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), if applicable • Graphic Design and Illustration Program Information Sheet Portfolio submission dates are May 3,4,5 and 6,1993. No portfolio will be reviewed if proper documentation has not been received at the College by April 2,1993. No late portfolio submissions accepted. Portfolios are reviewed by an Admissions Committee on the basis of drawing, design, colour, creativity, media variety and presentation. Applicants whose portfolios Academic — Art: Graphic Design & Illustration 67 meet the standards of the Program are called for interviews and testing on May 19,20 and 21. Final decisions on the make-up of the new class are made by May 25. Students who wish to substitute English courses for Communications 120 may do so with the Communications Program coordinator's approval. Portfolio Requirements Graphic Design and Illustration Program There should be a minimum of 12 and a maximum of 15 samples of original work produced, drawn, designed, or photographed by the artist and representing their current abilities. Imaginative and experimental design and drawings in any medium (water-colour, guache, oils, etc.) are welcome additions to the portfolio. Samples must be flat, not rolled; they should not be framed or glassed. Major Program Requirements We will not accept portfolios larger than 23" x 31". Photographs of larger work or 3D projects may be sent; however, photographs or slides do not replace the required minimum of 12 samples of original work. The applicant's name and address must be on the outside of the portfolio in large letters. If a portfolio is to be returned, send either stamps or cheque to cover the cost of return postage. Do not send any portfolios by bus system as they are not delivered to Capilano College. Parcel Post insured or Air Parcel Post insured is usually the best way to have portfolios sent and returned. Capilano College cannot accept responsibility for loss or damage to an applicant's work. Program Content FIRST TERM Typography I Art 162 Photo, for Graphic Design Art 175 Graphic Design I Art 177 Drawing for Illustration I Art 180 Applied Design I Art 192 Painting for Illustration I Art 195 SECOND TERM Studio Production I Art 170 Graphic Design II Art 179 Drawing for Illustration II Art 181 Applied Design II Art 193 Painting for Illustration II Art 196 Typography II Art 197 THIRD TERM Studio Production II Art 278 Illustration Medial Art 251 Applied Design III Art 252 3-D Graphic Design I Art 277 Advertising Illustration I Art 295 Graphic Design and Illustration Foundation Program Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements FIRST TERM Art 156 Principles of Visual Cmns I Art 158 Design I Art 152 Life Drawing I Art 154 General Drawing I Art 155 Mediums & Techniques I AHIS104 Intro to Visual Literacy I *CMNS120 Effective Writing & Speech SECOND TERM Principles of Visual Cmns II Art 157 Design II Art 178 Life Drawing II Art 184 General Drawing II Art 164 Mediums & Techniques II Art 159 Intro to Visual Literacy II AHIS 105 CMNS 153 Communications & the Arts Credits 30 12 42 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 Academic—Art: Graphic Design & Illustration 68 FOURTH TERM Applied Design IV Art 253 Illustration Media II Art 269 Studio Production III Art 289 Advertising Illustration II Art 298 Graphic Design III Art 279 Credite 66 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 15 Course Descriptions For Art History and Communications course descriptions see the appropriate department sections in this Calendar. Note: 'Denotes university transfer Art 056 (3) Graphic Design Portfolio I (4,0,0) This course provides structured disciplined design skills and limited drawing techniques utilizing a variety of B/W mediums. Emphasis will be on improving student skills and upgrading portfolios for art program submissions. Art 057 (3) Graphic Design Portfolio II (4,0,0) A continuation of Art 056 with the major emphasis on controlled application of colour in design and drawing assignments. Emphasis will be on improving student skills and upgrading portfolios for art program submissions. Art 120 (3) Drawing and Painting (4,0,0) (F) (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of Art 120. The concerns here will be to take students from a perceptual to a conceptual approach to drawing and painting. Acrylics will be introduced as an alternative medium for painting. * Art 152 (3) Life Drawing I (4,0,0) (F) Drawing from the observation of the human figure; exercises in developing visual perception, memory and basic drawing skills. Study of the proportions of the human body. Line characteristics in pencil, pen, conte, charcoal techniques. Contour, cross-contour, gesture and volume drawings from draped and undraped models. * Art 154 (3) General Drawing I (4,0,0) (F) An overview and understanding of the basic design process, graphic design principles and fundamental visual communications techniques as utilized by contemporary graphic designers and illustrators. Art 157 (3) Principles of Visual Communications II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 156 with at least a "C" grade. An introduction to drawing and painting from a perceptual point of view will form the basis of this course. The mediums used will be charcoal, pencil and watercolour. Still life and the figure will be the vehicle used to explore current approaches and concerns. Art 121 (3) Drawing and Painting II Art 156 (3) Principles of Visual Communications I (4,0,0) (F) The basic principles of advertising as applied by a graphic designer or illustrator. Includes a study of contemporary graphic designers and illustrators and how they rely on various visual styles to complete assignments. * Art 158 Design I (3) (4,2,0) (F) An introduction to the concepts and principles of visual arts with analytical and creative study of basic elements and pictorial organization. Processes and nature of visual communications, form, elements and their characteristics are investigated with reference to Fine Art, Crafts and Applied Arts. Emphasis on two-dimensional composition and graphic media, collage and assemblage. Art 159 (3) Mediums and Techniques II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 155 with at least a "C" grade. Drawing analysis techniques and the consideration and use of various mediums as they relate to specific subjects from location studies and classroom development of same. Art 162 (3) Typography I (4,3,0) (F) Primary representational drawing, media and techniques. Drawing as an expression of observation and perception of visual aspects of environment and visual thinking. Study of graphic means of representing objects, structure, planes, volumes, space, surface characteristics. Learning to perceive, isolate and select visual elements for descriptive rendering in lead and charcoal. Historical origins of the alphabet, numerals and letter forms. Proportion and spacing. Lettering indication in pencil, brush, chalks and felt markers. Comprehensive lettering indication and reproduction art to improve craftsmanship and drawing skills. Art 155 (3) Mediums and Techniques I Art 164 (3) General Drawing II (4,3,0) (F) An introduction to basic painting and illustration techniques. On location drawing and wash studies using watercolour, pencil, coloured pencil, ink and combinations of the above. Developing location studies into more controlled, finished classroom works. (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 154 with at least a "C" grade. Exploration of drawing media and techniques with emphasis on expressive and interpretive approaches. Developing themes and drawings aimed at illustration, for both reproduction and individual expression. Stylization, distortion and caricaturization are explored in relation to the study of line, mass, value and contrast. Academic — Art: Graphic Design & Illustration 69 Various pen and ink drawing techniques are explored. Emphasis on student's initiative in researching, investigating and exploring drawing theories, schools and techniques. Art 170 (3) Studio Production I (4,3,0) (S) An introduction to traditional and computer production techniques encountered in a graphic design studio. Students will learn basic pasteup and mechanical production. Students will be instructed in the preparation of finished artwork, copyfitting, type specifying and an introduction to computers. Art 180 (3) Drawing for Illustration I (4,0,0) (F) The purpose is to develop the students' awareness and capacity to perceive objects correctly and the skills necessary to draw with quality and creativity. Introduces the students to skills that must be developed if they are to visually communicate consciously and effectively. Basic drawing and wash media will be used. Art 181 (3) Drawing for Illustration II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 180 with at least a "C" grade. Basic photography with emphasis on fundamental camera and darkroom procedures. Instruction in 35mm camera operations as they assist in graphic design advertising and illustration. The students play an advanced role in the choices of reference materials, mediums and techniques used. The skillful and imaginative use of illustrative methods is stressed using lighting, negative shapes, depth, abstractions for emphasis, perspective and correct perception. Uses of drawing and wash mediums will be expanded. As well, the student will be expected to become familiar with current uses of illustration. Art 177 (3) Graphic Design I * Art 184 (3) Life Drawing II Art 175 (3) Photography for Graphic Design (4,2,0) (F) (4,3,0) (F) An introduction to design elements (shape, line, value, texture, colour) to demonstrate the versatility and application of each. Exercises to develop a sound grasp of design principles and to encourage experiment and discovery as well as how these elements work in combination. Media includes pencil, paint, collage materials and mixed media. * Art 178 Design II (3) (4,3,0) (S) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 152 with at least a "C" grade. Further study of drawing from direct observation of the human figure. Exercises in perceiving and graphically interpreting the elements of plane, mass, rhythm and form; relating perceptual elements to drawing media. Investigation of more complex drawing techniques and materials. Perceiving graphic elements in form and action; drawing from memory and imaginative reflection upon visual experience. Prerequisite: Art 158 with at least a "C" grade. Further study of basic 2-D and 3-D design principles. Basic concepts, components and principles of threedimensional arts material and techniques. Functional and aesthetic aspects of contemporary and traditional 3-D art, design and form. Art 179 (3) Graphic Design II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 177 with at least a "C" grade. Further study of design principles, pictorial organization and the characteristics of visual form. Combining design elements of the previous semester with the new elements of typography and photography. Media will include a wide variety of materials. An experimental, inventive approach will be stressed. Academic — Art: Graphic Design & Illustration 70 Art 192 (3) Applied Design I (4,3,0) (F) An introduction to visual communication and the role of professional graphic designers. Design principles, layout techniques, tools, methods, materials and media. Emphasis will be on concept and on "comprehensive" finish using basic marker rendering skills. Art 193 (3) Applied Design II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 177 and Art 192 with at least a "C" grade. A course relating to presentation of ideas at a professional level representing real advertising agency and client situations. Making rough layouts and tight comps of ideas that will be evaluated against established criteria . Art 195 (3) Painting for Illustration I (4,0,0) (F) This course offers expanded skills in perception, visualization and continued practice in control of various media. It gives the student the opportunity to develop similar styles to the old masters as well as experiment with his/her own drawing. Art 196 (3) Painting for Illustration II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 195 with at least a "C" grade. The student's personal style of drawing and painting is pursued to a much finer degree. Structured tutorials in the use of various mediums and student/instructor criticisms of work-in-progress are emphasized. Experimentation of style and medium is encouraged. Art 197 (3) Typography II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 162 with at least a "C" grade. This course expands upon the major role typography has on advertising layouts and design. Construction of various styles of letter forms in pencil, felt marker and brush will be studied. Application of typography in advertising and graphic design with computers will be investigated. Art 251 (3) Illustration Media I (4,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Art 181 & Art 196 with at least a "C" grade. To introduce the student who has achieved a competent degree of drawing skills to the mediums necessary for illustration. The course develops through stages from pencil, pen and ink, ink and wash, watercolours and eel vinyl. The use of the illustrator's tools and processes such as repellants, air brush, mixed media, etc., are reviewed. Art 252 (3) Applied Design III (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Art 179 & Art 193 with at least a "C" grade. The application of design and rendering skills to the development of solutions to print advertising. Explores companies, products, services, corporate identification and their relationship to print advertising layouts and tight comps prepared for class critiques. Comprehensives are developed both traditionally and with the computer. Art 253 (3) Applied Design IV (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 252 with at least a "C" grade. Advertising agency and graphic design studio oriented. The interelationship of illustration, photography and graphics into advertising, packaging and point of purchase with extensive consultation on student portfolios. Art 269 (3) Illustration Media II (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 251 with at least a "C" grade. Developing techniques into finished illustrations for advertising, books, magazines, etc. A further expansion of the uses of mediums to include mixed media. Concept is stressed as well as an emphasis on self-expression and relevant professional solutions. Art 277 (3) 3D Graphic Design I (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Art 181 & Art 179 with at least a "C" grade. This course gives insight into the procedures involved in the design of small retail structures such as boutiques and service shops in shopping centres and malls. Point of purchase design is also introduced. Model-building techniques are studied as well as the use of colour in merchandising and display. Art 278 (3) Studio Production II (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Art 170 with at least a "C" grade. To familiarize the student with both traditional and computer techniques and procedures as used in a Graphic Design Studio. The development of skills and disciplines necessary in the production of camera-ready mechanicals necessary for a variety of reproduction methods including the use of Macintosh computers. Emphasis is placed on computer application in graphics including layout. Art 279 (3) Graphic Design III (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite Art 179 with at least a "C" grade. Assignments demonstrate visual concept and economy of thought in advanced graphic forms, with emphasis on typography as a medium and message of design. Advanced application of the grid to facilitate the integration of typography and visuals, underscored by sound conceptual thinking. Academic — Art: Graphic Design & Illustration 71 Art - Studio Art Program Art 289 (3) Studio Production III (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 278 with at least a "C" grade. Print production from photo-mechanical to printing procedures. Includes 4 colour process, binding, job estimating ,paper specifications, and production control. Includes the use of Macintosh computers for graphic design and production. Print and advertising applications are emphasized. Art 295 (3) Advertising Illustration I (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Art 181 and Art 196 with at least a "C" grade. A comprehensive study of contemporary advertising illustration techniques and materials with projects from original concept to final presentation. Art 298 (3) Advertising Illustration II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 295 with at least a "C" grade. Further exploration of advertising illustration techniques using a variety of mediums and techniques with the emphasis on actual studio and advertising agency working methods. Studio Art is a department within the Visual and Performing Arts Division. For other Art programs see also Graphic Design and Illustration Program and Textile Arts Program. Instructional Faculty M. BOWCOTT, A.O.C.A. (Ontario) M.A. (R.C.A. London) N. BOYD, B.A. (Waterloo) B. COGSWELL, N.D.D. (Hammersmith) (R.C.A.) W. EASTCOTT, Sr. Cert. (V.S.A.) (R.C.A.) J. JUNGIC, B.A., M A . (UBC) D. MCLAREN, Cert. (Sheridan College), B.H.Sc. (Guelph) F. MOLNAR, Dip. (Pennsylvania) D. NEAVE, B.A. Hons. (Manchester, M.A. (U.Vic) G. RAMMELL, (E.C.C.A.D.) For further information contact the Art Department at 984-4911. Please note: The Art Department is closed from June 16 to August 16,1993. For program information during this time, please contact the Advising Centre, 984-4990. TWO YEAR DIPLOMA IN STUDIO ART General Description Studio Art offers a program of studies leading to a two year diploma. Studio Art also offers individual credit courses of study in Ceramics, part time evening Art, and Art Institute advanced studies. The Program The Studio Art Program at Capilano College provides a thorough, high quality foundation in the fundamentals of art. It-enables students to make informed decisions regarding future career choices and enables them to prepare high quality portfolios to aid them in gaining acceptance to the advanced art and design programs of their choice. Graduates of the Studio Art Program usually complete their education at university, art school or in a college design program. The Studio Art Program provides studio experiences in 2D Studies, 3D Studies, Drawing, and Design, and courses in Visual Literacy, Art History, and English. Through exposure to a broad range of concepts, materials, techniques, and processes, students are assisted in developing personal interests, directions, and creative maturity. The emphasis of the program is on preparing students to function effectively within the context of current thought and practice within the fine arts, while preparing them for futher studies in art and designrelated fields. Academic — Art: Graphic Design & Illustration/Studio Art 72 Ceramic Courses Although not yet incorporated into the full-time program, Studio Art offers credit courses in the Ceramic Arts from our well equipped pottery studios. These courses carry some university transferability and are suitable for students interested in part-time studies or in learning basic and advanced pottery processes. Part-time and Evening Credit Courses Selected part-time courses wdl be offered as funding becomes available. Please contact the Visual and Performing Arts office for more information. The Art Institute See page 77 of the calendar. Career Opportunities There are many careers related to the visual arts as the following list indicates. However, as they generally require specialized training, it is recommended that an education in these specific careers should follow a high quality broad Art foundation such as that offered by Studio Art. Some careers related to the visual arts: FINE ARTS: sculptor, painter, printmaker APPLIED ARTS: silversmith, jeweller, stained glass designer, mural designer GALLERIES: curator, art historian, restorer INDUSTRY: industrial, furniture, ceramic or carpet designer SCIENCE: scientific, botanical or medical illustrator ADVERTISING: art director, layout artist, package designer, window decorator CRAFTS: potter, weaver, glass or leather worker MUSEUMS: curator, archaeological illustrator, diorama or field expedition artist CINEMATOGRAPHY: make-up artist, set designer, animator, special effects model maker, wardrobe designer FASHION: illustrator, footwear designer, fashion editor, fabric designer EDUCATION: teacher, consultant, crafts counsellor INTERIOR DESIGN: interior or furniture designer, lighting consultant, antique restorer. Admission & Registration Procedures Students entering the Diploma program and students who wish to take Ceramics courses should contact the Visual and Performing Arts office (984-4911) before May 5 to arrange for an interview between May 6 and May 14, 1993. For the Art Institute please refer to page 77. If any part-time evening courses are offered, students may register during the Studio Art interview period, or during normal college registration in September. Admission Requirements Prospective full-time students are normally admitted on the basis of an interview and portfolio presentation. The nature and scope of work presented is for the candidate to decide, but it should provide as accurate a picture of his or her past and current artistic activities as possible. Sketchbooks, research material and preliminary studies should be included wherever possible, in addition to completed work. Slides, photographs or any other supporting evidence may form part of the portfolio. Where appropriate and with the Coordinator's permission, the portfolio requirement may be waived. Those wishing to enter courses for which they do not have the prerequisites should be prepared to present a portfolio so that faculty may assess the applicant's level of competence. Some part-time students may be admitted to a course when space is available Special Fees and Expenses Although the Studio Art Department can supply some of the materials required for the courses, the student can expect a financial outlay for some basic supplies, as indicated in the course outlines. University Transfer All Studio Art courses carry some University transferability. Students should refer to the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Program Content Credits Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements 66 6 72 Due to the very high demand for Studio Art courses, students are accepted into all courses, except the part-time evening courses, by an interview and portfolio review procedure. Academic — Art: Studio Art FIRST TERM Art 150-1 Drawing I Art 167-1 3-D Studies • Sculpture I Art 182-1 2-D Studies • Printmaking I Art 183-1 2-D Studies • Printmaking II Art 185-1 Design Concepts I AHIS 104-2 Intro, to Visual Literacy SECOND TERM Art 151-1 Drawing II Art 171-1 2-D Studies - Painting I Art 172-1 2-D Studies - Painting II Art 174-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture II Art 189-1 Design Concepts II AHIS 105-2 Intro. to Visual Literacy II THIRD TERM Art 250-1 2-D Studies - Painting III Art 255-1 2-D Studies - Painting IV Art 257-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture III Art 262-1 Drawing III AHIS 210-1 Modern Art (19th Century) ENG100 Composition FOURTH TERM Art 263-1 Drawing IV Art 265-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture IV Art 282-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking IV Art 283-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking IV AHIS 211-1 Modern Art (20th Century) ENG 103 Studies in Contemporary Literature Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 TOTAL 72 Course Descriptions For Art History and English course descriptions see the appropriate department sections in this Calendar. Art 150 (3) Drawing I (4,0,0) (F) An investigation of the conceptual, technical and perceptual aspects of the drawing process through a wide variety of methods, materials and stimuli. Experiences in current approaches and concerns, including representational, interpretive and experimental drawings in assorted media. Emphasis will be on developing the student's confidence, knowledge, graphic sensitivity and control of media. Specifics to this course will be: study of graphic elements (line, tone etc.), media investigation, perspective, structural analysis (of natural form), life study. Academic—Art: Studio Art 74 Art 151 (3) Drawing II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 150 A continuation of Art 150, with the inclusion of the following specifics: composition and design exploration, colour, collage,and with an emphasis placed on balance between control and expression. *Art 163 (3) Ceramic Art I (4,3,0) (F) An introduction to the use of clay as an expressive media. Hand construction and wheel forming will be presented as well as glazing, firing and clay body technology. Design, history and conceputual theory will be reviewed as it relates to the ceramic object. * Art 165 (3) Ceramic Art II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 163 A continuation of Art 163 with greater emphasis on personal development. Casting, moldmaking, glaze preparation and application, and firing technology will be reviewed. Students will be encouraged to explore the use of non-firable materials in conjunction with clay. Contemporary issues on art will create the focus for personal exploration. Art 167 (3) Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture I (4,3,0) (F) An introduction to 3-dimensional work as a means of expression, communication and discovery. Some basic sculptural techniques wall be explored, these will include: assemblage, wood construction, modelling, mould making, casting. Sculptural content and subject matter wall be considered in the context of the student's own work. An examination of historical sculpture developments will be a feature of the class; however, the emphasis will be upon developing an understanding of contemporary sculptural concerns. Art 171 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting I (4,1.5,0) (S) Through a combination of assigned studio work, personal research projects and an introduction to recent and current trends in the Visual Arts, students will gain an understanding of how both abstract and concrete concerns may be expressed in terms of imagery and through a variety of methods and materials. Acrylics will be the preferred medium but students wall be encouraged to investigate the characteristics and possibilities of other media according to their individual needs. Guest speakers, field trips and slide-lectures will be a feature of the course and both individual and group critiques will be conducted at regular intervals. Art 172 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting II (4,1.5,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 171 A continuation of Art 171 with added emphasis on developing personal areas of interest and research in addition to designated painting problems which will require students to express their ideas in multiple or mixed-media techniques of a more ambitious nature. There will be opportunities for students to relate their painting activities to other areas of study within the program and to become more responsible for determining their own priorities and goals. There will be further exposure to contemporary philosophies and activities in the Visual Arts. Art 174 (3) Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture II (4,3,0) (S) and processes, students will translate ideas into tangible form through the manipulation of colour, tone, shape, line, texture, volume, rhythm, proportion, etc. Sources of imagery and methods of extending the form-vocabulary will be investigated and standards of craftsmanship developed. Art 189 (3) Design Concepts II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 185 Essentially a continuation of Design Concepts I, but with added emphasis on the ability to communicate ideas and intentions through design and to create original work according to set criteria. Students will find opportunities to relate their experiences in design to other and more specialized areas of study in the Program and, by the end of the course, will be able to respond to problem-solving situations in a creative fashion. Prerequisite: Art 167 Art 250 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting III A continuation of Art 167, but with the inclusion of the following materials and techniques: metal casting, wood carving and jointing, steel welding. Prerequisite: Art 172 Art 182 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking I (4,1.5,0) (F) A foundation course for those with little or no experience. An introduction to the basic techniques of hardground, softground, drypoint and acquatint. Discussions regarding the image-making potential of printmaking and the creative processes in general will be ongoing. Particular emphasis will be given to the relationship between printmaking and painting with the student producing a number of pieces demonstrating either technical competency and creative potential. Most work wall be executed in black and white. (4,1.5,0) (F) In addition to assigned painting problems, students will be required to define their own areas of research and visual articulation as they embark on a thematically linked series of works. As much freedom as possible will be given with regard to subject matter, content, materials, methods, scale, etc. and students will be encouraged to redefine the painting process in terms of their own needs and priorities. Emphasis will be placed on relating work in this course to other areas of the Program, especially with respect to Printmaking and to current trends in the Visual Arts. Art 255 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting IV (4,1.5,0) (F) Prerequisite: Art 250 Art 183 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking II (4,1.5,0) (F) A continuation of Art 182 with emphasis on printing procedures both in black and white and colour. The student will also be introduced to mono and relief printing methods (including lino/wood blocks and etched plates) and editioning procedures. Discussion of historical and contemporary approaches to image-making will be ongoing. Art 185 (3) Design Concepts I (4,0,0) (F) An introduction to the basic elements of both two and three-dimensional design and their use according to formal and expressive needs. Using a variety of materials A continuation of Art 250 but with an increased need for students to define their own areas of interest and to extend their thinking in an innovative, self-challenging fashion. As in Art 250, guest speakers, field trips, slide lectures etc. will be a feature of the course. There will be a continuing stress on relating work in this course to contemporary activities in the Visual Arts and to other areas of the Program. Experiments with images, methods and • materials will be encouraged, with a view to the development of personal modes of expression. Art 257 (3) (4,3,0) (F) Three Dimensional Studies: Sculpture and Design Prerequisite: Art 174 Continued studies in 3-dimensional art. Students will be Academic — Art: Studio Art 75 encouraged to pursue media and themes of their choice and to develop individual styles. Bronze casting will be offered as a main component of this course. Art 262 (3) Drawing III (F) (3,0) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Art 151 Continued study of drawing as a means of discovery, expression and communication. Conceptual, perceptual and technical aspects of drawing will be examined. Specifics to this course will include: advanced graphic elements, unconventional media, objective/subjective research. Art 263 (3) Drawing IV (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 262 Further study of drawing with an emphasis on the development of personal modes of expression. The work of the three previous courses will be reviewed, with the addition of perceptual exploration, and portfolio presentation. Art 265 (3) Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 257 Further study of historical and current sculpture concerns as well as the study of the craft and design fields. The first workshop project will be a review of the available techniques through the process of producing set forms, using specific materials. Throughout the remainder of the course the emphasis will be on the development of personal modes of expression through the student's choice of media and subject matter. Each student will be expected to work on two projects from a supplied list of suggested themes. *Art273 (3) Functional Clay I (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Art 165 Further exploration of pottery techniques, particularly wheelwork and glaze materials; study of contemporary styles and creative ceramics. * Art 274 (3) Functional Clay II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 273 Increased emphasis on craftsmanship and design Exploration of dinnerware mainly made on the wheel. Development of original glazes and manipulation of glaze characteristics. Academic — Art: Studio Art 76 Art 282 (3) (4,1.5,0) (S) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking III (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Art 183 or Instructor's permission A comprehensive study of intaglio and relief printing methods, this course is primarily designed for the advanced printmaking student. Other areas that come under consideration will include collographs, uninked embossing and the practical application of colour theory. Discussion of current directions in printmaking and their relationship to painting and sculpture will be ongoing. Art 283 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking IV (4,1.5,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 282 or Instructor's permission Designed for the advanced printmaking student, the main concern will be combined colour printing techniques based upon the individual's need. A folio of work will be produced to document this research. Technical aspects that surface will include photographic possibilities and dimensional prints. THE ART INSTITUTE The Art Institute, specializing in Sculpture and Printmaking, is a one year post-graduate certificate program unique in the college system. Comparable to artist-inresidence programs, the Institute offers advanced studies to artists with several years experience in sculpture or printmaking, or to recent college, university or art school graduates. Members of the Institute have access to well-equipped studios and specialized equipment, plus auxiliary facilities such as a darkroom, computer lab and media centre. Supplies and materials are available at cost. Lectures, seminars and tutorials feature guest artists and faculty who are professionals in their fields. With the permission of the instructor, and at no additional cost, members may also pursue individual research beyond the one-year certificate. A major component of the Institute experience is the interchange among the participants, which may include critiques, encouragement of work in progress, or exposure to new materials. Along with providing the artist with studio space, the Institute offers the expertise of special speakers and workshop experiences. The atmosphere is stimulating and supportive of the individual's aesthetic development. Admission Requirements The Institute is a graduate Fine Arts Program. Students with a B.F.A. or equivalent (art school graduation, etc.,) are given preference during registration. Exceptional students with previous fine arts training and/or work experience will be accepted at the discretion of the instructors. Note that it is not absolutely necessary to be specifically proficient in the chosen area of study. Parallel experience would be considered, i.e. painting to printmaking. Enquiries and applications are accepted at any time throughout the year, although the normal registration periods are May and December for the first and second terms, respectively. Phone 984-4911 by May 5 for an interview between May 6 -14. Submissions 1. Biography - to include pertinent travel and other life experiences. 2. Portfolio -original works where possible; however, slides, photographs or other printed material will be acceptable. Where appropriate, and with the co-ordinators permission, the portfolio requirement may be waived. 3. Proposal - an outline of the anticipated directions of work. This should be as specific as possible. During the academic year (September to April) submissions should be adressed to: The Art Institute Capilano College 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3H5 Tel. 984-4911 During the months of June to August, submissions should be made directly to: R. W. Eastcott 2607 Rogate Coquitlam, B.C. V3K 5S3 Tel. 931-6286 or George Rammell 2786 Yale Street Vancouver, B.C. V5K1C3 Tel. 682-6799 RBES The 1992/93 tuition fees for the Art Institute were $525.00 per term. There are two terms per year. Although the normal shop supplies are provided members of the Institute can anticipate charges for materials directly involved with the production of work. Art Institute: Advanced Options Courses Art 300 (12) Art Institute I - Sculpture and Printmaking (4,0,0) (F) Designed to meet the needs of students with several years of experience in sculpture or printmaking or who have left college, art school or univeristy and may no longer have access to specialized equipment and facilities, the Art Institute will emphasize access to well-equipped studios as well as lectures, seminars and tutorials with instructors and invited professional artists. The format will be one day of class time and four or more days of studio time. The studios will be available during the evenings and weekends. Art 301 (12) Art Institute II - Sculpture and Printmaking (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of Art 300. Academic—Art: Studio Art 77 Art - Textile Arts Program The Textile Arts Program Is a department within the Visual and Performing Arts Division. For other Art programs see also Graphic Design and Illustration Program and Studio Art Program. Instructional Faculty P. DEGGAN, Dip. (Worthing Co. England) K. HOLLAND, Dip. (Johannesburg School of Art) R. KUBICEK, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (SFU) A. MALLINSON, (Westdean College, Sussex, England) L. RICHMOND, Teach. Cert. (London, GB) M.Art Ed. (W. Wash. State) P. SCHEUING, B.F.A. (Nova Scotia College of Art & Design) P. SINGER, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (Concordia) For further information contact the Art Department at 984-4911. Please note: The Art Department is closed from June 16 to August 16,1993. For program information during this time, please contact the Advising Centre, 984-4990. General Description The Textile Arts Program offers a full-time two-year program leading to a Diploma. It also offers a specialized one-year certificate program in Craft Instructor Training for Community and Instructional needs. It offers part-time courses in Weaving/Surface Design as funding permits. Career Opportunities Graduates may choose to work independently as artists or crafts people, exhibiting their work, doing commissions for individuals or corporations, working in the fashion industry or in interior design. Other career options exist in textile conservation, and in combinations with academic studies such as Anthropology or Art History. Textile dyers are needed by theatre and dance companies and for a variety of public performances. Graduates may also choose to take the Craft Instructor Training Program Course, which will enable them to teach in various institutions. Graduates of the Textile Arts Program may wish to continue their studies at a degree granting institution, focusing in areas of their choosing. The Arts form an important aspect of the cultural life in any community and many ways exist to apply the skills learned and build a professional career. The Craft Instructor Training for Institutional and Community Needs Program teaches students who are already experienced in their chosen crafts or arts discipline. The focus is on instructional skills, human relations, and adaptation techniques for people with special needs. A two week practicum forms the practical experience. This program has been developed with direct and continuing advice from the professionals who work for various institutions or centres that teach Arts and Crafts. The program therefore has had a high success rate for placing graduates in jobs. Admission Requirements The Program Students learn about contemporary and historical Textiles through personal explorations of a wide range of processes and the study of traditional and contemporary work through written sources, gallery and studio visits, and slides. Guest lectures by artists, crafts people, and other professionals working in Textiles and related areas will add distinctive voices to the program. In the first year the core content of Weaving and Textile Surface Design is complemented by courses in Drawing, Design, and Visual Literacy. During the second year Textile History and Communications courses complement advanced courses in Weaving and Surface Design. An elective, to be chosen in consultation with the Coordinator from general Art courses, will allow students to develop an understanding in specific areas that will inform their practice. A critical and analytical approach to their own work will enable graduates to be proficient in a range of practical, experimental, or theoretical professional activities. , Academic—Art: 78 Textile Arts Prospective students are admitted on the basis of an interview. A portfolio which contains a representative sample of the student's previous experience is required. It can include a mixture of actual works in any textile or arts media, preparatory drawings and photographs or slides of any work. With the Coordinator's permission, the portfolio requirements may be waived. Some part-time students may be admitted if space is available. Advanced Registration for Fall 1993 for all students: Contact the Art Department before May 14 to arrange an interview between May 19-28. Bring your portfolio to the interview. Students for the Craft Instructor Training Program will also be interviewed in May, but additional interviews can be scheduled in the third week of August. Evening interviews are available. Transfer Credits University Transfer Some transferability of credits with other institutions exists at present. Others will be established for the new Textile Arts Program. Students should understand that advanced standing in any institution is usually based on interview and portfolio submission, as well as credits held. All courses marked with an asterisk (i.e. *AHIS 105) carry some transferability with UBC, SFU, UVic. or other degree-granting institutions that teach Textile Art courses. Course Descriptions Special Fees and Expenses Some materials needed for the course are supplied and are covered by a supply fee. In addition, students should expect an additional outlay for midterm andfinalprojects Program Content Textile Arts Diploma Program Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Electives FIRST TERM Art 154 Introductory Drawing I Art 158 Design I Art 160 Textile Surface Design I Art 168 Weaving I *AHIS 104 Intro, to Visual Literacy I SECOND TERM Art 153 Introductory Drawing II Art 161 Textile Surface Design II Art 169 Weaving II Art 178 Design II •AHIS 105 Intro, to Visual Literacy II THIRD TERM Art 267 Weaving III Art 284 Textile Surface Design III •AHIS 231 History of Textiles CMNS 120 Effective Writing & Speech or ENGL 100 Composition Elective FOURTH TERM Art 268 Weaving IV Art 285 Textile Surface Design IV •AHIS 232 Aspects of Textiles CMNS 153 Communications & the Arts or ENGL 100 Composition Elective See the Transfer Guide, p. 237, for B.C. transfers and contact the Art Department for more specific information. For Art History and Communications course descriptions, see the appropriate department sections in this Calendar. Art 153 Introductory Drawing II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 154 Credits 36 18 6 60 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 15 This is a further exploration of drawing media and techniques with an emphasis on a more individual and interpretive approach, developing themes for drawing aimed at illustration and reproduction. Study of drawing styles and modes of graphic expression aim for interpretive stylization and distortion. Drawing with pen and ink, washes, ink and brush, felt markers and mixed media will be used in the study of mass, light and dark, plan, depth and space, and their graphic representation through various drawing techniques. Art 154 Introductory Drawing I (4,0,0) (F) This course offers the students in textiles the opportunity to develop those drawing skills that will be useful in their practice. Concentation will be given to the study of primary drawing media and basic techniques, including pencil, pen and ink, brush and ink, marking pens, conte' and pastel. It includes the study of perspective drawing from direct observation and representational rendering techniques of objects, structures, surfaces and textures. Students will learn how to visualize in graphic terms, to symbolize and to stylize in terms of line and line characteristics, and to develop power of observation and graphic sensibility. Art 158 Design I (4,0,0) (F) Basic design elements and principles will be studied. Sources of inspiration and imagery will be explored using a variety of materials and processes. Two dimensional repeat design will be studied for application to surface decoration and compositional elements will be investigated and adapted for textiles. Main project will be presented in textiles. Academic—Art: Textile Arts 79 Art 160 Textile Surface Design I (4,3,0) (F) This is an introduction to traditional methods of printing on fabric using found objects, blocks and stamps with pigment and dyes. Wax resists and bleach discharge effects will be explored. Bound and tied resists will also be used with natural andfibre-reactivedyes. Design possiblities will be studied for each medium and traditional dye techniques from many cultures will be examined. Art 161 Textile Surface Design II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 160 This is an introduction to printing fabric with stencils using pigments,fibre-reactiveand natural dyes. Katazome techniques with rice paste resists will be demonstrated. Applique and stitching techniques will be used for surface decoration and design possibilities for each medium will be explored. Printed fabrics from different cultures and time periods will be studied. Art 168 Weaving I (4,3,0) (F) This course is divided into two parts. One segment deals with basicfibreproperties and construction techniques such as felting, yarn construction, dying and various offloom weaving techniques. Twining and coiling for basketry will be studied and historical as well as contemporary objects from various cultures will be discussed. Tapestry is the subject of the second half of the course. A sampler is woven to learn the basic vocabulary of traditional techniques. Analysis of techniques used by medieval and contemporary artists helps students to explore the application of the basic techniques. Studies in tapestry include the discussion of the great mural tapestries of medieval Europe and the rebirth of tapestry during the 20th century. One finished piece is woven. Art 169 Weaving II (4,3,0) (S) This introduction to loom weaving includes warping the loom and drafting basic weaves on four harnesses. It will include samples and finished pieces, .with an emphasis on colour relationships, surface textures, and use of different fibres. Dye techniques wil be introduced and historical and contemporary weaving from different cultures will be studied. Art 178 Design II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 158 This study of design principles and concepts focuses on the use of themes and problem solving techniques and Academic — Art: Textile Arts 80 explores sources of imagery and inspiration. It also involves more advanced colour studies and continues designing processes within limitations. Three dimensional space and form will be introduced. Different design media with their adaptation to textiles will be used. Art 267 Weaving III (4,0,0) (F) Students will expand their knowledge of basic weaves through drafting, designing samples and completing finished projects using loom-controlled weaves and some computer assisted designing. Hand-manipulated structures, ikat and painted warps will also be explored. The first part of the course emphasizes structure and patterns; the second part looks at graphic imagery and weaving. Both technical skills and personal expression will be developed, and traditional and contemporary textiles will be discussed in class and through research. Art 268 Weaving IV (4,3,0) (S) This is a further exploration of techniques and ideas in weaving and/or combinations with other methods of textile constructions. Students will develop necessary techniques for individually designed projects, involving sampling, research and final projects. Topics can include rug-weaving, computer assisted designing for pattern weaving, advanced multi-harness weaving, supplementary warp/weft and others. Critical feed-back will be encouraged in class and individually. Art 284 Textile Surface Design III (4,0,0) (F) This study of screen printing techniques using paper, wax, lacquer and direct emulsion stencils involves a variety of methods for producing a repeat design with different registration possibilities. There will be an option for using photographic stencils for projects. Light sensitive dyes will be used for direct effects on fabric and hand-painting with different dyes and pigments will be combined with screening techniques. Art 285 Textile Surface Design IV (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 284 Direct hand-painting techniques will be introduced and different dyestuffs and pigments for natural and synthetic fabrics will be used. Relief and 3D fibre construction methods will be used with fabric embellishment techniques and direct dyeing techniques to create fibre structure. Basic paper-making techniques will be studied, exploring the possibilities of paper collage, cast paper, use of different pulps, colouring and making pulp from plants. well as human relations skills. Students will also learn to CRAFTS N I STRUCTOR TRAN IN I G FOR administer maintain a craft program. Students will COMMUNT IY AND N I STT I UTO I NAL NEEDS be requiredand to complete a two-week practicum in a This Certificate Program enables students with good backgrounds in Arts & Crafts to teach in various institutions, such as recreation and community programs, schools or in institutions where Art and Craft courses are used as therapy. Instructional Faculty T. ADLER, B. A. (Toronto), M.S.W. (UBC) H. AVERY, M.FA. (UBC), B.FA. (Victoria) L. HANSEN, Dipl., (Capilano) L. WOOLF, D.T.A.T.I. (Toronto), BArch. (Toronto) FALL TERM Art 187 (3) Clay and Textile Art Evening Courses Art 194 (3) Loom Weaving (4,0,0) (F) Beginning experiences in loom weaving. Learning to warp a loom, drafting basic weaves on four-harness looms. Class will include samples and finished pieces, with an emphasis on colour relationships, surface textures, and fibres. Introduction to dye methods. Slides and examples of historical, ethnic, and contemporary woven textiles will be used as inspiration. (4,0,0) (F) Art 198 (3) Fabric Printing Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs I 3 credits SPRING TERM Art 287 hospital, senior citizen centre, school, or community centre and a portfolio of their work. (3) (4,0,0) (S) Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs II Course Descriptions Art 187 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs I (4,0,0) (S) Exploring design and colour as they would apply in the surface decoration of fabric. Experiments with various pigments and dyes on fabric, using immersion and direct application methods. Printing techniques will be used with block, stencil and screen. Resist techniques using paste and tie/stitch. THE TEXTILE ARTS PROGRAM MAY OFFER OTHER SELECTED EVENING COURSES AS FUNDING BECOMES AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONTACT THE ART DEPARTMENT IN MAY FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AT 984-4911. Students with a strong craft background will learn about adaptation techniques, human relations and instructional skills in order to teach people in various recreation or community settings and in institutions where Arts and Crafts are used as therapy. Students are encouraged to present a portfolio of their Arts and/or Craft work to enter the program. Art 287 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs II Prerequisite: Art 187 More adaptation and instructional skills will be taught, as Academic—Art: Textile Arts 81 Ait History Instructional Faculty J. JUNGIC B.A., M.A. (UBC) D. NEAVE, B.A. (Manchester), M.A. (U.Vic.) P. SINGER, B.A. (George Williams), M.F.A. (Concordia) General Information Art history courses are designed to enrich and broaden the student's knowledge of culture past and present, stimulate visual awareness and provide analytical tools with which to decode visual images. A major in art history can lead to careers in: architecture, interior design, commercial art, art gallery curatorial work, museum work, art dealing, teaching, art restoration, arts administration, art criticism, etc. University Transfer Credit All Art History courses offered at Capilano College are transferable to UBC, SFU, and U.Vic. Please check the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar for further information. Course Descriptions Art History 100 (3) The History of Art I (4,0,0,) (F) This course studies the history of art beginning with the pyramids and tombs of Egypt and concluding with the Gothic Cathedrals and Italian fresco paintings of the High Middle Ages in Europe. An understanding and appreciation of art are the aims of the course and through lectures and class discussion students will develop an 'eye' for seeing, and appropriate terms to describe the works shown. Our involvement with the art of the past clearly reveals how changing styles in architecture, painting, and sculpture are influenced by the historical context and the political, social, and religious thought of each period. Art History 101 (3) The History of Art II (4,0,0) (S) Beginning with the art of the Italian Renaissance, this course studies the history of painting, sculpture, and architecture to the present day. Individual artists including Leonardo, Michelangelo, Rembrandt, Goya, Van Gogh and Picasso are studied in addition to the larger period styles. Because works of art so perfectly reflect their age, the economic, social, and religious ideas of each period will be closely considered. Art History 104 (3) Introduction to Visual Literacy I (4,0,0) (F) This course is designed to encourage students to become visually literate and confident in the analysis/interpreta- Academic — Art History 82 tion of all aspects of the visual arts. Confrontation with a wide range of ideas, images and media will stimulate discussion and provide a deeper understanding of the creative process. The purposes of art will be discussed and the relationships between art and society explored. The interdisciplinary nature of art will be examined as well as the achievements of Canadian artists. Art History 105 (3) Introduction to Visual Literacy II (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of Art History 104. The material will include the art of the past as well as the current art scene. Topics such as magic and ritual in art, the landscape and the nude in art, the artist as observer, art and advertising, women and art, aspects of photography and recent trends will be explored. Canadian content will be stressed. As in Art History 104 the emphasis will be on developing visual literacy. Art History 106 (3) Introduction to Non-Western Art I (4,0,0) (F) This course introduces the student to aspects of PreColumbian art, Northwest Coast Indian art and African art. The art, architecture and performing arts of indigenous peoples will be examined in the context of cultural, religious and social issues. Students will learn about civilizations that flourished in Mexico prior to the Spanish Conquest. A section on the art of the Northwest Coast Indian will illuminate the achievements of local indigenous cultures and their inherent relationship with the environment. In the component on African art, students will study the early history of African art and later artistic developments in a variety of regions ranging from Senegal to Zaire. Art History 107 (3) Introduction to Non-Western Art II (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of Art History 106. This course focuses on aspects of Indian, Chinese and Japanese art. The works of art will be examined in the light of cultural, religious, social and political issues to emphasize the close connections between art and society. Students will gain insight into the evolution of important periods, styles and artistic traditions in Far Eastern Art. Art History 109 (3) Women, Art and Art History (4,0,0) This course will present a broad historical survey of women's involvement in Western Art. It will focus on the woman artist in society and consider the social, cultural and economic background of each period in order to understand the conditions under which women artists have worked from Antiquity to the 20th century. The course will also investigate the "image of woman" in the tradition of art history. Students taking this course cannot receive duplicate credit for Women's Studies 130. Art History 210 (3) History of Modern Art (19th Century) (4,0,0) (F) This course studies the mainstreams of modern art beginning with the paintings of Jacques Louis David produced during the French Revolution and concluding with the art of Cezanne. Emphasis is given to individual artists, and works by Goya, Delacroix, Monet, Van Gogh, Gauguin and others are studied in depth. Aesthetic revolutions and counter-revolutions are explored in conjunction with the social and political upheavals of the 19thc. Art History 211 (3) History of Modern Art (20th Century) (4,0,0) (S) This history of 20th century art begins with the work of Picasso and Matisse and studies the impact of revolutionary movements of art such as Futurism, Constructivism, Dada, and Surrealism. America's post war contribution: Abstract Expressionism, Pop, Minimalism, Conceptual and Earth Art is studied as well as new directions in the art of the '80s. The aim of this course is to demystify modern art by studying the underlying concepts and theories, which will reveal how closely art expresses the ethos of contemporary life. Art History 220 (3) Early Renaissance Art In Italy Art History 231 (3) History of Textile Art (4,0,0) (F) This course studies the history of textiles in Europe, the Near East and Asia. Through illustrated lectures we will examine the tapestries of Medieval and Renaissance Europe, discuss the importance of guilds, and the conribution of artists such as Botticelli and Raphael. Coptic and Persian textiles, Turkish carpets, and the great silk tradition of China are also examined with constant reference to changing technologies and materials. The course concludes with a study of modern textiles in the industrialized age. Art History 232 (3) Aspects of Textile Art (4,0,0) (S) This course first explores the textile traditions of the indigenous peoples of Africa, and the Americas. Navaho and Pueblo weaving, Aztec and Peruvian fabrics as well as the North West Coast traditions of the Salish and Chilkat are looked at as examples of artistic expression and cross cultural interactions. Our attention then focuses on current aspects and issues relating to textile art. We will look at 20th Century tapestries and Fibre Art, discuss the relationship historically between gender and textiles, and conclude with contemporary trends and practices. (4,0,0) (F) This course traces the origins of the Early Renaissance in Italy, beginning with the art of Giotto and focusing attention on the creators of the new style, the architects, sculptors and painters of Florence, Arezzo, Mantua and Venice. The intellectual, religious and political climate of the fifteenth century, linked to the expression in this new art, will also be considered, as will be the emerging importance of private patronage. Art History 221 (3) (4,0,0) (S) High Renaissance and Mannerist Art in Italy This course studies the art of the High Renaissance and the emerging view of the artist as sovereign genius. The work of Leonardo, Michelangelo and Raphael is examined in depth. Focus is then given to the artists of the Mannerist School, whose highly subjective and artificial style dominates the latter part of the sixteenth century. The contributions of the Venetians as well as the architecture of Palladio will also be considered. Academic—Art History ~83 Biology Instructional Faculty C. BEREZOWSKY, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Guelph) R.G. CAMFIELD, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Monash), Ph.D. (UBC) M. FITZ-EARLE, B.Sc. (Nottingham), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Toronto), Coordinator of Biology M. GOODMAN, B.A., M.Sc. (Trin. Coll. Dublin), Ph.D., M.D. (Calgary) N A . RICKER, BA. (Calif.), M.Sc., Ph.D. (UBC) V.M. TROUP, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McMaster), M.Sc. (UBC) L.K. WADE, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (Austral. Nat. U) Some courses also have extended field trips. Students' contributions to the cost of laboratories are included in the course tuition fee. Lab manuals for those courses requiring them must be purchased for a nominal fee. Students are expected to defray in part the costs associated withfieldtrips. University Transfer Credit All biology courses transfer to SFU, UBC, and UVic. For more details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Laboratory Supervisors and Technicians Biological Sciences M. de JONG-WESTMAN, B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor M. HAYES, B.Sc. (SFU), Laboratory Supervisor K. KONT, Dip. Tech. (BCIT), Laboratory Technician A. REK, Dip. Tech. (Warsaw), Laboratory Technician J. RICHARDSON, B.Sc. (U.Vic), M.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor C. SANDERSON, B.Sc. (Hons) (Durham), Laboratory Supervisor N. SEGSWORTH, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Michigan), Reg. Tech. (C.S.L.T.) Laboratory Supervisor J. THOMPSON, Laboratory Technician B. WILLIAMSON, Dip. Tech. (BCIT), Laboratory Technician FIRST YEAR Biology 108 or 110/111 Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109 Physics 110/111 or 108/111 or 114/115 Math 110/111 English (six credits) SECOND YEAR A complete selection of second year courses which are transferable to all three B.C. universities is available. Consult the Biology Department for the specific requirements to transfer into third year at the university of your choice. Course Descriptions General Information Capilano College Biology Department offers courses to meet a variety of educational needs. The Biology 104/105 and 104/113 sequences meet the laboratory science requirements for Arts students as well as general interest biology courses. Students who intend to enter the following professions should enroll in Biology 108 or 110/111: Agriculture, Dentistry, Dental Hygiene, Forestry, Home Economics, Medicine, Pharmacy, Rehabilitation Medicine. Those planning a major in biology or other life science, such as Botany, Cell Biology, Ecology, Genetics, Marine Biology, Microbiology, Physiology, Oceanography, Zoology, should also enrol in Biology 108 or 110/111. Biology 104 (3) Human Biology I Prerequisite: None This is thefirstterm of a course designed primarily as a laboratory science elective for non-science students not planning to take further courses in biology. The basic concepts of human biology and the position of man as an organism are examined. Major topics include: the evolution of man, the structure and function of human cells and tissues, cell division, human genetics, human reproduction, development, digestion, and nutrition. Biology 104 fulfills the entrance biology requirement for the Nursing program at BCIT. Students lacking Biology 11 and 12, Chemistry 11, or both these subjects, should enroll in Biology 108 rather than Biology 110. Biology 105 (3) Environmental Biology A complete selection of second year courses is available which meet the credit transfer requirements of the three B.C. universities. Some of these courses may be included in the requirements for pre-professional programs, and for specific life science programs. Students should consult the Biology Department for details of course requirements for various programs. Prerequisite: None All biology courses except Biology 200 and Biology 206 require weekly laboratory periods and/orfieldtrips. Academic - Biology 84 (4,3,0) (F) (4,3,0) (S) This course, designed primarily as a laboratory science elective for non-science students, examines a wide range of environmental issues from a biological perspective. Basic principles of ecology are developed and the impact of modern society on the environment is assessed. The focus is global; however, issues of particular importance to Canadians will be stressed. Major topics include: ecological concepts, conservation and endangered species, air pollution and global wanning, water resources and water pollution. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit and, together with Biology 104, as a prerequisite for Biology 204 and 206. Biology 108 (4.5) Basic Introductory Biology (6,3,0) (F,S) This course is designed for the student who has not received a minimum of "B" standing in Biology 12 (or BBIO 042) and who has not taken Chemistry 11 (or BCHM 041). Upon successful completion of Biology 108, students are qualified to take Biology 111 in the Spring semester. The course topics are the same as for Biology 110. Biology 110 (3) Introductory Biology I (4,3,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Biology 12 (or BBIO 042) with a minimum of "B-" standing, and Chemistry 11 (or BCHM 041) or with the permission of the instructor. The standard introductory biology course for students who plan to take further courses in science. Major topics will include the origin of life, cell structure and function, cell division and introductory genetics. Biology 111 (3) Introductory Biology II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 A continuation of Biology 110 which further develops the discussion of basic biological concepts including biological systems, evolution and ecology. Biology 113 (3) Human Biology II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 104 or permission of the instructor A continuation of the study of human biology commenced in Biology 104. The course focuses on the anatomy and physiology of the following organ systems: cardiovascular, respiratory, musculoskeletal, nervous, and urinary. Special emphasis will be given to health and fitness as well as discussion of disease and treatment. The laboratory sessions will provide complementary practical study of the systems, and introduce techniques used to make physiological evaluations (e.g. heart rate, EKG, blood pressure, urine analysis). Completion of Biology 104 and Biology 113 permits students (upon entering Basic Health Sciences at BCIT) to receive credit for BHSC 105. Biology 200 Genetics I (3) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111, and Chemistry 108 or 110 and 111. An introduction to the principles and mechanisms of heredity. Emphasis will be placed on an analytical approach to classical genetics, genetics of humans, quantitative genetics and population genetics. There is no laboratory in this course. Biology 201 Genetics II (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 200. Biology 214 and/or Biology 215 are recommended. A continuation of the principles and mechanisms of heredity, with emphasis on the genetics of microorganisms, molecular genetics, genetic engineering and development of genetics. There is no laboratory for this course. Biology 204 Ecology I (3) (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111, or Biology 104 and 105. An introduction to the principles of ecology with emphasis on ecosystem and community dynamics and structure; ecosystem concepts, components, interrelationships, energy flow and nutrient cycling. Introduction to vegetation analysis in the B.C. context. Both plants and animals will be considered but plants will be emphasized. Weekly field trips examine local biogeoclimatic zone structure and composition, while a southern B.C. held trip introduces several inland biogeoclimatic zones. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. Biology 205 Ecology II (3) (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 204 A continuation of ecological principles, with the introduction and application of quantitative concepts. The emphasis will be on animal ecology including population dynamics, animal behaviour, competition, and other aspects of interactions of plant and animal populations. Weekly field trips and a three day field trip to the Pacific Rim National Park area will be included in the course. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. Academic—Biology 85 Biology 206 (3) Ecology of the Western Pacific (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111, or Biology 104 and 105, or Geography 112 and 114, or by permission of the Biology Coordinator. This course examines the complex ecology and biogeography of the lands bordering the western Pacific Ocean. Basic principles of biogeography and ecology wall be presented with reference to the regions concerned. Selected environmental issues and biogeographic characteristics will be discussed for the following regions: the Asian Mainland, with emphasis on Japan, China; the Malay Peninsula and Indonesia; and Australasia, focusing on Australia, Papua New Guinea and New Zealand. There is no lab for this course. Biology 212 (3) Invertebrate Zoology (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111. A comparative survey of the major phyla and classes of invertebrates with emphasis upon phylogeny, adaptive biology and ecology of each group. The course is designed around the major unifying concept of evolution. Problems of contemporary interest in the field of invertebrate zoology. The laboratory complements the lecture components and the course includes a three-day field trip to the Bamfield Marine Station. Biology 213 (3) Vertebrate Zoology (4,3,0) (S) A comparative survey of the major classes of vertebrates, emphasizing evolutionary trends especially in development and morphology of organ systems. Adaptive features in vertebrates are considered. The laboratory complements the lecture component with representative vertebrates being examined. The lab component includes several half day field trips. (3) (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 1J1 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 200, if not already completed. Corequisite: Transfer to UBC requires Chemistry 200/201. An integrated study of the structure and function of cells and their components. Ultrastructure of cell organelles as determined by electron microscopy will be related to the molecular functions of cells. Emphasis will also be placed on the techniques used to study cells, the evolutionary origin of cells and their components, and on Academic — Biology 86 Biology 215 Biochemistry (3) (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 214 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 201, if not already completed. An examination of the fundamental principles and basic facts of biochemistry starting with protein structure and enzyme functions. Cell energetics, biosyntheses and mechanisms which control cell metabolism will also be considered. The laboratory will involve detailed experimental analyses, using the current techniques of biochemistry, of the molecular functions of cells and tissues. Biology 220 (3) Microbiology I (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111; Chemistry 110 and 111. Corequisite: Transfer to UBC requires Chemistry 200/201. A comprehensive treatment of introductory microbiology. The origin, basic structure, growth and metabolism of micro-organisms will be discussed. The lab provides practical experience in standard microbial techniques. Biology 221 (3) Microbiology II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 220 Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111. Biology 214 Cell Biology comparisons between specialized cell structure and function. The laboratory exercises will use modern methods of microscopy and separation techniques in a detailed study of cell structures and their functions. A continuation of Biology 220, emphasizing genetics, immunological aspects, and ecology of micro-organisms. The role of micro-organisms in agriculture, various industries, health and sanitation is considered. Environmental Science Post Baccalaureate Degree Diploma Program Capilano College has developed a one year Post Baccalaureate Degree Diploma Program in environmental science for students who have already completed a degree in science and who are interested in further practical studies in environmental fields. Inauguration of this program is in the Fall term of 1993. For additional information, consult the "Environmental Science Post Baccalaureate Degree Diploma Program" section under Academic Studies. Chemistry Instructional Faculty S. ALBON, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC) A. B. GILCHRIST, Ph.D. (SFU) P.C. LE COUTEUR, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Auckland), Ph.D. (Calif.) K.G. TYERS, B.Sc. (Hons), M.Sc. (Western Ontario), Ph. D. (SFU) Laboratory Supervisors and Technicians B. ADDISON-JONES, B.Sc. (Hons) (Manitoba), Laboratory Supervisor K.B. HACK, B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor B.J. MOIR, Dip. Tech. (BCIT), Laboratory Technician I. SMITH, H.N.C. (Aberdeen), Laboratory Supervisor C. STONE, B.Sc. (Strathclyde), Ph.D. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor General Information All chemistry courses include weekly three-hour laboratory periods unless otherwise stated. The cost of the labs is included in the course tuition fee except for lab manuals and some field trip costs. Students are required to have (and wear) safety glasses in all laboratory periods. Chemistry 030 and Chemistry 104 fulfill the entrance chemistry requirement for the Nursing program at BCIT. University Transfer Credit All chemistry courses, except 030, carry transfer credit to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Chemistry FIRST YEAR Chemistry 110/110 or 108/109 Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111 Math 110/111 English (six credits) Elective (six credits) SECOND YEAR Students planning to pursue a major or honours course in chemistry should consult a faculty member as requirements differ with different universities. Chemistry 200/201 and 204/205 Transfer to UBC (consult a faculty member) Physics 200/201 and 210/211 or 220/221 and 210/211 Math 200 and 230, and 235 depending upon university (consult a faculty member) Elective Science Elective from math or physics Course Descriptions Chemistry 030 (3) An Introduction to Chemistry (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: None (No university transfer credit) This course is designed for those students who have had no previous chemistry, and who wish to go on in sciences. Two hour labs are given. Atoms, molecules, the mole, chemical formulas, ionic and covalent bonding. Balancing equations, simple stoichiometry problems, solutions, acids, bases and salts, equilibrium, gas laws. Chemistry 104 (3) Fundamentals of Chemistry I (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: None, but some chemistry and mathematics recommended. A course specifically designed for the non-science students who need first-year chemistry requirements for nursing, home economics and physical education, etc. A study of chemical principles, stoichiometry, the chemical bond; atomic structure; chemical periodicity; introductory thermochemistry; gases. Chemistry 105 (3) Fundamentals of Chemistry II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Chemistry 104. A study of liquids, solids, and changes of state; oxidationreduction, electrochemistry, representative inorganic chemistry; equilibrium; acids, bases and salts; organic chemistry. NOTE: Chemistry 108,109,110, and 111 students: students who lack mathematics prerequisite or corequisites should see a chemistry instructor prior to registration to discuss possible prerequisite waivers. Chemistry 108 (4.5) Basic Chemistry I (6,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Chemistry 11 or Chemistry 030. Corequisite: Math 110. Math 103 or 105 may be taken concurrently if Math 12 not already completed. Students with BCHM 041 or 042 should see Dr. Penny Le Couteur, Chemistry Coordinator, for appropriate placement. Students with Chemistry 12 permitted to enrol in Chemistry 108 only with Chemistry Department's permission. This course covers the material of Chemistry 110, and, in addition, provides the background necessary for a student who has not taken Chemistry 12. Academic— Chemistry 87 Chemistry 109 (4.5) Basic Chemistry II (6,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Chemistry 108. Math 110 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Students with Chemistry 110 permitted to enrol in Chemistry 109 only with Chemistry Department's permission. Chemistry 204 (3) Physical Chemistry (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Chemistry 109 or 111, or Chemistry 105 with a "B" standing, Math 111. This course covers the material of Chemistry 111, and, in addition, provides the background necessary for a student who has not taken Chemistry 12. This course is an introduction to chemical thermodynamics and its application to gas behaviour, chemical and phase equilibria, colligative properties and electrochemistry. The laboratory will introduce the student to physical and analytical techniques. Chemistry 110 (3) Principles and Methods of Chemistry I Chemistry 205 (3) Physical Inorganic Chemistry (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Chemistry 109 or 111, or Chemistry 105 with a "B" standing. Prerequisite: Chemistry 12. Corequisite: Math 110. Math 103 or 105 may be taken concurrently if Math 12 not already completed. Students with BCHM 042 should see Dr. Penny Le Couteur, Chemistry Coordinator, for appropriate placement. A course for students who plan careers in science. A study of stoichiometry; the gaseous state; solids; liquids; solutions; atomic structure; the periodic system; chemical bonding; thermochemistry. This course may be completed by guided selfstudy format in both fall and spring terms. Chemistry 111 (3) Principles and Methods of Chemistry II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Chemistry 110. Math 110 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibrium, acids, bases and salts; redox equations, electrochemistry; organic chemistry. This course may be completed by guided self-study format in both fall and spring terms. Chemistry 200 (3) Organic Chemistry I (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Chemistry 105,109 or 111. Any student who has attempted the course previously wrill not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. A study of nomenclature, structure, and spectroscopy of organic molecules; alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, organometallic compounds, alcohols, ethers, alkyl halides; mechanisms and stereochemistry. Chemistry 201 (3) Organic Chemistry II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Chemistry 200 Aromatic chemistry, aldehydes, ketones, acids and thenderivatives, carbanions; amines; nitro, azo, diazo and related compounds; heterocyclics; carbohydrates, protein chemistry; polymers; natural products. Academic - Chemistry 88 (4,3,0) (F) An introduction to the properties, bonding, structure and reactivity of coordination complexes of the first row transition elements. Chemical kinetics and current spectroscopic methods will also be covered. The laboratory component emphasizes the synthesis of inorganic compounds and the use of modern analytical instruments. Chinese Commerce Instructional Faculty Instructional Faculty B. NG., B.A. (Intl. Christian U., Japan), M.A. (London), Teach. Cert. Grad. Master (Hong Kong) Course Descriptions Chinese 100 (3) First Year Chinese (4,2,1) (F) Introduction to Mandarin Chinese using the Pinyin system of pronounciation in Mainland China. For complete beginners in Chinese. This course starts with basic phonetics, tones, and pronounciation to prepare students to speak the language. Some grammar and the writing of Chinese characters are also introduced. Chinese 101 (3) First Year Chinese M. LEONARD, B.A., M.A. (SFU) J.E. SAYRE, B.S., B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston) K.V. TOWSON, B.Sc., M.Sc. (SFU) J. WATERS, B.A. (Hons.) M.A. (SFU), Ph.D. (SFU) J. WILSON, B.Comm. (UBC), C A . The College offers a two year transfer package to UBC consisting of Year I and Year II as follows: Year I To enter Year I, fill out an Application for Admission Form. Year I requires 30 credits which MUST include the following: (4,2,1) (S) a) Economics 200 and 201 - these may be taken in either order; Prerequisite: Chinese 100 or permission from instructor. b) English 100 followed by ONE of English 103,104,105, 106. This course stresses conversational skills and listening comprehension using situational dialogues. More grammatical structures and Chinese characters are taught. Students will also learn how to use a Chinese dictionary and a Chinese word processor as tools for writing and for further study. (not offered in 93/94 c) The Mathematics requirement is: • If Math 12 was successfully completed with a "C" grade or better, take Math 108 followed by Math 109 (Note: 110 and 111 can be substituted for 108/109, but this combination is more oriented towards science than business). • If Math 12 was successfully completed with a grade of "P", take Math 107 followed by Math 108. • If Math 11 was successfully completed with a grade of "C", take Math 107 followed by Math 108. • If Math 11 was not taken (or the grade achieved was less than a "C") then Math 099 must be taken prior to Math 107. • Although there are various ways of completing the Mathematics requirement, experience has shown that students who have completed Math 109 prior to Year II will do better in the Commerce Program. Chinese 201 (3) Second Year Chinese d) 12 credits (four courses) of electives. Students may choose any university transfer courses at the College, but it is suggested to spread these around rather than taking 3 or 4 courses in only one discipline. Chinese 200 (3) (4,2,1) (F) Prerequisite: Chinese 101 or permission of instructor. This course is for students who know the basics of Mandarin phonetics and grammar and approximately 600 Chinese characters, or those who have completed Chinese 100 and 101. More Chinese characters are taught and the course focuses on reading and writing of simple Chinese texts. Students are introduced to Chinese literature. (4,2,1 )(S) Prerequisite: Chinese 200 or permission of instructor. Continues the work of Chinese 200. (not offered 93/94) Year II Upon completion of Year I, students must then APPLY for admission to the Commerce Program itself by getting a "Commerce Program Application" letter from the Office of the Registrar or the Social Sciences Division . There are only 35 seats available in Year II and preference will be given to students with the best Year I records who want to take the entire Year II Program. Applications to the Commerce Program should be made immediately in late spring once the Year I courses are complete and grades Academic — Chinese/Commerce 89 received. Students who wait until late summer may find that all spaces have been filled. Commerce 294 (3) Managerial Accounting In the Fall Term students admited to Year II will take: Prerequisite: C- or better in Commerce 293 For those with Math 108/109 (or 110/111) in Year I: Commerce 290,293,296, Economics 211 and one university transfer elective. Introduction to the development and use of accounting, information for management planning and control and the development of cost information for financial reports. For those with Math 107/108: Commerce 290,293,296, Economics 211 and Mathematics 109. Commerce 296 (3) Introduction to Business Management A Fall term Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.67 with no grade below C- must be achieved to continue into the Spring term, when the following courses will be taken: An introduction to the wide range of interrelationships, both internal and external, of the organization. The development of a framework for analysis of the breadth of issues in management and administration. Commerce 291, 292, 294, 297 and one university transfer elective. Transfer to SFU or UVic Some courses in the UBC transfer package do not transfer to SFU or UVic. Students wishing to transfer to either of these institutions are, therefore, strongly urged to see a Counsellor or Advisor before applying for admission to Year II. Course Descriptions Commerce 290 (4) Quantitative Methods for Business (6,0,0) (F) A study of standard quantitative methods used in business and industry, including decision theory and basic probability. The study of computer software packages is included. Commerce 291 (4) Applications of Statistics in Business (6,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: C- or better in Commerce 290 The methods and applications of statistics in business; continuous random variables; sampling; estimation of parameters; hypotheses testing and regression analysis. Commerce 292 (4) Principles of Organizational Behaviour (4,0,0) (S) Behaviour in organizations as it affects people or individuals, their relationships with others, their performance in groups and their effectiveness at work. Commerce 293 (3) Financial Accounting (4,0,0) (F) An introduction to the construction and interpretation of financial statements and reports including the balance sheet, income statement, statement of retained earnings and the statement of change in financial position. Academic — Commerce 90 Commerce 297 (3) Capital Markets and Institutions (4,0,0) (S) (4,0,0) (F) (4,0,0) (S) Introduction to the economic environment in which businesses operate including the role of the Bank of Canada. Analysis of domestic and international money markets and institutions and the basic capital asset valuation models. Computing Science Instructional Faculty J.D. BONSER, B.A.Sc., M.A.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (Waterloo), Coordinator of Computing Science K. CHIN, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.Sc. (SFU) Y. COADY, B.SC. (Gonzaga), M.Sc. (SFU) U.R. KEDING, B.A., M.A. (SFU) E. KUTTNER, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC) C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Toronto), * CPSC 218 (Computer Organization) at UBC is a required course not offered at Capilano College. ** CMPT 275 (Software Engineering) at SFU is a required course not offered at Capilano College. *** CSC 230 (Computer Architecure) and CSC 275 (File Structures) at UVic are required courses not offered at Capilano College. Prerequisites General Information The Computing Science Department offers computing science courses at the first and second-year university level. Students enrolled in these courses have excellent access to the College's computing facilities. Students planning to major in computing science and science students fulfilling computing science elective requirements normally take Computing Science 110/111 in their first year. Other students wishing an introduction to computers and programming normally take Computing Science 080 or Computing Science 102. University Transfer Credit AH computing science courses are expected to transfer to SFU, UBC and UVIC. For more details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar, or call the Computing Science Department. Computing Science FIRST YEAR Computing Science 110/111 Computing Science 133 (UBC) Math 110/111 Physics 108/109 or 110/111 or 114/115 (UBO Chemistry 108/109 or 110/111 (UBC) English (6 credits) (UBC, U.Vic) English (3 credits) or Philosophy 110 (SFU) Electives (9 credits) (SFU) Electives (12 credits) (U.Vic) SECOND YEAR Computing Science 222/223 Computing Science 212 (SFU, U.Vic) Math 200 Math 205 (UBC, SFU) Math 230 (UBC) Math 235 (UVic) Philosophy 202 (SFU) Art Electives (6 credits) (UBC) Electives (9 credits*) (UBC) Electives (12 credits**) (SFU) Electives (15 credits***) (U.Vic) The Computing Science Department requires at least a "C-" grade in a prerequisite before allowing a student to proceed with a subsequent course. Students should note that while a "C-" is the minimum required to proceed, a better grade is recommended to ensure the best chance of success in the subsequent course and a satisfactory GPA for transfer to a university. Students will not be allowed to retake a prerequisite once they have completed a subsequent course with a "C-" grade or better. Course Descriptions Computing Science 080 (3) Computers and their Applications (3,0,1) (F,S) An introduction to the basic concepts of computer hardware and software; applications of computers in business, academic and personal life; social and ethical implications of their use. Students will gain experience with a microcomputer operating system and with various software packages including word processors, spreadsheets and database managers. The course also includes an introduction to computer programming. This is an ideal first course for students with little or no computer experience and serves as a good science option for students in Arts or planning to go into Commerce. SFU does not give credit for this course if it is taken after any other computing science course. May not receive science credit for science students. Computing Science 102 (3) Introduction to Structured Programming (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: A "C+" grade or better in Math 12, otherwise Math 105 or equivalent must be taken concurrently. Students without a solid foundation in modular algorithm design in CS 12 are recommended to take Comp 102 before attempting Comp 110. An introduction to computer programming using a structured language; principles of problem solving and algorithm design, basic techniques for representing and manipulating problem data. The student will learn how to design, develop and document well-structured programs. Academic — Computing Science 91 No programming experience is necessary, but previous exposure to microcomputers is helpful. solutions to problems, practical experience in writing and using APL programs. This course may be taken by non-science students wanting a more rigorous introduction to programming than is provided by COMP 080, or science students who lack CS 12 background. Computing Science 131 Computing Science 110 (4) Fundamentals of Programming An introduction to the C programming language for students with experience in Pascal or a similar language. Comparison of C with Pascal; C program structure, data types, operators, control structures; arrays and pointers, structures and unions; libraries and separately compiled modules; C++ classes, methods, inheritance. (5.3,0,0) (F,S) The Computing Science Department recommends that students with only a "C" in CS 12 take Comp 102 before attempting Comp 110. Computing Science 132 Introduction to Prolog A disciplined approach to modular program design. The course emphasizes the design of data structures and the development of alogrithms, with applications to areas of theoretical computing science. Compilation and execution processes and associated data structures are studied. Topics include data abstraction and abstract data types, dynamic data structures, strings, stacks and lists, recursion, searching and sorting methods. Computing Science 133 (1) Scheme and Computer Programming A theoretical and practical introduction to concepts of computing and machine organization. On the theoretical side, the course deals with the issues of computability and solvability of problems, and introduces the Turing machine as a model of an abstract computer. Practical experience with programming in a low-level language exposes the student to the fundamentals of number representation, memory organization and addressing, implementation of high level language instructions, the operations of assemblers, linkers and loaders, interrupt processing, and interfacing with the operating system. i (1-3,0,0) (S) An introduction to APL (A Programming Language) both as mathematical notation and as a computer programming language. APL primitives and their use, arrays of data and their manipulation, modular design of vector Academic — Computing Science 92 (1,1,0) (S) Prerequisite:: Comp 110 or permission of the instructor. (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Comp 110 or permission of the instructor. (1.3,0,0) (F) An introduction to the logic programming language Prolog and to the basic concepts of logic programming. Topics include: using propositional and predicate logic to represent facts; relating the Prolog language to predicate logic; developing Prolog databases using predicates, lists, and recursion. Prerequisite: Comp 110 and Math 110. (1) (1) Prerequisite:: Comp 110 or permission of the instructor. This course is designed for science students with a solid foundation in modular algorithm design using a highlevel language such as Pascal who wish to continue with computing science as a core or elective in first year. Together with COMP 111, it forms the prerequisite for the second year computing science program. Computing Science 130 Introduction to APL (1.3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Comp 110 or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Comp 102 or permission of the instructor. Math 110 is a corequisite. Computing Science 111 (3) Fundamentals of Computing (1) Introduction to C An introduction to the programming language Scheme. Scheme is an ideal language for illustrating and clarifying fundamental computer programming concepts. It is a small language and easy to learn quickly, yet supports powerful facilities or abstraction and generalization. This course uses Scheme to investigate concepts such as data abstraction, procedural abstraction, recursion, functional programming and object-oriented programming. Computing Science 212 (3) Introduction to Digital Hardware (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Comp 111. An introduction to the design and analysis of digital computer circuitry. Hardware storage of numeric and logic values. Introduction to arithmetic/logic digital circuitry and integrated circuits. Design and analysis of combinational and sequential logic circuits including adders, comparators, decoders, multiplexors and counters. Finite state machines and state equations. MSI and LSI components: registers, counters, RAM. Criminology Computing Science 222 Data Structures (4) (5.3,0,0) (F) Instructional Faculty Prerequisite: Comp 111. C. Hathaway, B.A. (S.U.N.Y.) M.A. (Wash U.), Mo.) A study of frequently used data structures and algorithms for manipulating them. This course emphasizes abstract data types (including lists, stacks, queues, trees, sets, tables and graphs), static and dynamic implementations of these data types, recursion, analysis of the algorithms and searching and sorting. General Information Computing Science 223 (3) Discrete Mathematics with Applications (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Comp 111 and Math 111. An introduction to the foundation of discrete mathematics and illustrations of its practical applications. Theoretical topics include logic and proof techniques, set theory, relations and functions, combinatorics and counting principles, graphs and trees. These topics are important in computing science and many other disciplines; applications include graph colouring, correctness and efficiency of computer algorithms (including recursive algorithms), digital circuits, formal languages. Criminology is the study of all aspects of crime from an interdisciplinary and integrative approach. The goal of Criminology is to reveal the complexities of criminal behaviour and society's reaction to crime. Criminology also offers both theoretical and practical knowledge of the Canadian criminal justice system. Criminology 101 transfers to SFU, UBC, and U.Vic. Criminology 101 (3) Introduction to Criminology (4,0,0) (F,S) This course is intended to introduce students to the analysis of the relationship between crime and society. The core concept is that "crime" is embedded in social structure and process and therefore must be understood in relation to rather than apart from "normal" social activity. A variety of classical and contemporary perspectives on the definition, causes and consequences of crime will be explored and student analysis of contemporary issues involving crime in Canadian society will be encouraged. Academic — Computing Science/Criminology 93 Economics Economics 120 (3) Economic History of the Pre-lndustrial Era Instructional Faculty N. AMON, B.A., (Hons.) (Kent), M.A. (SFU) P. KANTROWIZ, B.A., M.A. (SFU) M. LEONARD, B.A., M.A. (SFU) K.W. MOAK, B.A. (UVic), M.P.A. (UVic.) A.J. MORRIS, B.A., (Hons.) (Manchester), M A (SFU) A O S (UK) J.E. SAYRE, B.S., B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston) General Information Economics is a social science concerned with the allocation of scarce resources and the production, distribution and consumption of wealth. Economics 100 and 101 are introductory courses which raise and explore the kinds of questions economists deal with. They also serve as an introduction to the study of formal economic theory in the 200-level courses. Students who plan to major in Economics or Commerce should complete Economics 200 and 201 before proceeding to third year courses at UBC, SFU or elsewhere. Students who plan to major in Economics at SFU are also advised to complete Economics 120 and 121. Students who plan on entering the Commerce Program should take Economics 200/201 in their first year. University Transfer Credit Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, all Economics courses transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide in the back of the Calendar. (4,0,0) (F,S) Involves tracing the development of conflicting views of the nature of the capitalist economic system. Focuses on the historical development of capitalist society and on the divergent interpretations of the operation of capitalism as found in the writings of such economists as Adam Smith, David Ricardo, Karl Marx, J.M. Keynes and Milton Friedman. Deals with contemporary economic issues and such basic concepts as supply and demand. Economics 101 (3) Canadian Economics - Macro and Micro Considerations (4,0,0) (F,S) An examination of the contemporary structure of the Canadian economy of international trade and tariffs, the effects of foreign investment and ownership; the problems of regional disparities and poverty; the interplay of business, government and unions and federal-provincial relations and taxation policies are considered. Focus is on the hard economic choices the people of Canada now face. Academic — Economics 94 A broad sweep of economic history from the Old Stone Age to the Industrial Revolution. The economics of the prehistoric era, the River Civilizations, Greece, Rome and Europe in the Middle Ages are studied, while emphasis is placed on the transition from European Feudalism to early forms of capitalism. Economics 121 (3) Economic History of the Industrial Era (4,0,0) (S) A study of the Industrial Revolution and subsequent economic growth taken in context with several countries including Canada. Contrast is made between the paths of development of todays industrial nations and those nations that are now attempting to industrialize. Economics 200 (3) Principles of Macroeconomic Theory (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Students are strongly encouraged to complete Economics 201 before Economics 200. The formal Keynesian theory of national income determination and some contemporary critiques of this theory are considered. Included is the study of the possible causes of and solutions to unemployment and inflation and the importance of international trade. Government fiscal and monetary policies are examined in detail. Economics 201 (3) Principles of Microeconomic Theory (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: At least one 100 level Economics course is strongly recommended. Course Descriptions Economics 100 (3) Introduction to Economics (4,0,0) (F) A study of the theoretical constructs of consumer behaviour and the operation of business firms in the market economy under conditions of perfect competition, oligopoly, monopoly and monopolistic competition. Included is the analysis of the firm's equilibrium position and the determinants of income distribution. Economics 211 (3) Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Economics 201, Math 108 or 110. Consumer behaviour, production, exchange, equilibrium of the firm under different market structures, factor markets, economic welfare. Not transferable to SFU. Economics 212 (3) Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Economics 200 and Math 108 or 110 Income and employment theory, monetary theory, the open economy, economic fluctuations and growth. Not transferable to SFU. Engineering Instructional Faculty A.E.T. BENTLEY, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.A., Ph.D. (Missouri) J.D. BONSER, B.A.Sc., M.A.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (Waterloo) Y. COADY, B.Sc. (Gonzaga), M.Sc. (UBC) M. FREEMAN, B.SC. (Hons.) (UBC), M.Sc. (Cal.Tech.), Ph.D. (UBC) A. B. GILCHRIST, Ph.D. (SFU) S. GREENSPOON, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Waterloo) R.HAUSCHILDT, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc. (UBC), Convenor of Engineering P.C. Le COUTEUR, B.Sc., M.Sc. (Auckland), Ph.D. (Calif.) C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Toronto) General Information Capilano College offers a full first year university program in engineering. Bachelor degree completion generally requires three additional years of study at UBC, SFU or UVic. Transfer to UBC The Capilano College first year engineering program is modelled after that of UBC. Students who complete first year engineering are eligible to be considered for admission to second year engineering at UBC provided they have obtained an overall grade point average of at least 2.5. The Faculty of Applied Science at UBC offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc.) degree in the following areas of engineering: Bio-resource, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Geological, Mechanical, Metals and Materials, Mining and Mineral Process, Engineering Physics. Students will normally complete the B. A. Sc. degree with three additional years of study at UBC, except for Engineering Physics, which requires four additional years. Transfer to SFU The School of Engineering Science at SFU offers four-year programs leading to a Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc.) degree in Electronics Engineering, Computer Engineering, Engineering Physics, Biomedical and Automation Engineering. Students who completefirstyear engineering at Capilano College with a grade point average of at least 3.0 may be eligible for admission to second year engineering. Eligible students must contact SFU's School of Engineering Science to arrange for a summer course in Basic Electronics Engineering to allow for direct entry into semester three of the Engineering Science common core. Transfer to UVic The Faculty of Engineering at UVic offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng.) degree in Electrical, Mechanical and Computer Engineering. The B.Eng. degree consists of eight academic and six work terms. Students who completefirstyear engineering at Capilano College with a grade point average of at least 2.5 may be eligible for admission to second year at UVic. Admission General In addition to satisfying the general admission requirements for the College (see "Admission" section in this Calendar), students must apply for admission to the engineering program itself by submitting an "Engineering Program Application", available from the Office of the Registrar. This form should be received by the College before the end of March. Enrolment will be limited to 35 students, and student selection will be made on the basis of their academic record. Students who apply to the engineering program after Marchriskhaving their applications denied due to lack of available spaces. Admission from Secondary School Students entering the engineering program directly from secondary school must satisfy the general admission requirements of the College (see "Admission" section in this Calendar) and have B.C. Grade 12 graduation (or equivalent) with at least a "B" in Math 12 and at least a "B" average in Chemistry 12, Physics 12 and Math 12. Admission from First Year Science Students may apply for admission into engineering after successful completion offirstyear science. Exemptions will be given from somefirstyear engineering courses if the student achieved a grade of at least "B" in the equivalent science course. In that case, the student would then typically take a mix for first year engineering and second year science courses. Grade Requirements Entrance requirements are higher for first year engineering than for first year science because the curriculum is more difficult. (Total scheduled hours are comparable for both programs, but engineering involves more course work with less labs.) Academic — Engineering 95 Normally, students require a GPA of at least 2.5 in the first term of the engineering program to remain in the program for the second term. Upon completion of the first year, students require a GPA of at least 2.5 to be eligible for admission into second year engineering at UBC and UVic, and a GPA of at least 3.0 for SFU. Since admission to engineering programs is very competitive, students should realize that the above minimum GPA values do not guarantee admission, and that specific engineering options may require values well in excess of the minimum. Curriculum First Year Core (for direct entry from secondary school) FIRST TERM ApSc 120 ApSc 150 Chem 110 Comp 110 or Comp 102 Engl 100 Math 110 Phys 114 SECOND TERM ApSc 121 Chem 111 Math 111 Math 152 Phys 115 Phys 116 Elective Transfer to UBC After successful completion of the above curriculum with a GPA of at least 2.5 the student is eligible for direct admission into second year engineering. Transfer to SFU Phys 116 should be replaced by Comp 111. Engl 100 and Engl 103 may be replaced by other electives. ApSc 150 should be replaced by a complementary studies elective. Students should consult the SFU calendar for recommended electives. Transfer to UVic Phys 116 should be replaced by Comp 111. First Year for Students Transferring from First Year Science Students who have completed first year science successfully may be exempted from certain engineering courses if they have achieved a grade of "B" or better in the equivalent science courses. A typical course load may then look as follows: Academic — Engineering 96 First Year Science Transfer Curriculum FIRST TERM ApSc 120 ApSc 150 Math 200 Math 230 Electives (6 credits) SECOND TERM ApSc 121 Math 205 Math 231 Math 235 Phys 116 Elective Notes: 1. The above science transfer curriculum assumes that the student has obtained maximum exemption for equivalent science courses. Other course mixes are possible. Maximum exemption consists of the following courses: Chem 110/111; Math 110/111; Phys 114/115 or 110/111; Comp 110. 2. The "Electives" will usually be "complementary studies" (i.e. non-science) electives. Course Descriptions APSC 120 (0) Introduction to Engineering (0,1,0) (F) This course uses guest speakers, video taped material and field trips to provide students with an orientation to a career as a professional engineer. Attendance at scheduled activities is the only course requirement. Final "grades" are reported as CR (Credit Granted) or NC (No Credit Granted). APSC 121 (1) Society and the Engineer (1,0,0) (S) This course deals with the social context within which engineering is practised. Topics will include the history of engineering, engineering ethics, professionalism, gender issues, employment equity, environmental issues, multi-culturalism. • APSC150 (3) Engineering Graphics (1,4,0) (F) An introduction to engineering graphics emphasizing the development of spatial visualization and graphical communication skills; technical sketching and engineering drawing using projection and sectioning techniques; principles, practices and conventions of engineering graphics; descriptive geometry and graphical solution methods to engineering problems; use of microcomputer based graphics tools. Other courses are described in the appropriate section in this Calendar (e.g., Mathematics, Computing Science, etc.). Instructional Faculty T. ACTON, BA. (Victoria), M.A., Ph.D. (Calgary) J. CLIFFORD, B.A., M.A. (UBC) P.L. CONNELL, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (UBC) R. COUPE, B.A. (Tasmania), Ph.D. (UBC) P.L. COUPEY, B.A. (McGill), M.A. (UBC) M.L. FAHLMAN REID, BA. (UBC), M.A. (Toronto) G.N. FORST, B.A., Ph.D. (UBC) S.R. GILBERT, B.A. (UVic), M.A. (UBC) W. GOEDE, B.A. (Wisconsin), M.A. (Edinburgh), Ph.D. (California) G. HINDMARCH, B.A., M.A. (UBC) C. HURDLE, B.A., M.A. (UVic) D.H. JANTZEN, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (York) C. MCCANDLESS, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (UBC) R. NICKOLICHUK, B.A. (Carleton), M.A. (UBQ S. ROWEN, B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (Chicago) W.G. SCHERMBRUCKER, B.A. (Capetown), P.Grad.Cert. in Ed. (London), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC) R.G. SHERRIN, B.F.A., M.FA. (UBQ G. STANLEY, B.A., M.A., (San Francisco) S. THESEN, B.A., M.A. (SFU) A. WESTCOTT, B.A. (Alberta), M.A. (Queens), Ph.D. (Toronto) General Information For first-year English transfer credit at UBC, students must take two courses from either a) or b): a) English 100,103,104,105,106 b) English 102,103,104,105,106 For second year English transfer credit to the universities, English majors should take English 200-201; all other second year students can take any two second year level English courses. University Transfer Credit Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, all English courses transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide in back of the Calendar. English Placement Test Those students who wish to enroll in English courses in the Academic Division must submit the results of the Language Proficiency Index Test or the College English Diagnostic Test (EDT). EDT schedules are included in the Fall and Spring Timetables.. Students wishing to write the EDT pay in advance at the Office of the Registrar and bring receipts to the appropriate test sitting. English as a Second Language See listing in the Preparatory Programs section. Academic - Engineering/English 97 Writing Centre All students registered at the College may come to the Writing Centre for advice on work in progress or help with writing problems. The Centre is not a proofreading service, but aims to help students develop their writing ability. The Centre also offers resources for writing: quiet space, a collection of reference books, handout sheets and exercises, and computers with word processing, outlining, and editing programs. The Writing Centre is located in H406, outside the Humanities Division. It is staffed by faculty members from the English, ESL, and ABE Departments. Open hours are posted. Course Descriptions English 010 (3 SFU only) Language Skills (4,0,0) (F,S) An intensive course in basic language skills to enable the student to proceed without difficulty through an academic college program. Curriculum will evolve from the assessed needs of the students. Transferable to SFU. English 100 Composition (3) (4,0,0) (F.S) A course in the fundamentals of good writing, giving students intensive practice in writing for a variety of purposes, with emphasis on the essay form. Throughout the term progressively increasing emphasis is given to effective organization and development of material. Research techniques and documentation are taught. Problems in mechanics of writing are dealt with individually, in group discussion and by revision of essays. English 102 Composition (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) A composition course designed for those who wish a more intensive and comprehensive approach to English Composition than offered by the usual first-year composition course (English 100). theme, the issue under consideration will be announced during the registration period). The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses in well-developed oral and written criticism. English 104 Fiction (3) A study of selected 20th century short stories and novels, each of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression in well-developed oral and written criticism. English 105 Poetry (3) English 106 Drama (3) English 190 (3) Creative Writing A continuation of English 190. 98 (4,0,0) (F,S) An intensive workshop course designed to help students develop expressive skill and craftsmanship in poetry, fiction, and drama. Students are required to write extensively in their chosen genre and to develop an awareness through written practice of at least one of the other genres. Students are also required to submit their writing regularly for group discussion. Students will be encouraged to develop their work to the point where it would become acceptable for publication. English 103 (3) Studies in Contemporary Literature Academic — English (4,0,0) (F,S) A study of selected and representative plays primarily of the 20th century. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression in well-developed criticism. English 191 (3) Creative Writing A study of selected and representative 20th century literature from the major genres. Works studied will be chosen for their intrinsic literary merit and may, in certain sections, also reflect a particular theme of significance in the contemporary world. (When material is selected for (4,0,0) (F,S) A study of selected major and significant minor 20th century poets whose poetry is of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression in well-developed oral and written criticism. Note: English 100 and English 102 DO NOT transfer together as first year English. (4,0,0) (F,S) (4,0,0) (F,S) English 200 (3) English Literature to 1660 (4,0,0) (S) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's written permission. A study of texts in all major genres by representative authors, from the medieval period to the middle 17th century. This course will provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference, and the opportunity to study selected major works in detail. literary form. Texts and critical approaches may vary from section to section. The aims of the course are to give the student an awareness of the cultural context in which the novel came into being and into popularity, and to study selected texts closely. English 201 (3) English Literature Since 1660 English 209 (3) Studies in Poetry (4,0,0) (S) (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's written permission. Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's written permission. A course similar to English 200, but covering the later period since 1660. A study of individual poets or schools of poetry selected by the instructor and drawn from any era between Chaucer's time to the present. Prosody, poetic forms, and critical approaches will be studied, as well as the historical and cul-tural contexts of the poems and of poetic movements. The aims of the course are to increase the student's knowledge of the craft of poetry and to study selected texts closely. English 202 (3) Canadian Literature (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's written permission. A course designed to familiarize the student with major representative authors from the colonial beginnings of Canada to WW II. This course will investigate various themes and styles which evolved through early literature and which are reflected in contemporary Canadian literature. English 203 (3) Canadian Literature (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's written permission. The continuation of English 202, becoming more intensive in the investigation of individual, major, modern authors of poetry, novels and plays in Canada since WW II. This course will study the emergence of significant contemporary themes and styles. English 205 (3) Modern American Literaure (4,0,0) (F,S) A course which explores the works of major representative authors from the late 19th century to the present day. This course will closely examine the selected texts of literary and cultural events, as well as the works in terms of their significance within the history of American literature itself. English 208 (3) Studies in Fiction (The Novel) (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's written permission. English 210 (3) Studies in Drama (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructors written permission. A study of dramatic literature from various perspectives: the examination of dramatic types from various periods with reference to the history and development of dramatic forms, of sub-genres of drama, of techniques in dramatic literature and performance, and of the relationship of literary text to performance. Major plays from various periods and national theatres will be considered. The aim of the course is to increase the student's knowledge of drama as an art form which has evolved out of literary and cultural history and out of performance. English 211 (3) Studies In Short Fiction (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Any combination of twofirst-yearEnglish courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's written permission. A study of the development of the short story and novella form, through an exploration of the cultural and literary history in which the genre developed and through a detailed analysis of representative texts. Texts and critical approaches may vary from section to section, although examples from both the 19th and 20th centuries will be studied. The aim of the course is to give the student an understanding of the development of the genre in context and of writers of major significance to the genre. A study of the novel from various perspectives which consider the evolution and diversity of the novel as a Academic — English 99 English 212 (3) Readings in World Literature to 1780 (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's written permission. A course to acquaint students with a variety of major or influential works of literature in translation from the classical Greek era to the end of the 18th century, and to provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference. Texts are considered both for their own literary merits and in historical context. English 213 (3) Readings in World Literature Since 1780 (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's written permission. A course similar to English 212, but covering the period from 1780 to 1920, with emphasis on the 19th century. English 290 (3) Creative Writing - Poetry (4,0,0) (F.S) Prerequisite: English 190 or 191, or instructor's written permission. An intensive workshop in the writing of poetry, concentrating on furthering the student's knowledge of current poetic forms while at the same time increasing awareness of one's own voice, one's individual ground for writing, and the development of one's own poetic. Academic—English 100 Students will be expected to read a variety of contemporary work, both poems and statements that poets have made about their own poetics. Students will have the opportunity to try a variety of forms, for instance, the short lyric, the serial poem, narrative verse, prose poetry. English 291 (3) Creative Writing-Fiction (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: English 190 or 191, or instructor's written permission. An intensive workshop in the writing of fiction. It will concentrate on furthering the student's knowledge of the state of current fiction and give students the opportunity to develop an awareness of voice, word choice and rhythm, dialogue, character, and point-of-view. Students will be expected to read a variety of works of contemporary fiction and to discuss various techniques. They will have the opportunity of trying out these techniques in both short and extended forms of fictions. See page 149 for the following course descriptions. Women's Studies 104 (3) Contemporary English-Canadian Women Writers Women's Studies 106 (3) Contemporary American Women Writers Women's Studies 107 (3) Contemporary European Women Writers (In Translation) Environmental Science New Program: Environmental Science Post Baccalaureate Degree Diploma Spring Coordinators Environmental Toxicology & Waste Management Environmental Law Environmental Impact Assessment Computer Applications in Environmental Science Seminar/Selected Topics V. M. TROUP, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McMaster), M.Sc. (UBC) L. K. WADE, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (A.N.U.) Summer Instructional Faculty Field School (May) Practicum/Co-op (June, July) Commencing Fall Term of 1993. M. BATTERSBY, B.A. (NYU), PhD. (UBC) R. K. PAISLEY, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (Washington), J.D. (California), LL.M. (London School of Economics) A.J. WHITEHEAD, B.Sc. (Victoria), M.Sc. (UBC) General Information The Diploma Program in Environmental Science is intended for students who have already completed a degree in science and who wish to acquire the knowledge and practical skills necessary for dealing with environmental issues and projects in the work place. This is a full year program designed to prepare students to accept leadership roles in environmental problem solving through a combination of academic studies and field assignments. Areas of emphasis include applied ecology, toxicology, project management, environmental assessment, law, and ethics. Completion of an in-depth impact assignment involving work placement or directed studies is also required. Admission Requirements The normal requirement for admission is a degree in a science or engineering discipline. Successful applicants will have strong written and inter-personal communication skills and will be selected on the basis of academic record, relevant experience and a personal interview. The maximum enrollment is 25 students per year. Inquiries for admission and further information should be directed to the Environmental Science Program, Pure and Applied Sciences Division, telephone 984-4955. Program Content Fall Applied Ecology Environmental Ethics Environmental Planning & Project Management Land Use Impact and Sustainability Seminar/Selected Topics Credits 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 6 Course Descriptions Environmental Science 500 Applied Ecology (3) (4,4,0) (F) An examination of the impact of human activities on ecosystem structure and dynamics. Human interactions with ecosystems are emphasized as well as the principles of sustainable development and pollution ecology. Environmental Science 501 (3) (4,4,0) (S) Environmental Toxicology and Waste Management An investigation of the toxicology of exposure to environmental contaminants, in humans and other organisms, in a range of environments. Measurement, monitoring and remediation techniques are examined. Environmental Science 502 Environmental Ethics (3) (4,0,0) (F) An application of ethical concepts to environmental issues. Topics will include environmental decision making, the relationship between market economics and the ethics of environmental preservation, and the implications of environmental ethics for various sectors of society. Environmental Science 503 Environmental Law (3) (4,0,0) (S) The current status of environmental law in Canada, particularly within the province of British Columbia, will be examined. The course will include a critical analysis of important case studies and current environmental assessment guidelines. Environmental Science 504 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Environmental Planning and Project Management An introduction to basic management skills which have practical value in environmental planning and decision making. Critical thinking, risk management, project planning budget management, and community involvement in environmental planning will be discussed. Academic — Environmental Science 101 Environmental Science 505 (3) Environmental Impact Assessment (4,0,0) (S) An examination of the environmental impact assessment process (EIA) as a tool in environmental decision making. This course will review current federal and provincial procedural requirements and the relationship between EIA and other regulatory processes. Integration of EIA and social issues and the role of public hearings will also be discussed. Case studies will be used as focal points for discussion. Environmental Science 506 (3) Land Use and Impact Sustalnablllty Environmental Science 511 (3) Environmental Science Practicum An opportunity to apply classroom theory through work experience. This is an in-depth assignment involving work placement or directed studies in resource-based, industrial, or public sectors. Students sponsored by a specific sector or employer may be able to fulfill this requirement under supervision in their normal work place. (4,0,0) (F) This course will investigate environmental issues arising from common land use practices and critically evaluate approaches to sustainable land use and land use conflict. Topics include linear developments such as highways and transmission lines, site contamination, land fills, erosion, and acid rock drainage. Remediation, evaluation of land use competition, and native land claims will be discussed. Case studies will be used for illustration. Environmental Science 507 Computer Applications (3) (4,0,0) (S) An introduction to the applications of microcomputer programs in project management and environmental fields. This course will examine PC hardware, software, operating systems, word processing, spreadsheets and databases. Computer modelling and information systems of use in environmental fields will also be evaluated. Environmental Science 508 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Seminar: Selected Topics in Environmental Science This seminar series is designed to provide a forum for discussion between faculty, students, and invited guests. Topics will be chosen on the basis of student interest, current environmental issues, and the availability of guest speakers. Environmental Science 509 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Seminar Selected Topics in Environmental Science A continuation of Env Sci 508. Environmental Science 510 Field School (3) (2,4,0) (Su) Practical experience in data collection, field techniques, and project development. Most of this course will be conducted off the main campus at strategic environmental locations. Students will be given assignments which emphasize instrumentation, environmental monitoring, data collection, and teamwork. Academic — Environmental Science 102 (4,0,0) (Su) \ French Instructional Faculty L. CANTIN ORR-EWING, BA. (Montreal), M.A. (SFU) L. GAREAU, B.A. (Laval), M.A. (SFU) O. KEMPO, B.A. (Alta.), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC) C. MORGAN, B.A. (Laval), M.A. (UBC) Instructional Associate J. GACINA, B.A. (SFU) Teaching Cert. (SFU) G. LACHANCE, B.Ed. (Montreal), B.A. (Otttawa) H. LACOURSE, Dip. Court Interpreting (VCC) J. MENARD, B.A. (Caen, Grenoble), B.A. (U.Vic) Summary of Programs LEVEL COURSES Beginners' French (0-Grade 11) French 100/101 Univ. Preparatory French (Grade 12) (4,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: French 100/101 or French 11 or permission of the instructor. This course, together with French 121, constitutes Grade 12 French. This is a conversational approach to the French language, including continuing instruction in basic grammar and laboratory practise. May be taken concurrently with French 130. (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: French 120 (minimum Grade C-) or permission of the instructor. Intensive Oral French French French 130/131 French 120/121 French 170/171 2nd year Univ. French French 270/271 University Transfer Credit All French courses are transferable to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. FRENCH PROGRAMS The following French courses meet on a twice-a-week basis: four hours of instruction, plus one hour of conversation with a native French speaker, and 3/4 hour of language laboratory work (4,1.75,0) (F) For absolute beginners and those who do not have Grade 11 French or the equivalent. An intensive introduction to the French language through grammar, conversation, and laboratory practise. French 101 (3) Beginners' French French 120 (3) University Preparatory French I French 121 (3) University Preparatory French II 1st year Univ. French French 100 (3) Beginners' French French 130 or French 120. (See under Intensive Oral French courses and French courses below.) Recommended also for those who are considering taking French 130 and who need review work. (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: French 100 This course, together with French 100, covers high school French Grades 8,9,10 and 11 and prepares the student for This course, together with French 120, constitutes Grade 12 French. A continuation of French 120, this course is designed to give a limited fluency in speaking and reading as well as writing skills. May be taken concurrently with French 131. French 170 (3) First Year University French I (4,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: Grade 12 French, or French 120/121, or French 130/131 or permission of the instructor. To be taken by all students intending to proceed to a major or honours program at another institution. Continues the linguistic development of the student by means of grammar revision, written and oral exercises, weekly assignments, compositions on and studies of French literary texts. French 171 (3) First Year University French II (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: French 170 (minimum Grade C-) or permission of the instructor. A continuation of the work done in French 170, including composition and study of French literary texts. French 270 (3) Second Year University French I (4,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: French 170/171 with a grade of "C" or better, or permission of the instructor. An advanced course with emphasis on written work, including composition, translation, stylistic exercises, dictations and comprehension passages. Academic - French 103 Geography Literary works chosen from the francophone literature will be studied and will require some background reading. This course includes cultural enrichment through the medium of videos and music. French 271 (3) Second Year University French II (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: French 270 with a grade of "C" or better, or permission of the instructor. K. EWING, B.A., M.Sc. (Michigan) C. GRATHAM, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC) C. GREENBERG, B.A., M.A., (U. of Manitoba) B. MCGILLIVRAY, B.A., M.A. (UBC) S. MACLEOD, B.A., M.A. (UBQ S. ROSS, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC) G. WILSON, B.SC. (NY State), M.A. (UBC) General Information A continuation of the work of French 270. INTENSIVE ORAL FRENCH PROGRAM Intensive Oral course has the one-day-per-week immersion approach. 5-3/4 hours of Audio/Visual class, conversation, and lab. The emphasis is on Intensive Oral work and audio/visual methods are used. Students are required to supply two new tapes onto which a lesson is recorded for practise at home during the week. French 130 (3) University Preparatory French I Instructional Faculty (4,1.75,0) (F) Geography courses are offered for students who are interested in pursuing a career in Geography as well as for those students desiring both Arts and Science electives. The study of Geography opens the doors for men and women in a wide variety of fields including: Teaching, Urban Planning, Forestry, Resource Management, Recreation, Economic Consulting, Mining, Fisheries, Meteorology, and Map making. The focus of Geography is on the environment in which we live. These courses in Geography will give you a whole new perspective on the world. Prerequisite: Grade 11 French or French 100/101 University Transfer Credit The method emphasizes the spoken language. May be taken concurrently with French 120. All Geography courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. French 131 (3) University Preparatory French II (4,1.75,0) (S) Course Descriptions (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: French 130 or written permission of the instructor. Geography 100 (3) Human Geography A continuation of French 130 (however, the student will be expected to start writing short compositions). May be taken concurrently with French 121. Different cultures in different landscapes are compared and contrasted to our own. This course examines the many issues of human population, perception of the environment, diffusion of ideas, and cultural aspects of resource use and urban growth, to give students a view into the many concerns on the human side of Geography. Geography 101 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Environmental Geography: Perception & Change There are numerous environmental issues that reach a crisis from time to time. This course examines how we perceive the environment, our lifestyles, and how our attitudes affect the environment. Such issues include our use of water, the food we eat, herbicides and pesticides, and our overall use of energy. This is an excellent course for those concerned about the world we live in. Lectures, seminars, informal discussions, and audio-visual materials are used to make students aware of, examine and analyze some of the most serious concerns in the world today. The environment is in jeopardy from our actions — what can we do about it? Academic - French/Geography 104 Geography 102 (3) Environmental Geography: Global Concerns (4,0,0) (S) The focus of this environmental course is the recognition that environmental issues are not restricted to isolated regions; rather, they have become global crises. Acid rain, the greenhouse effect, depletion of the world's resources are but a few of the examples illustrating the global scale of our environmental problems. Identifying and understanding the processes responsible for the problems are most important; however, finding solutions is also critical to this course. Geography 106 (3) British Columbia: A Regional Analysis (4,0,0) (F) Geography 114 (3) Weather and Climate (4,2,0) (F,S) A physical geography course introducing students to the study of our atmospheric environment. Principles of climatology and meteorology will be explained (using films, lectures and labs), to permit a basic understanding of the weather we experience daily and seasonally. Emphasis will be placed on Canadian examples and the interactions between climate and other elements of our environment, including humans (air pollution, urban climates and mountain weather for example). Note: This course fulfills the requirements for a lab science transfer credit. A body of information that is frequently missing from our education is that of the province we live in. This course informs you about B.C. — its physical environment, the risks of living in this province, the variety of peoples, and the economics involved in its resources. From an economic, political, historical, and cultural perspective one learns that contemporary problems are frequently a function of the past. For those interested in business, teaching, or wanting a basic knowledge of B.C., this is an excellent course. Note: This course also serves as Canadian Studies credit to SFU. Geography 200 (3) Technology and Economic Environments Geography 108 (3) Canada: A Topical Geography More and more of us are living in an urban world. This course is designed to examine problems and issues that arise with urban living; including psychological problems, the cost of housing, transportation issues, slums, suburban living, and the future direction of cities. While this course uses local examples, it also draws on examples from other cities in the world. This course approaches these topics through field trips into the city, slides, films, and simulated games. Urban studies leads to careers in urban planning, real estate, land management, architecture, and urban politics as well as giving general community awareness. (4,0,0) (F,S) The understanding of Canada and Canadians is becoming more and more important to our economic and social well-being. This course examines Canadian problems and issues in terms of the different regions in Canada. Topics include the changing economy, cultural diversity, urban growth, and resource management, as we focus on the Maritimes, Quebec, Ontario, the Western provinces, and the Northern frontier. Note: This course carries Canadian Studies credit to SFU and is a component of the professional development program. Geography 112 (3) Introduction to Earth Environments (4,2,0) (F.S) An introduction to Physical Geography using films, lectures, labs and field trips to explain processes in landscape development. Some of the environments to be considered are: glacial, volcanic, coastal, arid and fluvial. Maps and aerial photographs will be used to illustrate the various features. Emphasis will be placed on Canadian examples and the interactions between people and their physical environment, eg. the physical and cultural history of the Fraser River Delta; the Athabasca tar sands and native peoples; pipelines and permafrost. Note: This course fulfills the requirements for a lab science transfer credit. (4,0,0) (S) An examination of the concepts and themes of economic geography in terms of production and consumption. The traditional primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary divisions in economic geography are reviewed in terms of contemporary issues such as development versus underdevelopment, poverty, the location of industrial activities and the North-South dialogue. Geography 201 Urban Studies (3) (4,0,0) (S) Geography 205 (3) Geography of the Pacific Basin (4,0,0) (S) This course examines the Pacific Basin in terms of its social, economic and political geography. The emphasis is placed on the relationships that exist between countries of the Pacific Basin and British Columbia. This course opens up the concept of the Pacific century and recognizes British Columbia's position on the Pacific, and is an excellent course for those interested in the past, present and future of the Asia-Pacific Region. Academic — Geography Geology Geography 214 (3) Our Atmospheric Environment (4.2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Geography 114 or permission of the instructor This course will provide an intermediate understanding of the processes at work in our atmospheric environment. Broad topics to be covered are atmospheric energy, moisture, and winds. These concepts will be applied to phenomena such as urban climates and air pollution at the small scale, weather and forecasting at the intermediate scale, and climate change, ozone depletion, and El Nino/Southern Oscillation on a global scale. This course will involve lectures, labs, and field work. Geography 221 (3) Map and Airphoto Interpretation (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least one other Geography course This is a second year course which is essential for those considering Geography as a major and is also appropriate for those who intend to pursue careers in Geography, Forestry, Mining, Cartography, and the numerous other areas that use maps and airphotos. This course combines lectures and labs that cover the basics of map reading and interpretation, map making, aerial photography, and remote sensing of the human and physical landscape. Instructional Faculty D.J.A. ATHAIDE, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc. (UBC), Prof. Teacher's Cert. (B.C.) A.G. THOMLINSON, B.A., M.Sc. (UBC), Prof. Teacher's Cert. (B.C.) General Information Geology courses are designed for students planning a university degree program in the geological sciences or in the arts, humanities, social sciences or engineering. Geology 110 and 111 are especially appropriate for students in need of a laboratory science. They provide an understanding of the origin, structure, composition and history of the earth. Courses include weekly laboratory investigations and several field trips, both local and distant (overnight). Lab tuition fees are included in the course fee; however, students must purchase a lab manual and testing kit, and share some field trip costs. University Transfer Credit All geology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Geological Sciences (including Geophysics, Geochemistry, Environmental Studies and other earth sciences) FIRST YEAR ONLY Geology 110/111 Physics 108/111 or 110/111 or 114/115 Chemistry 108/109 or 110/111 Math 110/111 English (six credits) Course Descriptions Geology 110 (3) Physical Geology (4,2,0) (F) This course provides an introduction to the composition, structure and functioning of the earth. Earth materials are studied within the concept of uniformitarianism and the rock cycle. Surface processes such as weathering and mass-wasting and erosion by agents such as glaciers, streams and wind and their resulting landforms are examined. The theory of plate tectonics based on the study of ocean floors and continents is central to the understanding of the earth's internal structure and energy, and is related to the topics of earthquakes, volcanoes and mountain-building. Gravity, magnetism and heat-flow provide further evidence of the earth's Academic — Geography/Geology 106 German interior. A look at the earth's resources and human intervention rounds out the course. Geology 111 (3) Historical Geology (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Geology 110 or equivalent. First examined are methods geologists use to deduce the origin, age and evolution of earth and its life. Then, using these methods, the course investigates how earth's lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere evolved before giving rise to life, and how ever since, life has interacted with land, water and air. Then we examine the origin and growth of our "home" continent and adjacent ocean basins. Finally we study in more detail the processes and events that shaped (and are still shaping) our immediate environment. Uses and abuses of earth resources and environments since the arrival of human beings will form part of our study. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. Instructional Faculty B. HANKIN, BA. (UBC), M A . (Wash.) B. PIRES-STADLER, Teach. Dip. (Zurich) M.A. (SFU) Instructional Associate R. FREIBERG, B.Ed. (Gottingen University, West-Germany) General Information NOTE: All courses in German include five and 3/4 hours of instruction per week, made up of four hours of lectures; 3/4 hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of conversational practice with a native speaker. Native speakers of German who wish to take a first or second-year German course must consult with the German instructor first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Department has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the department prior to enrollment. University Transfer Credit All German courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. SFU: Students who wish to proceed to SFU and to pursue further courses in German are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Transfer and course challenge credit in German will be given at SFU for Capilano College German courses to a total of 11 semester hours. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. UBC: In the case of UBC, present equivalent standards provide transfer credit on the following basis: Capilano College UBC German 100 and 101 (3 credits each) German 200 and 201 (3 credits each) 100 (3) 200 (3) The student wishing to major in German fulfills department requirements with German 310, which may be taken in the second year if student hasfirstclass standing in German 200 or third year by permission of the department. Academic — Geology/German 107 History Course Descriptions German 100 (3) Beginning German Instructional Faculty (4,1.75,0) (F) A comprehensive introduction to the German language: comprehension and speaking are reinforced through reading and writing. Films, tapes, games, field trips, etc. help develop an awareness of the cultures of the Germanspeaking countries. German 101 (3) Beginning German (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: German 100 (minimum Grade C) or its equivalent with written permission of the instructor. This course is a continuation of German 100 and must be taken in order to realize First Year level college/university German. German 101 should be taken whenever possible, in the term following German 100. German 200 (3) Intermediate German (4,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: German 101 (minimum Grade C), Grade 11 or 12 German or the equivalent with written permission of the instructor. Placement tests are available. German 200 reviews basic German grammar and usage, and introduces students to modern German short stories by such authors as Kafka, Brecht and Boll. It aims through the discussion of the cultures and concerns of the German-speaking peoples to increase the ability to communicate in the fullest sense of the term. German 201 (3) Intermediate German (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: German 200 (minimum Grade C), German 12 (or its equivalent with written permission of the instructor.) Placement tests are available. Continues the review and development of German language skills at the Intermediate level. Together with German 200 it completes the requirements for the Second Year of college/university German. R. CAMPBELL, B.A. (California), M.A. (UBC) R. FUHR, BA. (UBC) M.A. (McGill) H. JONES, B.A., M.A. (UBC) M. LEGATES, B.A. (Washington), M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D. (Yale) General Information History teaches an understanding of the past that helps people cope with the present and suggests possibilities for the future. Critical thinking and analysis form the core of this discipline and are essential skills in a rapidly changing society. Students planning to major in History should have at least four history courses at the College. These can be ANY four courses. An intended major should also have a broad sampling of courses in the Social Sciences and Humanities. Students planning to major in history at SFU should take six history courses in the first two years. For UBC the requirement is four history courses. Students planning to take honours should acquire a reading knowledge of an appropriate non-English language. University Transfer Credit All History courses at Capilano (including Women's Studies 220) transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions History 100 (3) History of the Ancient World (4,0,0) (F) The origins of civilization in Egypt and Mesopotamia, the civilizations of Ancient Greece and Rome, the origins and development of Judaism and the early Christian Church. History 102 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Europe from the Reformation to the French Revolution A survey of European history beginning with the 16th c. Protestant Reformation and including absolutism, the scientific revolution, the Enlightenment, the old regime and the French Revolution. History 103 (3) Europe in the 19th and 20th Centuries (4,0,0) (S) Topics include the Industrial Revolution, the rise of political ideologies, nationalism and imperialism, the Russian Revolution, the two world wars, and the interwar period. History 108 (3) Issues and Themes in U.S. History (4,0,0) (F) American history from 1607 to 1877 including analysis of Academic— 108 German/History social and political developments from early settlement through the Civil War era. Emphasis is placed on the development of an "American" culture, with appropriate comparisons to the development of Canada. History 109 (3) Issues and Themes in U.S. History (4,0,0) (S) U.S. history from 1865 to the present. A study of the development of America as a world power after the Civil War. Special emphasis is given to "American" culture, and appropriate comparisons are made with Canada. History 110 (3) Canada Before Confederation (4,0,0) (F,S) History 209 (3) (4,0,0) (S) History of the Native Peoples of Canada Using ethnohistorical approaches, this course examines the history of Canadian Indian, Inuit and Metis peoples. It gives particular emphasis to the attitudes, practices, policies and experiences that have shaped native-white relations and affected native peoplesfrom1450 to the present. Women's Studies 220 (3) Women & the Past: An Historical Survey (4,0,0) See page 150 for course description. A study of New France and British North America. Special emphasis is placed on issues and ideas which have been significant in the creation of Canada and, in particular, the making of Canadian society in pre-Confederation years. History 111 (3) Canada Since Confederation (4,0,0) (F,S) The development of Canada since 1867. In particular we discuss the issues that affect most Canadians: relations with the United States, prosperity and poverty, and the making of a Canadian "culture". By the end of the course students should have not only a better understanding of this country's past, but also what makes Canada unique. History 205 (3) British Columbia (4,0,0) (F) From the first contact between natives and whites in the 18th century to the present, this course analyses the main issues that have affected British Columbians. It also examines some aspects of the development of the North Shore. History 207 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Europe in the Middle Ages and Renaissance This course covers a colourful and creative period in European history from the 3rd to the 15th century. Topics include the late Roman Empire and rise of Christianity, monasticism and the church, feudal society and politics, the rise of towns, the crusades, the Black Death, and the art, culture and society of Renaissance Italy. History 208 (3) Canadian-American Relations (4,0,0) (S) This course examines the major events and themes that have shaped the Canadian-American relationship. From the American Revolution, the war that ultimately created both countries, to recent years, we analyse the influence that the United States has had on Canada. Academic — History Japanese Instructional Faculty NORIKO OMAE, B.A., M.A., Teaching Certificates (Osaka University" of Foreign Studies), M.Phil. (U. of Exeter) Instructional Associate M. NAKATA, B.A. (Hons.) (McGill); M.A. (UBO University Transfer Credit For details, consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Japanese 100 (3) First Year Japanese (4,2,0) (F) Japanese 200 (3) Second Year Japanese (4,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Japanese 101 or permission from instructor. A course to provide students with communicative skills at an advanced beginner's level of Japanese. Students will acquire the ability to understand and speak in various situations on a variety of everyday topics, and also to read adapted texts and write with coherency. The cultural aspect of the language is an integral part of the course. Not offered 93/94) Japanese 201 (3) Second Year Japanese (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Japanese 200 or instructor's permission. A comprehensive introduction to the Japanese language through the study of vocabulary, grammar and culture. Emphasis is placed on aural comprehension in the earlier stage, in order to prepare students to speak the language. The Japanese writing system will also be introduced. Skills at an advanced beginner's - intermediate level. Students will acquire proficiency in situational and thematic speaking and writing, and also in understanding and reading partly adapted spoken and written Japanese. This course will prepare students to deal with unadapted Japanese in continuing courses of study. Japanese 101 (3) First Year Japanese (Not offered 93/94) (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Japanese 100 or permission from instructor. Students will learn to comprehend simple discourse, simplified texts, speak in a variety of situations, write simple sentences, and understand cultural differences. Academic—Japanese TTo- Jazz Studies Contact Person: Mike Reveley, Coordinator, Office HI 15, Phone 984-4951. Instructional Faculty F. ARDIEL, B.A. (SFU) D. ASTOR, BA. (UBQ M. BLACK R. DOYLE L. FALLS, A.R.C.T. (Toronto), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) K. GALLOWAY J. GEE, B.Mus., M.A. (UBC) S. GUNN C. HANNEY, B.Mus. (UBC) A. HAWIRKO S. HEAD, A.R.C.T. B.A. (Winnipeg) L. KAARIO, B.Mus. (UBC), M.Mus. (W.Wash.) N. KOLESNIKOV, B.A. (Gnessin's Musical College) I. KUKURUDZA R. MAROIS, B.Mus. (Laval) A. MCINTYRE, B.Mus. (UBC) R. MCKENZIE, M.Mus. (UBQ G. MCNAB, B.Mus. (UBC), M.Mus. (UBC) K. MOORE, B.Mus. (UBQ T. OXBOL, Dip. (Copenhagen) J. RABINOVITCH, B. Fine Arts (Concordia), Dip. Music Therapy (Capilano) M. REVELEY, B.Mus. (UBC), Coordinator, Diploma (Berklee School of Music) P. SCHREIBER, B.Mus. (UBQ J. SCOTT J. STAFFORD B. TURNER, B. Mus (W. Wash.), M.Mus. (N. Texas) A. WOLD, B.Mus. (UBC), A.R.C.T. (Toronto) General Information Capilano College offers four music programs: a two year Diploma in Jazz Studies, a two year Bachelor of Music Transfer Program, and four year Degrees in Jazz Studies and Music Therapy. The degree programs are offered in co-operation with the Open Learning Agency (OLA) with degrees granted by the OLA's Open University. See page 203 for information on the Music Therapy Program. See page 129 for information on the Bachelor of Music Transfer Program. Career Opportunities The two year Diploma program is intended to provide its students with the basic skills necessary to develop careers as self-employed professionals in the contemporary music industry. The four year Degree program provides a curriculum which balances and integrates the instruction of jazz, traditional music, and general academic electives to provide an enriched education at the degree level. It is an attractive optionforthose who wish to pursue music as a career and for those who wish to continue their musical development as part of a liberal arts education before pursuing other careers. Majors in Vocal Performance, Instrumental Performance, and Arranging/Composition are available. An education stream is being considered but is not yet in place. Facilities As recording experience has become an essential part of today's musical training, the Jazz Studies Program has now integrated multi-track recording into the curriculum. Vocal, instrumental, and arranging/composition students all make extensive use of our multi-track facilities. Composition and arranging students will work with electronic instruments in our Midi Studio. A computer lab is available to students for supplemental help in ear training, sight reading, and other basic music skills. Faculty The Jazz Studies program prides itself in the number and quality of specialized faculty it has on staff. Most instructors are also top professional musicians who bring extensive practical experience to their classes. Admission Procedure All full-time applicants must: 1) Comply with the general requirements of Capilano College and the specific admission requirements for Academic Studies. 2) Participate in an interview with the Jazz Studies coordinator or a Jazz Studies instructor. 3) Write a theory placement test. 4) Play an audition on their major instrument. Admission Requirements Entering students are expected to demonstrate knowledge of the rudiments of music and a level of performance on their major instrument that is acceptable to the faculty. Interviews, auditions and placement tests are held in May and August. Please call 984-4951 during the last week of April for an audition and interview appointment. Auditions generally involve the presentation of two contrasting (in tempo and style) prepared pieces and the demonstration of technical (e.g. scales, arpeggios) and sight reading abilities. Academic - Jan Studies 111 Live audition and testing is preferred, but if you cannot attend in person it is possible to audition by cassette and write your theory placement test under local supervision. Contact the Jazz Studies Program for more details. Continuing students may pre-register during the month of April. Returning or new full-time students who have been accepted may register during May and August. Part-time students may enroll during in person registration. Audition Requirement With the exception of those continuing from the previous semester, all students - new, returning, or transfer - must audition as part of their entrance requirements. The auditioning instructor will make recommendations regarding acceptance, eligibility for basic ensembles, advanced placement, and remedial work. Students requesting transfer credit for private music instruction should bring this to the attention of the instructor so that the audition is administered at an appropriate level. Please note that all students are expected to have maintained a minimum of B- in all their concentration subjects (see Satisfactory Standing below). Further auditions are held for the College Singers, Jazz Choirs, Stage Band, Studio Vocal Performance Class, and Vocal Jazz Master Class. Acceptance into the program does not guarantee acceptance in these ensembles. It is your responsibility to sign up for these auditions. Transfer of Credit The Jazz Studies Program accepts credits from other postsecondary institutions if they are applicable and have suitable equivalency. Because of the wide variations that exist in approach and emphasis in various music programs, the Jazz Studies Program reserves the right to examine for competency according to our course requirements before transfer credit is approved. This applies particularly to students wishing to enter at the third year level. Since the Capilano program emphasizes Jazz Studies and most other Canadian Music degree programs provide a study of traditional music, block transfer of courses to other institutions is not available. Several individual courses have transfer status, however, and others have been accepted by institutions with similar offerings. Special Fees and Expenses The fees for private music instruction (P.M.I.) will be announced at least one month prior to the beginning of the Fall term. In 1992-93 the fees for P.M.I, were $355 for the Commercial Music and Jazz Studies Program. Academic — Jazz Studies 112 Satisfactory Standing Students considered to be in "Satisfactory Standing" are entitled to pre-register in the next term of the program. A student who has not maintained a satisfactory standing in a program in any term may be denied permission to register in that program in a subsequent term, or be required to re-audition. To maintain satisfactory standing, all Jazz Studies students must be enrolled in a full-time course of study (at least 9 credit hours) that includes a reasonable number of courses specific to their major (normally 3) and must achieve a grade point average above 1.8. In addition, Jazz Studies Degree students must achieve a minimum grade of B- in all courses specific to their major. These are: Vocal Performance Concentration PMI Vocal Improvisation I, II Vocal Master Class I, II Studio Vocal Performance I, II, III, IV Vocal Jazz Master Class I, II, III, IV All Vocal Ensembles Instrumental Performance , Concentration PMI Improvisation I, II, III, IV All Small Ensembles All Large Instrumental Ensembles Arranging/Composition Concentration PMI (Composition) All required Theory courses Arranging I, II, III, rV Rhythm Section Writing "C" grades (C-, C, C+) in these courses can only be applied for credit toward the Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies with the permission of the Jazz Studies Grades Appeals Committee. When unusual circumstances have resulted in lower than expected grades in a student's first semester of a continuing course, instructors may recommend to the Committee that the student be given probationary acceptance into next semester of the course. If the student fails to achieve a minimum of B - in the next level of the course, no credit for either course can be applied toward the degree. The grade of D in a course, although a minimal pass, is not sufficient to fulfill prerequisite requirements. Students should refer to the section on academic performance in the college calendar for further information on "Academic Probation". Graduation Requirements Jazz Studies Electives Two Year Diploma: Instrumental Performance Jazz 282,283, Improvisation 382,383 Jazz 194,195, Small Ensemble 294,295 Students must complete all courses outlined under "Program Content" to receive a Diploma. These include all of the core curriculum courses plus twelve elective credits selected from the Jazz Music electives in consultation with the coordinator, for a total of 49 credits. Upon demonstration of sufficient piano skills a student may be given a course exemption from, or advanced placement in, Class Piano. Program Content FIRST TERM Jazz 103 Jazz 114 Jazz 184 Ensemble PMI Jazz 170 Jazz/Music The Language of Music Class Piano I Sightsinging/Ear Training I 1st term level 100 level History of Jazz Electives Credits 3.0 1.0 1.5 1.0 2.0 1.5 3TJ 13.0 SECOND TERM Jazz 106 Traditional Harmony & Composition Jazz 107 Jazz Theory & Composition I Jazz 115 Class Piano II Jazz 185 Sightsinging/Ear training II Ensemble 2nd term level PMI 200 level Jazz 105 Rhythm Section Writing Jazz/Music Electives 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.0 2.0 1.5 10 13.0 Vocal Performance Jazz 136,137 Jazz 236,237, 336,337 Jazz 238,239, 338,339 Jazz 380,381 1.5 1.5 Vocal Master Class 1.0 Studio Vocal Performance 1.5 Vocal Jazz Master Class 1.5 Vocal Improvisation 1.5 Arranging/Composition Jazz 172,272, Arranging 372,472 Jazz 205 Midi Rhythm Section Jazz 209 Intro to Midi and Synthesis Jazz 208 Music Production Jazz 270 Song Writing 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 General Music Jazz410,411 Jazz 370 Jazz 310 Jazz 240 Jazz 241 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Conducting Jazz Styles Jazz Pedagogy Form and Analysis Counterpoint 1.5 *Note some courses are not available every year. Graduation Requirements THIRD TERM Jazz 203 Jazz 214 Jazz 284 Ensemble PMI Jazz 171 Jazz/Music Jazz Theory & Composition II Class Piano III Sightsinging/Ear Training III 3rd term level 300 level History of Popular Music Electives FOURTH TERM Jazz 204 Jazz Theory & Composition III Jazz 215 Class Piano IV Jazz 285 Sightsinging/Ear TraininglV Ensemble 4th term level PMI 400 level Jazz 460 Comm. Relations Jazz/Music Electives 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.0 2.0 1.5 3.0 11.5 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.0 2.0 1.5 3.0 11.5 Four Year Degree Students must complete all courses outlined in one of the following major areas of study to be eligible for the Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies degree from the B.C. Open University. These major areas of study all include Jazz or Music electives which should be chosen in consultation with the Coordinator of the program. Upon the demonstration of sufficient piano skills a student may replace up to four credit hours of class piano with other music or general education electives. Academic — Jan Studies 113 Major in Vocal Performance FIRST YEAR Fall Tenn Credits Large Ensemble PMI 100 level Jazz 114 Class Piano I Jazz 103 The Language of Music Sightsinging/Ear Training I Jazz 184 Jazz 136 Vocal Master Class I History I MUS 120 •English 100 or 102 1.0 2.0 1.0 3.0 1.5 1.0 3.0 3,0 15.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 200 level Jazz 115 Class Piano II Jazz 106 Traditional Harmony & Composition Jazz 107 Jazz Theory & Composition I Jazz 185 Sightsinging/Ear Training II Jazz 137 Vocal Master Class II Jazz 170 History of Jazz Jazz 105 Rhythm Section Writing •English 103,104,105 or 106 SECOND YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 300 level Jazz 214 Jazz 203 Jazz 240 Jazz 284 Jazz 238 Jazz 236 •GE Elective 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 15.5 • Class Piano III Jazz Theory & Composition II Form and Analysis Sightsinging/Ear Training III Vocal Jazz Master Class I Studio Vocal Performance I 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3£ 15.5 Class Piano IV Jazz Theory & Composition III Counterpoint Sightsinging/Ear Training IV Vocal Jazz Master Class II Studio Vocal Performance II 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3J) 15.5 Jazz 336 Jazz 300 Jazz 370 »»MUS 220 •GE Elective Studio Vocal Performance III Theory V Jazz Styles History III 1.5 3.0 1.5 3.0 3J) 17.5 Large Ensemble PMI 600 level Jazz 339 Vocal Jazz Master Class IV Jazz 337 Studio Vocal Performance IV Jazz 310 Jazz Pedagogy ••MUS 221 History IV Jazz 172 Arranging I •GE Elective 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 3£ 16.0 Spring Term FOURTH YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 700 level Jazz 380 Vocal Improvisation I Jazz 410 Conducting I Jazz 272 Arranging II Jazz/Music Electives •GE Elective Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 800 level Jazz 381 Vocal Improvisation II Jazz 411 Conducting II Jazz 460 Commercial Relations Jazz/Music Electives »GE Elective Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 400 level Jazz 215 Jazz 204 Jazz 241 Jazz 285 Jazz 239 Jazz 237 •GE Elective THIRD YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 500 level Jazz 338 Vocal Jazz Master Class III Academic—Jazz 114 Studies 2.0 2.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 3£ 14.5 2.0 2.0 1.5 15 1.5 3.0 3£ 14.5 Total Credits 124.5 * General Education Requirements ••Students must complete MUS 120 plus any two of MUS 121,220, 221 to fulfill their traditional Music History requirement. Major in Instrumental Performance FIRST YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 100 level Jazz 114 Class Piano I Jazz 103 The Language of Music Jazz 184 Sightsinging/Ear Training I Jazz 194 Small Ensemble I MUS 120 History I •English 100 or 102 Credits 2.0 2.0 1.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 3J) 17.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3J) 17.0 SECOND YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 300 level Jazz 214 Class Piano III Jazz 203 Jazz Theory & Composition II Jazz 240 Form and Analysis Jazz 284 Sightsinging/Ear Training III Jazz 282 Improvisation I Jazz 294 Small Ensemble III *GE Elective 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3J) 15.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 400 level Jazz 215 Class Piano IV Jazz 204 Jazz Theory & Composition III Jazz 241 Counterpoint Jazz 285 Sightsinging/Ear Training IV Jazz 283 Improvisation II Jazz 295 Small Ensemble IV *GE Elective 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 3£ 16.5 Spring Term Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 200 level Jazz 115 Class Piano II Jazz 106 Traditional Harmony & Composition Jazz 107 Jazz Theory & Composition I Jazz 170 History of Jazz Jazz 185 Sightsinging/Ear Training II Jazz 195 Small Ensemble II Jazz 105 Rhythm Section Writing •English 103,104,105 or 106 THIRD YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 500 level Jazz 394 Small Ensemble V Jazz 382 Improvisation III "MUS 220 History III Jazz 300 Theory V Jazz 370 Jazz Styles *GE Elective 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3J) 15.5 Large Ensemble PMI 600 level Jazz 395 Small Ensemble VI Jazz 383 Improvisation IV Jazz 310 Jazz Pedagogy »*MUS 221 History IV Jazz 172 Arranging I *GE Elective 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 3£ 15.0 FOURTH YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 700 level Jazz 410 Conducting I Jazz 272 Arranging II Jazz/Music Electives *GE Elective 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 4.5 M 13.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 800 level Jazz 460 Commercial Relations Jazz 411 Conducting II Jazz/Music Electives *GE Elective 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 4.5 3J) 13.5 Total Credits 123.5 * General Education Requirements **Students must complete MUS 120 plus any two of MUS 121,220,221 to fulfill their traditional Music History requirement. Academic—Jan Studies 115 Major in Arranging/Composition FIRST YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 100 level Jazz 114 Class Piano I Jazz 103 The Language of Music Jazz 184 Sightsinging/Ear Training I •••Jazz 194 Small Ensemble I MUS 120 History I Jazz 209 Intro to Midi 'English 100 or 102 Credits 1.0 2.0 1.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 10 17.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 200 level Jazz 115 Class Piano II Jazz 106 Traditional Harmony & Composition Jazz 107 Jazz Theory & Composition I Jazz 185 Sightsinging/Ear Training II Jazz 195 Small Ensemble II Jazz 105 Rhythm Section Writing Jazz 170 History of Jazz •English 103,104,105 or 106 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 30 16.0 SECOND YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 300 level Jazz 214 Class Piano III Jazz Theory & Composition II Jazz 203 Form and Analysis Jazz 240 Sightsinging/Ear Training III Jazz 284 Improvisation I Jazz 282 Small Ensemble III Jazz 294 Midi Rhythm Section Jazz 205 *GE Elective 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3£ 16.0 THIRD YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI Composition Jazz 300 Theory V Jazz 370 Jazz Styles Jazz 272 Arranging II •*MUS 220 History III ••••Jazz/Music Elective •GE Elective Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI Composition II Jazz 310 Jazz Pedagogy Jazz 372 Arranging III Jazz 208 Music Production ••MUS 221 History IV ••••Jazz/Music Elective •GE Elective Academic — Jazz Studies 116 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3,0 16.0 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 30 15.0 FOURTH YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI Composition III Jazz 410 Conducting I Jazz 472 Arranging IV ••••Jazz/Music Electives •GE Elective 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 4.5 3J) 13.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI Composition IV Jazz 460 Commercial Relations Jazz 411 Conducting II ••••Jazz/Music Electives •GE Elective Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 400 level Jazz 215 Class Piano IV Jazz 204 Jazz Theory & Composition III Jazz 241 Counterpoint Jazz 285 Sightsinging/Ear Training IV Jazz 283 Improvisation II Jazz 172 Arranging I Jazz 295 Small Ensemble IV *GE Elective 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 3£ 16.5 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 4.5 3J) 13.5 Total Credits 124 •General Education Requirements ••Students must complete MUS 120 plus any two of MUS 121, 220, 221 to fulfill their traditional History requirement. •"Vocalists may fulfill their small ensemble requirements through enrolment in Vocal Master Class, Studio Vocal Performance, or Vocal Jazz Master Class. ****Arr/Comp students are expected to complete the equivalent of 6th term PMI on their principal instrument before graduation. This can be done either through completion of 4 terms of secondary PMI and a jury at a 600-level concentration or through completion of concentration PMI at the 500 and 600 level. Academic Course Requirements •General Education Requirements English 100 or 102 and 103,104,105 or 106 6.0 Humanities Social Sciences Science/Math Elective 6.0 6.0 3.0 3J) 24.0 It is expected that all English requirements will be completed before entrance into the third year of the program. Eight semesters of jazz ensemble: Including: Stage Band (ENSJ 135), Jazz Choir (ENSJ 105) and second year Guitar/Bass Ensemble (ENSJ 220) at the 200 level and above. (Note the Guitar/Bass Ensemble I/II, while a prerequisite, is not acceptable for large ensemble credit in the degree program). Piano, guitar and bass performance majors can sometimes substitute other courses to complete their ensemble requirements. This is done through special arrangement with the co-ordinator of the program. Percussion students are expected to complete four semesters of traditional ensemble, four semesters of jazz ensemble, and eight semesters of percussion ensemble. Those interested in pursuing teaching certification after graduation should consult with their coordinator or the Education department of the university they intend to enter. This will ensure that they select the appropriate general electives. Four semesters of traditional ensembles and four semesters of jazz ensembles. Ensemble Requirements Course Descriptions All large ensembles, regardless of the actual number of weekly hours of attendance required, have a "value" of one credit hour. For Music and Music Ensemble course descriptions, see the Music Transfer section of this Calendar. A semester profile requiring two credit hours of ensemble is met by enrollment in two separate ensembles. Students enrolled in the two year diploma program may meet their ensemble requirements through the completion of any four ensemble courses. Students enrolled in the four year Jazz Studies Degree Program are required to complete a combination of traditional and jazz ensembles to complete their requirements. Vocal Performance Ensemble Requirements Four semesters of concert choir: Capilano College Community Choir or the Capilano Singers. ENSM. 100 series section 1 or 2. Six semesters of jazz choir: Nite Cap or Capital Jazz. ENSJ 105 series section 1 or 2. Four semesters of Jazz Vocal Ensemble. ENSJ 306 series. First year vocal performance students in the degree program are expected to enroll in ENSM 100 and ENSM 101, and should consult with their private music instructor before enrolling in any other vocal ensembles Instrumental Performance Ensemble Requirements Four semesters of traditional ensembles: These can be met by enrolment in the Capilano College Community Choir or Capilano Singers, or by participation in another approved community ensemble. Arranging/Composition Ensemble Requirements ENSJ 105,205, 305, 405 Jazz Choir (1) (3,0,*) (F) Rehearsal and performance in one of Capilano College's Jazz Choirs. Students will be auditioned during the first week of classes. The intent of the class is to build group singing abilities in such areas as phrasing, blending and intonation. 'Performances are a mandatory part of the course. ENSJ 120 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble I (4,0,0) (F) Performance in guitar/bass ensemble for the development of sight reading and phrasing skills. Emphasis will be on single-note reading in all areas of the neck. This course is not available for credit in the Degree program. ENSJ 135, 235, 335,435 Jazz Ensemble (1) (4,0,*) (F) Participation in the Capilano College large Jazz/Rock Ensemble for development of phrasing and sight reading skills. 'Performances are a mandatory part of the course. ENSJ 140, 240, 340, 440 Percussion Ensemble (1) (4,0,*) (F) An ensemble comprised exclusively of percussion instruments of both definite and indefinite pitch. Students will develop their sight reading and interpretive skills. 'Performances are a mandatory part of the course. Academic—Jan Studies ~117 ENSJ 155, 255, 355, 455 Jazz Choir (1) (3,0,0) (S) ENSJ 170 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble II (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENSJ 120, with more emphasis on complex rhythms. (1) (4,0,0) (S) (1) (2,0,0) (S) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 103 or equivalent Corequisite: Jazz 106 (3,0,0) (F) An introduction to jazz theory including: chord scales, extended chords, functional analysis of chord progression, primary and secondary root motion, and analysis and composition of music in the style of jazz standards and the blues. A continuation of Percussion Ensemble. ENSJ 220, 320 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble lll/V A study of traditional principles of voice leading with harmonic vocabulary extending to the secondary dominant, and bll aug. 6th and including tonicization, simple modulation and pivot chords. Binary and ternary forms will be introduced. Jazz Studies 107 (1.5) Jazz Theory and Composition I A continuation of Jazz Ensemble. ENSJ 190, 290, 390, 490 Percussion Ensemble (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 103 or equivalent Corequisite: Jazz 107 A continuation of Jazz Choir. ENSJ 185, 285, 385, 485 Jazz Ensemble Jazz Studies 106 (1.5) Traditional Harmony and Composition Prerequisite: ENSJ 170 or audition A performance ensemble comprised primarily of bassists and guitarists. Students will develop their sight reading and interpretive skills. ENSJ 270,370 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble IV/VI (3,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENSJ 220/320. ENSJ 306, 356, 406, 456 Jazz Vocal Ensemble (1) (2,0,0) (F,S) This course includes performance of various styles of a cappella and accompanied vocal ensemble repertoire with an emphasis on jazz literature and small group performance i.e. one singer per part. Jazz Studies 103 (3) The Language of Music (4,0,0) (F) Corequisite: jazz 184 (or MUS 112) An examination of the basics of tonal music including the study of the overtone series, intervals, scales, modes, chord symbols, figured bass, roman numeral analysis, melodic inharmonics, phrase structure, diatonic triads and voice leading. Jazz Studies 105 (1.5) Rhythm Section Writing (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 103 Students will undertake the study of score preparation, notation, basic musical terms and articulations, and writing for the rhythm section instruments. Academic — Jan Studies 118 Jazz Studies 114 Class Piano I (1) (2,2,0) (F) This course is designed for students who wish to leam basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposition and harmonization are the skills developed during this course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic triads and sevenths of the major key, all major, minor and modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material covered in class. Students practice on the department's pianos. Jazz Studies 115 Class Piano II (1) (2,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 114 A continuation of Jazz 114. In addition, keyboard sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced along with easy original repertoire. Jazz Studies 136 (1) Vocal Master ClaSS I by audition only (2,0,0) (F) An introductory course intended to develop the student's solo vocal performance capabilities through exploration of various popular and jazz musical styles. Material is prepared for performance with a keyboard accompanist. This class is open to students not majoring in Voice. Vocalists who are judged to be at a sufficiently advanced level at their audition may substitute music electives for this course. Successful completion does not guarantee acceptance into higher level vocal courses. Jazz Studies 137 (1) Vocal Master Class II (2,0,0) (S) Jazz Studies 204 (1.5) Jazz Theory & Composition III A continuation of Jazz 136. Jazz Studies 170 History of Jazz (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) A survey of jazz through styles and stylists from its roots in Africa to the present. Jazz Studies 171 (1.5) History of Popular Music (2,0,0) (F) A survey of popular and rock music styles of the 20th century. Jazz Studies 172 Arranging I (1.5) chords, tonicization, chord scales/harmonic extensions. (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 103, to be taken with or after Jazz 107 and Jazz 105. (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 203 Continued exploration of chord progression and melody including: analysis of modern jazz chord progression, organpoint, parallel harmony, 70s jazz theory of modal areas, modem voicing techniques, reharmonization. Jazz Studies 205 (1.5) Midi Rhythm Section (2,0,0) (F) Prerequisites: Jazz 105, Jazz 209, Jazz 107 Writing for modern synthesized rhythm section (drum machine, synthesizers, samplers) and an exploration of percussion instruments and their use in various musical styles. A study of four-part block harmonization arranging techniques. Jazz Studies 208 Music Production Jazz Studies 184 (1.5) Sightsinging/Ear Training I A course designed to acquaint students with the role of the music producer and some of the technology used in music production. (2,2,0) (F) (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Aural and sight training concentrating on melodic, rhythmic dictation and sightsinging. Jazz Studies 209 (1.5) Introduction to Midi and Music Synthesis Jazz Studies 185 (1.5) Sightsinging/Ear Training II This course is designed to acquaint students with the basic principles of Midi, synthesis, and computerized sequencing; students will learn the operation of drum machines, 4 track recorder, computer programs and synthesizers. (2,2,0) (S) A continuation of Jazz 184. Jazz Studies 194 Small Ensemble I (1.5) (0,3,0) (F) For all instruments, requirements include several hours of rehearsal a week plus a number of performances. The styles studied are varied. Students are expected to develop individual and ensemble performance abilities and a professional attitude to both performance and rehearsal. Jazz Studies 195 Small Ensemble II (1.5) (0,3,0) (S) A continuation of Jazz 194. Jazz Studies 203 (1.5) Jazz Theory & Composition II (2,0,0) (F) Jazz Studies 214 Class Piano III (1) (2,2,0) (F) (2,2,0) (F) For students who have taken Jazz 115 or have had previous keyboard experience. Students are introduced to common idiomatic accompaniment patterns as well as four-part chorale studies, keyboard sequences, minor scales and chords. Basic keyboard techniques are emphasized including relaxation, touch, rotation, weight transfer and their musical application in simple repertoire. The lab hour is utilized to develop sight reading skills at the keyboard. Emphasis will be on developing the skills necessary to use the piano as a tool in writing and arranging. Prerequisite: Jazz 106 and 107 or permission of the instructor. Jazz Studies 215 Class Piano IV (1) (2,2,0) (S) Continued exploration of chord progression and melody including: analysis of popular chord progression, modal harmony, mixed mode chord progression, augmented 6th A continuation of Jazz 214 with increased complexity of repertoire and technique. Academic - Jazz Studies "~119 Jazz Studies 236 (1.5) Studio Vocal Performance I (2,0,0) (F) By audition only Jazz Studies 272 Arranging II Prerequisite: Corequisites: A course designed to develop the students studio performance ability through preparation and performance of selected solo and ensemble material in the college's recording studio. Jazz Studies 237 (1.5) Studio Vocal Performance II Prerequisite: (2,0,0) (S) A continuation of Jazz 236. (2,0,0) (S) By audition only This course is intended to develop the live performance abilities of the student through the study of jazz repertoire. Students will study style and interpretation and perform with some of Vancouver's top jazz musicians. Jazz Studies 239 Vocal Jazz Master Class II Prerequisite: (2,0,0) (S) Jazz Studies 240 (1.5) Form and Analysis Jazz Studies 282 Improvisation I (1.5) Jazz Studies 283 Improvisation II (1.5) (1,2,0) (F) (1,2,0) (S) A continuation of Jazz 282. This term will be devoted to analysis of chord progressions and more advanced chordscale analysis. At the end of this term, students should have the basic theoretical knowledge necessary to analyze and learn to improvise on any "standard" jazz tune. Jazz Studies 284 (1.5) Sightsinging/Ear Training III Jazz Studies 285 (1.5) Sightsinging/Ear Training IV (2,0,0) (F) Jazz 106 or MUS. 101 Jazz Studies 241 Counterpoint (1-5) (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 240 and Jazz 203 A study of tonal counterpoint emphasizing its use from late Baroque through the common practise period. Jazz Studies 270 Song Writing (1-5) (2,2,0) (S) Jazz 103 or permission of the instructor. An investigation of the techniques and roles of lyrics and lyric writing for popular song styles. Academic—Jan 120 Arranging projects for various combinations of instruments, plus a study of two and three-part writing. (2,2,0) (F) A continuation of Jazz 185. A study of complete works exhibiting the most significant formal designs of the 18th and 19th centuries, using a variety of visual means to clarify the roles of harmonic, melodic, and rhythmic structure in the articulation of musical form. Prerequisite: Jazz 172 and Jazz 105 Jazz 203 and Jazz 205 Jazz 238 A continuation of Jazz 238. Prerequisite: (2,0,0) (F) A course to teach the basics of improvisation on chord changes. The first term will be devoted to rhythmic concepts, basic chord-scale relationships and development of technical exercises for basic chord progressions. Jazz 236 Jazz Studies 238 (1.5) Vocal Jazz Master Class I (1.5) Studies (2,2,0) (S) A continuation of Jazz 284. Jazz Studies 294 (1.5) Small Ensemble III by audition Prerequisite: Jazz 195 (0,3,0) (F) A variety of jazz styles/eras will be studied, advancing chronologically from "bebop" and "mainstream" standards, through contemporary jazz of the 60s and 70s and jazz-rock fusion, to current jazz styles. Course operation is on two levels of study; instructional and lab performance. Jazz Studies 295 (1.5) Small Ensemble IV (0,3,0) (S) A continuation of Jazz 294. Jazz Studies 300 (3) 20th Century Theory Prerequisites: Jazz (4,0,0) (F) 240, Jazz 204 A survey of compositional techniques and theoretical principles utilized from 1890 to present coupled with an examination of various major composers and masterpieces of their music. Jazz Studies 310 Jazz Pedagogy (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Concepts, methods, and resources; examination and comparison of textbooks, recordings, tapes, and materials related to the study of jazz. Jazz Studies 336 (1.5) Studio Vocal Performance III (2,0,0) (F) tion are studied through analysis and performance of materials appropriate for vocalists. Jazz Studies 381 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Vocal Improvisation II Prerequisite: Jazz 380 A continuation of Vocal Improvisation I. Prerequisite: Jazz 237 Jazz Studies 382 Improvisation III A continuation of Jazz 237. (1.5) (1,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Jazz 283 Jazz Studies 337 (1.5) Studio Vocal Performance IV (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 336 A continuation of Jazz 336. Jazz Studies 338 (1.5) Vocal Jazz Master Class III This course contains both a lecture and lab component. Content will include: substitution of chord scales, tonicization, diminished chord scales, riff blues melodies, analysis and composition of solos in various styles. Jazz Studies 383 Improvisation IV (1.5) (1,2,0) (S) (2,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Jazz 382 A continuation of Vocal Jazz Master Class II instruction with more emphasis on individual contribution and responsibility. A continuation of Jazz 382. Content will include; altered and symmetrical scales, exploration of the harmonic resources of scales, pentatonic and altered pentatonic scales, 4th chord stacks, polychordal triad relationships, outside playing, the philosophy of free jazz. Jazz Studies 339 (1.5) Vocal Jazz Master Class IV Jazz Studies 394 Small Ensemble V Prerequisite: Jazz 239 (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 338 (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Jazz Studies 395 (1.5) Small Ensemble VI Prerequisite: Jazz 170 Prerequisite: Jazz 394 A follow up to Jazz 170. Detailed study of the major figures in jazz from 1940 to the present, such as Charlie Parker, John Coltrane, Bill Evans. A continuation of Jazz 394. Jazz Studies 372 Arranging III (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Jazz Studies 410 Conducting I (0,3,1)(S) (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) A study of basic conducting techniques. Prerequisites: Jazz 204, Jazz 272 Jazz Studies 411 Conducting II A study of vocal writing styles and techniques. Jazz Studies 380 (1.5) Vocal Improvisation I by audition (0, 3,1) (F) At this level the student will receive instruction in ensemble performance for the recording studio. Students will perform and produce under supervision. A continuation of Jazz 338. Jazz Studies 370 Jazz Styles (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 410 A continuation of Conducting I with emphasis on vocal and instrumental approaches. A course intended to develop the soloistic abilities of the jazz singer through the study of improvisation. The linear, harmonic and rhythmic aspects of jazz improvisa- Academic — Jan Studies 121 Kinesiology Jazz Studies 460 (1.5) Commercial Relations in Music (2,0,0) (S) R. LANGILL, B.Sc., (UBC) A course involving aspects of the music industry including copyright, contracts, performingrightsorganizations and the recording industry. Jazz Studies 472 Arranging IV (1.5) (2,0,0) Prerequisites: Jazz 272 Corequisite: Jazz 204 Course content includes: writing techniques for large jazz ensemble. PMI (Various Numbers) (2) Concentration Private Music Instruction Instructional Faculty (1,0,0) (F,S) General Information The Capilano College Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education offers a complete first year university program in kinesiology, designed for students planning on transferring to Simon Fraser University for second year for completion of a major or a degree in the subject. For more information regarding the Kinesiology program please contact Rob Langill, Pure and Applied Sciences Division, 986-1911, Local 2494. Admission This course consists of a series of half-hour lessons on the student's secondary instrument. In addition to satisfying the general admission requirements for the College (see "Admission" section in this calendar), students must apply for admission to the Kinesiology and Physical Education Program through the Office of the Registrar. This form should be received by the College before March 31. Enrollment will be limited to 35 students, and student selection will be made on the basis of academic record. Students who apply after March 31riskhaving their admission denied due to lack of available spaces. Note: To enroll in any PMI courses students must get permission from the coordinator of their Music Program. First Year Program A course designed to permit the student to pursue indepth study of his/her own music specialty. The course consists of a series of one-hour lessons. PMI (Various Numbers) (1) Secondary Private Music Instruction (.5,0,0) (F,S) PMI Lab This lab involves attendance at a number of concerts and is intended to broaden the musical experience of students by exposing them to performances in a variety of jazz and popular styles. Attendance is mandatory for graduation in the Jazz Studies Program. Grades are based on attendance and may influence the PMI mark. Note: To enroll in any PMI courses students must get permission from the coordinator of their Music Program. Biology 108 or 110 and 111 Chemistry 104/105 or 108/109 or 110/111 Kinesiology 142 Math 110/111 Physics 108 or 110 Suggested electives: Kinesiology 143 Physics 111 (required at SFU as part of the first two year's requirements) Course Descriptions Kinesiology 142 (3) Introduction to Kinesiology (4,2,0) (S) An introduction to the range of subject areas encompassed in the discipline of kinesiology,with basic assessment procedures for individual status and performance according to functional anatomy, biomechanics, exercise physiology, and motor learning principles. Kinesiology 143 (3) Exercise Management (2,2,0) (F) An introduction to exercise management and exercise physiology; conditioning methods, exercise techniques and fitness appraisal. For information on the Physical Education program see page 137. Academic—Jan 122 Studies/Kinesiology Labour Studies Contact: 984-4954 Instructional Faculty C. ASKEW, BA. (W. Ontario), LL.B. (UBC) N. AMON, B.A. (Kent), M.A. (SFU) M. BOLTON, B.A., LL.B. (UBC) S. DIAMOND G. FIORILLO, LL.B . (U.Vic.) J. HIGHT, LL.B. (Man.) E. LAVALLE, B.Comm., LL.B. (UBC), M.A. (Duke) L. MCGRADY, B.A. (Toronto), LL.B. (Man.) A. N. MACLEAN, B.A. (Alta.), LL.B. (UBC) B. MERRALL, (Diploma) Labour College of Canada S. O'DONNELL, B.A., M A . (UBC) J. PATTERSON, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. A.B.D. (York) LL.B. (UBQ S. RUSH, Q.C., B.A. (W. Ontario), LL.B. (UBC) J. SAYRE, B.A. (U. of Chicago), LL.B . (Toronto) General Information The Labour Studies Program is committed to meeting the special education needs of B.C. workers, their organizations and the labour movement in general. Close relations with the labour movement are maintained through the Users' Advisory Committee which is open to representatives of unions who use the program. This hard-working group of representatives actively engage in promoting and developing the program. Courses in Labour Studies are offered on both a credit and credit-free basis. The Fall program is offered in October and November and the Spring program in March through May. Each Fall and Spring special brochures describing the courses to be offered are issued. The brochures are available by contacting the Labour Studies Programme at 984-4954. Courses are scheduled in the evening and on selected Fridays, Saturdays and Sundays. Course Descriptions LSP 100 (1.5,0) (F) Introduction to Economics for Trade Unionists An economics course emphasizing both the simplicity of most economic ideas, and the relevance of economics to an understanding of the way Canadian society operates. It will focus on the reasons why economists disagree about free trade, the role of government in the economy and the role of unions, and isolate the policital nature of: most economic arguments. Topics discussed will include the workings of the market system, the idea of competition and the reality of monopoly power, the potential benefits and costs of "free trade", and the causes and consequences of inflation and employment. LSP 101 Labour Economics: Alternatives & Options (1.5,0) (S) This course builds on the material from LSP 100 to provide information on alternative economic models including Marxist economic theory. Discussion will focus on the development and nature of capitalist economics and the causes of short and long term economic crises. LSP 110 B.C. Labour Law (1.5,0) (F,S) A basic but comprehensive course designed to acquaint union members as well as officers and staff with the essentials of the provincial labour law. The course will cover organizing, unfair labour practices, arbitration, strikes, lockouts and picketing, amongst other topics. The sessions will include detailed examination of the Labour Relations Code, important Labour Relations Board decisions, as well as court decisions dealing with labour law issues. LSP 111 The Canada Labour Code (1.5,0) (F,S) A broad examination of the Code and decisions which affect unions under federal labour jurisdiction. Introduction of labour law research methods and their application. Emphasis is placed on the policy underlying the code and the creation and effect of the collective agreement. LSP 113 Public Service Staff Relations Act (PSSRA) (1.5.0) (F.S) A wide examination of the federal labour laws dealing specifically with the public sector worker and their impact. Emphasis on labour law research methods and their application, collective agreements, grievances and back-to-work legislation for "essential" service workers. LSP 115 Issues In Occupational Health and Safety (1,0) (F,S) A general background to and overview of the main social, medical, economic, technical and legal issues facing B.C. workers in thefieldof health and safety. Special attention will be given to the Worker's Compensation Board. LSP 116 Workers' Compensation Act and the WCB (1,5) (F.S) The course provides a general understanding of the Workers' Compensation Act by the W.C.B. The statutory and administrative framework of the Workers' Compensation Board and all phases of claims handling are examined. Students will be provided with information Academic - Labour Studies 123 required to represent workers with compensation appeals with special emphasis on reviewing W.C.B. claim files, securing evidence, presenting the evidence by wirtten submissions and at oral hearings. LSP 117 Introduction to UIC Procedures (1,0)(F,S) The Unemployment Insurance Act is a basic part of Canada's "social safety net". High unemployment makes unemployment insurance more imporant than ever to working people. This course is intended to help union officers and ordinary workers understand how unemployment insurance works. Many topics will be covered, from the determination of insurable employments to types of benefits, avoiding trouble with a claim, and termination. The complex appeal system will be thoroughly discussed, and students will be offered a chance to take part in a simulated Board of Referees hearing at the final session. Students will become familiar with the Unemployment Insurance Act and Regulations, policy manual, umpire's decisions, and other research tools. LSP 119 Civil Rights and the Work Place (1,0) (F,S) Specific civil rights problems arising in the work place, including issues of political, economic and legal rights of the worker; examination of legal remedies available to trade unions and the employee to prevent infringement of civil rights in the work place; protection of civil rights under the provincial and federal legislation through contracting and in collective agreements. A problemsolving format with discussions of current civil rights issues, "right-to-work" legislation, race and sex discrimination. LSP 131 Race and Ethnic Relations (1.5,0) (F.S) The issue of racism has been used in the past to weaken and divide unions. This course will help unionists become sensitive to complexities of race and ethnic relations; give practical advice on integrating minority workers into the union and develop techniques to deal with biases and prejudice at the work place and in the community. Approaches to combatting the disruptive effects of racism will be discussed. LSP 140 History of the Labour Movement In Canada (1,5,0) (S) A survey of the history of the labour movement in Canada from the formation of the working class in the 19th century through to mass industrial unionism. By looking at specific conflicts a good overview is obtained Academic - Labour Studies 124 of the struggles of the labour movement to gain the right to organize, obtain union recognition, bargain collectively and provide decent wages and working conditions. LSP 142 History of the Labour Movement in B.C. (1.5,0) (F) The birth and growth of trade unionism in B.C. Through a wide collection of printed and visual materials participants will analyze the raw and vital struggles between B.C.'s working people and the industrialists who opposed them. The major economic and political issues of the movement will be traced; the right to organize, the right to bargain, the demand for the nine and eight-hour day, the problems of racism and immigration, the struggle to organize the industrial, public and clerical sectors, the fight for women's rights, political expression LSP 151 (1,0) (F,S) Leadership Skills, Assertiveness and Advocacy Attempts not only to provide women with the skills they need to take a leadership role in their trade union, but also takes a careful look at the way sex role stereotyping inhibits us from developing these skills. This course covers the following areas: Women and Power, Assertiveness, Advocacy, Organizing and Group Dynamics. LSP 170 Communications: Public Speaking and Parliamentary Procedures (1.5,0) (F,S) All the skills and techniques necessary for effective communications in active union involvement. Designed to meet the needs of active unionists and officers, this course combines principles and practice in a "learn while doing" format. Training in the following skills areas: 1. effective public speaking: including methods of oral communication, effective listening and response, confidence building, and style development. Role plays will aid the participant in overcoming fears and speech anxiety while maximizing organization, objectives and analysis of impact. 2. effective meetings: effective chairing, preparation of agendas, and building a good "process" with the assistance of rules of order. LSP 181 Collective Bargaining (1.5,0) (F,S) Technical and practical information for the union negotiator. Includes instruction on the bargaining process including preparation and development of proposals; contract language and costing. Bargaining table advocacy Mathematics skills will be explored. Material will be available for the specific needs of public and private sector bargaining. A bargaining simulation will be held as an integral part of the course. LSP 210 Arbitration (1.5,0) (F,S) This course, which is open to students who have previously completed LSP 110, 111, 113 or any other Labour Law course, will be an advanced arbitration course dealing with matters such as rules of evidence, procedures, selection of arbitrators, arbitration powers and a brief history of arbitration. It will deal with grievance arbitration arising out of the collective agreement. LSP 216 (F,S) (1) Workers' Compensation Appeals - Intermediate Level This course is open to students who have previously completed LSP 116 or have experience in representing workers with compensation appeals. The course provides an understanding of the Workers' Compensation appeals process with special emphasis on policies, procedures and practrice by preparing and presenting appeals at the Workers' Compensation Review Board. Students are provided with practical skills for reviewing medical evidence and requesting medical legal opinions. A key part of the course is a case study that involves preparation of an appeal and the presentation of the appeal to a panel of the Workers' Compensation Review Board. LSP 226 (F.S) (1) Advanced Workers' Compensation - Appeal Preparation & Presentation The course is open to students who have previously completed LSP 116, LSP 216 or have experience in representing workers with compensation at the appeal level. This course provides detailed review of Advanced Workers' Compensation Appeals to the Appeals Tribunal (Commissioners) and to the Medical Review Panel. Students review appeals procedures and policies for advanced appeals and completed practical skills exercises Instructional Faculty A.E.T. BENTLEY, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.A., Ph.D. (Missouri) R.C. BREWSTER, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc. (UVic.) L.F. HARRIS, B.A., M.A., (UBC), Ph.D. (Austral. Nat. U) R. HAUSCHILDT, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc. (UBC) T.M. HOFSTEDT, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC) R.B. INSLEY, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC,) M.Sc. (UBQ J. JOHNSTON, B.Math (Waterloo), B.Ed. (Toronto), M.Math (Waterloo) C. MORGAN, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc.,Ph.D (Memorial), Coordinator of Mathematics R.R. RENNIE, B.Sc., M.Sc. (Brigham Young), Ph.D. (UBC) K.V. TOWSON, B.Sc., M.Sc. (SFU) R.H. VERNER, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (EWSU), B.C. Teaching Cert. (UBC) A. WATERMAN, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (SFU), B.C. Teaching Cert. (UBC) C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Toronto) Laboratory Supervisor LYNN, W., B.Sc. (Carleton), M.A.Sc. (Waterloo) General Information The Mathematics Department offers courses in mathematics, primarily at thefirstand second year university level. In addition, refresher courses or skill upgrading courses are available. I) Options for Mathematics 11 Equivalency A. Classroom Format: Math 099 B. Self Paced Format: Math 009/010 II) Options for Mathematics 12 Equivalency A. Classroom Format: 1. Math 103 or 2. Math 105 or 3. Math 107 Math 107 is a specialized Math 12 equivalent designed for business, commerce and some non-science programs. Math 103 and 105 are general Math 12 equivalents. Math 103 is an expanded version of Math 105 meeting 6 hours per week and includes some of the Math 099 content. B. Self Study Format: Math 103 Video instruction All of these Math 12 equivalent options receive individual transfer credit at SFU. If combined with a calculus course (Math 108 or Math 110) all receive transfer at UBC to UBC Math 111. Academic - Labour Studies/Mathematics 125 Ill) Options for University Level Entering students should use the following three sections, Parts A, B, and C as guidelines for selecting math courses at the first year level. Due to the specialized needs of some programs at the universities, the Mathematics Department advises students to consult the university calendar and to seek guidance from a college counsellor, advisor, or math instructor for the appropriate course selection. A. Students Planning to proceed in Science, Computing Science, Mathematics, Architecture and Forestry. These students normally take Math 110/111 during their first year. Comments: 1. Students planning to pursue mathematics or statistics at UBC should take in theirfirstyear: Math 110/111; Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111; Chemistry 110/ 111 or 108/109; Computing Science 110/111; English (six credits). 2. Math 101 /102 are recommended by some science departments at SFU. 4. Students planning to study economics at UBC must take Math 108 and 109. C. Students planning to proceed in the Engineering Program. See Calendar section entitled Engineering. University Transfer Credit For details consult the Transfer Guide in the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Note: Students are strongly cautioned that normally they need at least a "B-" grade in a prerequisite course (preferably within the past year) to have a reasonable chance of success at the next course level. Mathematics 009 Arithmetic (1) (0,3*,0) (SU,F,S) A review of the basic arithmetic operations. Applications to percentage, ratio, proportions, areas and volumes. This is a self-paced course primarily intended for returning students who require a basic math refresher. 3. The Mathematics Department encourages those students with only a "C+" grade in Math 12 to take Math 105 before attempting Math 110. * Students are generally required to attend 3 scheduled hours per week for this course. B. Students Planning to proceed in Arts or Commerce Programs. Mathematics 010 (1) Elementary Algebra 1. Students planning to pursue a program in the Faculty of Arts, who wish to satisfy a one year science course elective, normally take one of the following two course combinations: Math 101/102; 103/108; 105/108 or 110; 107/108; 108/109 or 110/111. 2. Students planning to enter second year Commerce at Capilano College or UBC take: a) Math 108 & 109 (or Math 110 & 111). (For students having completed Math 12 with a "C" grade or better). b) Math 107 & 108 (or Math 105 & 110). (For students having completed Math 11 with a "C" grade or better). ** Students planning to enter the Commerce Program at UBC must not take Math 101. For a detailed description of the commerce courses and programs at Capilano College see the Calendar section titled Commerce. 3. For transfer to Business Administration SFU, the following are required: Math 107, (if B.C. Math 12 not completed) and Math 108. In addition, Math 101 is advised. For Honours in Business Administration Math 109 is required. Academic — Mathematics 126 Prerequisite: (0,3*,0) (SU.F.S) Math 009 or permission of the instructor. Reviews and develops basic algebraic skills necessary in the solution of algebraic equations and the factorization of polynomials. Introduction to analytic geometry with emphasis on straight lines. This course is offered on a self-paced format. * Students are generally required to attend 3 scheduled hours per week for this course. Mathematics 099 (3) Intermediate Algebra (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Math 11 with a "F' or permission (signature) of a Mathematics instructor. Math 099 begins with introductory algebra and continues with the development of intermediate algebra. Students will be introduced to linear and quadratic functions, logarithms and trigonometry. This course is primarily for students who require a Math 11 equivalent and who anticipate taking precalculus (Math 105 or 107). Mathematics 101 (3) Introduction to Statistics (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Math 11 or Math 010 or Math 099 or BMTH 045 2. No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107. Mathematics 107 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Precalculus for Business and Social Sciences An introduction to the language of statistics and some statistical methods, including random variables and their distribution; random sampling, normal distribution, estimation of parameters and testing hypotheses. NOTE: This course is not transferable to UBC unless combined with Math 108. Mathematics 102 (3) Statistical Methods A precalculus course designed for business/commerce students. (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 101 A study of important statistical methods commonly used in the analysis of research data, including t-tests and their non-parametric competitors, one and two-way analysis of variance, chi-square tests and regression analysis. Mathematics 103 (4.5) Intermediate Algebra and Precalculus (6,0,0) (F,S) NOTE: This course is not transferable to UBC except if combined with Math 110 or Math 108. Prerequisite: Math 11 with at least a "C" grade, or Math 010 or BMTH 045 with at least a "C" grade, or Math 099 with at least a "C-" grade. A brief review of introductory algebra, plus intermediate algebra and precalculus, with a focus on functions, mathematical models, graphs, trigonometry, logarithms, and exponential functions. (Students will be brought to the same level as those completing Math 105 by the end of the term). Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus courses or who require a Math 12 equivalent course. No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107. Prerequisite: Math 11 or Math 010 or BMTH 045 with at least a "C" or Math 099 with at least a "C-". The mathematical models/applications in this course will be mainly business/finance oriented. Linear and quadratic equations and inequalities, absolute value, systems of linear equations,functions and graphs, inverse functions, mathematical modelling, exponential and logarithm functions, circular and trigonometic functions, right-triangle trigonometry, arithmetic and geometric progressions, compound interest and annuities, summation notation, binomial theorem. No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107. Mathematics 108 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Calculus for Business and Social Sciences I Prerequisite: At least a "C" grade in Math 12 or BMTH 046, or at least a "C-" grade in Math 103 or Math 105, or Math 107. A brief review of algebra, functions, and analytic geometry. The derivative with applications to curve sketching, optimization, growth and decay. The integral with applications. No duplicate credit will be given for Math 108/110. Mathematics 109 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) This course may be completed by guided self-study formatCalculus using for Business and Social Sciences II video instruction. Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 108 or Math Mathematics 105 (3) Precalculus Mathematics (4,0,0) (SU,F,S) NOTE: This course is not transferable to UBC except if combined with Math 110 or 108. Prerequisite: Math 099 with at least a "B-" grade, or Math 010 or BMTH 045 or Math 11 at least with a "B" grade. A review of algebra and a discussion of functions, graphs, mathematical models, trigonometry, logarithms and exponential functions. Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus courses or who require a Math 12 equivalent course. Notes: 1. Math 105 is also offered on a self-study format with the permission of the instructor. 110. Functions of several independent variables, partial derivatives, extrema, Lagrange multipliers, integration techniques, multiple integrals, some techniques for solving differential equations, systems of linear equations and matrix algebra. No duplicate credit will be given for Math 109/111. Mathematics 110 Calculus I (4.5) (6,0,0) (SU.F.S) Prerequisite: At least a "C+" grade in Math 12 or BMTH 046, or at least a "C" grade in both Math 12 and Calculus 12, or at least a "C-" grade in Math 103 or Math 105. The Mathematics Department encourages those students with only a "C+" grade in Math 12 to take Math 105 Academic — Mathematics 127 before attempting Math 110. Limits, continuity, the derivative, rules of differentiation, implicit differentiation, related rates, curve sketching, optimization, differentials; definite integrals and antidifferentiation; logarithmic and exponential functions. No duplicate credit will be given for Math 108/110. course participants to appropriate supporting statistical software. *Math 204 to be offered in either Fall or Spring term. Mathematics 205 (3) Introduction to Probability and Statistics (4,0,0) (S) This course may be completed by guided self-study format usingPrerequisite: Math 111 with at least a "C-" grade or Math 110 and permission of instructor. video instruction. A calculus based study of probability, discrete and con(6,0,0) (F,S) tinuous random variables, mathematical expectation, (4.5) Mathematics 111 moment generating functions, Central Limit Theorem, Calculus II sampling from normal populations, confidence intervals, Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 110. hypothesis testing. A study of the anti-derivative; the integral, techniques of integration, applications of the integral; polar coordinates, Mathematics 215 (3) (4,0,0) (S) parametric curves; sequences, infinite series and Taylor's Introduction to Analysis Theorem. NOTE: This course will be offered in the spring when No duplicate credit will be given for Math 109/111. sufficient student demand is evident during the previous Fall term. Mathematics 152 (3) (4,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "B-" average in Math 110 and 111. Linear Algebra with Differential Equations A course for students who plan to proceed in mathematNOTE: This course is intended for students in the ics. Logic, sets, functions, limits of sequences and series; Engineering Program. introduction to continuity, the derivative, Riemann Corequisite: Math 111 Integral. Introduction to linear algebra, vectors, dot and cross products; complex numbers; matrix algebra and applications; determinants; eigenvalues; introduction to first order linear differential equations and first order linear systems; engineering applications. The Math Department offers a full second year university transfer program in math. Students planning to take 200 level math should seek advice from math instructors. Mathematics 200 Linear Algebra (3) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 111. Mathematics 230 Calculus III (3) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 111. Corequisite: Math 200 (if not already completed) or permission of instructor. Analytical geometry of three dimensions; partial differentiation, applications; double and triple integrals; transformations to various coordinate systems. Mathematics 231 Calculus IV (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 230. A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigenvalues, quadratic forms. Vector calculus; line and surface integrals; Green's Theorem; vector fields; divergence theorem; Stokes's Theorem; applications. Mathematics 204 (3) (4,0,0) (F.S)* Probability and Statistics for Applications Mathematics 235 (3) Introduction to Differential Equations Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 108 or Math 110 or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in each of Math 200 and Math 230. A calculus based introduction to classical and nonparametric techniques for inferences about means, variances and analysis of variance. The emphasis will be on problem formulation, models, assumptions and interpretation. Regularly scheduled "labs" will introduce An introduction to ordinary differential equations; first order equations; higher order linear differential equations; linear systems; power series techniques; Laplace transform method; the phase plane, applications. Academic—Mathematics 128 (4,0,0) (S) Music Transfer BACHELOR OF MUSC I TRANSFER PROGRAM Contact: Lars Kaario, Coordinator, Office H119, Phone 984-4951. Instructional Faculty M. ARMANINI, M.A. (UBC) G. ALCOCK, A.R.C.T. (Toronto) D. ASTOR, BA. (UBC) J. BERARDUCCI, B.Mus. (UBC), M.A. (W. Wash.) N. BOHNA, B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) S. BOSWELL, A.R.C.M. (Royal College of Music, London) K. CERNAUSKAS, Dip. (Salzburg), B.Mus. (Toronto) N. DINOVO, B.Mus., M.Mus. (UT) L. FALLS, A.R.C.T. (Toronto), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) J. GEE, B.Mus., M.A. (UBC) P. HOY, B.Mus. (U.Texas), M.Mus., D.Mus. (USQ L. KAARIO, B.Mus. (UBQ, MMus. (W.Wash.), Coordinator K. KOBYLANSKY, Dip. (Ryerson), Dip. (Tchaikovsky Conservatory, Kiev), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) D. MCCOY, M.Mus. (UBC) A. MCINTYRE, B.Mus. (UBC) R. MCKENZIE, M.Mus. (UBQ G. MCNAB, B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) K. MOORE, B.Mus. (UBQ T. NICKELS E. OSADCHY, Dip. (Tchaikovsky Conservatory, Kiev) T. OXBOL, Dip. (Copenhagen) G. RAMSBOTTOM C. ROGERS, M.A. (West. Ont.) P. SHAW, B.Mus. (Ohio) D. VANDEREYK, B. Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) V. WATERS, Dip. (Philadelphia), (Julliard) S. WOODYARD, B.Mus. (Victoria) General Information Capilano College offers four music programs: a two-year Bachelor of Music Transfer Program, a two-year Diploma in Commercial Music, a four-year Degree in Jazz Studies and a four-year Degree in Music Therapy. For information on the Jazz Studies and Commercial Music Programs see page 111. See page 203 for information on the Music Therapy Program. TWO YEAR DIPLOMA AND TRANSFERABILITY TO THIRD YEAR UNIVERSITY Career Opportunities • Private Music Teacher - with the completion of the two year diploma program • first two years toward a Music degree leading to a career in Music Education or Performance University Transfer Capilano College offers the first two years of a Bachelor of Music Degree. All courses in the Bachelor of Music Transfer Program are transferable to School of Music at the University of British Columbia and to the Faculty of Music at the University of Victoria. Students wishing to transfer to the Faculty of Arts at UBC, SFU, or UVic with a major in Music should take Music 100/101/102,112/113, 120/121 in theirfirstyear, and Music 200/201,212/213, 220/221 in their second year. Our students have also received transfer credit from the following universities: Alberta, Western Ontario, McGill, and Western Washington. Admission Requirements Entering students should have a basic knowledge of music rudiments (approximately at the level of Toronto Conservatory Rudiments II). Students entering on piano must be at a grade ten level (Toronto Conservatory). Piano students who require a qualifying term may enroll in other courses. Students entering in composition must have a working knowledge of diatonic harmony. Students entering in voice or instruments other than piano must have a performance level acceptable to the faculty. Admissions Procedure All applicants must: 1. Comply with the general admission requirements of Capilano College and the specific admission requirements for Academic Studies. 2. Participate in a private interview with the music coordinator or a program instructor. 3. Write a theory placement test. 4. Play an audition on their major instrument: this will consist of two contrasting pieces, technique, and sight reading. 5. Take an English Placement Test. Auditions will involve the presentation of two contrasting prepared pieces and a demonstration of the student's instrumental technique and sightreading ability. Returning students may pre-register during the month of April. New students demonstrating sufficient instrumental and /or theoretical accomplishment in their placement test may preregister during May and August to ensure their enrollment. Students may register during in-person registration. Academic - Music Transfer 129 All interviews, auditions, and placement tests are held in May and August. Early application is advised. Graduation Requirements The complete program requirements must be successfully completed to receive an Associate in Arts and Science Diploma. Scholarships The program offers two entrance scholarships of $200 each, one second year $200 scholarship, and a Canadian Daughters' League Bursary of $500.00 Special Fees and Expenses The fees for private music instruction (P.M.I.) will be announced at least one month prior to the beginning of the Fall term. In 1992/93 the fees for private music instruction for Bachelor ofMusic Transfer students were $462. A deposit of $40.00 of the P.M.I, fees must be paid by the end of the Registration period in order to take P.M.I. No late registration is allowed. Program Content FIRST TERM ENS 100 or 110 PMI 100 Level Music 100 Music 112 Music 114 Music 120 Music 360 or ENS 135 or ENS 140, or Music 122 or Arts Elective English 100 or 102 SECOND TERM Ensemble 150 or 160 PMI 200 level Music 101 Music 102 Music 113 Music 115 Music 121 •Music 361 or ENS 185 or ENS 190, or Music 123 or Arts elective English 103 or 104 or 105 or 106 Academic - Music Transfer 130 Credits 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.5 1.0 3.0 1.0-3.0 10 15.5-17.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.0 3.0 1.0-3.0 3J) 15.5-17.5 THIRD TERM Ensemble 200 or 210 PMI 300 Level Music 200 Music 212 Music 214 •Music 110 or 210 or ENS 235 or ENS 240, or Music 122 or Arts elective Music 220 English 200 or 212 FOURTH TERM Ensemble 250 or 260 PMI 400 Level Music 201 Music 213 Music 215 •Music 111 or 211 or ENS 285 or ENS 290 or Music 123 or Arts elective Music 221 English 201 or 213 1.0 2.0 3.0 15 1.0 1.0-3.0 3.0 3J) 15.5-17.5 1 2 3 IS 1 1.0-3.0 3 3 15.5-17.5 • Students may graduate with 62 to 64 credits depending on which options they choose. • Guitar students must take Guitar Ensemble through Extension Services. Such students may graduate with 60 credits by excluding the optional courses from their program. Course Descriptions For Jazz and Jazz Ensemble (ENSJ) course descriptions, see the Jazz Studies section of this Calendar. ENSM 100 Choir I (1) (4,0,0) (F) An exploration of choral music from the Renaissance to the present. Emphasis will be placed on ensemble, tuning, tone quality, musical phrasing, balance, diction and professional presentation. A varied concert program will be learned and several performances will be given each semester. ENSM 110 Orchestra I (1) (4,0,0) (F) Rehearsal and performance of concert repertoire. Prospective students must contact the Music Department at least one week before classes commence to arrange for an audition. Persons winning a position through audition will be allowed to register. ENSM150 Choir II (D (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENSM 100. ENSM 160 (1) Orchestra II (4,0,0) (S) (1) (4,0,0) (F) (4,0,0) (F) A continuation of ENSM 110. ENSM 250 Choir IV d) (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENSM 200. ENSM 260 (1) Orchestra IV (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENSM 210. Music 100 Theory I (3) (4,0,0) (F) A study of music from c. 1600 to 1800 with an emphasis on diatonic harmony up to simple modulation. The student will learn control of chord progression and voice leading. (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 100 Corequisites: Music 102 and 113 A continuation of the core component of Music 100. Harmonic vocabulary will include simple modulation and secondary dominants and sevenths displayed in a variety of styles and textures. Binary and ternary forms will be introduced, but analysis of repertoire will not be emphasized. This course must be taken in conjunction with Music 102 to fulfill the objectives of second year theory. Music 102 (1) Theory II: Repertoire Analysis Music 111 (1.5) Class Strings (2,0,0) (S) Music 112 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing I (3,0,0) (F) Study of the aural recognition of intervals, chords, and harmonic movement. The student will learn to: transcribe melodies and rhythms; sight sing using Solfege and scale degrees; read rhythms. Music 113 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing II (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 112 Corequisites: Music 101 and 102 A continuation of Music 112 Corequisite: Music 112 Music 101 (2) Theory II: Harmony (2,0,0) (F) A continuation of Music 110. A continuation of ENSM 150. ENSM 210 (1) Orchestra III Music 110 (1.5) Class Strings A practical study of the violin family. A continuation of ENSM 110. ENSM 200 Choir III drawn from the 17th and 18th centuries. Students will gain a sense of the importance of harmonic and linear details to compositions as a whole. (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 100 Corequisites: Music 101 and 113 Music 114 Piano Class (1) (2,2,0) (F) This course is designed for students who wrish to learn basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposition and harmonization are the skills developed during this course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic triads and sevenths of the major key, all major, minor and modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material covered in class. Students practice on the department's pianos. Music 115 (1) Piano Class (2,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 114 A continuation of Music 114. In addition, keyboard sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced along with easy original repertoire. Music 120 History I (3) (3,0,*) (F) A survey of music history from the time of ancient Greece to the present. * Some concert attendance will be required. This course is the traditional supplement to Music 101. It explores the links between harmonic writing in works Academic - Music Transfer 131 Music 121 History II (3) (3,0,*) (S) Music 213 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing IV A study of music history of the Medieval and Renaissance periods. Prerequisite: Music 212 Corequisite: Music 201 * Some concert attendance will be required. A continuation of Music 212. Music 122 (1.5) Lyric Diction: English and German (2,0,0) An exploration of the application of the principles of diction for singers in English and German through the medium of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA). Music 123 (1.5) Lyric Diction: French and Italian (2,0,0) An exploration of the application of the principles of diction for singers in French and Italian through the medium of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA). Music 200 Theory III (3) (4,0,0) (F) A study of advanced tonal procedures: review of nonchord tones, mixture, seventh chords, applied V and VII, diatonic modulation, seventh chords with added dissonance. A detailed study of compound ternary and rondo forms. Investigation of the fugue. (3) (4,0,0) (S) A study of chromaticism: the phrygian II, augmented sixth chords, other chromatic chords, chromatic voiceleading techniques, chromaticism in larger contexts. A detailed study of sonata, sonata-rondo, and variation forms. (2,0,0) (F) A practical study of the woodwind family. Music 211 (1.5) Class Woodwinds (2,0,0) (S) A continuation of Music 210. Music 212 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing III Prerequisite: Music 113 Corequisite: Music 200 A continuation of Music 113. Academic - Music Transfer 132 (2,2,0) (F) For students who have taken Music 115 or have had previous keyboard experience. Students are introduced to common idiomatic accompaniment patterns as well as four-part chorale studies, keyboard sequences, minor scales and chords. Basic keyboard techniques are emphasized including relaxation, touch, rotation, weight transfer and their musical application in simple repertoire. The lab hour is utilized to develop sight reading skills at the keyboard. Music 215 Piano Class Music 220 History III (1) (2,2,0) (S) (3,0,0) (F) (3) (3,0,*) (F) A survey of music history of the Baroque period and Classical period. * Some concert attendance will be required. Music 221 History IV Prerequisite: Music 200 Corequisite: Music 213 Music 210 (1.5) Class Woodwinds (1) A continuation of Music 214 with increased complexity of repertoire and technique. Prerequisites: Music 101 and Music 102 Corequisite: Music 212 Music 201 Theory IV Music 214 Piano Class (3,0,0) (S) (3) (3,0,*) (S) A survey of music history of the Romantic period and the 20th century. * Some concert attendance will be required. Music 360 (1.5) Method Studies in Music Education: Kodaly Methodology (1.5,0,0) (F) This will provide a knowledge of Kodaly methodology and the skills necessary to use this teaching method in a classroom. Music 361 (1.5) Method Studies in Music Education: Orff Methodology (1.5,0,0) (S) This will provide a knowledge of Orff methodology and the skills necessary to use this teaching method in a classroom. PMI (Various Numbers) (2) Concentration Private Music Instruction (1,0,0) (F,S) A course designed to permit the student to pursue indepth study of his/her own music specialty. The course consists of a series of one-hour lessons. PMI (Various Numbers) (1) Secondary Private Music Instruction (.5,0,0) (F,S) This course consists of a series of half-hour lessons on the student's secondary instrument. Note: To enroll in any PMI courses students must get permission from the coordinator of their Music Program. Academic - Music Transfer 133 Philosophy Instructional Faculty M. BATTERSBY, B A . (NYU), Ph.D. (UBC) J. B A U G H , B.A. (UBC), M.A. (UBC), LL.B. (UBC) A. C H E R N A V S K A , B.A. (Chicago), B.Sc., Ph.D. (UBC) J. DIXON, B.A., Ph.D. (UBC) S. ENGLER, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (UT) S. GARDNER, B.A. (McGILL), B.Phil. (Oxford), Ph.D. (Concordia) M. GUTTERIDGE, B.A. (York), M.A. (SFU) L. MARINOFF, B.Sc. (Montreal), Ph.D. (London) P. MORTENSEN, Cand.Mag. (Denmark), Ph.D. (McMaster) S. PERSKY, B.A., M.A. (UBC) Y. WESTWELL-ROPER, M.A., Ed.D. (UBC), D.Phil (Oxford) University Transfer Credit All Philosophy courses offered at Capilano College have transfer credit at every university in British Columbia. Critical thinking is taught in all philosophy courses. Course Descriptions Philosophy 101 (3) Introductory Philosophy: Ethics (4,0,0) (F,S) An introduction to the part of philosophy concerned with questions of value. These include such issues as: "What is morality?", "Why be moral?", "What is the relationship between law and morality?", "Are there any objective moral values?", as well as such issues as abortion, suicide, civil disobedience, capital punishment, and the environment. The emphasis of the course varies from instructor to instructor. Philosophy 102 (3) (4,0,0) (F.S) Introductory Philosophy: Knowledge and Reality A n introduction to the part of philosophy concerned with questions about the ultimate nature of the world we live in and our knowledge of it (traditionally called Metaphysics and Epistemology). The issues discussed include: the existence and nature of God, the place of human beings in the universe, the nature of reality, human nature, human knowledge and skepticism, freedom and determinism, the relationship between mind and body, and others. The emphasis of the course varies from instructor to instructor. Philosophy 110 (3) Logical Self-Defense (4,0,0) (F,S) A n introduction to the basic rules of clear and rational thought. The student will be taught through extensive examples how to detect false reasoning, illegitimate appeals to emotions, inconsistencies and contradictions. Academic — Philosophy 134 The goal is to develop our logical awareness to the point that we can no longer be victimized by the rhetoric of everyday life, and can develop our own arguments with clarity and confidence. Philosophy 120 (3) Understanding Scientific Reasoning (4,0,0) This course will provide students with an introduction to modern formal logic, and then utilize that skill to explore such topics as the nature and testing of scientific theories in both the natural and social sciences, the difference between causal relations and correlations, and rational decision making. Attention will be given to both the problem-solving and philosophical aspects of scientific reasoning. There are no prerequisites, but the course is a natural continuation of Philosophy 110, and will appeal especially to students who have an interest in either the natural or social sciences. Philosophy 130 (3) Philosophy of Science (4,0,0) Students will learn how to understand the activity of science through theoretical reflection on it and detailed study of developments which promise to bring about scientific revolutions. Topics to be discussed might include: socio-biology, artificial intelligence, the concept of intelligence, the nature of explanation, the role of observation in science, determinism and indeterminism, causation, inductive inference, scientific method, laws and theories, and the status of theoretical constructs. There are no prerequisites, but the course is a natural companion to Philosophy 110, and will appeal to students of mathematics and the natural or social sciences. Philosophy 140 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Philosophy and Law: Introduction to Canadian Law A general introduction to the fundamental principles of jurisprudence and to the basic legal institutions of Canada. In addition to addressing such philosophical questions as, "What is a law?", "Is it the case that law is what legislatures say it is, or what courts say it is?", and "How do you tell whether a law is good or bad?", the course also examines the history and theory of Canadian law (including the development of the Canadian Constitution), the system of Canadian courts, and the roles of members of the legal profession. As well, consideration is given to the nature of legal reasoning, the doctrine of precedent, and principles of statutory interpretation, and an introduction is provided to the fields of contract, torts, administrative and family law, as well as to the process of law reform. Philosophy 141 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Philosophy and Law: Introduction to the Criminal Justice System An introduction to an analysis of theories of punishment and rehabilitation through an examination of the operational practices of the Canadian criminal justice system. In the course of studying the structure and operations of the criminal justice system in its various stages from the moment of initial police involvement to the correctional disposition of convicted offenders, the course focuses on both theoretical and practical decision making. Theoretical concerns include: individual civil liberties in relation to police procedures, notions of evidence, sentencing theory, and current correctional strategies. The above two courses are modelled on SFU's Criminology 131 /135 and are intended for both philosophy students and those interested in pursuing further studies in the field of criminology. Philosophy 200 (3) Political Philosophy (4,0,0) (F) This course provides an analysis of the rationale for political institutions and action. Some of the questions considered: Are we really obliged to obey the law? Can the law be justifiably represented as authoritative, or is the real foundation of law in the policeman's holster? Does the state have good reason for involving itself in compulsory programs of education? This is not a study in the history of political thought and every effort is made to view problems from a contemporary perspective. Philosophy 201 (3) Political Philosophy (4,0,0) (S) This course examines the values and assumptions behind the ideologies of liberalism, communism, meritocracy, conservatism, democratic socialism and anarchism. Topics include liberty and equality, power and authority, private rights and the public good, sovereignty, democracy and justice. Philosophy 202 (3) Introduction to Formal Logic (4,0,0) This course provides an introduction to symbolic logic. It teaches students how to translate arguments in English into a powerful symbolic language which makes it possible to prove whether these arguments are valid or invalid. Logical consistency, entailment,truth under an interpretation, and other concepts needed to understand the logic of deductive reasoning are carefully examined. This course is recommended for philosophy and computing science students. Philosophy 207 Business Ethics (3) (4,0,0) This course is an introduction to contemporary philosophical thinking on ethical issues in business. It covers such topics as the power of multinational corporations, bribery and extortion in international business, the ethics of hiring practices, advertising and behaviour control, the conflict between employee loyalty and moral independence, and the responsibilities of corporations and business professionals. The course will also introduce students to a number of classical ethical theories and theories of economic justice. Philosophy 208 (3) Environmental Ethics (4,0,0) (F) This course deals with contemporary ethical issues arising from the relationship between human beings and their natural surroundings. Topics include general questions aboutrightsand moral standing (e.g. do trees, animals and future generations have moral claims on us?), issues concerning the preservation of the wilderness, the depletion of natural resources, and the global effects of pollution, as well as problems affecting the formation of social policy. Open to anyone in first or second year. No prerequisites. Philosophy 209 (3) Biomedical Ethics (4,0,0) This course will focus on ethical issues that arise in the health sciences, especially in medicine, but also in biology, psychology and other professions. Among the topics to be considered are abortion and reproductive technology; euthanasia; paternalism and autonomy; resource allocation; involuntary hospitalization and behaviour control. All moral problems will be examined from both an applied and theoretical point of view. Philosophy 210 (3) Metaphysics and Epistemology (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: At least one Philosophy course or permission of the instructor. An introduction to some of the traditional problems of metaphysics and epistemology. Some of the questions considered are: Does God exist? What is the relationship between faith and reason? Does free will exist? Is sense perception a reliable source of knowledge? What is the nature of causality? Is materialism true? What is the nature of mind? What is the relationship between mind and body? What is the scientific method? While this is not a course in the history of Philosophy, it will cover many of the classical attempts to answer these questions. Academic — Philosophy 135 Philosophy 211 (3) Metaphysics and Epistemology (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Philosophy 210 or permission of instructor A continuation of Philosophy 210. Philosophy 220 (3) Philosophy In Literature (4,0,0) An examination of the lively relationship between Philosophy and Literature. Philosophical theories will be approached and discussed via literary work which either embodies the theories or grounds them in human experience. Textual sources will range from the classical Greek plays to last month's best seller. Academic—Philosophy 136 Philosophy 221 (3) Existentialism In Literature (4,0,0) This course is, in spirit, a continuation of Philosophy 220, but it is centred on the Philosophy of Existentialism in literature. There will be an introductory set of lectures on Existentialism as a philosophy. Textual sources will range from Dostoyevsky's "Notes from the Underground" to Sartre's "Nausea." Philosophy 222 (3) Philosophy of Culture (Aesthetics) (4,0,0) An introduction to philosophical analysis of cultural works. The course wall provide an exploration of aesthetic theory, examining both traditional works of art as well as contemporary cultural productions in a variety of media. One of the objectives of the course is to make sense of what a society is "saying" through its popular culture. Physical Education Instructional Faculty R.H. LANGILL, B.Sc. (UBC) J. W. MILLER-TAIT, B.P.E. (Hons), (U. of Alberta), M.P.E. (UBQ General Information The Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education offers a completefirstyear university program in physical education, which enables students to meet the first year requirements for any of the four physical education options offered at the University of British Columbia. A student may thus choose from any of these four options and transfer to The School of Physical Education and Recreation at UBC for second year. For more information regarding the Physical Education Program, please contact Jennifer Miller-Tait, Pure and Applied Sciences Division, 986-1911, Local 2494. Admission In addition to satisfying the general admission requirements for the College (see "Admission" section in this calendar), students must apply for admission to the Kinesiology and Physical Education Program through the Office of the Registrar. This form should be received by the College before March 31. Enrollment will be limited to 35 students, and student selection will be made on the basis of academic record. Students who apply to the program after March 31 risk having their admission denied due to lack of available spaces. FIRST YEAR PROGRAM Exercise Science Option English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106* 12 units from: Biology 108 or 110 and 111 Chemistry 104/105 or 108/109 or 110/111 Math 110/111 Physics 108 or 110 and 111 or 114/115 Kinesiology 142,143 Physical Education 161,164 Health and Fitness Option English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106* Arts/Sciences: 6 credits Kinesiology 142,143 Physical Education 110,161,164 Physical Education Option English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106* Arts/Sciences: 6 credits Kinesiology 142,143 Leisure and Sport Management Option English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106* Economics 100 Arts/Sciences: 3 credits Kinesiology 142,143 Physical Education 110,161,164 •Note: English 100 and 102 DO NOT transfer together as first year English. Course Descriptions Kinesiology 142 (3) Introduction to Kinesiology (4,2,0) (S) An introduction to the range of subject areas encompassed in the discipline of kinesiology,with basic assessment procedures for individual status and performance according to functional anatomy, biomechanics, exercise physiology, and motor learning principles. Kinesiology 143 (3) Exercise Management (2,2,0) (F) An introduction to exercise management and exercise physiology; conditioning methods, exercise techniques andfitnessappraisal. Physical Education 110 (3) (3,2,0) (S) Analysis of Individual Sport and Dance Performance Pre or corequisite: Kinesiology 142 An examination of the specific sport science principles which are used to analyze sports and dance skills, detect errors, and provide methods for correction. The basis for understanding relationships between aesthetics and movement in performance, and for understanding the role of form in evaluating individual performances in sport and dance are also emphasized. Physical Education 161 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Introduction to Social Aspects of Leisure and Sports An introduction to and examination of the relationships between leisure, sports activities, and society. The political, economic and social basis of the development of sports and leisure in the west are emphasized. Physical Education 164 (3) Dynamics of Motor Skill Acquisition (4,0,0) (F) An introductory examination of motor skill acquisition, and the variables which influence the learning and performance of motor skills. Investigation of the relationship between skill acquisition, growth and development. Physical Education 110,161,164 Academic—Physical Education 137 Physics Instructional Faculty M. FREEMAN, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.Sc. (Cal. Tech.), PhD. (UBC) S. GREENSPOON, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Waterloo) F. PARVAZ, B.Sc. (Tehran), M.S. Dip. (San Diego State) Laboratory Supervisors and Technician D. CIARNIELLO, B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor M. MAGUIRE, C & G Dip. (London), M.M.S. Dip. (Ireland), Laboratory Technician V. MOEN, B.Sc. (SFU), Laboratory Supervisor B. SIMSON, B.Sc. (SFU), Laboratory Supervisor General Information All first year physics courses except Physics 116 include a weekly two hour laboratory period. The cost of the labs is included in the course tuition fee except for lab manuals. Physics 108 (4.5) Basic Physics Prerequisite: Math 12 or BMTH 046 or Math 103 or Math 105. Math 110 is a pre- or corequisite. The course covers the material of Physics 110, together with those topics from high school physics needed by a student with no previous background in physics. A student passing this course should be able to enter Physics 111 in the Spring. Physics 110 (3) General Physics I All physics courses at Capilano carry transfer credit to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details please refer to the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Physics FIRST YEAR Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111 Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109 Math 110/111 English (six credits) Non-science Elective or Geology, Biology or Computing Science (six credits) SECOND YEAR Physics 200/201,210/211,220/221 Math 200,230,231,235 Elective (six credits) Students interested in honours physics should consult physics instructors. (4,2,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Physics 12 or Physics 11 or BPHY 042 or Physics 104; and Math 110 is a pre- or corequisite. A survey of mechanics covering vectors, statics, kinematics, dynamics, energy, momentum, rotation, gravitation, vibration, and special relativity. Physics 111 (3) General Physics II University Transfer Credit (6,2,0) (F) (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in either Physics 110 or 108 or 114; and Math 110. Math 111 is a pre- or corequisite. Any student who has attempted the course within the last year will not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. Electricity and magnetism, waves, physical optics, sound, and atomic and nuclear physics. Physics 114 (3) Fundamental Physics I (4,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Physics 12 or BPHY 042 or Physics 104; Math 110 is a pre- or corequisite. A survey of mechanics covering vectors, kinematics, dynamics, energy, momentum, rotation, gravitation, vibration, waves and special relativity. This course, together with Physics 115, is particularly suitable for students going into the physical sciences or engineering. Course Descriptions Physics 104 (3) Principles of Physics (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: No physics prerequisite. Math 12 or BMTH 046 or Math 103 or Math 105 is required. Physics 104 is accepted at BCIT as equivalent to Physics 12. This course serves as an introduction to physics for students with little or no background in the subject. It is intended for students not taking further studies in science. Topics include mechanics, energy, ray optics and heat. Academic - Physics 138 Physics 115 (3) Fundamental Physics II (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in Physics 114 or at least a "B" in Physics 108 or 110. Math 111 is a pre- or corequisite. Electricity and magnetism, AC circuits, physical optics, sound, and atomic and nuclear physics. Note: Physics 114/115 are at a more advanced level than Physics 108/110/111, and are particularly suitable for students going into the physical sciences or engineering. Physics 116 (3) Fundamental Physics III (4,0,0) (S) Physics 211 (1) Physics Laboratory II (0,3,0) (S) Note: This course is intended for Engineering Program students transferring to UBC. Prerequisite: As for Physics 201, which must be taken concurrently. Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in Physics 114, or with permission of instructor, Physics 108 or 110; Math 111 and Physics 115 are corequisites. A weekly three hour lab in electricity and magnetism, electronics and mechanics. Statics of particles, equilibrium of rigid bodies, rigid body statics and internal forces. Extension of principles from Physics 114 and application to practical problems. Thermometry, thermal properties of matter, heat. Geometrical optics. Second year Physics course offerings are under active review throughout the province. Students should consult the Pure and Applied Sciences Division before registering for any of these courses. Physics 200 (3) Thermal Physics and Waves (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in either Physics 111 or 115; and Math 111. Math 230 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Physics 210 must be taken concurrently. Temperature, heat, the zeroth, first, second and third laws of thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and waves. This course, together with Physics 201,210 and 211, is required for students majoring in physics and recommended for students majoring in chemistry. Physics 201 (3) Electricity and Magnetism Physics 220 Mechanics I (3) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: At least a "C" in either Physics 110 or 108 or 114; and Math 111. Math 230 is a pre- or corequisite. Newtonian mechanics of particles. Topics include kinematics, viscous and turbulent drag, rocket propulsion, conservation laws, and centrifugal and Coriolis forces. This course, together with Physics 221, is required for students majoring in physics and recommended for students majoring in math or computer science. Physics 221 (3) Mechanics II and Special Relativity (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in Physics 220; and Math 230. Math 235 is a recommended corequisite. More advanced topics in mechanics: application of special relativity to elementary particle creation and space travel, eliptical and interplanetary transfer orbits, rigid body dynamics and gyroscopes. (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C -" in Physics 200; Math 230. Math 231 is a pre- or corequisite. Math 235 is a recommended corequisite. Physics 211 must be taken concurrently. The study of electric and magnetic fields; dc and ac circuits; LR, RC, LRC circuits; resonance; Maxwell's Equations, Fourier Analysis and electromagnetic waves. Physics 210 (1) Physics Laboratory (0,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: As for Physics 200 which must be taken concurrently. A weekly three hour lab in mathematical methods, thermodynamics, electrical measurements and mechanics. Academic - Physics 139 Political Studies Instructional Faculty E.M. LAVALLE, B.Comm., LL.B. (UBC), M.A. (Duke) P. MIER, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (Toronto) C. SYLVESTER, B.A. (Gonzaga), M.A. (Notre Dame) D. WINCHESTER, B.A. (Concordia), M.A. (UBC) (This course is a pre-requisite for students planning to continue studying Political Studies at SFU) University Transfer Credit All Political Studies courses at Capilano are transferable to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Political Studies 100 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) An Introduction to Political Thought - Plato to Machiavelli The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the tradition of Western political inquiry from the Ancient Greeks to the emergence of the Nation State. Elements within this tradition will be approached from an historical and philosophical perspective. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the critical reading of original texts and background material will be presented in lectures and additional reading. Major topics include ancient and medieval political thought, and the rise of the national state. Political Studies 101 (3) Contemporary Ideologies (4,0,0) (F,S) An introduction to the historical development of contemporary ideologies with an examination of the ideas expressed in the political process. The course includes a critical analysis of Liberalism, Conservatism, Fascism, Social Democracy and Marxism-Leninism. Political Studies 102 (3) Comparative Government (4,0,0) (F,S) An introduction to the elements of government and politics in a comparative perspective. This course will take two or more political cultures and examine the formal and informal political structures and processes in each. A variety of states/countries are selected each term to use as "case" studies (e.g. U.S. and Latin America; Western Europe and the Soviet Union; China and Japan). Political Studies 103 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Introduction to Politics and Government This survey course will introduce students to the five major subfields of Political Studies—Political Theory, Comparative Politics, International Relations, Public Policy, and Canadian Government—and provide students with the fundamental concepts for political analysis and Academic — Political Studies 140 debate. Political Studies majors will find here a firm foundation in the concepts, methods, approaches and issues discussed in other courses in the discipline. Nonmajors will find the course provides them with the tools for analyzing and understanding the political events which shape our world. Political Studies 104 Canadian Government (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) A study of the processes, ideologies and government structures which make up the Canadian political reality. This course will examine the role of the prime ministers office, the bureaucracy, political parties, federal-provincial relations and Canadian foreign policy. Political Studies 201 (3) International Relations (4,0,0) (F,S) In order to provide students with the background to understand the nature of international relations, this course will examine both the events that have been occurring on the world stage, as well as the possible explanations for those events. To that end, the course will focus on such topics as imperialism and neo-imperialism, local and global wars, the environmental crisis, third world debt, militarism, disarmament, and the origins of and recent thawing in the Cold War. Students will also critique theories offered to explain these events. Political Studies 202 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Government and Politics of British Columbia This course will provide an understanding of the political institutions, dynamics, and socio-economic processes of provincial, regional, and municipal governments in Canada, with particular emphasis on B.C. Specifically, it is intended to familiarize students with the activities of political parties and state institutions in B.C., especially since the end of World War II. It is designed to develop students' skills in critically analyzing the B.C. political process from several methodological perspectives within the discipline of political studies. Political Studies 203 (3) International Organizations (4,0,0) (S) Since the emergence of the Concert of Europe in 1815, international organizations have played an increasingly important role in world politics. This course examines the development of international and regional governmental and non-governmental organizations using both the historical and theoretical perspectives. Special emphasis will be placed on the United Nations and the EuropeanCommunity, but the future role of other organizations Psychology such as the Warsaw Pact, the Arab League, NATO, the CSCE, and ASEAN will be explored as well. Political Studies 206 (3) Scope and Methods - Political Analysis (4,0,0) (F) This course introduces the student to a variety of theoretical approaches and specific tools for studying politics. A general introduction to the nature and controversies of contemporary political science focussing attention on some key issues in the logic of political inquiry - alternative models of explanation, problems in concept-formation, the nature of scientific inference, and so on. The tools and insights will be used to investigate and criticize elements of Canadian politics. Students may have the opportunity to work on a prototype political studies journal. Political Studies 207 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Selected Issues in Contemporary Social and Political Theory Prerequisites: Political Studies 101, or permission of the instructor. This course will examine some of the major contributions to social and political thought beginning with the rise of the Welfare State to the current problems associated with the structure and organization of late capitalism. Topics will include a discussion of the role of the state, the Frankfurt School, Neo-Marxism, Cultural Theory, the fate of Liberal Democracy, the current interest in Democratic Theory, and the role and place of "new" social movements in contemporary society; Civil Society vs the State, Neo-Conservatism, Militarism, and the question of Power, and how particular theorists have responded to these developments, (for example, Keynes, Arendt, Gramsci, Althusser, Poulantzas, Bahro, Foucault, Habermas, Offe, Friedman, Marcuse, Williams and Melucci). Instructional Faculty P. AVERY, B.A. (York), M.Ed. (Toronto) E. ECCLES, B.A. (Hons.), M.A. (UBC) R. HAWRYLKO, B.A. (Hunter), M.A. (SFU) P. KARN, B.A. (Carleton), M.A., Ph. D. (York) M. MACNEILL, B.A. (Alta.), M.A. (Manitoba), Ph.D. (Calgary) S. MOE, B.A., M.A. (Mexico) L. MOREY, B.A., M.A. (UBC) Ph.D. (U. of Sussex) J. WATERS, B.A. M.A. (SFU), Ph.D. (SFU) C. ZASKOW, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (SFU) University Transfer Credit All Psychology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC, and UVic. For more details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Description Psychology 100 (3) Introduction to Psychology (4,0,0) (F,S) A course designed to introduce the beginning psychology student to some of the major concepts and approaches necessary to an understanding of human behaviour from a psychological perspective. Topics covered include learning, development, sexuality, personality theory, and other selected issues. Psychology 101 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Theories of Behaviour Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A course for those students who desire a complete survey of the basic areas of Psychology (when combined with Psychology 100), before proceeding to an in-depth study of particular areas. The course covers such topics as research methodology, stress, physiological psychology, altered states of consciousness, behaviour disorders, thetherapeutic process, and other selected issues. Psychology 200 (3) Social Psychology (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A study of the dynamics and effects of social influences on individual human behaviour. The course looks at such topics as attitudes and attitude changes, social beliefs, roles, conformity, group processes, leadership, prejudice, interpersonal attraction and psychological effects of thephysical environment. Academic — Political Studies/Psychology 141 Psychology 201 Group Dynamics (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Psychology 212 (3) Research Methods in Psychology (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 Prerequisite: Psychology 100, Psychology lOliecommended A study of the behaviour of people in family and friendship groups. This course provides an intellectual and experiential approach to small group theory and allows the student to practice constructive interpersonal skills in a supportive, small group setting. A course for students who intend to major in one of the social sciences; psychology majors should take this course and its sequel, Psychology 213. This course will introduce the student to current research methods in major areas of psychology. Students should understand the principles of research methodology, and be able to evaluate, design and conduct research in psychology. Psychology 203 (3) History of Psychology (4,0,0) (S) Psychology 213 (3) Statistical Methods in Psychology Prerequisite: Psychology 100 This course will examine the development of psychological thought to gain a critical understanding of contemporary psychology. Issues will range from the mind-body problem, and the nature of science, to an analysis of historical and contemporary schools in psychology. Psychology 204 (3) Developmental Psychology (4,0,0) (F) A study of the child's development from infancy to adolescence, including the development of social behaviour, personality, language and cognitive processes. Students will be encouraged to do research projects and observations. Psychology 205 (3) The Psychology of Aging (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and 101 A course dealing with the psychological development of the individual from early adulthood to death, with emphasis on intellectual and personality changes, and the social context of aging. As well as being exposed to basic research in the area, students will be encouraged to develop an empathic understanding of the aging process through such means as community projects. Psychology 206 (3) Adolescent Psychology Prerequisite: Math 12 or equivalent, Psychology 100 and 212. Psychology 101 recommended A continuation of Psychology 212 for psychology majors. This course deals with descriptive and inferential statistics as applied in psychology. These will be considered as they are used in psychological research. Psychology 220 (3) Theory of Personality Prerequisite: Psychology 100 (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and 101 Examines the research findings and theories pertaining to the development and behaviour of adolescents. Topics covered will include biological and sexual maturation, personality, intelligence, motivation and social issues such as delinquency and family relationships. (4,0,0) (S) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A study of the various theories of personality from psychoanalytic theory to learning theory. Included will be the ideas of Freud, Rogers, Maslow and others. Concepts to be considered will include the development of personality, and the structure and dynamics of personality. The course will include consideration of theoretical problems, and students will become familiar with empirical research in these areas. Psychology 222 (3) Abnormal Psychology (4,0,0) (F.S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A study of the various models and perspectives for viewing patterns and treatment of abnormal behaviour. Included will be an examination of the research as to how the medical model, behaviouristic school, humanistic school, psychoanalytic school, cognitive school and interpersonal school view normal and abnormal behaviour. This course will also focus on the historical and contemporary approaches to treatment. Psychology 230 (3) Cognitive Psychology (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 This course will address many of the issues relating to the thinking processes. Research into memory, problem Academic — Psychology 142 Sociology solving, creativity and artificial intelligence will be examined, as well as experiments in social cognition and cognition across the lifespan. Women's Studies 110 (3) Women and Psychology (4,0,0) A psychological examination of the origins of sex-roles, their development in childhood and maintenance in adult life. The course will examine current research in biology and behaviour, socialization, personality and will include issues of current interest such as sexuality, aging, and violence against women. Instructional Faculty G. BAILEY, B. SC. (McGill), Ph.D. (Oregon) N. GAYLE, B.A. (York), M.A. (Western), Ph.D. (UBC) C. HATHAWAY, B.A. (S.U.N.Y.), M.A. (Wash U , Mo.) M. SPEIER, B.A. (New York), M.A., Ph.D. (Berkeley) General Information All courses in Sociology are geared to help the student comprehend personal and global events in a relevant and meaningful way. Sociology should thus help the student in his/her endeavour to cope with our increasingly complex society. A major in Sociology leads to work in the following areas: social work, teaching, probation work, criminology, industrial Sociology, communications, media, government research and related areas. University Transfer Credit All Sociology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. All 200 level courses will provide the Simon Fraser transfer student writh assigned credit toward second-year courses. The UBC transfer student will be provided with unassigned credit towards a major. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Sociology 100 (3) Social Structures (4,0,0) (F,S) The course systematically covers major topics and issues of concern to anyone who wishes to begin to understand and come to terms with, the modern world in a personally and sociologically relevant way. The basic theme of the course is that we are, to a greater extent than generally imagined, produced, structured and run by the "social machine". This "social machine" comprises institutions such as the family, religion, class system, mass media, education as well as rules, customs, laws, etc. This course looks at how we are influenced by this "machine" and in turn how we react to that influence. Both Sociology 100 and 101 are required for students intending to major in Sociology at SFU or UBC. Sociology 101 (3) Concepts of Theories of Society (4,0,0) (F.S) With current social conditions in mind, this course analyses the general development of sociological thought in the 19th and 20th centuries. We will look at three major approaches to understanding society (structural functionalism, conflict theory and symbolic interactionism) and employ these approaches to analyse events of current interest. Academic - Psychology/Sociology 143 Both Sociology 100 and 101 are required for students intending to major in Sociology at SFU or UBC. Sociology 200 (3) Canadian Society (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. An introduction to the study of Canadian society and culture, including an analysis of the major Canadian institutions studied on a national basis, with special emphasis on the dynamics of change in a multicultural, complex society. Sociology 201 (3) British Columbia Society (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. A continued sociological approach to the dynamics of Canadian society with special emphasis on British Columbia. Close attention will be given to social movements and economics, historical and cultural developments which have shaped British Columbia from a frontier into a modern industrial society. Sociology 210 (3) Current Social Issues (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. A study of social concerns and cultural problems common to current conditions in the 20th century in our society and in global perspectives. Classical sociological concepts will be used to examine current social issues in a global framework of political, economic, and cultural analysis, such as mass violence, the economics of the arms race, the sociology of war and peace, social inequality, etc. Current issues are placed in the context of the student's daily world, as it is happening now — this should develop the student's sociological imagination. This course can be taken by itself, or as a complement to Sociology of the Third World. Sociology 211 (3) Sociology of the Third World (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. A study of the major theories of development and under development, social and cultural responses to under development, and the inter-relationship of social institutions in and between the "developed" and "under developed" societies. This course will provide students with an opportunity to better understand the social, economic and political causes and effects of under development. Academic — Sociology 144 Both sociological and "non-sociological" literature on the meaning and effects of "under development" will be considered. This course may be taken by itself or as a complement to Sociology 210, Current Social Issues. Sociology 222 (3) Sociology of the Arts (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. A sociological study of art and artists in western and nonwestern societies. The course will relate the various art forms (painting, music, literature) to the social context in which they exist and to their social production; hence it will develop an understanding of the interrelationships between ideas (aesthetic codes), social institutions, cultural politics and political economy. This course is particularly recommended as a complement to Sociology 101 or 223. Sociology 223 (3) Media and Society (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. An intensive study of the relationship between a society s communication systems as media and its technological, economic and political base, its ideology, its behaviour patterns and its cultural life. This will encompass current forms of television, radio, magazines, all forms of advertisement, news production and the movies. This course is particularly recommended as a complement to Sociology 222 or 100. Spanish Instructional Faculty Course Descriptions C. FURSTENWALD, BA. (U.N.A.M. Mexico), M.B.A. (City Univ., Seattle) Spanish 100 (3) First Year Spanish Instructional Associate This is a beginners' course which offers a comprehensive introduction to the Spanish language. Emphasis is placed on grammar and the development of the students' speaking, understanding and writing skills. J. GACINA, B.A. (SFU), P.D.P. (SFU) K. MATTSON, B.A. (SFU), Licenciatura (Barcelona) E. UNDERHILL, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (U. of Western Ontario) General Information Spanish 100/101 courses include 5-3/4 hours of instruction per week, made up of three hours of lecture, one hour of Hispanic culture studies; 3/4 hours of laboratory practice and one hour of conversational practice. Spanish 200/201 courses include six hours of instruction per week, made up of four hours of lecture and two hours of conversational practice. Native speakers of Spanish are not allowed in first year courses. If they wish to take second year courses in Spanish, they must consult with the Spanish instructor first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Department has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In order to avoid any misunderstandings, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the Department prior to enrollment. University Transfer Credit All Spanish courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. SFU: Students who wish to proceed to SFU and to pursue further courses in Spanish are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at SFU for all Capilano College Spanish courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. As a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in Spanish. Courses which do not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. Spanish 101 (3) First Year Spanish (S) (3,1.75) (4,1.75,0) (F) (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: Spanish 100, Grade 10 Spanish completed, or permission from instructor. A continuation of the work of Spanish 100, this course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following Spanish 100. Recommended also for those who are considering taking Spanish 200 at a later date and need review work. Spanish 200 (3) Second Year Spanish (4,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Spanish 100/101, Grade 12 Spanish completed with a minimum of a "C" grade, or permission of instructor. A review of Spanish grammar with special emphasis on problematic areas normally encountered by students of the language. The reading, writing and oral fluency of the student will be improved through translations, compositions and a high degree of conversation. Also, the student will be introduced to Hispanic Literature. Classes will be conducted in the Spanish language only. Spanish 201 (3) Second Year Spanish (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Spanish 200 with a minimum of a "C" grade, or permission from the instructor. A continuation of the work of Spanish 200. This course should be taken, wherever possible, in the term following Spanish 200. UBC: At UBC, present equivalent standards equate Spanish 100 and 101 with Spanish 100; Spanish 200 and 201 with Spanish 200. The student who plans to major in Spanish may enter UBC's Spanish when s/he completes the Capilano courses. Academic — Spanish 145 Theatre Instructional Faculty Instructional Faculty J. PLACZEK, B.A. (Windsor), M.A. Linguistics (UBC), Ph.D. South East Asian Studies (UBC) P. PLACZEK, Language Associate, B.A. (Tharnmasat University) Bangkok D. MOORE, B.F.A. (UVic.) W. MURDOCH, B.F.A. (UVic), M.F.A. (UBC) T. FORREST S. ATKINS, B.A. (SFU) D. FOGAL, M.A. (Arkansas) Course Descriptions Thai 100 (3) (4,2,0) (F) General Information This course provides instruction and practice both in beginning language and in the cultural background which is so necessary to place the examples into meaningful contexts. The international phonetic alphabet is used to avoid confusion of sounds. The basic vocabulary and sentence structures are covered, and social routines and common idioms are stressed as well. The Theatre Program runs courses in the Fall and Spring terms through the College's Academic Division. These are available to both full-time and part-time students who wish the opportunity to continue their interest in Theatre at a post-secondary level. The aim of the program is to provide a professional approach to Theatre through inclass instruction and performance experience, both on campus and on tour. Students have time to practice all structures introduced, and are encouraged to initiate their own conversations. At the end of the course students have better than survival-level fluency, and use only Thai for basic classroom routines. They are ready to learn to write. Auditions are not required for entry to Theatre 100 or 101. Theatre 210,216,200 and 201 courses require an audition for entry or to waive a prerequisite. Check with the department for audition dates. Thai 101 (3) (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Thai 100 or equivalent This course reviews the basic material of Thai 100, and introduces the script. Students learn how to write the words they already know. More complex structures are introduced, along with more idioms, common expressions, and exceptions to basic rules. Classes are conducted almost all in Thai, except for occasional detailed historical or technical explanations. At the end of the course students know how to respond to typical situations in Thai and to elicit basic everyday information from Thais. They can read simple Thai passages and the basic road signs and are at a level of reading and writing equivalent to Thai grade four students. This program prepares students who are professionally inclined, for specialized training at other Colleges, Universities and Theatre schools while providing academic transfer credit to students with a casual interest in Theatre. Also, for those who wish to pursue theatre for the sheer joy of it, these courses provide an excellent introduction to the discipline and develop skills which are easily utilized in non-theatre situations. Daytime and evening sections of many courses are offered to allow both full-time and part-time students to take advantage of the Theatre Program. University Transfer Credit Theatre courses at Capilano have transfer credit or elective credit at SFU, UBC and UVic. Please consult Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar and instructor for the most recent transfer information. Course Descriptions Theatre 100 Acting I (3) (4,0,1) (F,S) A workshop course in the art of the actor, focusing on voice, movement, and scene work to develop the student's awareness of the actor's resources and his/her own strengths and weaknesses as a performer. In addition to readings and a written analysis of a professional production, the student will rehearse and perform a monologue and a short scene, applying approaches and techniques taught in class to the final presentation of these scenes for an invited audience. Video and audio tapings of student work will be used to augment individual comment and coaching provided by the instructor. Academic — Thai/Theatre 146 Theatre 101 Acting II (4,0,0) (F,S) will be chosen from the seasons of companies performing in Vancouver. A continuation of Theatre 100, exploring performance improvisation and non-scripted theatre. A workshop course focusing on improvisation as an essential tool in developing the actor's imaginative resources and providing the confidence necessary to any form of "thinking on one's feet." Improvisation will be taught as a performance skill in its own right through the use of theatre games such as seen at Theatre Sports, but it will also be explored as a means to develop and amplify scripted works. The evolution of theatrical performance from its ritualistic beginnings to the spectacular melodramas of the 19th Century will also be studied using slide lectures, readings and video presentations of classic works from the great ages of Theatre and Drama. This course is essential for any serious theatre goer and a must for any theatre student. Theatre 105 Bodywork I (3) (3) (4,0,0) (F) Bodywork is a studio course designed for students both experienced and inexperienced with movement techniques. These workshop classes focus on body awareness and alignment, strength, flexibility, and coordination. Class work will develop personal confidence, coordination, imagination, and discipline. Video tapings plus film viewing will also be used to introduce a practical movement vocabulary and criterion. Guest lecturers specializing in mime, contact improvisation, fighting, and tap classes will give workshops according to class interest and availability. Theatre 107 (3) Vocal Communication (4,0,0) (S) This is a workshop course for students interested in developing the voice and oral presentation. The course deals with talking: developing a clear, pleasant, animated and well-projected voice. Improved vocal technique is linked to good vocal communication with an emphasis on speaking before groups. Skill and confidence is built through presentation of vocal exercises using poetry, drama, and speeches. Two or three professionals will give guest workshops and introduce the student to specific applications of using the voice in the working world. Potential guest lecturers: actors, radio and television announcers, public speakers, singers, and others. Theatre 120 (3) The Elements of Theatre I (4,0,0) (F) The Elements of Theatre I takes a look at what makes a show tick, providing background insights into the contributions of the Director, Playwright and Theatre Critic. The work of these collaborators is studied in the context of performances which the class will attend and discuss, writing papers and preparing presentations on the work of the playwright and the director, with the student's critical insights being shared in class. The shows attended Theatre 121 (3) The Elements of Theatre II (4,0,0) (S) Theatre 121 is a continuation of Theatre 120, and examines the contribution of the Actor and the Scenic artists in creating a specific interpretation of the plays selected. The focus of this examination will again be performances chosen from the spring season in Vancouver, with the student writing papers and preparing designs for a work chosen from the modern period. This examination will be set in the context of the modern theatre as slide lectures, video presentations and discussions will attempt to clarify for the student some of the major trends in modern theatre from its beginnings in the Naturalistic and Realistic movements at the turn of the century through the Epic Theatre of Bertold Brecht and the experimentors of the Sixties and Seventies to its present eclectic Post Modernist tendencies. Again this course is a must if one wishes to develop an intelligent appreciation of the ever-changing world of theatre. Theatre 150 (3) Introduction to Production and Design I (4,0,0) (F) A n intermediate introduction to the basic elements of theatrical production and design. It gives a practical look at modern theatrical design of sets, lighting, costume, properties, and promotional materials. Examines the roles of the people involved in producing a show— designers, publicist, lighting and sound technicians, stage manager, and construction crews—with students having the opportunity to try out one or more of these roles in production situations. Using a lecture and workshop format the student is familiarized with the theory and practice of technical theatre, shop organization, and the use of hand and power tools, basic construction, electricity and lighting, publicity, and backstage organization. Students will build, tech, and crew final presentations of first and second year acting courses. Academic — Theatre 147 Theatre 151 (3) Introduction to Production and Design II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Theatre 150 or permission of instructor A continuation of Theatre 150. Students will participate in the design and construction of the spring presentation and become the production team responsible for the planning and execution of the design concept through all its phases - from pre-production meetings through shop drawings and construction to opening night and beyond. The focus of the course shifts to specific production and design skills required to mount and publicize the show chosen. Assignments wrill vary depending on the student's aptitude, desire and time commitment, as department standards aim at professionally produced and run productions for a paying public audience. Theatre 200 (3) Script and Stage (4,0,1) (F) Corequisite or Prerequisite: Theatre 100 or 101, or by audition This acting course focuses on scripted material and the means that the actor uses to bring about a full rendering of the work chosen. Students are introduced to the discipline of acting within the context of production, so such topics as working with a director, working within a rehearsal schedule, using props, set and costumes, are approached in a practical studio workshop format. This course is project oriented and students will have the opportunity to perform work in a short run before a public audience. Theatre 201 (3) Rehearsal and Performance (4,0,1) (S) Corequisite or Prerequisite: Theatre 200, or by audition This course takes the lessons learned in Theatre 200 and applies them on a larger scale. This term's topic is: What is the job of the actor in the context of a fully produced play? A professionally mounted performance marketed to the community is the format for this course. Students will learn the process of rehearsal from the actor's perspective from casting through to production post mortem. Auditioning and the prepartation of finished audition pieces will form a portion of both terrhs work. Theatre 210 (3) Acting for Film and Television I (4,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: Theatre 100 and 101. Audition required This popular course introduces the student to the acting techniques and technical skills necessary to understand the art of performing for the camera. Held in conjunction with a Directing for Film and Television course offered by the Media Resources program, this course will give the Academic — Theatre 148 students a chance to work in the on-campus television studio, getting hands-on experience behind and in front of the cameras. Portable video cameras wil be used in various locations to simulate the shooting environment of a film set. In addition to gaining experience in on camera techniques such as eye lines, hitting marks, and on set etiquette, the student will also work on appropriate levels of performance for various kinds of takes. Auditioning for film and television will also be taught. (Not offered 1992/93) Theatre 216 (3) Music Theatre-Movement I (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Audition required. This studio course is designed for students who want to specialize in Musical Theatre. The course explores various dance styles and choreograpy of Musical Theatre. Students will work on musical numbers and perform for an audience when applicable. The student will also work with a musical director who will develop the singing and acting styles required by the genre. Women's Studies Instructional Faculty Women's Studies offerings are taught by fully-qualified instructors who have experience in the field relevant to their courses. These faculty are seconded from relevant disciplines to Women's Studies. University Transfer Credit For information on transferability refer to the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Students who wish to pursue further courses in Women's Studies are advised that both UBC and SFU have programs in Women's Studies. Course Descriptions Note: courses marked with an asterisk (*) may not be offered in 93/94. Check the current timetable. Women's Studies 100 (3) Introduction to Women's Studies (4,0,0) This course will examine the status and role of women in Canadian Society. Topics will include the impact of Women's Studies on traditional academic disciplines; the nature and origins of patriarchy; women and work; and issues centering around reproduction and sexuality. It will trace the development of sex role divisions in the family and other social institutions; examine the influence of education, media and art on the development of female role models. Differences in women's roles due to class, status, race, and religion will be discussed. Women's Studies 104 (3) Contemporary Canadian Women Writers (4,0,0) A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and intensify the students' awareness of, and appreciation for, the literature in English being produced by Canadian women writers today; examine and discuss the portraits of women and of women's circumstances revealed in these writings. In addition to students' reading and discussion of the literature, there will be an introduction to feminist criticism. Women's Studies 106 (3) Contemporary American Women Writers* (4,0,0) A discussion-oriented literature course intended to broaden and intensify the student's awareness of and appreciation of contemporary and recent important American women authors. There will be brief consideration of 19th and early 20th century works, but the focus will be on works published since WWII, including works of the 1980s. Although the focus will be on plays, stories, novels, and poetry, there will be some exploration of those biographical matters and issues of critical status that mark the rise of women's writings from a sub-genre to full status acceptance by the best critics today. Women's Studies 110 (3) Women and Psychology (4,0,0) A psychological examination of the origins of sex-roles, their development in childhood and maintenance in adult life. The course will examine current research in biology and behaviour, socialization, personality and will include issues of current interest such as sexuality, aging, and violence against women. Women's Studies 122 (3) Women in Anthropology (4,0,0) The anthropological perspective applied to women in different cultures of the world: their role in economic, political, religious, kinship, and expressive systems; exploration of the work of women anthropologists and the effect of theory on understanding women; women's experience in cultures of the world. Focus: women of Asia. Women's Studies 130 Women and Art (3) (4,0,0) This course surveys the history of women's involvement in Western art. The position of women in the visual arts and art history will be discussed and the methodological issues involved in reclaiming the history of women artists explored. Women's role as producers of art wall be considered from Antiquity to the 20th Century and the social , cultural and economic background of each period will be examined in order to understand the conditions under which these artists worked. The image of women in art will be looked at to reveal the underlying ideologies of each period. Students taking WMST130 will not receive duplicate credit for AHIS 109. Women's Studies 140 (3) Women, Science and Technology* (4,0,0) This course will provide an insight into the role that science and technology play in our society and their impact on the lives of women. Topics will include an historical review of the role women have played in the development of science, investigation of the reasons for the traditionally low participation of women in scientific and technical fields, the relationship between science and gender and discussion sessions on a variety of topics such as ecofeminism, ecology and the environment, reproductive technologies, sociobiology, information technology. Academic — Women's Studies 149 Women's Studies 220 (3) Women and the Past: An Historical Survey (4,0,0) A survey of the lives of women from the Ancient World to 20th century North America. An uncovering of women's participation in and contribution to the making of history. Private lives as well as public and political activities will be studied. The course will examine reasons behind the extent to which women have been "hidden from history." Academic - Women's Studies 150 Career/Vocational Programs Capilano College offers a variety of employment-related programs. The programs offered are under constant review to make certain that students are taught the latest techniques and skills. Advisory committees, composed of employers, review and recommend content of all programs. Admission is limited and applicants are considered on the criteria established for each program area. In general, Grade 12 standing is required for two year Diploma Programs although others may be admitted on the basis of their experience and abilities. Due to the timely nature of these programs, requirements and profiles may change. Contact the individual departments for current information. Student Course and Work Load Full-time programs are designed so that successful completion is a full-time task. Students are advised not to undertake other activities that require large time commitments, including employment, while undertaking fulltime studies. Graduate Employment Employment opportunities for graduates have been good, however the College does not guarantee jobs for its graduates. are required at Capilano College for the certificate or diploma. Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable documentation to the Registrar's office for adjudication by the appropriate faculty. All approved transfer credits are noted on the student's Permanent Student Record. Full information on transfer of specific courses is available from the Admissions Advisor, Counsellors and in the Division. Admission Dates Enrolment in some Programs may be curtailed due to space and equipment limitations. Consequently, those students who contemplate entrance are encouraged to apply early. Applicants are required to have an interview with the Program Coordinator prior to admission. Unsuccessful applicants who wish to be considered for the next year must re-apply. Canadian Studies Specialty Students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian content courses can apply for a Canadian Studies Specialty to be applied to their diploma. See details on page 63. Practicums For some practicums students may be required to have a Criminal Records check. Exemption Standing Students may be exempted from certain courses upon the successful demonstration of acquired skills and knowledge. Such exemption standings will be noted on the Permanent Student Record. Students granted such exemptions will have their total course load reduced by the number of exempted credits to the maximum of two courses or six credits per academic year without effect upon the status of the certificate or diploma in the particular program. Such exempted credits are not necessarily transferable to other institutions. Exemption in excess of two courses, or six credits may be awarded a student only upon the recommendation of the appropriate Program Coordinator and the Dean. Transfer to and from Other Institutions There is agreement among all public B.C. Colleges to accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to a program given at the admitting college, and given suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right to review individual course credits. Transfer credits are granted to students ON ADMISSION for acceptable work done at other institutions: the transfer credits reduce the total number of credits which Course Description Code On the right hand side of each course description there is a series of code letters and numbers, for example: INF0143 (3.0) Research Methods In the Electronic Age (3,0,1) (S) Each course is designated by the department name and course number (INFO 143). The number in brackets following the course designation (3.0) indicates the number of credits for the course. The second set of parentheses includes the lecture, lab and other hours for the course. For INFO 143 there will be 3 lecture hours, no lab hours, and one other hour per week. The third set of parentheses indicates the term in which the class is usually offered. Example: F-Fall, S-Spring, SUSummer. INFO 143 is offered in the Spring term. Please check the timetable to confirm the term offered as this may change after the calendar is printed. The course title (Research Methods in the Electronic Age) is indicated on the line below the department name and course number. The nominal length of a term is 16 weeks. Please see the Academic schedule on page 10 for the first and last days of classes and for the dates of the examination period. Career/Vocational — General Information 153 Applied Information Technology Contact: 984-1727 Instructional Faculty R. BAILEY M. BATTERSBY, B.A. (NYU), PH.D. (UBC) G. BLITSTEIN, A.S.P. (BROOKS INSTITUTE) V. BUSCH B. CAMPBELL S. R. GILBERT, B.A. (UVic), M.A. (UBC) C. KILIAN, B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU) D. LAMBERT, B.A., M.L.S. A. LOREK, B.A., M.L.S. G. McARTHUR, M.Ed. (UBC) D. PORTER, B.A. (UToronto), M.Ed. (SFU) D. TAIT L.WU Coordinator Gerald Blitstein, 984-1727 Lab Supervisor Lawrence Wu, 984-1727 • Students will be required to attend an interview prior to acceptance NOTE: In addition students need to meet the College's general admission requirements. Special Fees and Expenses • The Macintosh computer with a 40 megabyte hard drive and 4 megs of RAM is considered the minimum machine capable of performing tasks required in this program. • Texts, software, disks • Modem 2400 Baud • Bulletin Board/E mail/conferencing fees/data bank research time DIPLOMA PROGRAM (10 MONTH ACCELERATED -FULL TIME) 51 CREDITS Staff: Cathy Cole, 984-1727 (9 credits awarded for previous or post-graduate work or experience) General Information A. FIRST TERM During the last decade, society and the economy have rapidly changed, increasingly becoming information- and communication-based. Within business and industry, and between governments, the capability to deal with information and its processing has become an important factor in maintaining a competitive edge. Until the beginning of the 1980s, there was a confidence that the private and public sectors could either rely on information created internally, or access commercially available information. As we move into the 1990s and beyond to the 21st century, it becomes increasingly obvious in these sectors that individuals will need to control their own access to information. They will use the microcomputer, both alone and connected to other microcomputers and mainframe systems. The interaction with this information will become an integral part of the new wave of western development. The Applied Information Technology program will identify issues facing the new communicators and will train students in the skills to acquire, select, organize and communicate that information using the latest in interactive computer technology and telecommunications. Through an intensive hands-on immersion into the world of electronic communications, students will become capable handlers of the technology, with advanced research and critical thinking skills, and increased sophistication in interactive computer presentation. Admission Requirements • College entrance level English • Computer literacy and a modest keyboarding rate Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech 154 ART 142-01 Graphics I CMNS 140-01 Introduction to Interactive Writing I INFO 150-01 Contemporary Issues I INFO 166-01 Applied Telecommunications INFO 167-01 Systems, Tools, Utilities MDIA 140-01 Communication Planning & Management MDIA 141-01 Computer Presentation NOVEMBER/DECEMBER ART 141-01 Graphics II CMNS 141-01 Interactive Writing II INFO 151-01 Interactive Communications I INFO 153-01 Research Methods INFO 156-01 Technical Support I INFO 161-01 Project Management MDIA 142-01 Computer Managed Learning & Training I PHIL 170 Critical Thinking I Credits 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.25 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.25 1.5 1.5 L5 24.0 B. SECOND TERM JANUARY/FEBRUARY CMNS 142-01 Interactive Writing III INFO 154-01 Electronic Information Research and Mangement INFO 155-01 Interactive Communications II MUS 090-01 Digitized Sound II PHIL 171-01 Critical Thinking II 1.5 2.25 1.5 1.5 1.5 MARCH/APRIL ART 140-01 Graphics III 1.5 CMPT 141-01 Computer Systems 1.5 INFO 158-01 Interactive Communications III 2.25 INFO 159-01 Technical Support II 1.5 INFO 160-01 Self Marketing & Career Management 1.5 INFO 162-01 Contemporary Issues II 1.5 INFO 180-01 Computer Mediated Communications M 21.0 C. THIRD TERM MAY/IUNE INFO 164-01 Major Project 6.0 Evening Program Please contact the Department for current information. The program deals with multimedia and electronic information management. Course Descriptions ART 140 (1.5) Graphics I (3,0,0) (F) This course aims to enhance visual literacy through the development of generic skills and abilities. Students will develop a critical awareness of different presentation formats, will learn to make an effective visual analysis, and will develop a facility in resolving graphic problems within the computer environment. Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to pre-plan for a graphic layout using storyboards and thumbnails, to choose the appropriate graphic tools for a given presentation format, to compose a visual theme for a computer monitor application and to prepare documents within a page layout application. ART 141 (1.5) Graphics II (3,0,0) (S) This course continues with the investigation of basic graphic skills introduced in Graphics I. Students will be equipped to work within computer drawing applications. ART 142 (1.5) Graphics III (3,0,0) (SU) In the third graphics course, we extend graphic exploration to include "time" as a design element. Sequential presentations are coupled with the basic rules learned from Graphics I. ART 145 (3.0) Graphics (3,0,0) (F) Upon completion of the course, students will be able to choose appropriate graphic tools for a given presentation format. They will gain working knowledge of graphic design as it is applied to the computer interface as well as printed documentation. Communications 140 (1.5) Introduction to Interactive Writing I (3,0,0) (F) This course will equip students with a clear, concise writing style, will make students aware of various genres and the styles they require, will enable students to "translate" from technical jargon into English, will equip students with basic editing and rewriting skills, will familiarize students with a word provessing application and will enable students to use electronic means of communication. Communications 141 Interactive Writing II (1.5) (3,0,0) (F) This course will equip students with an understanding of the structure of expository, narrative, analytical and argumentative writing, will enable students to write and revise extensive documents for both technical and nontechnical readers and will equip students with the skills needed to produce an electronic journal. Communications 142 Interactive Writing III (1.5) (3,0,0) (S) This course will equip students with the skills to "scriptwrite" for the computer, including the ability to plan, outline and write extensive documents; design clear, simple instructions for reader response; apply interactive writing skills to specific projects such as an electronic journal, computer-assisted instruction package, computer conference or the like. CMNS 145 (3.0) Computer Writing (3,0,0) (F) Using the computer to develop a clear, effective writing style. Students progress from editing exercises to writing an article for publication. CMPT 141 (1.5) Computer Systems II (3,0,0) (S) This course explores various computer systems, beginning with possible interfaces between the Macintosh and MS-DOS environments. Networks, such as the LAN (Local Area Network) and WAN (Wide Area Network), will be examined. This course aims to enhance visual literacy through the development of computer based composition and design. Career/Vocational - Applied infoTech 155 INF0143 (3.0) Research Methods In the Electronic Age (3,0,0) (S) This course will explore methods of research necessary for the effective use of print sources in libraries and online sources, such as electronic library catalogues, CD-roms and commercial and government databases. INF0150 (1.5) Contemporary Issues I (3,0,0) (F) This course presents expert opinions on a variety of issues in the ethics of communication, in human perception and learning in a computer environment, and in the impact of new information systems on human understanding and human society. As communications enters the twentyfirst century, those engaged in processing information will have new ways to think and new questions of responsibility to answer; the course asks students to consider the moral and cognitive demands of the new age. INF0151 (1.5) Interactive Communications I (3,0,0) (F) This course first examines the concept of interactive communications — the active involvement of a human mind with a computer — and the history of developments in the field to date. It then moves to more practical skills, moving from planning and flow charting to basic programming skills and the creation of a simple interactive information base. INF0153 (1.5) Research Methods (3,0,0) (F) This course will introduce students to a variety of information sources, methods of organizing information and techniques for searching information. Skills necessary for efficient research will be developed. Students will learn to identify, locate and cite information from standard reference sources such as encyclopedias, directories and gazetteers, from government and statistical publications, from journals and newspapers, and from audio-visual sources. The hierarchical organization of information in library classification systems via subject and key word descriptors in catalogues, indexes and abstracting services will be examined. Through practical exercises, students will acquire the basic research skills essential to survival in an information-based environment. INF0154 (2.25) Electronic Research Methods (3,0,0) (S) This course will extend the concepts and skills developed in basic research to include their application in computerized databases. Students will explore the rapidly expanding world of electronic information by using remote, online public access library catalogues, CD-ROM full-text Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech 156 and index products, statistical computer packages and a variety of commercially available on-line databases. Methodical search strategies using boolean logic and other organizational techniques will be developed. Students will learn how to select appropriate databases, and how to define the scope of a search to result in successful enduser research. INFO 155 (1.5) Interactive Communications II (3,0,0) (S) This project-based course expands earlier concepts, introducing larger scale journal publishing. Students wall learn to assimilate previously published material (located through the research techniques taught elsewhere in the program), and to reprocess it. They will round out their earlier journal project, filling in the framework to produce a finished product. INF0 156 (2.25) Technical Support I (3,0,0) (S, SU) In this course students will learn to work with expanded memory, learn yet more interactive programming skills, and learn to design the hardware access configurations necessary to drive their projects. INF0 158 (2.25) Interactive Communications III (3,0,0) (S) Following on from the journal work of the previous two courses, students in this project-based course will create a second and much more complex interactive product. Students will conceive the goal of the product, find necessary resources, design the project (incorporating ancillary input devices such as laser disk, commercial databases, and the like), and create a finished communications package. INF0159 (1.5) Technical Support II (3,0,0) (S) This course completes level 3 of interactive programming skills. It also examines the parameters of presentation, helping students to determine which concepts can be made interactive and what limitations exist. Students will explore various linkages to other information sources, and how to incorporate them into the design of their projects. INF0160 Marketing (1.5) (3,0,0) (SU) This course will examine the basic principles of marketing in the context of the Canadian market. The course wall enable the student to apply these principles in the marketing of themselves with their unique skills in today's business environment. INF0161 (1.5) Project Management (3,0,0) (S) This course teaches skills necessary to successfully manage an interactive computer project. Issues such as administration, budgeting, the creation and maintenance of indexes to resource materials and the clearing of copyright will be considered. INF0162 (1.5) Contemporary Issues II (3,0,0) (S) This course explores further issues of concern to those working with computers in the next decades: the role of computers in a democratic society, the invasion of privacy, the structure of a society of technologists, the effect of artificial intelligence on society. INF0164 (6) Major Project (3,0,0) (SU) In the final term of the program, students will undertake to develop an interactive computer project in conjunction with a client. The project may involve CAI or CAT, marketing, cooperative or governmental communication or social advocacy, depending on the interests of the student and the client chosen. Following consultation with the instructor, students may, instead, opt to work on a major portfolio project. This project must demonstrate a knowledge of the skills taught throughout the program INF0166 (1.5) Applied Telecommunications (3,0,0) (F) This course introduces the student to the design and use of E-mail, bulletin boards and computer conferencing systems. INF0167 (2.25) Systems, Tools, Utilities I (3,0,0) (F) This course familiarizes students, in depth, with the computer systems they will be using. The network used for course work, its operation, its hardware and its printing operations will be explained. Various programs will be examined and an introduction to word processing will be given. INF0180 (3.0) Computer Mediated Communications (3,0,0) (S,SU) MDIA 140 (1.5) Communication Planning & Management (3,0,0) (F) This course introduces the design, development and management processes required to create successful events and products intended to communicate. Students will develop concepts, provide audience and market demographics, and create a design plan for a model communication project. Issues of roles with a design team, timelines and available resources will be examined Project management systems will be introduced and students will explore how microcomputers can assist both the planning and execution of projects. MDIA 141 (1.5) Computer Presentation (3,0,0) (F) This course explores the related textual, graphic and computer skills needed for effective desktop presentation. Students will learn to design and build an outline, determine what hardware and software applications will best realize the design, interrelate graphics with support text, and structure the final presentation. MDIA 142 (1.5) Computer Managed Learning & Training (3,0,0) (F) This course examines the concept of teaching with computer assisted methodologies and of learning in an environment managed by computer. A historical survey . of systems will lead to a discussion of current learning systems. Traditional approaches such as drill and practice, simulation and linear programming will be contrasted with emerging hypermedia techniques. Various design approaches — systematic behavioral, market driven, learner controlled — will be described. Students will consider how learning is defined and evaluated. Students will complete a design project and develop a prototype learning product using a computer-based authoring system. MUS 090 (1.5) Digitized Sound I (3,0,0) (F) This course examines the use of sound in computer presentations, including the use of sound effects (SFX), music and voice. Students will learn about overtones, timbre, waveforms, analog synthesis and analog to digital conversions. The skills learned will be used to enhance projects in other courses through the addition of sound. This course is designed to introduce the student to the various aspects and issues of computer mediated communications. It will enable the student to understand collaborative work in the world of telecomputing, experience a variety of planned computer mediated systems and link to other computer networks (via Internet and Telnet). Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech 157 PHIL 170 (1.5) Critical Thinking I (3,0,0) (F) This course introduces students to the basic concepts of critical thinking and argumentation. Students will come to understand the concepts of argument, premise, conclusion, and argument structure and develop facility in using these concepts. They will come to understand and develop facility with the standards of good arguments (including acceptability, sufficiency, irrelevancy, fallacy, and biased language, writh some of the basic concepts of deductive reasoning, and with causal and analogical reasoning. PHIL 171 (1.5) Critical Thinking II (3,0,0) (S) This course continues the work of Critical Thinking I. In this term, students will develop an understanding and facility with causal and scientific reasoning, will develop an understanding and facility with the proper use of expert appeals, and will develop an understanding of the role that moral reasoning, values and fundamental commitments play in argumentation. Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech 158 Department of Business Administration Contact: 984-4960, Fax: 984-1734 Instructional Faculty D. BROWNE, B.A., M.A. (UBC) B. CAMPBELL, (Seneca) A. W. CARTER, B.Sc. (U of A) J. DAWSON-NOWACK, B.A. (Edmonton), M.Ed. (UofT) G. FANE, Dip. Tech., B.Sc., M.B.A., C.M.A. (BCIT, City U , UBO G.H. FARRELL, M.B.A., C.M.A., F.C.M.A. (SFU) S. GARDNER, B.A. (McGill), B.Phil. (Oxford), Ph.D. Concordia F. GRUEN, B.Mgt.Eng., M.A.Sc. M. GUTTERIDGE, B.A. (York), M.A. (SFU) P. HOLDEN, B.A., LL.B., M.B.A. (UBC, U. of Ottawa, UBC) G. HUGHES, B.A.Sc. (U of T), CGA S. IBARAKI, Dip. Physics (Okanagan College), I.S.P. W. INGLIS, B.A., Dip. Mktg.- (UBC, U. Montreal) W. INKSTER, C.G.A., (Canada) C. KILIAN, B.A., M.A. (SFU) J.D. LOBLAW, B.A. (U of T) R. LONGWORTH, B.Sc., M.Ed. (Concordia, St. Michaels) I.S.P. C. MCKIE, B.Comm., M.B.A., P.T.C. (UBC, City Univ.) L. MICHAELS, B.Sc., B.Ed., M.Ed. (U of A) K.W. MOAK, B.A., M.P.A. (UVic) F. MORRIS, B.A., LL.B., LL.M. (McGill, U.W. Ont.) B. MOSELEY, B.A., M.B.A. (Univ. of Cal) R.C. NICHOLS, B.Comm.,C.M.A. (U of A) R. O'CONNOR, B.Admin. (Ryerson), I.S.P. F. PARVAZ, B.Sc. (Tehran) M.S. Dip. (San Diego State) J. PENDYGRASSE, B.Sc., Teacher's Cert. (N.Dakota) D. RATHBORNE, B.A., C A . (UBC) B. REID, B.A. (U of A) D. SALTER, B.A., M.B.A. (SFU, UBC) J. SAYRE, B.S., B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston) M. TAYLOR, B.Sc. (U of A) L. TEETZEL, B. Com. (UBC), MPA (Queens) M. VAN HORN, B.Ed. (U of A), ACSM (Capilano) A.H. VICK, B.Comm. (UBC) K. VICKARS, B.Ed., Lie. Acct. (UBC), C.G.A. A. WATSON, B.A. (U of C), AIBC G. WAUGH, B.A., M.A. - Reading, (UBC) H. WILKINS, B.A. (U of T), M.B.A. (Dalhousie) J. WILSON, B. Comm., C A . (UBC) H.B. YACKNESS, B.Comm., M.B.A., C A . (SFU) Support Staff Colleen Liptaj, Clerk III Sharon Miletic, Student Employer Assistant/Receptionist Dorothy Webb, Div. Assistant General Information For 20 years, the Department of Business Administration at Capilano College has stressed a balanced combination of classroom learning and hands-on business education. All of our faculty have firsthand business experience and remain active in their specialties. We continually review and update our programs according to market needs so that our graduates have the skills employers demand. A recent review of our programs by our Advisory Board, graduates, students and faculty led us to accentuate our training in problem-solving, written and verbal business presentations, and team work. This makes our graduates even more employable in todays highly competitive job market, and gives them the expertise to succeed in the workplace of the future. Our graduates proceed to occupations such as: •Operations Manager • Accountant •Production Manager • Store Manager •Promotion Manager •Systems Analyst •Sales Representative • Lending Officer •Research Coordinator • Financial Analyst In the past, many of our graduates have developed careers with large corporations such as General Foods, I.C.B.C, McKim, Baker-Lovick, BBDO Advertising, The Future Shop, Labatt's, Brights Wines, B.C. Tel, and B.C. Hydro. The entrepreneurial skills gained in the program have also led many graduates to administrative jobs in smaller firms. These include Minerva Technologies, Umberto's Kitchens, Western System Controls, and many other small businesses. Admission Requirements All first-time students must complete an Application for Admission form, available from the Registrar's office or from our Department. Persons interested in any of our programs should apply for admission early in the calendar year. Entry is based on business experience, previous high school or post-secondary grades, and where necessary, a personal interview. Program Flexibility Whether you choose part-time or full-time studies in Business Administration, you will always accumulate credits toward a certificate, diploma or degree. We have designed our programs to suit your needs as well as the needs of employers. The flexibility of our programs allows you to start with Capilano, build your own educational package today and continue to learn with us in the future. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 159 Entrance Requirements Students seeking admission to the Department of Business Administration will be required to: 1. Provide a Personal Resume The resume should cover your previous education, work experience and other activities (community work, hobbies, sports, clubs, etc.) 2. Have Completed These Academic Requirements: •English: (English 12 with a C+ grade or better) • Math: (Academic Math 11 with a C grade or better) •Business Administration Entrance Exams: Applicants who do not meet the English and Math requirements can take entrance exams. Call us for the Entrance Exams Fact Sheet. 3. Provide an Official High School Transcript or Equivalent Interim grades will be considered for students currently enrolled in Grade 12. 4. Complete An Application Form (a) Application for Admission to Capilano College ($15 Application Fee) Transferability Students who have already completed degrees or taken other university or college courses may apply to have those credits transferred towards the Business Administration programs at Capilano College. To ensure a smooth transition, please provide the Department of Business Administration with transcripts and course outlines when you apply. A student must complete at least 50 percent of the program requirements at Capilano College. Professionalism at Capilano Our graduates have achieved an excellent reputation based on professional performance and positive attitude. Our classes stress the importance of maintaining that reputation. As future leaders and business administrators, students must be prepared to model appropriate professional behavior while engaged in College and Collegerelated activities. This is the type of behavior expected from a paid, professional manager or leader. Students will be asked to sign a "Professional Standards" document acknowledging their commitment to such standards. Contact System For additional information please call the Department of Business Administration: (604) 984-4960. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 160 Address your correspondence to: The Department of Business Administration Capilano College 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver, B.C. V7J3H5 Fax: (604)984-1734 Program Information We offer the following choices of business programs, which are described in detail on the following pages. A. Diploma (2 yr.) B. Advanced Diploma (3 yr.) C. Degree (4 yr.) D. Accelerated Diploma (10 mo.) E. Business Computing Co-op Diploma (3 yr.) F. Merchandising Management Diploma (2 yr.) G. Evening Certificate Program Accounting/Finance Designations Many of the courses offered in the Diploma and Degree programs are transferable to Chartered Accountant (CA), Certified General Accountant (CGA), and Certified Management Accountant (CMA) accreditation programs. See information included with specific course descriptions and the Transfer Guide section of this calendar. Currently Enrolled Students Students who are currently enrolled in a Certificate Diploma or Degree program must adhere to the requirements of the program at the time of entrance. The Department will make every effort to see that the courses required for completion are made available. A. DIPLOMA PROGRAMS • TWO YEAR FULL-TIME STUDIES (60 CREDITS) Students graduating with a Capilano College Diploma will have the skills and knowledge required to be effective managers. All students must complete the following courses, which will teach them to apply progressive business practices to their jobs. Courses are taught by instructors with practical, up-to-date business knowledge. Many of the faculty hold full or part-time positions in their area of specialty. Class sizes are approximately 35 students, and the faculty are in direct contact with all their students. Classes provide a minimum of 20 instructional hours weekly. We suggest at least 30 hours weekly of outside studies and preparation time. The first year of the diploma program will provide students with general business knowledge in Accounting, Communications, Marketing, Computing and Organizational Behaviour. In the second year, students may concentrate on a particular area of specialization that will allow them to continue their studies beyond the two-year diploma. This includes the option to obtain a Baccalaureate degree (BAdmin.) through the British Columbia Open University/Open Learning Agency. FIRST YEAR -FALL BFIN 141 Accounting BADM 106 Organizational Behaviour BCPT121 Business Computers I BADM 101 Management ENG 100 English 100 FIRST YEAR - SPRING BADM 102 Quantitative Methods BADM 107 Business Law I* BMKT161 Marketing BCPT 122 Business Computers II CMNS 220 Business Writing & Editing Credits 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 15 *Note: Students planning to concentrate in accounting must take BFIN 142 Financial Accounting I in place of BADM 107 Business Law I SECOND YEAR - FALL BADM 201 Business Systems BADM 210 Business Statistics Business Elective Business Elective General Elective Credits 3 3 3 3 3 15 SECOND YEAR - SPRING BFIN 241 Finance For Managers ECON 201 Micro Economics Business Elective Business Elective General Elective Credits 3 3 3 3 3 15 Total Diploma Credits 60 Concentrate Your Studies With Electives The Capilano College Business Diploma allows you to choose courses that interest you. Six of the 10 second-year courses are electives, which you select at the end of your first year. You can use the electives to concentrate your studies, focus on career goals or broaden your education. No other two-year business diploma program gives you so much flexibility in designing your education. You can use the electives to specialize in any of these management areas: •Accounting • Administration • Merchandising "Computing 'Finance 'Marketing The following is a partial list of elective courses. Students planning to continue their studies beyond a Diploma should consult a coordinator to ensure they choose the appropriate electives. BADM 302 Human Resource Management BFIN 142 Financial Accounting I BMKT 366 Salesmanship BADM 301 Operations Management BFIN 341 Cost Accounting I BMKT 361 Advertising IBUS 321 International Business BADM 303 Industrial Relations BADM 304 Business Policy BFIN 351 Taxation BMKT 360 Marketing Research GEOG 106 B.C. Geography Concentration in the second year of a program is based on first-year grades. Students with the highest grades have the first choice of electives. Whether a student may be able to continue in a particular area of specialization may depend on student demand for the program. Students must maintain a minimum 2.0 GPA to continue their studies from term to term. Those who fail to meet the minimum level may be required to withdraw for at least one term before reapplying to the department. B. ADVANCED DIPLOMA - THIRD YEAR SPECIALIZATION PROGRAM (30 CREDITS) FOLLOWING A TWO-YEAR DIPLOMA AND LEADING TO A BACCALAUREATE DEGREE Students wanting more concentrated business knowledge may complete the Advanced Business Diploma. You will continue in your area of specialization and gain specific training pertinent to management practices in Administration, Finance or Marketing. Electives offered in this program can be any business course or any course required to complete the Baccalaureate Degree (B. Admin.) If you plan to earn a Business Degree at Capilano, you should carefully choose your electives to fit the Degree requirements. See your coordinator for more information. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 161 » Third Year (Advanced Diploma) Notes: Courses Required for All Advanced Diplomas B ADM 308 BADM309 BADM304 Credits 1.5 1.5 3.0 Management Practicum Cross-cultural Perspectives* Business Policy *This course is still under development Advanced Administration Diploma BMKT366 BFIN 343 BADM 302 IBUS 321 BADM 301 BADM 303 Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 6J) 30.0 Salesmanship Management Accounting Human Resource Management International Business Operations Management Industrial Relations + 2 Electives Total Credits Credits Advanced Financial Diploma BFIN 142 BFIN 341 BFIN 342 BFIN 346 BFIN 347 BFIN 349 BFIN 350 BFIN 351 Advanced Marketing Diploma BMKT 360 BMKT 361 BMKT 362 BMKT 363 BMKT 364 BMKT 365 BMKT 366 BMKT 367 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Financial Accounting I Cost Accounting I Cost Accounting II Financial Accounting II Financial Accounting III Accounting Microcomputer Applications Advanced Financial Management Taxation + 2 Electives Total Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 30.0 Credits Marketing Research Advertising Special Event Management Prof. Sales & Management Consumer Behaviour Advanced Marketing Salesmanship Promotion Strategy & Analysis + 2 Electives Total Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 6£ 30.0 Double Diploma After completing an Advanced Diploma in one of the Business Administration programs at Capilano, a graduate may earn a second Advanced Diploma in another of the Department's programs. To obtain an Advanced Diploma, students must complete all requirements for that second program. Students should obtain written permission from the Department Chairperson before pursuing a Double Diploma. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 162 1. A student who receives a diploma from the Business Administration Department cannot request a certificate for the same program. 2. A student can apply only four courses from a diploma or certificate to a new or different certificate. Required courses must still be taken. C. THE BACCALAUREATE DEGREE (B.Admin.) Today, more and more students are seeking a Business Degree. In collaboration with the Open Learning Agency (B.C.O.U.), we have designed a four-year Business Degree Program to give students the flexibility of first attaining a Diploma at Capilano and then continuing on to complete a full Baccalaureate Degree. While business degrees have a strong base of business courses, they are liberally enhanced with Arts, Science, and Economic subjects. This blend of Academic courses with hands-on Business courses prepares the graduate for advanced business management positions. Existing Diploma Students Upon completion of a Capilano Business Diploma you will receive a block transfer of 60 credits toward your Baccalaureate Degree, which consists of 120 credits. You must meet the lower level course requirements as outlined below. If you have completed the Advanced Business Diploma, you will have earned 90 credits toward your degree. In your final terms you will be required to complete specific courses toward the Degree. Students should consult with a coordinator to ensure they take the correct courses to earn their Degree as quickly as possible. Students With Academic Transfer Courses If you have already taken University Transfer courses, you may be able to apply many of the credits toward your Degree. Please contact a coordinator to discuss the details. Admission Requirements 1. Completion of a Capilano College Business Administration Diploma. 2. Completion of at least one of these lower level courses as a business elective in the 2nd year of the Diploma Program: BFIN 343 Management Accounting BADM 303 Industrial Relations BADM 301 Operations Management ECON 200 Economics 200 3. A Cumulative Grade Point Average of 2.67 or better. 4. Completion of a Capilano College Advanced Business Administration Diploma with 90 credits applicable to the Degree requirements. Graduation Requirements A unique feature of the Accelerated Diploma Program is the credit given for work experience. For a Diploma, students must obtain 60 credits, of which nine advance credits are assigned for a minimum work experience of seven years. The remaining 51 credits are earned from satisfactory completion of regular Business Administration courses. To receive a Degree, you must complete the following: 1. 20 courses (60 credits) beyond the Business Diploma including those listed under #2 and #3 below. Total credits required = 120. 2. All four lower level courses: BFIN 343 Management Accounting BADM 303 Industrial Relations BADM 301 Operations Management ECON 200 Economics 200 3. All of these courses: OU ECON 310* Economics and Business Statistics ECON 211 Managerial Economics ECON 212 Intermediate Macro Economics MATH 108 Calculus OU ADMN 460* Business & Society OU ADMN 465* Management Decision Making OU ADMN 466* Management of Change OU ADMN 470* Business Policy and Strategy Electives 6 University transfer courses (specific requirements apply) Business electives * See BCOU Calendar When to Apply Graduates/Current Students Students can apply to the Degree Program upon completion of the two-year Business Diploma or the three-year Advanced Business Diploma. Your course selection is important. Please contact a coordinator to assist you. If you graduated from Capilano College with a Business Diploma after 1986 you can apply now. Graduates from years prior to 1986 will require individual assessment. Please contact a coordinator. Note: Certain requirements and course offerings may change during the upcoming months. Be sure to contact the Department of Business Administration for further information. D. ACCELERATED BUSINESS MANAGEMENT DIPLOMA PROGRAMS These 10-month programs are designed to offer business training for mature students. The students have the opportunity to gain a clear understanding of business principles and to refine and add to the on-the-job experience they have previously acquired. Admission Requirements Admitted students should have a minimum of seven years business experience in industry, government, education, private business or the military. In addition, acceptance to the program is based on the nature of the applicant's work experience, maturity, aptitude and ability to manage a program of concentrated studies. Since enrolment is limited, interested students should call the Department before April 1 to arrange an interview. Transcripts from secondary school as well as from all post-secondary institutions you have attended are required with your application as well as a resume. New students to Capilano College must complete a College application form. These are available from the Registrar's Office or the Business Management Department. Current programs are under review, but at present are available in five areas of study: Administration, Finance, Marketing, Merchandising Management and Computer Systems. Interested students are encouraged to inquire about offerings. Each diploma program consists of three terms of study. FIRST TERM is an eight-week preparatory period usually held during July and August. Lectures, totalling 36 hours a week, are held between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. The courses are cross-disciplinary and consist mainly of introductory topics. The SECOND TERM, beginning in September, and THIRD TERM, beginning in January, each consist of 15 weeks of instruction, encompassing 21 to 28 class hours a week. Although the program has no electives, there is some flexibility. To allow for the particular educational needs of students who may have diverse working backgrounds, certain courses offered by the Department may be substituted for others in the Second and Third Term. The Coordinator's approval must be obtained. The accelerated programs normally begin in July each year. However, Computer Systems Management have intakes in September and January, depending upon student demand. Please check with the program convenor to ensure when the new courses will be offered. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 163 3. ACCELERATED MARKETING MANAGEMENT 1. ACCELERATED ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT FIRST TERM - SUMMER BMKT 161 Marketing BSMG 166 Business Mathematics BSMG 178 Accounting I BCPT 121 Business Computing I Credits 3 3 3 3 12 SECOND TERM - FALL BSMG 179 Accounting II BCPT 122 Business Computing II BSMG 240 Business Law I BSMG 215 Critical Thinking & Decision Making BSMG 267 Business Finance BSMG 268 Human Resources Mgt. MMGT 161 Management Presentation Skills THIRD TERM-SPRING BSMG 200 Business Policy BSMG 230 Salesmanship BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II BSMG 262 Operations Management BSMG 276 Management Practicum BSMG 291 Management Accounting 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 SECOND TERM-FALL BSMG 179 Accounting II BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications I BSMG 240 Business Law I BSMG 255 Financial Accounting BSMG 260 Finance I BSMG 264 Cost and Managerial Accounting I BSMG 286 Taxation THIRD TERM-SPRING BSMG 241 Business Law II BSMG 252 Accounting Applications BSMG 256 Financial Accounting II BSMG 261 Finance II BSMG 274 Cost and Managerial Accounting II BSMG 276 Management Practicum SECOND TERM - FALL BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications I BSMG 179 Accounting II BSMG 230 Salesmanship BSMG 240 Business Law I BSMG 267 Business Finance BSMG 273 Advertising I BSMG 275 Marketing Research THIRD TERM-SPRING BSMG 241 Business Law II BSMG 271 Merchandising BSMG 276 Management Practicum BSMG 277 International Marketing BSMG 279 Advertising II (Cap Ads) BSMG 200 Business Policy Credits 3 3 3 3 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 TERM 1 - SUMMER BMKT 161 Marketing BSMG 166 Business Mathematics BSMG 178 Accounting I Business Computing I BCPT 121 TERM 2 - FALL MMGT 158 Design & Colour MMGT 174 Inside the Fashion Business BADM 106 Organizational Behaviour Business Computing II BCPT 122 MMGT 264 Retail Store Design BMKT 368 Merchandising I MMGT 272 Store Management I TERM 3-SPRING MMGT 153 Creative Advertising Production MMGT 156 Special Event Management MMGT 161 Management Presentation Skills BMKT 366 Salesmanship MMGT 258 Merchandising II MMGT 273 Store Management II MGMT 275 Starting Your Own Business Total Program Credits Career/Vocational - Business Administration 164 Credits '3 3 3 3 12 ! 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 4. ACCELERATED MERCHANDISING MANAGEMENT 2. ACCELERATED FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT FIRST TERM - SUMMER BMKT 161 Marketing BSMG 178 Accounting I BCPT 121 Business Computing I BSMG 166 Business Mathematics FIRST TERM - SUMMER BMKT 161 Marketing BSMG 166 Business Mathematics BSMG 178 Accounting I Business Computing BCPT 121 Credits 3 3 3 3 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 3 1.5 3 1.5 3 3 18 51 5. ACCELERATED COMPUTER SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT E. BUSINESS COMPUTING CO-OPERATIVE DIPLOMA PROGRAM (BCOP) In 1993-94, Capilano College will offer this 10-month program leading to a Diploma in Computer Systems Management. Thirty-two seats will be available for qualified students who are prepared to devote 10 months to this intense daytime program. The program is offered in two-month segments to enable you to concentrate intensely over a shorter period of time. The programs will begin in January 1993, September 1993 and again in January 1994. Program Content TERM 1 - Jan./Feb. or Sept./Oct. Credits CMPT 152 Structured Programming 1.5 CMPT 155 Quantitative Methods for Managers 3.0 CMPT 180 Intro, to Data Processing 3.0 CMPT 191 Accounting for Managers I 30 10.5 TERM II - Mar./April or Nov./Dec. CMPT 189 COBOL: Intro, to a Third Generation Language CMPT 222 Microcomputer Applications I CMPT 182 Intro. toSystems BMKT 161 Marketing TERM III - May/June or Jan./Feb. CMPT 205 COBOL II CMPT 223 Microcomputer Applications II CMPT 293 Systems Design CMPT 291 Accounting for Managers II TERM IV - July/Aug. or Mar./April BCOP 260 Using the Computer as a Design Tool BCOP 289 "C" Language and Machine Level Programming CMPT 172 Employment Preparation CMPT 230 Operating Systems CMPT 298 Data Base Design TERM V - Sept./Oct. or May/June BCOP 232 Data Communications CMPT 276 Projects in Industry CMPT 296 Using 4GLs (Fourth Generation Languages): POWERHOUSE Total Program Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 3J) 12.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3J) 12.0 1.5 3.0 1.5 3.0 3J) 12.0 3.0 1.5 30 7.5 54 This unique, three-year program combines cooperative workplace practicums with an innovative curriculum that follows the first year of the regular Business Diploma program. Job placements are full-time for a four-month term and are made through arrangements between the College and employers. Students, in their second and third years, work closely with an advisor to gain the best possible placement. Upon completion of their four academic terms and two work terms, graduates receive an Advanced Business Diploma with Co-op designation. This program will begin its first year in September 1993. Advanced standing may be granted to qualifying students. Career Opportunities With the comprehensive training provided, graduates will secure positions as systems analysts, operations managers, analyst programmers, sales representatives, and technical consultants. Program Content FIRST YEAR - FALL (1993) BFIN 141 Accounting BADM 106 Organizational Behaviour BCPT121 Businesss Computing I BADM 101 Management ENG 100 English 100 FIRST YEAR - SPRING BADM 107 Business Law BMKT 161 Marketing BCPT 122 Business Computing II BADM 102 Quantitative Methods CMNS 152 Business Communications Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3£ 15.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 15.0 SECOND YEAR - FALL BCOP 111 Overview of Computers & Computing 3.0 BCOP 131 Intro, to Programming & Programming Logic 3.0 BCOP 161 Intro, to Business: Concepts, Ethics and Practice 3.0 BCOP 191 General Business and Personal Skills 3.0 CMPT 291 Accounting for Managers II 3.0 15.0 *Plus a series of non-credit seminars on employment orientation. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 165 A. WATSON, B.A. (U of C), AIBC G. WAUGH, B.A., M.A. (Reading), (UBQ SECOND YEAR - SPRING Microcomputer Applications for BCOP 122 Development The Developmental Tools of BCOP 171 Information Systems CMPT 189 COBOL I: Intro, to a Third Generation Language Accounting: to Control/Track BCOP 250 Information BSMG 215 Critical Thinking & Decision Making 3.0 Contact Person: Riley O'Connor 984-4960 Local 2055 3.0 This program is designed to prepare students for employment in the fashion and merchandising industry. 3.0 Career Opportunities 1.5 3.0 13.5 SECOND YEAR - SUMMER CO-OP PLACEMENT Co-op Placement I BCOP 301 6.0 THIRD YEAR - FALL CMPT 205 COBOL II: A Third Generation Language for Development CMPT 230 Operating Systems Database Systems BCOP 231 BSMG 200 Business Policy Info. Systems & Project Management: BCOP 272 Case Study Part I 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Program Content 3.0 15.0 THIRD YEAR - SPRING CO-OP PLACEMENT BCOP 302 Co-op Placement II THIRD YEAR - SUMMER "C" and Machine Level Programming BCOP 289 BCOP 212 Training Users of Computer Hardware/Software Systems CMPT 297 Intro, to Telecommunications BCOP 260 Using the Computer as a Design Tool BCOP 273 Info. Systems & Software Project Management: Case Study Part II BCOP 280 Effective Interpersonal Skills in Organizations CMPT 296 Using 4 GLs (Fourth Generation Language): POWERHOUSE Total Program Credits 6.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 10 16.5 102 E. HALL, B.C. (Hons.) A.T.C. C. HILL, B.A. (Santa Clara) J.D. LOBLAW, B.A. (U of T) C. MCKIE, B.Comm, M.B.A., P.T.C. (UBC, City U.) L. MICHAELS, B.Sc., B.Ed., M.Ed. (U of A) B. MOSELEY, B.A., M.B.A. (U of Cal) R. O'CONNOR, B.Admin. (Ryerson), I.S.P. J. PENDYGRASSE, B.Sc., Teacher's Cert. (N. Dakota) P. PODOLAK, Cert. Display (Aus.) A. SEDKY, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Ain Shams, Cairo) M. TAYLOR, B.Sc. (U of A.) 166 TERM 1-FALL CMNS 152 Report Writing MMGT 122 Computers for Retail I MMGT 158 Design and Colour MMGT 174 Inside the Fashion Business MMGT 178 Canadian Business Methods 3.0 F. MERCHANDISING MANAGEMENT Career/Vocational - Business Administration Managing your own business Store Manager - independent or chain Department Manager Wholesale Sales Representative Manufacturer's Sales Representative Manufacturer's Agent Fashion Promotion Sales Manager Advertising Manager Buyer and Central Buyer Visual Presentation Specialist TERM 2 - SPRING MMGT 153 Creative Advertising Production BMKT 161 Marketing MMGT 161 Management Presentation Skills BADM 109 Retail Mathematics MMGT 181 Retail Buying/Human Resource Management MMGT 221 Computers for Retail II SECOND YEAR TERM 3-FALL BADM 106 Organizational Behaviour BFIN 242 Retail Financial Management MMGT 264 Retail Store Design BMKT 368 Merchandising I MMGT 272 Store Management I TERM 4-SPRING MMGT 156 Special Event Management BMKT 366 Salesmanship MMGT 258 Merchandising II MMGT 273 Store Management II MMGT 275 Starting Your Own Business Total Program Credits Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 10 15.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 16.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 10 15.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 10 13.5 60 G . EVENING C E R T I F I C A T E P R O G R A M S 3. The courses in these programs, beginning in September and January each year, will teach the student basic managerial skills that are of practical value in a wide variety of jobs. Classes are conducted by Department faculty and offered Monday to Thursday evenings during the term. Those enrolled in the programs may take the courses at their chosen pace. A number of credit courses from both the full-time Diploma Programs and the parttime Certificate Programs are offered evenings during the Spring and Fall terms. A Certificate in Business Computing will be awarded after successful completion of the two required courses and a choice of any three additional three-credit courses chosen from the Business Management evening or daytime offerings. 1. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION C E R T I F I C A T E A Certificate in Business Administration will be awarded after successful completion of the two required courses and a choice of any four additional three-credit courses chosen from the Business Management evening or daytime offerings. Substitution may be allowed at the discretion of the evening program coordinator. REQUIRED BMKT 161 Marketing BADM 108 Intro, to Business OPTIONAL BADM 103 Supervisory Skills BFIN 144 Accounting I BFIN 145 Accounting II BCPT 121 Business Computers I BCPT 122 Business Computers II BMKT 368 Entreprenuership/Small Bus. Management BADM 107 Business Law I BADM 307 Businesss Law II BFIN 102 Quantitative Methods I BADM 210 Business Statistics BADM 106 Organizational Behaviour BADM 201 Business Systems CMNS 152 Report Writing Other regular course offerings from the Business Management Department. 2. A D V A N C E D BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CERTIFICATE A second or Advanced certificate will be awarded following successful completion of an additional four three-credit courses. These must be chosen from the Business Administration evening or daytime offerings. Note: A student must attain a 2.0 GPA or better to qualify for either certificate. BUSINESS C O M P U T I N G C E R T I F I C A T E REQUIRED BCPT 121 Business Computers I BCPT 122 Business Computers II OPTIONAL BMKT 161 Marketing BADM 103 Supervisory Skills BADM 106 Organizational Behaviour BFIN 144 Accounting I BFIN 145 Accounting II BADM 108 Intro, to Business BADM 107 Business Law I BADM 307 Business Law II Substitution may be allowed at the discretion of the evening program coordinator. 4. MERCHANDISING M A N A G E M E N T CERTIFICATE A Certificate in Merchandising Management will be awarded after successful completion of a minimum of six courses from the following list. Substitution may be allowed at the discretion of the department coordinator. MMGT 153 MMGT 158 MMGT 174 MMGT 178 MMGT 181 Creative Advertising Production Design and Colour Inside the Fashion Business Canadian Business Methods Retail Buying/Human Resource Management MMGT 264 Retail Store Design MMGT 275 Starting Your Own Business BMKT 161 Marketing BADM 103 Supervisory Skills BFIN 144 Accounting I BCPT 121 Introduction to Business Computers BMKT 366 Salesmanship BMKT 368 Merchandising I CMNS 152 Report Writing 5. A D V A N C E D MERCHANDISING M A N A G E M E N T CERTIFICATE An Advanced Certificate will be awarded to students who successfully complete an additional four three-credit courses. They may be chosen from the list above or from the Merchanding Management daytime program. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 167 Note: CA, CGA, and CM A Transfer Courses Merchandising, Financial Management, and Sales and Event Management. The Department offers a number of courses that provide transfer credit to other college and university programs. Refer to the University Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar for details. In addition, the following professional bodies currently recognize courses taken at Capilano College: OTHER COURSE DESCRIPTIONS REQUIRED DURING THE PERIOD COVERED BY THIS CALENDAR Institute of Chartered Acountants (CA.) Certified General Accountants Association (C.G.A.) Society of Management Accountants (C.M.A.) Currently, the following Capilano courses are transferable to CA, CGA and CMA programs. However, students are cautioned to verify their credit requirements with the professional body concerned or with the Business Management Department. OTHER PROGRAMS UNDER CONSIDERATION 1. ACCELERATED ACCOUNTING PROGRAM The College is preparing a concentrated accounting management program designed for students wishing to take all of the CGA, CMA and CA transfer courses available at Capilano. This twelve-month continuous program is scheduled to start in May 1994. More information will be available by May 1993 from the Department. 2. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION INTERMEDIATE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM The Department of Business Administration plans to offer an Intermediate Certificate Program in Public Administration. The program will enhance the skills of municipal employees and provide a valuable certificate for mature students seeking administrative jobs in municipal government. The Intermediate Certificate Program will consist of four core courses in municipal administration and 10 other courses in Business Administration, Accounting and Economics. Contact the Department for more information. 3. EVENT MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE In response to the ever changing needs of Canadian business, the College's Department of Business Administration is developing a program offering courses leading to certification in Event Management. Students will study under professionals in a unique environment and at a time that suits their commitments. Courses will be planned in both seminar format and the traditional lecture model. Subjects include Event Marketing, Law, Media Relations, Proposal Writing, Advertising, Career/Vocational - Business Administration 168 Note: These course descriptions are here as a reference for students enrolled in programs requiring completion of these courses. Some descriptions refer to courses offered by the B.C. Open University and other departments of Capilano College. You may wish to consult other areas of this calendar when seeking further data on specific courses. Previous course numbers are shown in brackets for reference only. Business Administration Course Descriptions BADM 101 (3) Management (3,0,1) (F) Students will take 4 modules from a list of mandatory and optional subjects which include Current Events, Oral Presentation, Modern Management, Ethics, Problem Solving and Creative Thinking. The course instructors will facilitate discussion and integrate topics through the use of contemporary business issues. BADM 102 (3) Quantitative Methods (3,0,1) (S) This course provides a strong foundation in the mathematics of finance and business. The student will utilize standard financial models in analysis, problem solving, and decision-making. Computer spreadsheet applications are utilized. Requirements: 1. Acceptance into a Business Administration full-time program or a minimum C+ in Math 11 or equivalent. 2. A working knowledge of computer spreadsheets. BADM 103 (163) Supervisory Skills (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Study of human elements in organizations, with emphasis on group behaviour. Concepts in persuasion, guidance and understanding of the individual within the group. Applications of human relations management, i.e. leadership, power, authority, group dynamics, formal and informal organization, communications, conflict and the introduction of change. BADM 106 (3) Organizational Behaviour (3,0,1) (F,S) This course is designed to prepare the student for courses in Managerial Accounting and Financial Management. The objective of this course is to allow the student to develop the necessary skills and conceptual tools to both understand and deal effectively with human behaviour in organizations. These skills are of at least two kinds: BFIN 142 (3) Financial Accounting I 1. interpersonal, that is, relating more effectively with other individuals and groups, and This course is an introduction to the application of accounting principles and concepts. It includes a detailed study of source documents, the maintaining of books and records, internal control procedures, and preparing financial statements. (When combined with BFIN 141 this course will exempt students from professional accounting association courses e.g. C.A.,C.G.A.,C.M.A.) 2. analytical, to be able to perceive and understand situations accurately, and make effective decisions based on this understanding. BADM 107 (240) Business Law I (3) (3,0,1)(F,S) Students will be introduced to the components of the Canadian legal system, and will examine the effect of both common and statute law on business relationships. A study of the basic principles of commercial law will provide the foundation for a detailed examination of Contract Law, including the sale of goods, consumer protection legislation, and employment and labour law, as well as an examination of tort law, company and partnerhsip law, and creditor remedies. BADM 108 (187) (3) Introduction to Business (3,0,1) (F.S.Su) This course wall explain the five key tasks in managing an enterprise: Planning, Acquisition of Resources, Organization, Activation and Control. In addition, the key organizational functions of Marketing, Production, Finance and Personnel are covered. The course is essentially an overview of the theoretical framework of the task of management. BADM 109 (164) (3) Retail Mathematics (3,0,1) (S) This course provides a practical knowledge of the mathematical methods utilized in retail operations. Students will develop the ability to efficiently solve various types of problems relevant to retailing. BFIN 141 Accounting (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) This course is an introduction to financial concepts and business principles. Students will record business transactions and create financial statements. Also they will be exposed to a broad range of topics including budgeting, legal compliance, asset management and financial statement analysis. (When combined with Financial Accounting I, this course will exempt students from professional accounting association courses e.g. C.A., C.G.A., C.M.A.) (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BFIN 141 with at least a C- grade. BFIN 144 (178) Accounting I (3) (3,0,1)(F.S.Su) An introduction to basic accounting principles and procedures including the recording of transactions, and adjustments in basic accounting records. Students will preparefinancialstatements for the proprietorship and will study, in detail, the accounting and reporting of cash, accounts receivable, merchandise inventory and longlived assets. Transferable to SFU, UBC, and UVic Note: when both BSMG 178 and 179 are completed they receive credits at SFU, UBC, and UVic. BFIN 145 (179) Accounting II (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: BFIN 144 with at least a C- grade. A continuation of BFIN 144. Analysis of funds flows, both cash and working capital. Management uses of accounting: cash budgeting, forecasting, profit planning and responsibility accounting. Accounting for manufacturing operations. Transferable to SFU, UBC, and UVic Note: when both BFIN 144 and 145 are completed they receive credits at SFU, UBC, and UVic. BMKT 161 Marketing (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) This course covers the full spectrum of Canadian marketing of consumer products and services including: Market segmentation, consumer behaviour, products, packaging, distribution and promotion. Students will analyze case problems and prepare a report about "real-life" product or service from a consumer point of view. Videos, guest speakers and in-class discussion about marketing topics will assist in the learning experience. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 169 BCPT 121 (180) Business Computing I (3,0,1) (F,S) An introduction to the use of microcomputers in business. This course provides hands-on experience with word processing and data management software. Also, it looks at the operating system and its functions. Students will examine the uses of computers today and the selection process for acquiring hardware and software. BCPT 122 (222) Business Computing II (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: Business Computing I, or by permission of the instructor. This course is a continuation of BCPT 121, providing further uses of microcomputers in business. Students will receive hands-on experience with data management software including dBase programming and spreadsheet software, including graphs, macros and presentation graphics. BADM 201 (192) Business Systems (3,0,1) (F) Students will be required to apply the concepts and theories learned in their first year courses to solve integrated business problems in a logical and literate manner. The importance of accurate, dependable, management information for problem solving will be illustrated through case study analysis and a major group project. BADM 210(171) Business Statistics (3,0,1)(F) This course provides a strong foundation in basic business statistics emphasizing analysis and decision-making in the face of certainty and uncertainty. Spreadsheet applications of descriptive, inferential, and bivariate models are utilized. BFIN 241 (267) (3) Finance for Managers (3,0,1) (S) In this practical financial management course students study the Canadian financial system and financial management techniques. They apply this knowledge to business decisions. Topics in this course include: evaluating business performance, financial planning, financial institutions and markets, obtaining financing, managing assets and international finance. Contemporary financial issues are discussed throughout this course. BFIN 242 (257) (3) Retail Financial Management (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: BSMG 164 This course examines the sources of financing available to retail stores. Special emphasis is placed on preparing requests for bank loans and understanding financial statements. BADM 301 (262) (3) Operations Management (3,0,1) (F,S) Of special interest to generalist managers and operators of small businesses, this one term course familiarizes the student with the principles ,practices and functions of production-operations management, using modern decision-making aids. Foundation skills in production and control (inventory, quality and cost control) are examined using computing devices and procedures. BADM 302 (268) (3) Human Resource Management (3,0,1) (F,S) This course provides the student with a basic, functional understanding of current personnel/human resourcemanagement concepts and applications in developing small and larger business. Special emphasis will be placed on the concept of personnel management being the responsibility of ALL management, not just the Personnel Department. BADM 303 (3) Industrial Relations (3,0,1) (F,S) This course deals with the management of employment relations as conducted through collective bargaining. Practical problems are examined in the light of public policy negotiating processes and dispute resolution. BADM 304 (200) Business Policy (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) The student gains a basic understanding of the concepts, purposes, and procedures of business policy, and an integrated view of the strategic management of business enterprise. Participating in a practical business simulation game is a major component of the course. BADM 307 (241) Business Law II (3) (3,0,1)(F,S) Prerequisite: Preferably Business Law I, or an introductory college or university course in commercial or contract law, or by permission of the instructor. A second law course will examine the effect of both common and statute law on business relationships. A review of the basic principles of commercial law will lead Career/Vocational - Business Administration 170 to the examination of more complex contractual relationships such as agency, insurance, bailment, real property, commercial tenancy, legal devices for securing credit including mortgages, and bankruptcy. Other topics include competition law, management and operation of a corporation and intellectual property. BADM 308 (1.5) Management Practicum (1.5,0,.5) (S) Students will spend two weeks gaining practical experience in the workplace. While placements are the primary responsibility of each student, assistance will be provided where possible by the faculty and program convenor. In some cases, a directed studies project may be undertaken in lieu of the practicum placement. (3) (3,0,2) (F) Prerequisite: BFIN 141/142 with a minimum C-grade. A study of organizational decision making and planning using accounting tools. Topics include the nature of accounting controls, common control methods, measures of management performance, and the role of the management cost accountant. BFIN 342 (274) Cost Accounting II (3) 3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BFIN 341 with a minimum C- grade. A more in-depth study of subjects covered in Cost Accounting I. Cost determination for manufacturing operations, planning and cost control systems, performance evaluation methods, and strategic decision-making methods. BFIN 343 (291) (3) Management Accounting (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: BFIN 141 /142 with a minimum C- grade. This course introduces students to the specialized area of Management Accounting. It provides an overview of controls affected internally by management using the tools of budgets, costing and analysis. Planning for an organization will be examined from both the capital and operations perspectives. BFIN 346 (255) (3) Financial Accounting II Transferable to SFU. BFIN 347 (256) (3) Financial Accounting III 3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: BFIN 346 with a minimum C- grade. Prerequisite: Completion of Business Administration Diploma. BFIN 341 (264) Cost Accounting I reinforcement of the material covered in BFIN 142. The course encompasses the study of Financial Accounting at the intermediate level. (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BFIN 141/142 with a minimum C- grade. A sequel to BFIN 346 which examines current developments infinancialaccounting and their effects on financial statement presentation. Transferable to SFU. BFIN 349 (252) (3) Accounting Microcomputer Applications (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BFIN 142 with a minimum C- grade. Student will complete microcomputer accounting implementation projects using ACCPAC accounting software and will be expected to understand the practical constraints of internal control in the ACCPAC environment. Systems covered will include general ledger. BFIN 350 (260/261) (3) Advanced Financial Management 3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: BFIN 142 with a minimum C- grade. The content of this course concentrates on the development of analytical and conceptual skills for financial decision-making. The course places emphasis on capital asset pricing models, capital budgeting and capital structures. BFIN 351 (286) Taxation (3) (3,0,1) (S) This course familiarizes the student with the Canadian income tax system as it applies to corporations, shareholders, and unincorporated businesses, so that the student can identify potential tax problem areas, complete the basic compliance forms, and appreciate its impact on some business decisions. BMKT 360 (275) (3) Marketing Research (3,0,1) (F) An introductory course indicating how to make the most out of marketing research. Through practical applications of a research project, students will learn the elements of research design, basic methods of collecting data, analysis and reporting. Applications of Canadian and American research will be studied. This course studies the theories underlying financial statement presentations, and is a logical continuation and Career/Vocational - Business Administration 171 BMKT 361 (273) Advertising (3) (3,0,1) (F) BMKT 365 (3) Advanced Marketing (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: BMKT 161. Prerequisite: BMKT 161. This course will examine the Canadian and American advertising industry from both micro and macro perspectives. It will enable the student to grasp the basic theoretical and practical approaches to advertising and provide an insight into the various aspects of advertising history, creativity, communication systems, media choice, and other functions. This is not a course on designing, creating, and preparing specific types of advertising, but is meant to serve an an overview of what advertising is and how it relates to other marketing concepts and operations. This course will explore in greater depth the concepts of values and lifestyles, product development, service marketing, positioning, strategic planning, tactical promotion, international marketing and marketing notfor-profit organizations. The focus will be on analyzing marketing problems, developing strategic decisionmaking skills and applying "hands-on" tactical solutions for results. Guest lecturers, projects and special field trips will be used to enhance the classroom components. BMKT 362 (3) Special Event Management 3,0,1) (S) The trend in business is to extend marketing dollars and obvious methods in creating special events. This course will introduce the student to the strategy in creating special events or attractions including product choice, community fit, community resources, market analysis sponsor identification and benefits, administrative structure, volunteer management, public relations, media relations and management commitment. B.C. case studies will be used. BMKT 363 (230) Salesmanship (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: BMKT 161. An introduction to professional selling. Communication basics; including effective listening, probing, problem finding and solving, and creativity will be covered. Specific techniques of professional selling including prospecting, qualifying and contracting prospects. The course will also explore, in depth, the organization and management of sales activities. BMKT 364 (3) Consumer Behaviour 3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BMKT 161. Today, as never before, studying the behaviour of consumers is paramount for anyone pursuing a business career, especially in the marketing area. A blend of both concepts and applications from the field of consumer behaviour will form the basis of this course. Students should find this subject very interesting and motivational when applied to several aspects of business management including marketing research, creative advertising, team building and environmental marketing. Reserach projects, case discussions and problem solving will be stressed in both individual and team activities. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 172 BMKT 366 (3) Professional Sales & Management (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: BMKT 363 This course will cover two main topics, advanced professional selling techniques and sales force management. Students will develop and practise their selling skills in class and on a real-life sales project. The tools and systems of sales management will also be explored to prepare the individual for the human resource factor related to that type of position. BMKT 367 (279) (3) Promotion Strategy and Analysis (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BMKT 360 and BMKT 361. This is a course dealing with the development of an advertising campaign. Students will study campaign strategy including how it is planned and organized in cooperation with the production, marketing, sales and finance departments as well as the use of outside agencies. Some time will be spent with advertising research as a pre and post control factor. BMKT 368 (3) 3,0,1) (F,S) Entreprenuership/Small Business Management Skills need in problem solving and researching the small business environment will be learned and applied. Business owners, mangers and would be decision makers are encouraged to take this course. The instructor and guest lecturers from the business community will lead students through detailed aspect of business from finance to human relations. The production of the business plan will be discussed and part of a plan will be written. IBUS 321 (3) International Business 3,0,1) (F,S) This course will be a blend of lectures, case studies and discussions of current events affecting business. Students will learn the terminology of international business and the process managers go through in "internationalizing" their businesses, including how uncontrollable elements of international markets can impact businesses. BCOP Course Descriptions BCOP 111 (3) An Overview of Computers and Computing (3,0,1) (F) This modular format course covers keyboarding, reading/speed reading, time management, study, and interview skills. Students will learn efective resume and coverletter writing. 1 (3,0,1) (F) The fundamental concepts for hardware, software, data organization and the development of Information Systems. Historical perspective included with each area. BCOP 121 (3) Intro to Microcomputer Applications BCOP 191 (3) General Business and Personal Skolls (3,0,1) (F) Students will develop their word processing skills utilizing Microsoft Word. They will also develop applications using Lotus 1-2-3 spreadsheet, graphics, data management and macro commands. BCOP 122 (3) (3,0,1) (S) Microcompter Applications for Development BCOP 211 (3) Computer Operating Systems (3,0,1) (F) Comprehensive knowledge of four widely used operating systems: UNIX, MS-DOS, OS/2 AND MPE. Some emphasis on file structures and recovery from hardware/ software errors as well as the operating system's Job Control Language. BCOP 212 (1.5) (1.5,0,-5) (Su) Training Users of Computer Hardware/Software Systems There are many training jobs in the computer field. This course will develop and refine the student's instructional skills. Students will develop applications for database management systems (dBASE) using their programming features. BCOP 231 (3) The Management of Data BCOP 131 (3) (3,0,1) (F) Introduction to Programming and Programming Logic Data diagram modelling, database design, enterprise modelling—a top -down view of the organization and data control. This is the foundation course for all programming skills developed by the program. This course will use a computer language to demonstrate the structured programming skills necessary for good programming. BCOP 232 (3) Data Communications BCOP 141 (3) Math and Statistics in the Business World The review of basic quantitative analytical tools used by business and business-like organizations and an insight into the fundamentals of statistical/descriptive analysis. BCOP 161 (3) (3,0,1) (F) Introduction to Business: Concepts, Ethics and Practice An introduction to the functions and processes of business. Planning, organizing, staffing, directing and controlling will be emphasized. The student will be introduced to production management, financial management and human resource management. An examination of business practices with respect to Canadian Society, the environment and business ethics will be undertaken. BCOP 171 (3) (3,0,1) (S) The Developmental Tools of Information Systems A traditional look at the systems of development process. Modelling and charting will be included. (3,0,1) (F) (3,0,1) (F) Provides an introduction into the field of Data Communications and Networking; covering aspects of LANS, Protocols, and PC Links. BCOP 250 (1.5) Accounting: to Control/Track Information (1.5,0,.5) (F) This course will provide hands-on experience using both Bedford and AccPac. Some emphasis will be given to the theory of audit controls and the way they are implemented. BCOP 260 (1.5) Using the computer as a Design Tool (1.5,0,.5) (Su) A thorough grounding in the Mac operating system, Mac networking, Mac applications with emphasis on desktop publishing and document design. BCOP 272 (3) (3,0,1) (F) Info Systems & Project Management: Case Study Part I A traditional life-cycle project using CASETOOLS. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 173 BCOP 273 (3) (3,0,1) (Su) Info Systems & Project Management: Case Study Part II CMPT 172 (1.5) Employment Preparation (1.5,0,-5) (Su) Use of system design and implementation methodologies in a software engineering project. Job search skills, career preparation, resume writing, interview techniques and personal development. BCOP 280 (3) (3,0,1) (Su) Effective Interpersonal Skills In Organizations CMPT 180 (3) Introduction to Data Processing This course looks at the effects of individual and group behaviour in organizations. Core topics include motivation, leader behaviour and power, attitude development, perception, work stress and conflict. Students will also learn how to apply communication, problem-solving and conflict resolution skills toward an organization's overall effectiveness. Hands-on general orientation to computer uses: word processing (MS-WORD), data management (dBASE III+), and DOS. 1 CMPT 182 (3) Introduction to Systems (3,0,1) (S) (3,0,1) (S) (3,0,1) (Su) Provides a basic understanding of systems concepts and development of specific skills: form design, coding, flow charting, life-cycle phases and related written communication. Transfers skills from COBOL and dBASE programming. STudents will use basic system programming commands and write application programs using most features of the language. CMPT 189 (3) (3,0,1) (S) COBOL I Intro to a Third Generation Language BCOP 289 (3) "C" and Machine Level Programming BCOP 291 (3) Finance for Managers (3,0,1) (Su) The student will learn financial management techniques used by businesses to make decisions regarding financing, asset management and profitability, with an emphasis on budgeting and forecasting. Organization and writing of programs, program structure and language, test editing and compilation. Further, students will learn how to handle I/O for disk, console and reports. Emphasis willb e placed on developing a system of programs over the two COBOL courses. CMPT 191 (3) Accounting for Managers I (3,0,1) (S) BCOP 301 (6) Co-op Placement I (Su) Develops an understanding of the elements of the accounting cycle. Introduces basic accounting concepts and procedures as a basis for financial decisions. BCOP 302 (6) Co-op Placement II (S) CMPT 205 (3) (3,0,1) (Su, F) COBOL IIA Third Generation Language for Development Computer Management Course Descriptions CMPT 152 (1.5) Structured Programming (1.5,0,-5) (SJ Introduction to standard programming structure, standard techniques and programming aids in relation to business applications. CMPT 155 (3) Quantitative Methods for Managers (3,0,1) (S) A survey of the basic quantitative tool used to aid decisionmaking. Financial and statistical concepts, methods and applications will be examined. Table handling, master file updates, file maintenance, disk file handling techniques, etc. Students will leam how to program for multiple input files, array processing, indexed file processing, copy libraries and external program calls. Emphasis will be placed on developing a system of programs over the two COBOL courses. CMPT 208 (3) "C" and Machine Level Programming (3,0,1) (F) Transfers skills from COBOL and dBASE programming. Students will use basic system programming commands and most features of the language. CMPT 222 (3) Microcomputer Applications I (3,0,1) (Su) Hands-on experience with popular programs: data management (dBASE IV), spreadsheet (VP Planner/ Lotus) and principles of software and hardware selection. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 174 CMPT 223 (3) Microcomputer Applications II (3,0,1) (Su) Advanced instruction in disk structure, disk recovery, batch file menu systems and dBASE programming. CMPT 230 (3) Operating Systems (3,0,1) (F) Comprehensive knowledge of four widely used operating systems: UNIX, MS-DOS, OS/2 and MPE. Some emphasis on file structures and recovery from hardware/ software errors as well as the operating system's Job Control Language. Other course descriptions required during the period covered bv this Calendar Note: These course descriptions are included here as a guide and reference for students presently enrolled in programs requiring completion of these courses for credits in certain programs. Some descriptions refer to courses offered by BCOU and other departments within Capilano College. You may wish to consult other areas of this calendar when seeking further data on specific courses. Business Management Course Descriptions CMPT 276 (1.5) Projects in Industry - Practicum (1.5,0,-5) (F) Work experience with host companies for the purpose of applying knowledge to complete an industry-oriented project. CMPT 291 (3) Accounting for Managers II (3,0,1) (Su) The study of financial information requirements and controls necessary to support specific decisions, with an emphasis on budgeting, forecasting and decision making. CMPT 293 (3) Systems Design (3,0,1) (Su) Business Management 160 Marketing (3) (3,0,1) (S.F.Su) Familiarization with all the basic Canadian marketing concepts and their roles within the Canadian economy and the individual firm. Emphasis will be on consumer product marketing, although some industrial marketing concepts will be discussed. Students will be encouraged to actively participate in group and class discussions on marketing problems and opportunities related to product planning, research, planning, promotion and distribution systems. Merchandising, advertising and salesmanship will also be included in the overview of the marketing principles and their practical approach. Practical experience in logical design of on-line systems for businesses, use of structured systems analysis and design, data dictionary, structured charts. Business Management 166 Business Mathematics CMPT 296 (3) (3,0,1) (F.Su) Fourth Generation Languages (4GL) POWERHOUSE This course is designed to assist students in developing the basic skills and concepts of quantitative analysis relating to business and personal finance. A review section on problem analysis and algebra is included. A hands-on course with a focus on using a data dictionary to drive data entry screens and report writers. Students will prototype the same application as in the COBOL course. Business Management 167 Financial Management CMPT 297 (1.5) Introduction to Telecommunications (1.5,0,.5) (F) Introduction to data communications: industry standards, networking protocols, PC links, LANs and WANs, etc. Principles and concepts of data/voice/video telecommunications with emphasis on systems for business data. The practical components will include work with functioning LAN and WAN systems. CMPT 298 (3) Database Design (3,0,1) (Su) Data modeling, Bachman Diagrams, design tools, data structures and management techniques, data security, query facilities, etc. (3) (3) (3,0,1) (Su) (3,0,1) (F,S) A practical introduction to understanding how to finance a business. The primary subjects undertaken are sources of financing and dealing with lenders. Other closely related topics include: asset management, financial analysis, investment decisions, and financial and profit planning. Students taking this course do not require an accounting background. Business Management 169 Accounting Fundamentals (3) (3,0,1) (S) An introduction to recording business transactions and preparing financial statements. Students also learn how to analyze financial statements and prepare monthly cash budgets. Sources of financing available to retail businesses are also studied. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 175 Business Management 170 Quantitative Methods I (3) (3,0,1) (F) This course will provide the basic quantitative analytical tools used to aid decision-making in modern organizations. In particular, the mathematics offinancewill be covered with an emphasis on the time value of money. Business Management 171 Quantitative Methods II (3) (3,0,1) (S) This course covers the quantitative analytical tools used as aids in decision-making, stressing common statistical methods used in the face of certainty and uncertainty. Business Management 175 Organizational Behaviour (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Human behaviour within organizations. Students will actively participate in role-playing and other simulated activities dealing with organizational and personal factors that influence different types of work behaviour. Specific topics such as motivation, leadership, change within organizations, and formal and informal organizations will be explored. Business Management 177 Principles of Management (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) This course directly addresses the need to achieve high productivity through good management. The essentials of management—planning, organizing, leading, and controlling—are presented in a systematic and thorough manner. Business Management 178 Accounting I (3) (3,0,1) (F,S, Su) An introduction to basic accounting principles and procedures including the recording of transactions, and adjustments in basic accounting records. Students will preparefinancialstatements for the proprietorship and will study, in detail, the accounting and reporting of cash, accounts receivable, merchandise inventory and longlived assets. Transferable to SFU, UBC, and UVic. Note: when both BSMG 178 and 179 are completed they receive credits at SFU, UBC, and UVic. Business Management 179 Accounting II (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: BSMG 178 with at least a C- grade. A continuation of BSMG 178. Analysis of funds flows, both cash and working capital. Management uses of Career/Vocational - Business Administration 176 accounting: cash budgeting, forecasting, profit planning and responsibility accounting. Accounting for manufacturing operations. Transferable to SFU, UVic and UBC. Note: when both BSMG 178 and 179 are completed they receive credits at SFU, UBC and UVic. Business/Computer Management 180 Introduction to Business Computers (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) A general orientation to the computer — what it is, how it functions, and what it can and cannot do. Provides hands-on experience in using a word processing program, introduces a data base management program, the disk operating system, and looks into the multiple uses of computers today and the foreseeable future. Business Management 215 (3) Critical Thinking and Decision Making (3,0,1) (F,S) Through problem solving rather than abstract discussion, students are introduced to techniques for distinguishing between correct and incorrect patterns of reasoning. Students are encouraged to see these "patterns" as universal and applicable to all situations and people. Business/Computer Management 222 Microcomputer Applications (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: BSMG/CMPT 180 with at least a C- grade. An introduction to the use of microcomputers in the business world. Hands-on experience with common packages such as Spreadsheets and Data File Management programs. Macros and programming in dBase are also covered. Business Management 230 Salesmanship (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) An introduction to professional selling. Communication basics, including effective listening, probing, problem finding and solving, and creativity will be covered. Specific techniques of professional selling including prospecting, qualifying and contracting prospects. The course will also explores, in depth, the organization and management of sales activities. Business Management 240 Canadian Business Law I (3) (3,0,1) (F) Examines the effect of legal principles from both common and statute law on business relationships. An introductory course in law which focuses on the source of rules and principles of commercial law, the functioning of the Canadian legal system and its components, and involving a detailed examination of the Law of Contract, including the Sale of Goods, Negotiable Instruments, Employment Law, and Consumer Protection legislation. Available for transfer credit. Business Management 241 Canadian Business Law II (3) (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: Preferably, BSMG 240, or an introductory college or university course in commercial or contract law, or by permission of the instructor. A second course in law which examines the effect of legal principles from both case and statute law upon business relationships. The principal focus in this course is on the application of common law and legislation to commercial transactions apart from basic contract, including Corporations, Torts, Agency, Partnership, Bankruptcy, Creditors' Rights, Labour, Insurance, Bailment and Real Property. depth in Finance I and the subsequent course, BSMG 261. This course concentrates on the details of financial planning and the management of current assets and liabilities. Other areas of study are financial analysis, time value of money, working capital policy, and the tax environment. Throughout the course, contemporary financial issues are discussed. Designed for students requiring CA, CGA and CMA transfer credit. Business Management 261 Finance II (3) (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BSMG 260 with a minimum C- grade. A continuation of BSMG 260, examining longer term sources of financing and investment. Major financial policy decisions, international finances, and relevant Canadian and international topics are discussed. Available for transfer credit. Business Management 252 (3) Microcomputer Accounting Applications (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C-grade Students will complete microcomputer accounting implementation projects using ACCPAC accounting software and will be expected to understand the practical constraints of internal control in the ACCPAC environment. Systems covered will include general ledger, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and inventory control. Business Management 255 Financial Accounting I (3) (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C- grade. This course studies the theories underlying financial statement presentations, and is a logical continuation and reinforcement of the material covered in BSMG 178 and 179. The course encompasses the study of Financial Accounting at the intermediate level. Transferable to SFU. Business Management 262 (3) Production/Operations Management (3,0,1) (S) Of special interest to generalist managers and operators of small businesses, this one term course familiarizes the student with the principles, practices and functions of production-operations management, using modern decision-making aids. Foundation skills in production control (inventory, quality and cost control) are examined using computing devices and procedures. Business Management 264 (3) Cost and Managerial Accounting I (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C- grade. A study of organizational decision making and planning using accounting tools. Topics include the nature of accounting controls, common control methods, measures of management performance, and the role of the management cost accountant. Business Management 267 Finance (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 Business Management 256 Financial Accounting II (3) (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BSMG 255 with a minimum C- grade. A sequel to BSMG 255 which examines current developments in financial accounting and their effects on financial statement presentation. Transferable to SFU. Business Management 260 Finance I (3) (3,0,1)(F) Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C- grade. The financial manager's responsibilities are studied in As a practical look at financial management, this course will cover obtaining financing, management of assets, investment decisions, financial planning, and financial analysis. Contemporary financial issues will be discussed throughout the course. This is for business students who are not majoring infinancialmanagement. Business Management 268 (3) Human Resource Management (3,0,1) (F,S) This course provides the student with a basic, functional understanding of current personnel/human resource management concepts and applications in developing small and larger businesses. Special emphasis will be Career/Vocational - Business Administration 177 placed on the concept of personnel management being the responsibility of ALL management, not just the Personnel Department. Business Management 271 Merchandising (3) (3,0,1) (F) This course will acquaint the student with an overview of both retailing and merchandising operations in today's competitive market. Discussion will cover types of retailing establishments, analysis of a trading area, site location, and store layout and design, with an emphasis on changing lifestyles and consumer demand patterns. Students will be exposed to a wide range of merchandising techniques and strategies covering many corporations and commodities. Guest lecturers and field trips emphasize practical aspects. Business Management 273 Advertising I (3) (3,0,1) (F) This course will examine the Canadian and American advertising industry from both micro and macro perspectives. It will enable the student to grasp the basic theoretical and practical approaches to advertising and provide an insight into the various aspects of advertising history, creativity, communication systems, media choice, and other functions. This is not a course on designing, creating and preparing specific types of advertising, but is meant to serve as an overview of what advertising is and how it relates to other marketing concepts and operations. Business Management 274 (3) Cost and Managerial Accounting II (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BSMG 264 with a minimum C- grade. A more in-depth study of subjects covered in Cost and Managerial Accounting 264. Cost determination for manufacturing operations, planning and cost control systems, performance evaluation methods, strategic decisionmaking methods. Business Management 275 Marketing Research (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Business Management 276 (3) Management Practicum in Industry (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: An acceptable resume, approved by the end of Term 3 Students in their final quarter in some programs are required to undertake a concentrated period of practical experience in the workplace. While placements are the primary responsibility of each student, assistance is provided by the program convenor and faculty to ensure that work experience and assigned tasks are at an appropriate learning level. In some cases, a directed research project may be undertaken in lieu of the practicum. Business Management 277 International Marketing (3) (3,0,1) (S) A study of the mechanics of international trade, foreign exchange rates, tariffs, etc. Product/distribution/ promotion mixes for export markets of Canadian industry with an emphasis on Pacific Rim and American market influences. Students will learn how to adapt domestic marketing techniques to foreign conditions. Business Management 279 Advertising II (3) (3,0,1) (S) As a follow-up to Advertising I, this course will offer students an opportunity to create and present a full advertising campaign for an operating company. A team approach will be used to create an advertising agency environment with such areas as research, creative media, and account supervision being studied and portrayed. While not a prerequisite, Advertising I is recommended to fully understand the course content and program. Business Management 286 (3) Introduction to Business Taxation (3,0,1) (F) This course familiarizes the student with the Canadian income tax system as it applies to corporation, shareholders, and unincorporated businesses, so that the student can identify potential tax problem areas, complete the basic compliance forms, and appreciate its impact on some business decisions. Prerequisite: BSMG 158 & 159 An introductory course indicating how to make the most out of marketing research. Through practical applications of a research project, students will learn the elements of research design, basic methods of collecting data, analysis and reporting. Applications of Canadian and American research will be studied. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 178 Business Management 291 Management Accounting (3) (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: BSMG 178 & 179 with a minimum C- grade. This course introduces students to the specialized area of Management Accounting. It provides an overview of controls affected internally by management using the tools of budgets, costing and analysis. Planning for an organization will be examined from both the capital and operational perspectives. MMGT 178 (3) Canadian Business Methods Merchandising Management Course Descriptions MMGT 122 (3) Computers for Retail I (3,0,1) (F) This course provides students with an understanding of the computer, how it works, how it processes data into useful information, and how it can be used as an effective tool in business. Students will learn how to use a word processing program (Microsoft Word) to produce memos, letters, research papers and business reports. They will also be introduced to using a data base management system (dBASE). MMGT 153 (3) Creative Advertising Production (3,0,1) (S) An emphasis is placed on the practical applications of advertising principles through developing production skills. Copywriting, layout, design and illustrative techniques will be taught. MMGT 156 (3) Special Event Management (3,0,1) (S) (3,0,1) (F) Retail business methods in Canada, will focus on the Canadian environment and the recent rapid changes in the retail industry. MMGT 221 (3) Computers for Retail II (3,0,1) (S) This course provides students with an understanding of the microcomputer market, the management uses of microcomputers and the steps in hardware and software selection. Students will learn how to communicate with an IBM PC through its Operating System commands and how to use a financial planning package (Lotus 1-2-3) in the creation of business reports. MMGT 258 (1.5) Merchandising II (1.5,0,-5) (S) This course provides students with an opportunity to explore additional selected topics in merchandising which may include market research, small business contracts, buying, trends in visual retailing, and creative media use with an emphasis on the expanding international market place. The emphasis in this course will be to learn how to promote and produce a major event such as a trade or fashion show. MMGT 264 (3) Retail Store Design MMGT 158 (3) Design and Colour Store Interiors teaches the fundamentals of interior design as they relate to merchandising. Students design a store using the floor plan, renderings, choice of fabric, selection of colours and texture to showcase merchandise. (3,0,1) (F) This introduction of concepts of colour and design teaches application of the principles of graphic composition, basic form and shape, colour theory and visual communications, with an impact on retail-related themes and subjects through instruction, field trips, individual design and analysis. MMGT 161 (1.5) Management Presentation Skills (1.5,0, .5) (S) Business skills will be developed in training for management and supervisory positions. Public speaking, report writing, chairing meetings and management communications skills will be covered. MMGT 174 (3) Inside the Fashion Business (3,0,1)(F) A survey of social history from the Egyptians to the present will discuss the design cycle, contemporary styles and motifs in architecture, interiors, and garments and relate them to the market place of today. MMGT 272 (3) Store Management I (3,0,1) (F) (3,0,1) (F) This course is a practical application of the Retail Management courses. The instructor will provide the basic management structure of the Retail Management "Gift Shop" activities weekly. The students will act as store managers in Control, Staff Training, Buying and Display and Promotion. Students will be entirely responsible for operating the store and all those activities and managerial responsibilities in operating a successful retail store. MMGT 273 (3) Store Management II (3,0,1) (S) A continuation of MMGT 272. MMGT 275 (3) Starting Your Own Business (3,0,1) (S) The skills required in setting up a business and successfully running one will be discussed. This will include arranging financing, choosing an appropriate location, and the mangerial skills required on a daily basis. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 179 Communications Contact Person: Crawford Kilian, Coordinator, Office G102. Phone: 986-1911, local 2585. them in any order and may take as long as they require (within reason) to complete the certificate. Instructional Faculty The Basic Certificate will go to students who successfully complete four required courses and one optional course. Required courses will be: C. KILIAN, B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU) R. KUBICEK, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (SFU) B. REID, B.A. (Alberta) L. SAVAGE B.A., Dip.Ed. (McGill), M. Ed. (Alberta) A. SEDKY, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Ain Shams, Cairo) G. WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist M. WITTMAN, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (UBC) The Communications (CMNS) Department provides training in writing and speech for students in Career/ Vocational programs as well as those wishing to apply specific skills to the world of work. In addition to courses in English basics, CMNS also offers courses in business and report writing, career preparation, public speaking, and freelance writing. A new certificate program began in September 1992. Career Opportunities In an information-based economy, good communication skills are a vital asset in any career. Many career-program CMNS courses offer components on effective job search techniques, including resume writing and interviewing. Courses for freelance writers equip students with the basic skills needed to market their work to magazines, newspapers and book publishers. CMNS 145: Computer Writing CMNS 152: Report Writing CMNS 170: Public Speaking Communications Theory (course in development) For the Advanced Certificate, students must also take CMNS 230: Media Relations (in development) and INFO 140 (Computer Systems/Telecommunications), plus any two optional courses. Optional courses will include the following: CMNS 110: Standard English Usage CMNS 171: Interviewing (in development) CMNS 175: Speech Writing (in development) CMNS 190: Freelance Article Writing CMNS 245: Newsletter Editing & Production (in development) CMNS 250: Technical Writing Students wishing to enrol in the Certificate Program should submit a portfolio of written work in an interview with CMNS faculty before registration. Persons who have already taken some courses in the BCCP program, or closely similar courses at other institutions, may apply their credits to the program. Students who can demonstrate extensive professional experience in a particular field (for example, freelance writing or technical writing) may challenge some courses. Admission Requirements Special Fees and Expenses Students wishing to enrol in a specialized career-program CMNS course must meet the admission standards of that particular program. In some cases students may wish to take the CMNS component before enrolling in the rest of the program. Such students will require permission of the coordinators of both CMNS and the career program in question. Most CMNS classes require no special fees; consult the coordinator if you have questions about such fees in your course. Awards and Scholarships Students wishing to enrol in "open" sections of CMNS, such as those offered in the evening, must meet general College admission standards. (See page 11). The Lucille Fisher Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually to an outstanding student enrolled in a credit writing course in the fall term. The award is granted as early as possible in the spring term of the same academic year. Business Communications Certificate Course Descriptions Programs (BCCP) Communications 110 (3) Standard English Usage The CMNS Department offers Basic and Advanced Certificates in Business Communications. While the program is open to all persons, many BCCP students are likely to be working in the business world and therefore free only for part-time study. Accordingly, courses will run in late afternoons and evenings. Students may take Career/Vocational — Communications 180 (3,1,0) (F,S) A course in grammar, spelling, punctuation, and diction. Students also gain experience in proofreading, correcting and revising short written assignments. Communications 120 (3) Effective Writing and Speech (3,1,0) (F,S) A course emphasizing structure and style in spoken and written communication, with some review of English basics as well. By writing and editing short essays, students develop a writing style both concise and precise. Communications 130 (3) Introductory Media Communications (3,1,0) (F) An introduction to writing and speaking for Media Resources students. Communications 140 (1.5) Introduction to Interactive Writing (3,1,0) (F,S) A course in writing for computer media. Students learn to write with a clear, concise writing style in various genres; to "translate" from technical jargon into plain English; and to develop basic editing and rewriting skills. Communications 141 Interactive Writing (1.5) (3,1,0) (F^S) Writing, editing, revising and publishing extensive documents for both technical and nontechnical readers. Students compile articles into an electronic magazine or portfolio accessible by modem or disc. Communications 142 (1.5) Advanced Interactive Writing (3,1,0) (F,S) Developing skills in computer communications "scriptwriting," planning, outlining, producing and revising extensive elecronic documents. Critiquing other documents. Communications 145 Computer Writing (3) (3,1,0) (F) Writing, editing and revising technical and non-technical information for the computer medium. Attention to concise style, logical organization and the limitations of the computer screen. Communications 152 Report Writing (3) (3,1,0)(F,S) Prerequisite: Proven English skills. Researching, organizing and presenting information for business and technical reports. Attention to graphics, style and report format. Spoken presentations may be required. Communications 153 (3) Communications and the Arts (3,1,0) (S) Prerequisite: CMNS 120 or proven English skills. The use of language in combination with graphic and other arts. Attention to job-search strategies suitable for artists and craftspersons. Writing assignments include an article on some aspect of art which the student will submit for publication. A spoken presentation may be required. Communications 154 (3) Communications in Recreation (3,1,0) (S) Prerequisite: CMNS 120 or proven English skills. Writing and speech related to Outdoor Recreation Management: reports, memorandums, press releases, articles and briefs. Spoken presentations are required. Communications 155 (3) (3,1,0) (F) Communications in Early Childhood Education Effective verbal and nonverbal communication and the writing of letters, reports and briefs. Spoken presentations are required. Communications 156 (3) Advanced Media Communications (3,1,0) (S) A continuation of CMNS 130 with emphasis on interviewing techniques in applied situations. The course also deals with public speaking and group leadership techniques. Communications 159 (3) Communications for the Legal Secretary (3,1,0) (F,S) Strong emphasis on English basics (grammar, spelling, punctuation, correct usage), proofreading skills, and business writing. Communications 170 Public Speaking (3) (3,1,0)(F,S) Researching, organizing and presenting different kinds of speeches. Attention to voice training, nonverbal communication, and public speaking in various contexts. Communications 179 (3) Legal Communications (3,1,0) (S) Intended primarily for students in the Legal Assistant Program. Emphasis is on the styles and formats of writing in law firms, especially letters and contracts. Some attention as well to English basics. Career/Vocational—Communications 181 Early Childhood Education Communications 190 (3) Magazine Article Writing (3,1,0) (F,S) Researching and writing articles for publication in news media and magazines. Analysis of magazine readership, techniques of researching and interviewing, the current market for articles and development of an effective prose style. Students write three articles in suitable format and submit them for publication in established periodicals. Communications 220 (3) Advanced Business Writing and Editing (3,1,0) (S) Researching, organizing, writing and editing extensive business documents: reports, proposals, memorandums. Particular attention to clear style and logical organization. Use of the computer to enhance writing and editing productivity. Students should discuss their plans with the coordinators of CMNS and BSMG before registering. Communications 250 Technical Writing (3) (3,1,0) (F,S) The basic techniques of technical writing for students from business or technical backgrounds: extended definition, process, procedure, description and summary. Intensive work in descriptive writing and vocabulary usage; examination of actual technical reports; study of the role of technical writers in corporate settings. Communications 280 (3) Marketing Commercial Fiction (3,1,0) (F,S) Preparing short stories and novels in commercial genres such as mysteries, romances, thrillers and science fiction. Discussion of the market for such fiction in Canada and the U.S. Students will submit three assignments (such as three short stories or a novel synopsis and two chapters) in marketable form. Students should discuss their plans with the instructor before registering. Communications 290 (3) Marketing a Non-Fiction Book (3,1,0) (F,S) Planning, organizing, researching and writing a publishable non-fiction book. Survey of potential markets, development of a detailed outline, and production of a proposal including a query letter, outline, and sample chapters to be submitted to an appropriate publisher. Students should discuss their plans with the instructor before registering. Contact Person: Lois Rennie, Coordinator, 984-4947 TEN MONTH CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Instructional Faculty R. ANNE, Dip. E.C.E. (Ryerson), Art Therapy (Toronto) M.C. BELLAMY, B.A. (Calgary), E.C.E., (Capilano) J. CLARK, R.N. (Regina General Hospital), Teaching Dip. (Sask.) S. LOW, B.A. (Alta), E.C.E. (Langara) M. RAWSTHORNE, B.H.E., M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N. L.J. RENNIE B.Sc., Dip. E.C.E. (Brigham Young) Our society is recognizing the importance of the early years in children's development. There is an increasing need in communities for child care services, and for trained staff who can ensure that the children's needs are met in a variety of programs for preschoolers. The Early Childhood Education program prepares students for supervising in these centres. Career Opportunities Graduates of the 10 month program certify, upon completion of the 500 hours of work experience required by the Community Care Facilities Branch (CCFB), as an Early Childhood Educator in the Province of B.C. Early Childhood Educators are qualified to provide care for children between the ages of three years and school age. Additional courses are needed to certify as an Infant & Toddler Educator and /or a Special Needs Educator. The positions obtained by graduates demand a high degree of maturity and interpersonal skill in addition to the ability to plan and implement program activities for young children. The Program Early Childhood Education is a full-time, 10 month program beginning in late-August. Based on the "Competencies in Early Childhood Education", developed by the Ministry of Education, Science and Technology the foundation of the E.C.E. program is the study of development from birth to adulthood. The history and current philosophies of early childhood education are examined. An interrelated series of courses focus on the care and guidance of the young child, program planning, and curriculum content. Other areas of study include health and nutrition, interpersonal skills, parent-teacher relationships, and community resources. Theory and practice are closely related throughout the program. Students have practical experience in three practicum centres under the guidance of qualified supervisors. Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education 182 Courses are presented in a manner which promotes active participation through labs, practical demonstrations, reports, group projects, role play, and discussions. All E.C.E. students are expected to maintain the program's standards of academic achievement and professional behaviour. In practicum centres students will adhere to E.CE.B.C.'s Code of Ethics. Admission Requirements Enquiries to the department may be made at any time. An information meeting for potential applicants is held in March. Following this meeting, applicants are required to attend a group interview with the E.C.E. Instructors. Further interviews may be held in early August, if spaces are available. Candidates must be 19 years of age or older, with secondary school graduation. A year or more of life experience following high school usually contributes to the development of the maturity and personal characteristics which are necessary for success in the program and in working with young children and their families. Successful applicants will show evidence of development of interpersonal and life skills, emotional health, and a commitment to young children and their families. Related past work experience and education will be considered. College-level writing and academic skills are essential. Three references are required. Applicants are required to be functional in the English language, and the department reserves the right to assess their competence prior to admission into the program. Applicants are required to present a medical report on a form supplied by the College, plus evidence of the absence of active tuberculosis. Practicum centres require a Criminal Records check. Special Fees and Expenses The student can expect to spend approximately $700 on books and supplies. Additional costs will be incurred for a First Aid course and transportation for practicums. Graduation Requirements Attendance: Early Childhood Education courses are intensive; regular attendance is mandatory. Provincial certification requires the graduate to hold a valid First Aid Certificate. The student is responsible for obtaining this and for presenting it to the coordinator before the end of September. The St. John Emergency First Aid Certificate or any higher level is acceptable. Continuation into the second term of the program is dependent on the demonstration of an adequate level of interpersonal, academic and teaching/guiding skills. C- is the minimum acceptable grade in all courses. Practicum course grades must be C or higher. Graduation from the program requires completion of all courses in the program with a 2.0 GPA after the first term. Program Content FIRSTTERM CMNS 155 Education 155 Education 170 Education 171 Education 172 Education 173 Education 175 Education 176 Credits/Lab Basic Communications 3 Human Growth and Dev. I 4.5 Interpersonal Skills 1.5 Introduction to E.C.E. 1.5 Guiding Young Children I 1.5 Curriculum Development I • 1.5 4 1.5 Observing and Recording Applied Theory—Practicum I 3 6 18 10 SECOND TERM Education 174 Health 1.5 Education 254 Theoretical Perspectives 3 Education 270 Intro, to Working with Families 1.5 Education 271 Intro, to Centre Organization 15 Education 272 Guiding Young Children II 1.5 Education 273 Curriculum Development II 1.5 Education 274 Nutrition 1.5 Education 275 Human Growth and Dev. 1.5 Education 276 Applied Theory—Practicum II 4 6 Education 277 Applied Theory—Practicum III 4 6 21.5 16 E.C.E. POST BASC I PROGRAMS The Early Childhood Education Infant & Toddler Program and the Special Needs Program are two evening part-time programs for persons who have already completed a certificate program in Early Childhood Education. Candidates must either be certified as an Early Childhood Educator or be in the process of completing the required 500 hours work experience. Completion of the Infant & Toddler Program qualifies a student to be an Infant & Toddler Educator. Completion of the Special Needs Program qualifies a student to be a Special Needs Educator. Each of the two programs consists of seven courses including two practicums. Courses are scheduled in the late afternoon and evening to accommodate persons who are working full-time. Some flexibility is possible in scheduling the daytime practicum in order to meet the needs of individual students. Courses in these two programs are scheduled on a twoyear rotation. Students may begin at any time in the sequence. A schedule is available on request from the department. Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education 183 There are three core courses which are part of both programs. Credit for these courses taken as part of one program means that the student has credit for part of the second program as well. Course Descriptions Graduates of the Capilano College 10 month Early Childhood Education Program who complete the two Post Basic Programs are eligible for the Capilano College Diploma in Early Childhood Education. The first of a two-part sequence. Course material spans the period from conception through the preschool years and examines physical and motor development, cognitive, language, and affective growth and development. An introductory study of theories, principles of development, and child study techniques is included. Contact the E.C.E. coordinator for further information. Infant & Toddler Program Education 170 (1.5) Interpersonal Skills Program Content FIRST TERM •Education 350 Advanced Child Development (Fall '94) •Education 351 Family, School & Community (Fall '93) Education 355 Physical Care & Safety (Fall '94) Education 356 Infant/Toddler Practicum A Education 357 Infant/Toddler Practicum B Credits 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 15 8.5 SECOND TERM •Education 352 Centre Operations (Spring '95) Education 353 Program Planning (Spring '95) Education 356 Infant/Toddler Practicum A Education 357 Infant/Toddler Practicum B 2.0 1.5 1.5 15 6.5 Program Content Credits 2.0 SECOND TERM •Education 352 Centre Operations (Spring '95) Education 354 Program Planning for Special Needs (Spring '94) Education 358 Special Needs Practicum A Education 359 Special Needs Practicum B •These courses apply to both the Infant /Toddler & Special Needs Programs 2.0 2.0 1.5 15 9.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 15 6.5 (6,0,0) (F) (15,0,0) (F) •r An introductory two-week course in which students gain an understanding of basic communication principles and techniques. Practice in the application of these skills is included. Education 171 (1.5) Introduction to Early Childhood Education (15,0,0) (F) This course introduces the student to many programs for young children and the role of the Early Childhood Educator. Course content includes discussion of philosophy and goals, scheduling, arranging play spaces, the important role of play, and knowing children as individuals. Basic play activities are examined with respect to learning values, equipment, preparation, and teacher guidance. Education 172 (1.5) Guiding Young Children I Special Needs Program FIRST TERM Education 262 Special Education (Fall '93) •Education 350 Advanced Child Development (Fall '94) •Education 351 Family, School & Community (Fall '93) Education 358 Special Needs Practicum A Education 359 Special Needs Practicum B Education 155 (4.5) Human Growth and Development I (2,0,0) (F) This course develops a theoretical framework of guidance principles and techniques and examines their application. It also discusses the significance of routines in the child care centres, and describes procedures and teacher guidance in these situations. Education 173 (1.5) Curriculum Development I (2,4,0) (F) The first of a two part sequence in which curriculum areas are explored. This course is based on the philosophy that play provides the foundation for children's growth and development The course is closely coordinated with the concurrent practicum course so that students have particular children in mind as they plan goals, developmentally appropriate activities and materials, and teaching strategies. Building a curriculum resource file is a significant component of this course. Education 174 Health (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) The course is designed to familiarize students with some of the common childhood illnesses. Particular emphasis Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education 184 is placed on the management of the young child with a health problem in a preschool setting. The course also includes preventive health measures, and the symptoms of common childhood illnesses and communicable diseases. Education 175 (1.5) Observing and Recording (2,0,0) (F) A course which develops skill in objectively observing and recording the behaviour of young children. Weekly supervised observations form the major part of the course. Different kinds of observational techniques are explored. The uses of teacher observations are examined. Education 176 (3) Applied Theory-Practicum I (2,0,6) (F) The first of three practicum courses. In this course the student spends two mornings per week in a practicum centre, arranged by the College, working under the supervision of a qualified supervisor. An instructor also observes the student in the practicum centre. Assignments are integrated with the course work in Education 173. Students plan, implement, and evaluate activities. Seminar discussions help students integrate theory and practice. Education 254 (3) Theoretical Perspectives (4,0,0) (S) This course provides an introduction to educational philosophy recognizing historical, sociological and psychological influences. Major contemporary issues will be examined. Cross culture approaches to early childhood education will be discussed. Education 270 (1.5) Introduction to Working with Families (2,0,0) (S) This course is designed to develop a beginning understanding of the significance and complexity of an effective relationship between the early childhood educator and the child's family. The student is helped to identify needs, feelings, values, and expectations of parents, to plan for the introduction of new families to the centre, to clarify roles of family and staff, to further develop communication skills, to examine similarities and differences in customs and values in various ethnic and religious groups, to recognize personal values, and to identify the essence of a professional relationship with parents. Education 271 (1.5) Introduction to Centre Organization (2,0,0) (S) An introductory look at some of the administrative aspects of operating a centre for young children. This course assumes a knowledge of curriculum and daily program planning, and identifies necessary functions relating indirectly to children, e.g. handling finances, hiring staff, leadership and management, cleaning and maintenance, policies and procedures, etc. Provincial legislation regulating child care is examined. Steps to opening a centre wall also be discussed. Education 272 (1.5) Guiding Young Children II (2,0,0) (S) This is a follow up to Education 172 and will extend the student's repertoire of guidance/teaching techniques. The focus is on responding to the needs of the individual child and on fostering prosocial behaviour and a positive self concept. The student will develop skill in writing behavioural goals, and planning for their achievement. Planning effectively for the new child in the group is also included. Education 273 (1.5) Curriculum Development II (2,4,0) (S) A continuation of Education 173. The student will acquire further knowledge, experience and skill in planning, implementing and evaulating curriculum activities to enhance the development of the whole child. It is recognized that each child's cultural heritage must be valued and, therefore, visible throughout the curriculum. This course is closely coordinated with Education 276/277. Education 274 (1.5) Food and Nutrition (2,0,0) (S) This course enables students to plan and prepare appropriate snacks and meals for the preschool child. The student is introduced to basic nutrients and their role in human physiology, and the special requirements of the child for optimum health. Students are encouraged to work cooperatively with families and health professionals. Topics covered include menu planning and healthy eating habits, physical, social, religious and cultural differences, food purchase and storage, and food safety. Education 275 (1.5) Human Growth and Development II (2,0,0) (S) A continuation of Education 155 following the preschooler through the middle years of childhood, adolescence, and into adulthood. Education 276 Applied Theory—Practicum II This is a full time block practicum of five weeks duration. The student works under the guidance of a qualified early childhood educator in a centre selected by the College. An instructor also observes the student. Seminar discussion is focused on integrating theory and practice. Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education 185 Assignments are designed to extend the developing skills of activity planning and teaching/guiding young children. Education 277 Applied Theory • Practicum III This is the final course of the E.C.E. Certificate program, taken after completion of all other courses in the program. The student consolidates and extends the skills developed earlier. It is a full day block practicum of five weeks duration. Weekly seminars again link theory to its practical application. Post Basic Program Course Descriptions FIRST TERM Education 351 (2) Family, School & Community (2.5,0,0) (F) The teacher/family/community partnership will be examined with the focus being on families with infants, toddlers and special needs children. Education 262 (1.5) Special Education (2,0,0) (F) Contemporary issues in special education wall be examined in a historical perspective. Students will gain an understanding on specific handicapping conditions and their impact on the child, family and childcare centre. Education 356 Infant & Toddler Practicum A This is the first of a two part sequence in which the student will work with Infant/Toddlers in a group setting. Previously developed skills will be extended and adapted to infants and toddlers. Emphasis will be placed on the development of strategies to promote self-esteem, language, social behaviour and self-help skills. Education 357 Infant & Toddler Practicum B This is the second of a two part Infant/Toddler practicum sequence. The student will "fine tune" her/his ability to work with both children and adults in a day care program for children under three years of age. Education 358 Special Needs Practicum A This is the first of a two part sequence in which the student will work with children with special needs in an integrated or specialized setting. Emphasis will be placed on the development of strategies to promote the child's self-esteem, developing communications, self-help and cognitive skills. Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education 186 Education 359 Special Needs Practicum B This is the second of a two part Special Needs Practicum sequence. The student will extend her/his ability to plan a program for an individual child and the group in an integrated or specialized setting. Communication with parents, staff and children will be emphasized. SECOND TERM Education 354 (2) (2.5,0,0) (S) Program Planning for Children with Special Needs The student will develop skills in program planning for children with special needs in specialized and integrated settings. Guidance strategies, activity plans and individual educational plans will be examined. Education 356, 357, 358, 359 See First Term •Education 351 is a core course and is, therefore, a component of both the Infant & Toddler and Special Needs Programs. Courses offered in 1994/1995 will complete the two year rotation enabling students to qualify as an Infant & Toddler Educator and/or Special Needs Educator. Fisheries Science Sechelt Campus Only FSCI 140 FSCI 141 Work Practicum Work Practicum Contact Person: Dave Bates 987-1535 or 885-9310 3 3 30 Course Descriptions FISH CULTURE TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE Instructional Faculty Fisheries Science 100 (3) Introduction to Salmonid Biology DJ. BATES, Dip. Tech. (BCIT), B.Sc., M.Sc. (SFU), R.P.Bio. M. MARSH, Dip. Tech. (Malaspina), B.Sc. (UBC) An introductory course in the basic biology of the salmonid. Course content examines the life histories, habitat and biology of these animals. Career Opportunities Fisheries Science 101 Fish Culture I Graduates of the program may find challenging careers with either the private or public fish culture sector. This includes the commercial aquaculture industry, government contracts with fisheries agencies and consulting firms. A Hsh Culture Technician, while working under the supervision of a manager, will be responsible for the well being of intensively reared salmonids. The Program The Fish Culture Technician Program is available in distance learning format. Students may register in one or more courses. Upon completion the student is awarded the Fish Culture Technician Certificate. The distance learning program has been designed for individuals that are currently working in the fish culture field who wish to upgrade their academic credentials. Individualized programs may be available. Admission Requirements Prospective applicants should inquire by telephone or by writing to the Sechelt campus. An information package and application will then be forwarded. Graduation Requirements Students must successfully complete all Fish Culture Technician courses (30 credits). Program Content FSCI100 FSCI101 FSCI 102 FSCI 103 FSCI 105 FSCI 106 FSCI 120 Aqua 131 Credits Introduction to Salmonid Biology 3 Fish Culture I 3 Fish Culture II 3 Water Quality 3 Fish Health 3 Salmonid Nutrition, Feeding & Growth 3 Basics of Microcomputers 3 Aquaculture Business 3 (3) An introduction to the theory and techniques used in the fresh water culture of salmon and trout. Course content covers collection, incubation and rearing of salmonids. The major emphasis is on hatchery production of salmonids for commercial aquaculture and enhancement purposes. Fisheries Science 102 Fish Culture II (3) A continuation of Fisheries Science 100. This course examines the intensive culture of salmonids reared in the marine environment. Content includes an introduction to the marine environment, smolt transport, salt water adaptation, cage culture and harvesting and processing. Fisheries Science 103 Water Quality (3) An introduction to water quality with respect to intensive salmonid culture. Course content examines water quality parameters that impact on fish production and methods for measuring these parameters. Fisheries Science 105 Fish Health (3) An introduction to the science of fish health. This course examines the pathogens that frequently infect cultured salmonids. Course content examines the various groups of pathogens and methods used to prevent, minimize the impact or treat these pathogens. Fisheries Science 106 (3) Salmonid Nutrition, Feeding and Growth An introductory course in the applied aspects of salmonid nutrition. Course content includes nutritional requirements of cultured salmonids, feed formulation and manufacture, feeding methods and strategies, biology of growth and growth estimation. Career/Vocational — Fisheries Science 187 Fisheries Science 120 (3) Basics of Microcomputers POST-BACCALAUREATE IN FISHERIES SCIENCE An introduction to the personal computer and associated software. Course content inroduces the student to word processing, spreadsheets and databases using the integrated software program Microsoft Works. A post degree program in the applied aspects of fisheries management is currently under development. Courses available for future credit towards the post degree program or undergraduate academic transfer to Simon Fraser University include: Aquaculture 131 (3) Aquaculture Business FSCI 200 FSCI 210 An introduction to basic business writing and record keeping. Fisheries Science 140 Field Practicum I (3) Practicums involve the student working for two 10-day periods at a fish culture facility. The student will be involved in the daily activities of these facilities working with fish culture staff. Fisheries Science 141 Field Practicum II (3) Practicums involve the student working for two 10-day periods at a fish culture facility. The student will be involved in the daily activities of these facilities working with fish culture staff. Career/Vocational — Fisheries Science 188 Salmonid Biology Intensive Salmonid Culture Health and Human Services The LTCA program is no longer offered by Capilano College and has been replaced by the Resident Care Attendant Program. 2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and have a genuine desire to work with elderly people in the health field. Two references are required. Please see below for details of this new Ministry of Advanced Education, Training & Technology program. 3. The minimum educational prerequisite is a grade 10 or equivalent. Students may be asked to complete a reading comprehension test. RESIDENT CARE ATTENDANT PROGRAM Contact: 984-4947 Support Staff: Arlene Miller, Diane Mills, Receptionists; Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Instructional Faculty T. ADLER, B.A. (Toronto), M.S.W. (UBC) S. ENGELBERT, B.A., R.N. B. MILLER, R.N. M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N., Coordinator • K. TAYLOR, R.N. C. TWEEN, R.N. Career Opportunities The number of elderly people in our community is increasing, and there is an ever-growing demand for qualified men and women to work full-time or part-time in this field of health care. Graduates of this full-time RCA program are qualified to work with residents in various long term care settings, including extended care facilities, intermediate care facilities and personal care residences. The potential for employment is excellent. The Program Capilano College offers full-time certificate program recognized throughout British Columbia. This program is designed to provide students with the opportunity to qualify to work with long term care clients in many different settings. The program integrates health care theory with practice. Practicum experiences take place in a variety of intermediate care and extended care facilities. All students who are interested in the RCA prgram must attend an information meeting and have an interview with an RCA instructor. Admission Requirements 1. All prospective students are required to attend an information meeting and have a student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the program. 4. Applicants need good physical and mental health, and are required to complete a medical report on a form provided by the College, plus evidence of absence of active tuberculosis. Graduation Requirements Attendance: The Resident Care Attendant courses are intensive; regular attendance is mandatory. Graduation requires a valid First Aid Certificate which includes C.P.R. The student is responsible for obtaining this and presenting it to the coordinator before the first day of classes. The St. John's Emergency Level Safety Oriented First Aid Certificate or any higher level is acceptable. Fees and Expenses The fees are in accordance with the College Calendar. The student can expect to spend approximately $200 on books and supplies. Additional costs will be incurred for a First Aid course and transportation for practicums. Financial Aid is available to eligible students. Awards and Scholarships The RCA program offers the Rosalind Brossard Scholarship. PERSONAL ASSISTANT FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES Contact: 984-4947 Support Staff Arlene Miller, Diane Mills, Receptionists Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant EIGHT MONTH CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Instructional Faculty T. ADLER, B.C. (Toronto), M.S.W. (UBC) L. CUTHBERTSON, B.H.Sc. (O.T.) (McMaster), M.Ed. (Brock) Reg. O.T. (BC) M. DAYAN, B.S.R. (UBC), Chartered Physiotherapist J. GIBBS, R.P.N., R.S.W. M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed.(UBC), R.D.N. Career/Vocational—Health and Human Services 189 Career Opportunities In response to the trend for people with physical disabilities to live in the community rather than in an institution, the Personal Assistant program prepares students to work with clients of all ages in a variety of community settings. Students are trained to give client-directed personal assistance in order that the individual may achieve the fullest possible participation in society. Services offered by the graduate Personal Assistant differ from the traditional medically modeled services in many ways: • service goals are defined by the service user, not the sevice provider or medical personnel • services are oriented towards promoting maximum independence for the client in all aspect of life • services are directed towards enhancing an individual's present strengths and enabling the development of further strengths 2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and have a genuine desire to work with physically disabled people in the Health & Human Services field. Two references are required. 3. The minimum educational prerequisite is grade 10 or equivalent, with grade 12 preferred. Students may be asked to complete a reading comprehension test. 4. Applicants need good physical and mental health, and are required to complete a medical report on a form provided by the College, plus evidence of the absence of active tuberculosis. Some practicum placements require a Criminal Record Check. 5. Students need a valid First Aid Certificate which includes C.P.R. throughout the course. The student is responsible for obtaining this and presenting it to the coordinator before the first day of classes. The St. John's Emergency Level Safety Oriented First Aid Certificate or any higher level is acceptable. • services may be provided in a variety of settings Graduation Requirements Because graduates must be prepared to work efffectively within the full continuum of available settings, the Personal Assistant program prepares students to assist persons with disabilities in a broad range of activities of daily living. The Personal Assistant program ensures that students acquire knowledge and master skills necessary to deal with the functional, emotional, social and medical implications of physical disabilities. Attendance: The Personal Assistant Program courses are intensive; regular attendance is mandatory. Graduates of the program find employment in many areas of the health field including: group homes, private homes, recreation programs and health care centres. Students must obtain a minimum C+ average (21/3 G.P.A.) with completion of all courses in the program. Fees and Expenses The fees are in accordance with the College Calendar for a 30 credit program. The student can expect to spend approximately $200 on books and supplies. Additional costs will be incurred for a First Aid course, transportation for practicums, and for a Criminal Record Check. Program Financial Aid is available to eligible students. The objective of the program is to provide the basic skills and knowledge required for a career in the Health and Human Services field. This full-time, eight month certificate program integrates health care theory with practice. Practicum experiences take place in a variety of community health care settings. All students who are interested in the Personal Assistant program must attend an information meeting and have an interview with a program instructor. Course Descriptions PCAD 011 (1.5) Human Relations I (2,0,1) (F) This is the first course in a two part sequence, in which the student will develop the knowledge and skills in human relations which are needed to be an effective facilitator of independent living for persons with disabilities. Admission Requirements 1. All prospective students are required to attend an information meeting and have a student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the program. Interviews are held in mid-May. Further interviews may be held in mid-August, if spaces in the program are available. Career/Vocational—Health and Human Services 190 PCAD 012 (1.5) Ethics and Values in Health Care (2,0,1)(F) In this course the student will develop the knowledge and skills required to fill the role of a Personal Assistant in a professional, ethical and caring manner to ensure that people with disabilities are valued. PCAD 013 (3.0) Introduction to Physical Disabilities (4,0,2) (F) PCAD 026 (2.0) Food, Nutrition and Food Safety (2,0,1) (S) This course enables students to understand the theoretical basis for the procedures needed by the Personal Assistant working with physically disabled clients of all ages. The procedures include the principles of body mechanics, medical asepsis, disabling conditions and their functional limitations. Both course content and assignments are integrated with lab and practicum placements in PCAD 019 and PCAD 039. This course enables students to plan and prepare appropriate snacks and meals for people with physical disabilities. Students are encouraged to work cooperatively with clients, their families and health professionals as members of the health team. Topics include: menu planning and healthy eating habits; physical, social, religious and cultural differences; food purchase and storage; texture modification and food safety. PCAD 015 (3) Physiology and Human Needs PCAD 027 (2.0) Protection and Safety (4,0,2) (F) This course provides an introduction to basic anatomy and physiology of the body, related to the human needs of people of all ages. PCAD 019 (1.5) Applied Theory • Practicum I (0,4,11) (F) (2,0,1) (S) This course enables students to provide a safe home environment for people with disabilities. Topics include: sanitation, accident prevention, fire prevention and safe working procedures. PCAD 029 (6.0) Applied Theory - Practicum II (0,4,11) (S) The first part of the practicum course is a series of field trips designed to increase the student's awareness of community resources. In the second part of the course students spend two days a week in a practicum placement arranged by the College. A clinical instructor visits and observes the student working in the practicum setting. Assignments are integrated with the lab instruction and course work in PCAD 013. This is the second part of the practicum course covering three practicums of varying lengths, ranging between two, three, and four weeks each. Practicums take place in group homes, private homes, health centres, recreation programs, day cares and classrooms. Each practicum is under the guidance of a College instructor and a qualified supervisor from the practicum setting. PCAD 022 (1.5) Human Relations II PCAD 039 (4.5) Applied Theory - Lab Skills and Practice (2,0,1)(S) This is the second course in human relations, in which the student continues to develop knowledge and skills related to the needs of clients with physical disabilities. PCAD 023 (1.5) Growth and Development (0,4,2) (F,S) Students spend one day a week in the College health lab learning the practical skills needed to work with clients with physical disabilities. (2,0,1) (S) This course is designed to introduce students to the major changes which occur in normal and abnormal development. The learner will identify basic human needs, assess how these needs are met and will establish how they fit into a continuum of care to meet the needs of people with disabilities. PCAD 024 (3.0) Advanced Physical Disabilities (4,0,2) (S) This is a continuation of PCAD 013. Students learn the theoretical basis of advanced procedures essential to the role of the Personal Assistant. The course content is also integrated with lab and practicum placements in PCAD 029 and PCAD 039. Career/Vocational—Health and Human Services 191 Landscape Horticulture Contact: 984-4947 Special Fees and Expenses Instructional Faculty In addition to the program tuition, students will incur further expenses of approximately $900 for books, personal work gear and equipment, certification fees, field trip, conference and membership fees. L. KOSKITALO, Coordinator, B.Sc. (U. of M.), Ph.D.(UBC) R. WELSH, Dip. Landscape Tech. (B.C.I.T.) Graduation Requirements ONE YEAR CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Support Staff: Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant Career Opportunities Graduates of the Applied Landscape Horticulture program find employment in many areas of horticulture including: municipal parks, golf courses, residential and commercial landscape installation and/or maintenance; garden centre sales, nursery and greenhouse operations. The Program The objective of the Applied Landscape Horticulture program is to provide individuals with the basic skills and knowledge prerequisite to beginning a career in landscaping or landscape-related industries. This full-time 8 month certificate program integrates horticultural theory with practice; the first term emphasizing theory and the second term practical applications. Due to the popular nature of the program, and its limited enrollment, prospective students are advised to contact the Horticulture department by late April to arrange to attend early-May INFORMATION MEETING. Student/ instructor interviews can be arranged at the conclusion of this meeting. Admission Requirements 1. All prospective students are required to attend a student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the program. Interviews are held in mid-May. Further interviews may be held in mid-August, if spaces in the program are available. Students who are unable to attend the interview should contact the program coordinator to make alternative arangements. 2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and should have a genuine interest in and desire for commencing or continuing a career in horticulture. 3. The minimum educational prerequisite is grade 10, with grade 12 preferred. Students not proficient in basic math may be required to take an upgrading course. 4. Applicants should be in reasonable health and physical condition. 5. Successful applicants will show evidence of development of interpersonal skills and emotional health. Career/Vocational — Landscape Horticulture 192 Due to the intense nature of the program, regular fulltime attendance is crucial. Students are expected to attend and participate in all classes and program activities. Students with poor attendance may be required to withdraw. Participation in all field trips, including the 3day orientation field trip, is compulsory. Students must attain a minimum aggregate G.P.A. of 2.3, pass all courses, must possess a valid B.C. pesticide dispenser or acceptable applicator certificate, and attain a minimum 60% standing in plant materials to successfully complete the program. Awards and Scholarships The Applied Horticulture Bursary for $500 is presented at the beginning of the second term. Applications for this award will be received in mid-December, the award being based upon: • first term marks • program participation • financial need The B.C. Council of Garden Clubs Scholarship for $500 is presented at the beginning of the second term. This scholarship is awarded to the student who has demonstrated excellence in terms of scholastics and programs involvement. Program Content Credits Labs FIRST TERM 5 8 HORT 101 Introductory Horticulture 5 0 HORT 102 Plant Materials I 1 2 HORT 103 Growing Media & Fertilizers 1 2 HORT 105 Plant Production 1 HORT 106 Landscape Irrigation & Drainage 2 0 0 HORT 107 P & T Gardens Practicum 16 11 SECOND TERM HORT 108 Landscape Design HORT 109 Plant Materials II HORT 110 Turfgrass Management HORT 111 Business Practices HORT 112 Landscape Installation & Maintenance HORT 114 P & T Gardens Practicum 2.5 4 3 1.0 2 0 2 1 5 0 15.5 8 0 13 Course Descriptions Horticulture 101 (5) Introductory Horticulture (6,6,0) (F) Horticulture 108 (2.5) Landscape Design (1.5,3,0) (S) A highly practical introductory course in design theory and practices; plan reading and revisions; and basic design skills. Course materials are presented by means of lectures, visuals, projects and specific practicum labs. This course details commercial horticulture in B.C., covers basic plant science theory, deals with work site safety and develops basic horticultural skills including the use and proper care of hand tools, power equipment, day to day greenhouse operations, planting and watering techniques. Students participate in a 3-day orientation field trip near the beginning of this course. Students also participate in a WCB certified survival first aid practicum. A continuation of HORT 102 with the emphasis on conifers, broadleaf evergreens, annuals and perennials. Horticulture 102 Plant Materials I Horticulture 110 (3) Turfgrass Management (5) (6,0,0) (F) Horticulture 109 Plant Materials II (4) (6,0,0) (S) (4.5,2,0) (S) An introduction to woody and herbaceous ornamentals including deciduous trees and shrubs, conifers, broadleaf evergreens, bulbs, and ground covers. This course emphasizes identification, landscape values and requirements of the plant materials studied. An introductory turfgrass course dealing with the selection of grasses for turfs, turfgrass installation, and maintenance (includes fertilization, irrigation, moving, cultivation, pest control practices) for residential and large area turfs. Horticulture 103 (2) Growing Media & Fertilizers Horticulture 111 (1) Business Practices (3,1,0) (F) (1.5,1,0)(S) This course is designed to provide students with the media science knowledge necessary for the production and maintenance of plants in the greenhouse, nursery and landscape. Deals with business establishment, business organizations, business operations, landscape estimating, quotations and contracts. Job search, job applications, resumes and interviews are also discussed. Horticulture 105 Plant Production Horticulture 112 (5.C) Landscape Installation & Maintenance (2) (3,1,0) (F) To acquaint students with greenhouse and nursery production systems and methods. Topics will include: plant propagation, greenhouse production and nursery stock production. Students will successfully produce a number of specific greenhouse and nursery crops. Horticulture 106 (2) Landscape Irrigation and Drainage (3,1,0) (F) This course is designed to familiarize the student with the basics of turf and drip irrigation systems as well as basic landscape drainage systems. Students learn how to install, operate and maintain landscape irrigation systems. Horticulture 107 (0) P & T Gardens Practicum (0,0,2)(F) (5,6,0) (S) A largely applied course covering plant installation and common landscape maintenance practices. Landscape installation topics include: site preparation, use of aggregates, and construction of walks, steps, retaining walls, fences, trellises, and use of paving materials. Maintenance topics include: pruning, planting and transplanting, pest management, mulches, and methods of fertilization. Students write the B.C. Ministry of Environment General Dispenser and Landscape Applicator pesticide certification examinations.The majority of the course time is spent on field installation and maintenance work. Horticulture 114 (0) P & T Gardens Practicum (0,0,2) (S) A continuation of HORT 107. This is an optional landscape maintenance work experience at Park and Tilford Gardens. The objectives of the practicum are to develop a professional work ethic, to master basic gardening skills and to learn to complete tasks effectively and in a timely manner. Career/Vocational — Landscape Horticulture 193 Legal Assistant Contact: 984-4959 Instructional Faculty M. ALPERSTEIN, B.Sc. (U of C), LL.B (Queens) M. BRADSHAW, B.A. (U. of Colorado), LL.B. (UBQ D. COCHRAN, B.A. LL.B. (UBC), Cert. Ed., M.A. Ed. (SFU) V. COCHRAN, LL.B. (UBC), External Co-ordinator A. DUMOULIN, B.A. LL.B. (UBC) W. ENWRIGHT, B.F.A. M.F.A. (UBC), LL.B. (McGill) J. FAIRLIE, B. Mus. LL.B. (UBC) N. HALL M. KERFOOT, B.A. (Carleton U), B.Ed. (U of Regina), LL.B. (UBC) D. PHILLIPS, LGAS Certificate M. SPENCE, B.Sc. LL.B. (UBC) D. THOMSON, B.SC, LL.B. (Queens) G. WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist Support Staff M. MACKAY, Divisional Assistant T. RENTZ, Receptionist M. TAYLOR, Clerk Typist Career Opportunities A legal assistant, while working under the supervision of a lawyer, is capable of originating work and making decisions. This person has knowledge of both procedural and substantive law. Some examples of work functions are: interviewing clients; drafting pleadings, wills, probate, conveyancing and corporate documents; legal research; file management; assisting in trial preparation. Graduates of the program will find challenging careers working as legal assistants in law offices, government agencies, and corporate legal departments. The program has been in operation since 1976 years and has a 90% placement rate. (This figure may fluctuate for any one graduating class depending on the economy.) Programs There are two legal assisant programs offered at Capilano College. 1. The Associate in Arts and Science Diploma program. This is a two year full-time program designed for people without current legal experience. 2. The Legal Assistant Certificate Program. This evening program is designed for people who are presently working in a law office with at least two years' legal secretarial or paralegal experience. Career/Vocational—Legal Assistant Program 194 1. TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA Upon completion of the two year program, students must complete a six month practicum under the supervision of a lawyer. Students are paid during this practicum by their employer. At the end of a successful practicum, the student is eligible for graduation. Faculty work closely with students and with the legal community to ensure successful practicum placements. Faculty maintain close contacts with the legal community, and several faculty members are practising lawyers. As well, support is provided by an external Advisory Committee, which provides information on recent developments in the legal community, and offers advice on topics ranging from curriculum changes to grad placements. Members of the Advisory Committee include representatives from the Law Society of British Columbia, the Canadian Bar Association, private law firms, a government agency, and crown corporations. Admissions Requirements The successful applicant to the Legal Assistant Program typically has two years of post secondary university transfer education, an interest in law, maturity and work experience. Prospective applicants may apply by telephoning 984-4959. Names will be recorded and applicants will receive the formal admission procedure outline. Information meetings may also be held. Coordinators will then review all applications for the 35 seats available in the program. Applicants who meet the program requirements will be invited to have a personal interview. Academic Standards The Legal Assistant program requires students to maintain a cummulative 3.0 grade point average over the four terms. In addition, any student whose grade point average falls below 2.0 will not be permitted to continue in the program. Special Fees and Expenses The student can expect to spend approximately $1000.00 per year on books and photocopying expenses. Since regular use of a law library is necessary for research purposes, students should include necessary transportation expenses. Financial assistance may be available in the form of student loans and bursaries. Information on these is available at the Financial Aid Office. Graduation Requirements Regular attendance is necessary. Students must successfully complete all Legal Assistant courses offered (67.5 credits). Students must also complete 3 credits of University Transfer 100 level courses and 3 credits of computer training equivalent to BSMG 180. These courses may be completed at any accredited post-secondary institution. In addition all students must complete a 6 month practicum, and receive a "Pass" grade prior to graduation. To be eligible to go out on a practicum students must maintain a cumulative 3.0 GPA. SECOND TERM LGAS 156 Intro, to Evidence LGAS 176 Legal Office Procedures LGAS 180 Contracts I LGAS 254 Torts II LGAS 256 Family Law LGAS 262 Litigation Procedures III THIRD TERM LGAS 153 Basic Corporate Procedures LGAS 172 Legal Drafting I LGAS 179 Legal Interviewing LGAS 181 Contracts II LGAS 253 Company Law LGAS 264 Insurance Law I FOURTH TERM LGAS 152 Litigation Procedures II LGAS 155 Conveyancing Procedures LGAS 157 Wills & Probate Procedures LGAS 174 Legal Drafting II LGAS 255 Real Property LGAS 265 Insurance Law II LGAS 199 Career Practicum Total Credits: Academic Transfer: Computer Course: Diploma Requirement: This is a part-time evening program designed for students with at least two years legal secretarial or paralegal experience who are presently working in a law office. Those without a legal background or the two years experience may be admitted to a particular course only after consultation with the Coordinator. It is the student's responsibility to initiate the contact with the Coordinator prior to registration. Acceptance into a particular course does not mean a student has been accepted into the program as a whole. Two Year Associate in Arts and Science Diploma Program Content FIRST TERM LGAS 150 Intro, to Study of Law LGAS 162 Litigation Procedures I LGAS 170 Legal Research Torts I LGAS 252 CMNS 179 Legal Communications 2. LEGAL ASSS I TANT CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3J) — 15.0 The Legal Assistant Certificate Program courses normally start in September, although occasionally they may also start in January. Contact the Legal Assistant Program area at 984-4959 for registration deadline information. The requirements for the certificate must be completed within five years of commencing the courses. The fiveyear period may be extended for one year in exceptional circumstances. Certificate Requirements 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3J) 16.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3J) 16.5 In order to attain the Legal Assistant Certificate students must successfully complete 39 credits. Thirty-three of these credits must be chosen from substantive Legal Assistant Courses. Students must also complete six credits of University Transfer courses at a 100 level or one three credit 100 level university transfer course and 3 credits of computer training equivalent to BSMG 180. A 2.66 cumulative GPA must be maintained. Legal Assistant Certificate Program Content * Courses marked with an asterisk are required courses and must be taken before a student is eligible to receive a certificate. 0 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3j) 16.5 3.0 67.5 3.0 3£ 73.5 + Students wishing to enter the program must first take LGAS 150 and then LGAS 170 before they will be admitted to any course except LGAS 151. *+ LGAS 150 *+ LGAS 151 »+ LGAS 170 LGAS 172/174 LGAS 179 » LGAS 180/181 LGAS 182 LGAS 252/254 LGAS 253 LGAS 255 Introduction to the Study of Law Evidence Legal Research Legal Drafting I & II Legal Interviewing Contracts I & II Creditors' Remedies Torts I & II Company Law Real Property Career/Vocational — Legal Assistant Program 195 structure of a real estate sale, the system of registration in B.C., and basic procedures when acting for a purchaser and/or vendor. LGAS 256 Family Law LGAS 264/265 Insurance I & II Criminal Law LGAS 268 Administrative Law LGAS 271 LGAS 156 (1.5) Introduction to Evidence Transfer Credits Transfer credits will not automatically be given for courses taken at other institutions. Students will be required to demonstrate current knowledge before course exemption will be granted. Course Descriptions Please see program content to determine which courses apply to the program in which you are interested. LGAS 150 (3) Introduction to the Study of Law (4,0,0) (F) Introduction to legal concepts and legal reasoning. The course will cover the historical development of legal institutions and the principles of common law and equity, the interpretation of statutes, and an analysis of the system; its strengths and weaknesses. Transferable to SFU. LGAS 151 Evidence (3) (4,0,0) (S) An introduction to the law of evidence. Although some statutes will be considered, emphasis will be on case law and current developments in the law. Transferable to SFU. LGAS 152 (1.5) Litigation Procedures II (2,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: LGAS 162 This course is designed for legal assistants assisting in a litigation practice. The rules of court will be studied in detail from the beginning of a process to trial. LGAS 153 (1.5) Basic Corporate Procedures (2,0,0) (S) An examination of the B.C. Company Act and the C.B.C.A. and the various documents required to incorporate a company and attend to routine filings and resolutions. Differences between reporting and non-reporting companies will be studied. LGAS 155 (1.5) Conveyancing Procedures (2,0,0) (S) Introduce students to basic conveyancing procedures in B.C., including the role of the conveyancing assistant, the Career/Vocational — Legal Assistant Program 196 (2,0,0) (S) This course is an introduction to the law of evidence including relevancy, materiality, admissibility, opinion evidence, etc. LGAS 157 (3) Wills & Probate Procedures (4,0,0) (S) An examination of the Wills Act, the Estate Administration Act, and Wills Variation Act. Students will prepare the necessary documents to obtain Letters Probate and Letters of Administration. Students will also learn how to deal with assets after Letters Probate or Administration have been obtained. LGAS 162 (3) Litigation Procedures I (4,00) (F) Introduction to procedures in the courts of B.C. The course will cover basic procedures in pre-trial preparation of documents, and the use of precedents in litigation. LGAS 170 (3) Legal Research (4,0,0) (F,S,Su) Provides the student with the techniques and methodology of legal research and will include functions such as reading briefs and legal documents; using encyclopedia, annotated reports, law reviews, case comments; locating decisions. LGAS 172 (3) Legal Drafting I (4,0,0) (F) Course work includes drafting of agreements, statements of claim and defences, letters and memos, and a study of the rules of statutory interpretation. Emphasis will be placed on developing different writing styles, rather than obtaining a detailed knowledge of specific areas of law. LGAS 174 (3) Legal Drafting II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: LGAS 172 A continuation of the work begun in LGAS 172; students will draft more complex documentation. LGAS 176 (3) Legal Office Procedures (4,0,0) (F) Practical information about the organization of legal offices. Instruction in timekeeping, filing and communications systems, use of data processing equipment in law offices, ethical responsibility of legal assistants and legal terminology will be covered. LGAS 253 (3) Company Law LGAS 179 (3) Legal Interviewing The law relating to business associations. An examination of rights and duties of officers, directors, and shareholders, as well as an analysis of provincial securities practice. (4,0,0) (F) This course will give an understanding of the role of the legal assistant and of the process of legal interviewing. Students will acquire skills in conducting various types of interviews. LGAS 180 (3) Contracts I (4,0,0) (F,S) The objective of this course is to give the students a general understanding of the fundamental principles of contract law, including offer and acceptance, certainty, intention, consideration, and privity. LGAS 181 (3) Contracts II (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: LGAS 180 This course is a continuation of LGAS 180. Topics include misrepresentation, interpretation, mistake, duress,and remedies. LGAS 182 (3) Creditors' Remedies (4,0,0) (F) LGAS 254 Torts II (3) (4,0,0) (F) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: LGAS 252 This is a continuation of LGAS 252. Recovery of pure economic loss, nuisance, liability of statutory authorities, intentional torts and other areas are studied. LGAS 255 (3) Real Property (4,0,0) (S) A review of the common law relating to real property as modified by legislation will be studied in this course using the case analysis method. LGAS 256 (3) Family Law (4,0,0) (S) Law and the family: marriage and its dissolution; rights and duties of spouses and parents; custody; access, guardianship, and adoption. LGAS 262 (3) Litigation Procedures III (4,0,0) (S) Discussion of the principles, practice and information gathering procedures necessary to realize on judgments. The case method will be used and students are expected to be familiar with the documentation used in the above process. This course covers divorce, Family Relations Act, and small claims procedures. LGAS 199 (3) Career Practicum LGAS 264 (3) Insurance Law I (2,0,0) (F.S.Su) Prerequisite: 3.0 Cumulative GPA This includes the work portion of the Career Practicum which consists of six months in a law firm. It also includes classroom seminars and instructor/student consultations. Students will be assisted by the instructor in finding a practicum, but it is the student's responsibility to obtain a practicum position. This practicum must be commenced within two years of completing the Legal Assistant course requirements. LGAS 252 Torts I (3) (4,0,0) (F) An introductory study of torts. Principal topic to be studied is the law of negligence. Prerequisites: LGAS 152 and 162 (4,0,0) (F,S) An overview of Canadian Insurance law including structure of the industry, insurable interest, valuation, subrogation, contribution and indemnity and duty to disclose. LGAS 265 (3) Insurance Law II (4,0,0) (S) Continuation of LGAS 264 covering agents' duties and responsibilities; form and formation of the insurance contract; cover, including exceptions to cover; the claims process; I.C.B.C. insurance issues. LGAS 268 (3) Criminal Law (4,0,0) (F,S) Substantive elements of selected criminal offences and consideration of various defences. The effect of the Career/Vocational — Legal Assistant Program 197 Media Resources Charter of Rights on rights of the accused will be also studied. Contact: 984-4940 Transferable to SFU. TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA LGAS 271 (3) Administrative Law (4,0,0) (F,S) The law relating to administrative tribunals in Canada. The rules of natural justice and fairness will be examined as well as judicial review of decisions and administrative tribunals. Emphasis will be on provincial administative tribunals and the effect of the Charter in this area. Instructional Faculty J.V. BIZZOCCHI, B.A. (Michigan), Teaching Cert. (Sec.) (Michigan), Video Production (Banff Centre) R. CARVER MORRIE EAMAN M. FEARON, B.A. (Mount Allison), M.A. (UBC) G. MCARTHUR, M. Ed. (UBC) P. KELLINGTON, Film Studies (UBC) A.A.S., Media Spec. Cert. (Capilano) B. MAYLONE B. REID, B.A. (Alta.) S. ROGERS, B.A. (Ryerson) P. THOMPSON, B.A. (Stanford), M.Ed., Teaching Cert. (Minnesota) K. WATT J. WESTENDORP, B.F.A. (UBC) In recent years there has been an increasing awareness of the importance of the media in communications, industry and education. Consequently there is a growing market for personnel with the appropriate training and attitude for work in these fields. Career Opportunities In 20 years of operation, approximately 80% of the Media Resources graduates have become employed in related fields within six months of graduation. Our graduates are currently working in a variety of settings as media producers and A / V directors for a variety of educational institutions, private companies, and other organizations; production and administration staff; news and film editors; and freelance producers. The Program FILM, PHOTOGRAPHY, VIDEO, AUDIO and COMPUTERS are vital components of the media mix used in all levels of educational and instructional communication. The Media Resources Program is a two-year program training students for current and developing applications of media technologies. In areas of education, commercial and community media, there is an increasing readiness to use new techniques to foster learning, growth, and social interaction. Capilano College's Media Resources Program prepares students for work and leadership in this growing media resources field. Career/Vocational—Legal Assistant Program 198 The core of the program is production training. Students are taught standards of excellence and effectiveness in all forms of educational production work. Basic technical skills are taught in all media areas, and a large number of projects are completed by students during their training. In this way students are prepared for a wide range of practical work possibilities, rather than simply a proficiency in theory. The program involves more than technical skills. Courses also develop knowledge and skills in communication, learning theory, instructional design, the uses of media in education, the maintenance and purchasing of equipment, and resources distribution. The program's instructional design reflects its practical goals. Workshop methods, hands-on training and field trips are used throughout the program. The College's training facilities are equipped with a broad variety of standard audiovisual equipment. This ensures that students are ready to do quality work with the types of equipment presently used in educational instruction, training, and community facilities. Admission Requirements The Media Resources Program consists of four terms of study. New students are admitted each September in a class of 28. Persons over 18 years of age or with secondary school graduation are eligible for admission to the College and this program. Application forms are available from the department and at Information Meetings held between November and April. Applicants will be contacted for an interview in the January-May period and, if there are places available, in August. Interviews are conducted until the class is filled. Admission is based on general ability, interest in media, noteworthy experience, previous work, education, and commitment to the Media Resources Program. It is highly recommended that applicants to the Media Resources Program take Media 065 (Media Studies) and a media production course (such as filmmaking, photography, slide-tape, or video production) prior to applying to the Program. Everyone admitted to Media Resources must take Media 065 during the first year in the program (unless Media 065 or an equivalent university-level film history course has been taken). Special Fees and Expenses Students may expect to pay approximately $6000.00 for tuition, fees, materials and textbooks during the two-year program. Graduation Requirements In order to graduate from the Media Resources Program, the student must successfully complete all the component courses. Professional Standards All Media Resources students are required to adhere to high standards of academic performance and professional behaviour (as described in the booklet Media Resources Department Guidelines). Program Content Lab Credits Hours Major Program Requirements FIRST TERM Media 100 Intro, to Video CMNS 130 Basic Communications Media 156 Computers in Media: Intro Media 181 Basic Audio Production Media 183 Photographic Production Media 189 Research Methods Media 190 Instructional Design Media 195 Applications of Photography SECOND TERM Media 150 Intro, to Animation Media 172 Video Technology I Media 173 Ed. Media Applications: Audio Media 182 Advanced Audio Production Media 185 Advanced Photography Media 186 Computers in Media Prod. Media 200 Intermediate Video I Media 202 Intermediate Video II THIRD TERM Media 260 Slide/Tape Production Media 271 Educational T.V. Systems Media 272 Video Tech II Media 256 Computers and Video I Media 294 A / V Production Media 250 Documentary Scriptwriting Media 300 Advanced Video Production FOURTH TERM CMNS 156 Communications for the Media Resources Student Media 263 Production Resources Media 303 Media Specialist in Education and Training Media 304 Educational Media 73.5 60 3 3 3 3 3 1.5 3 3 22.5 3 3 0 18 3 1.5 1.5 3 3 3 3 3 21 6 3 6 3 18 6 6 3 3 1.5 3 1.5 1.5 6 19.5 3 12 3 1.5 6 1.5 6 3 6 Career/Vocational — Media Resources 199 M e d i a 299 Applications: Computers Major Projects TOTAL Educational Media Applications: Audio 3 105 0 12 73.5 60 15 Lab PART-TIME COURSES Credits H o u r s M e d i a 055 Basic T . V . Studio Operation 1.5 M e d i a 061 Basic S l i d e / T a p e Production 3 M e d i a 065 M e d i a Studies 3 M e d i a 071 Basic Photography - O p e n Lab 3 M e d i a 073 A d v a n c e d Photography 3 3 M e d i a 074 Basic F i l m m a k i n g - O p e n Lab 3 M e d i a 090 Independent Production and 1.5 Portfolio Presentation M e d i a 092 Computers i n M e d i a - Desktop P u b l i s h i n g M e d i a 093 Computers i n M e d i a 1.5 - Desktop Presentation M e d i a 094 Computers i n M e d i a 1.5 - HyperCard A p p l i c a t i o n s Course Descriptions Media 100 (3) Introduction to Video Production (3,0,0) (F) (3,0,0) (S) A n introduction to the theory and application of animation techniques. W h i l e film is the p r i m a r y m e d i u m i n this course, computer animation concepts are also taught. Media 156 (3) Computers in Media: Introduction (3,0,0) (F) Basic computer skills i n w o r d processing and introductory training i n graphics and desktop publishing applications as they relate to media production. Media 172 (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (S) Video Technology I A n introduction to v i d e o systems, i n c l u d i n g a history of video technology, components of a complete video system, and a comparison of different formats. Media 173 (3) Career/Vocational — Media Resources 200 Media 181 (3) (3,6,0) (F) Basic Audio Production A n introduction to basic production techniques; components include interviewing, scripting, d u b b i n g , editing, mixing, and packaging. The course also covers the operation of microphones, tape recorders and d u b / m i x facilities. Media 182 (3) (3,0,0) (S) Advanced Audio Production The application of production techniques i n a variety of situations, i n c l u d i n g multi-track recording and m i x i n g , documentaries, location recording, radio plays, film and video soundtracks and music recording, often using the department's sound production studio. Media 183 (3) (3,6,0) (F) Theory and Applications of Photographic Production This course concentrates o n the basic skills involved i n video production w i t h an emphasis o n camera techniques and visual sequencing. Media 150 (3) Introduction to Animation A n introduction to the fundamental principles o f sound generation and reproduction, a n d to the terminology, hardware, and systems related to audio components. Applications of audio technology, equipment maintenance, and critical analysis of product specifications are given special emphasis. (3,0,0) (S) A n introduction to the photographic base relative to audiovisual production, i n c l u d i n g the camera and its controls, darkroom techniques, photosensitive materials and their control, and visual reproduction. Media 185 (3) Advanced Photography (3,6,0) (S) The application of photographic techniques, w i t h emphasis o n combining shot sequences to tell a story, as w e l l as editing, layout, presentation, and basic studio operation. Media 186 (3) Computers in Media Production (3,3,0) (S) A n introduction to the use of computers i n pre-production to increase productivity. Emphasis is placed o n computer application i n graphics, budgeting, storyboarding and planning for the media. Media 189 (1.5) Research Methods (1.5,0,0)(F) Methods for planning, organization, a n d presentation of research for educational media productions. Sources considered w i l l include print, non-print, a n d people. Media 190 (3) Instructional Design (3,3,0) (F) Media 263 (1.5) Production Resources (1.5,6,0) (S) An introduction to the fundamentals of instructional design as applied in the production of educational media packages. Topics will include systems theory, objectives, audience analysis, evaluation, curriculum, learning activities, and resources. The comparative study of media technical systems and their operation; evaluation of various resources available in the Lower Mainland; design and/or modification of systems for media production and delivery; and interface of different types of systems. Media 195 (3) Special Applications: Photography Media 271 (3) Educational Television Systems (3,0,0) (F) An introduction to the areas of darkroom maintenance, photographic chemistry, print finishing, small and medium format copy camera, and relevant copying materials used in a variety of media applications. Media 200 (3) Intermediate Video 1 (3,6,0) (S) This course is designed to build on the basics of video recording and sequencing taught in MDIA 100. Students will focus on lighting, audio recording and editing for single camera productions. Workshops and exercises will form a major part of this course as well as a final production which students will produce in production groups. Media 202 (3) Intermediate Video II (1.5,0,0) (F) Students will build on existing computer skills but within a video framework. Students will be introduced to video titling, colour scanning, digital video effects and other computer media functions. Media 260 (3) Slide/Tape Production Media 272 (1.5) Video Technology II (1.5,0,0) (F) This course assumes the background in MDIA 172. It is an advanced technical course concerned with those technical aspects of studio and field video production that are important to the video producer. Media 294 (1.5) A/V Production (1.5,0,0) (F) This course considers the design, planning, costing, utilization and evaluation of audio-visual and multiimage production. Given in conjunction with MDIA 260. (1.5,0,0) (S) An overview of the production planning process with an emphasis on the roles of scripts, concepts, treatments and storyboards in documentary production. Media 256 (1.5) Computers and Video I This course assumes background in basic portable video tape equipment and operations covered in Media 171 and is designed to develop the students' ability to effectively use multi-camera studio setups for the production of educational programs. These programs are of a quality suitable for cablecast or broadcast on the Knowledge Network. (3,3,0) (S) In this course students will learn the fundamentals of developing, writing, and presenting material suitable for basic video documentary productions. Media 250 (1.5) Documentary Scrlptwrltlng (3,6,0) (F) (3,3,0) (F) An introduction to the production of instructional slide/ tape programs. Includes operation of slide/tape equipment, production of transparencies, sound track and design considerations,and the integration of sound and visuals. Media 299 (1.5) Major Projects (1.5,0,0) (S) Students will work in production groups to produce programs for outside clients. Students are responsible for all aspects of these productions from contact to completion. Media 300 (6) Advanced Video Production (6,3,0) (F) This advanced production course develops students' basic production skills (taught in MDIA 100,200 & 202) to a level suitable to produce for cablecast, broadcast and instructional and corporate setttings. Media 303 (1.5) (1.5,6,0) (S) The Media Specialist In Education and Training A course concerned with the uses of media for motivation, information transmission, emotive learning, and selfawareness. A field practicum course exploring the Career/Vocational — Media Resources 201 relationship of the media specialist to education in general and the role of the media generalist in educational and instructional communication. A practical and lecture course in advanced photography. Similar to Media 185, this course is not for students enrolled full-time in the Media Resources Program. Media 304 (3) (3,0,0) (S) Educational Media Applications: Computers Media 074 (3) Basic Film Making • Open Lab A theoretical and hands-on introduction to the use of computers in education. Includes producing and evaluating computer-assisted instruction packages and computer-assisted video instruction. A practical and theoretical course in cinematography similar to Media 253, but more limited in scope and depth of coverage. This course will provide access to production facilities rather than structured laboratory instruction. Not for students enrolled full-time in the Media Resources Program. Optional Courses Each term the department will offer a limited number of courses that are open to college students and community members not enrolled full-time in the Media Resources Program. These courses carry college credit and may be applied towards a Capilano College Diploma. Check the timetable to see which ones will be offered in a given time. Media 055 (1.5) Basic Television Studio Operation (1.5,0,0) (S) An introduction to video and television techniques for studio production. Students will design, shoot and edit several short subjects using the College's television studio (Dynamics Lab). Media 061 (3) Basic Slide/Tape Production (3,0,0) (S) A basic introductory course in slide-tape production. Similar to Media 260, but more limited in scope and depth of coverage. This course is not for students enrolled fulltime in the Media Resources Program. Media 065 (3) Media Studies (3,0,0) (F) An introductory analysis and historical overview of media, especially film, combining aesthetic concepts, production techniques, and theoretical foundations. See discussion on Media Resources admission requirements. Media 071 (3) Basic Photography - Open Lab (3,0,0) (S) An introductory course including both practical and theoretical aspects of 35 mm photography. Topics include: the camera and its controls, darkroom techniques, visual reproduction, photo-sensitive materials, filtration, and composition. Media 073 (3) Advanced Photography Career/Vocational — Media Resources 202 (3,3,0) (F,S) (3,0,0) (S) (1.5,0,0) (S) (Open) Media 090 (1.5) Independent Production and Portfolio A survival guide to the world of freelancing, with an emphasis on the various fields of audiovisual production. Topics include: portfolio preparation, developing clientele, budgeting, legal concerns, and developing new opportunities. Media 092 (3) Computers in Media - Desktop Publishing (3,0,0) (F) A practical introduction to the computer as a tool for desktop publishing. The computer will be used to assist in development of skills for layout and design for print materials. Media 093 (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (S) Computers in Media Desktop Presentation An introduction to the computer as a tool for desktop presentation. The computer will be used to plan, design and deliver presentations for education,training, or industry. Media 094 (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (S) HyperCard Applications in Media and Training An introduction to the use of hypercard to create tutorials, promotional material, and presentations. The applications will be appropriate for educational, training, or business situations. Music Therapy Contact: 984-4951 Instructional Faculty P. AVERY, B.A. (York), M.Ed. (Toronto) J. BECKOW, B. Mus. (UCLA), Dip. Music Therapy J. BRODEUR, B.Mus. (Vincent d'Indy) M.A., Ph.D. (C.P.U.). M.T.A. K. BURKE, B.A. (Antioch), Dip. M.T. (Capilano), M.T.A. K. CARWANA, B.S.R. (UBC) R. GURR M. HOWARD, Dip. Music Therapy (Capilano) N. MCMASTER, B.A. (UBC), Dip. M.T. (Nordoff & Robbins), M.T.A. E. MOFFITT, B.Mus. (McGill) M.A. (CPU), Dip. Music Therapy (Capilano), M.T.A.Coordinator J. RABINOVITCH, B. Fine Arts (Concordia), Dip. Music Therapy (Capilano) M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N. J. WATERS, B.A., M.A. (SFU), Ph.D. (SFU) S. WILLIAMS, B.Mus. Ed. (Toronto) M.C.A.T. (Hahnemann) M.T.A. MUSC I THERAPY PROGRAM Contact Person: Elizabeth Moffitt, Coordinator, Office No. H118, Phone: (604) 984-4951. • BACHELOR OF MUSIC THERAPY BRITISH COLUMBIA OPEN UNIVERSITY Graduates of the Capilano College Music Therapy program receive a Bachelor of Music Therapy from the British Columbia Open University of the Open Learning Agency. Music therapists use the creative process inherent in musical participation to assist individuals and groups to improve their mental, physical and emotional functioning. Music therapists work with deep emotions in special therapeutic programs, run exercise and dance programs, lead choirs, instrumental ensembles and music appreciation groups as they contribute to therapeutic goals. Music therapy is increasingly identified by health care professionals as an effective catalyst for client motivation, stimulation and communication. Career Opportunities Graduates of the program work with all age groups, with a wide range of physiological, cognitive and emotional disorders, in a variety of clinical settings or in private practice. They are trained to work as part of a health care team. The Program The Music Therapy Program at Capilano offers the 3rd and 4th years leading to the Bachelor of Music Therapy granted by the British Columbia Open University. This degree program is designed so that students may enter with a variety of backgrounds: music, general arts, education, or nursing etc. All four years may be completed at Capilano College. This program provides students with the opportunity to gain knowledge and develop competencies in such areas as clinical disorders; assessment, planning and intervention; improvisation and music of many eras and cultures; interpersonal skills and group dynamics; basic research, documentation and presentation of music therapy. The program blends academic and experiential course work. Students deepen their experience of music, creative expression and the role of the arts. They are encouraged to explore their values, beliefs, feelings and communication patterns, to increase their effectiveness in the field. They have field work in a different setting for each of the four terms, in which they are given increasing responsibility to design, implement and evaluate their own treatment programs, under clinical supervision. This course work fulfills the educational requirements for professional accreditation by the Canadian Association for Music Therapy. A supervised internship is also required before graduation, to fulfill the accreditation requirement for clinical work. The Music Therapy Program has a policy regarding continuation in the program. Admission Requirements to the Third Year N.B. For Admission Requirements to the first year, consult the entrance requirements to the Music Department. An interview will also be required with the Music Therapy faculty, however acceptance to the first year does not guarantee acceptance to the third year. All students entering the third year of the Music Therapy Program must: 1. Comply with the general College entrance require ments. 2. Participate in an interview with the Music Therapy Coordinator. Interviews are held in May and August. 3. Play an audition on his/her concentration instrument, demonstrating technique, repertoire, and musical sensitivity in two contrasting pieces at least at a Grade 9 Toronto Conservatory level, or equivalent. 4. Have completed one full year at the university level of Music Theory, Ear Training and Sight singing. Career/Vocational - Music Therapy 203 5. Have successfully completed at least two years at the university level, including at least six credits of English, six credits of Music History, twelve credits of psychology *, (including Introductory Psychology, Developmental Psychology and Psychology of Aging), three credits of Human Biology, three credits of Orff and Kodaly Methodology. 6. Have completed 9 elective credits. 7. Have some experience with people with special needs. 8. Be able to demonstrate a high level of maturity, integrity, and natural interpersonal ease. 9. Have basic guitar and keyboard skills at the level of University Class Piano. Continuation in the program and granting of the Bachelor of Music Therapy degree will be contingent upon demonstration of an adequate level of personal, academic and clinical skills as jointly evaluated each term by music therapy faculty and field supervisors. Credits SECOND TERM MT 361 Music Therapy II MT391 Practicum I PSYC 222 Abnormal Psychology MT 364 Disabling Conditions of Adulthood PMI 200 Concentration Instrument PMI Secondary Instrument THIRD TERM PSYC 201 Group Dynamics MT420 Improvisation II - Guitar Improvisation MT450 The Influence of Music II MT460 Music Therapy III Career/Vocational — Music Therapy 204 6.0 2.0 1.0 17.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 6.0 2.0 1.0 18.0 Internship (compulsory upon completion of all above courses) 9.0 Some Music Therapy Practicum Placements Graduation Requirements FIRST TERM MT 320 Improvisation I MT 330 Basic Clinical Skills MT350 The Influence of Music MT360 Music Therapy I MT 370 Disabling Conditions of Childhood MT380 Interpersonal Skills PMI 300 Concentration Instrument PMI Secondary Instrument FOURTH TERM MT451 Music & the Creative Arts MT461 Music Therapy IV MT462 Introduction to Research Methods for Music Therapists MT 480 Improvisation III MT491 Practicum III PMI 400 Concentration Instrument PMI Secondary Instrument MT510 Note: In addition, students must meet the College's general admission requirements. See pg. 11 of this Calendar. Major Program Requirements Practicum II Concentration Instrument Secondary Instrument Vocal workshops throughout the 2 years. * Abnormal Psychology is offered within the Music Therapy Program. Program Content MT490 PMI 300 PMI 80.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 2.0 1.0 18.0 3.0 6.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 18.0 3.0 1.0 1.5 3.0 CHILDREN North Vancouver School Board Children's Hospital UBC Bob Berwick Preschool PSYCHIATRY Riverview Hospital Westside Community Care Team GERIATRICS UBC Extended Care Yaletown House PALLIATIVE CARE Lion's Gate Hospital Vancouver General Hospital St. Paul's Hospital Course Descriptions Music 100 Theory I (3) (4,0,0) (F) A study of music from c. 1600 to 1800 with an emphasis on diatonic harmony up to simple modulation. Related concepts of form will be explored. The student will learn control of chord progression and voice leading. He/she will be familiarized withfiguredbass. Music 101 Theory II (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 100 or equivalent. A continuation of Music 100 with the introduction of tonicization, modulation, diatonic sequence, and melodic and rhythmic figuration. Music 112 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing I (3,0,0) (F) Study of the aural recognition of intervals and chords. The student will learn to transcribe melodies and rhythms appropriate to their level, and to sight sing melodies using Solfege harmonic dictation. Music 113 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing II (3,0,0) (S) A continuation of Music 112. Music 114 Piano Class (D (2,2,0) (F) This course is designed for students who wish to learn basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposition and harmonization are the skills developed during this course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic triads and sevenths of the major key, all major, minor and modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material covered in class. Students practice on the department's pianos. Music 115 (1) Piano Class (2,2,0) (S) A continuation of Music 114. In addition, keyboard sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced along with easy original repertoire. Music 120 History I (3) (3,0,*) (F) A survey of musical history from the time of ancient Greece to the present. * Some concert attendance will be required. Music 121 History II (3) (3,0,*) (S) A study of music history from Dufay to Monteverdi. (3) (3,0,*)(F) This course is designed as a complementary study both for Music and General Arts students. The music from Cavalli to Mozart will be examined emphasizing aural recognition of the evolution of musical style. * Some concert attendance will be required. (3) (3,0,*) (S) A course designed as a complementary study both for Music and General Arts students. This course will examine music from Beethoven to the present day. The emphasis will be on aural recognition of the evolution of musical style and its relationship to its historical context. * Some concert attendance will be required. Music 360 (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (F) Method Studies in Music Education: Kodaly Methodology This will provide a knowledge of Kodaly methodology and the skills necessary to use this teaching method in a classroom. Music 361 (1.5) Method Studies in Music Education: Orff Methodology (1.5,0,0) (S) This will provide a knowledge of Orff methodology and the skills necessary to use this teaching method in a classroom. PMI (Various Numbers) (2) Concentration Private Music Instruction (1,0,0) (F,S) A course designed to permit the student to pursue indepth study of his/her own music specialty. The course consists of a series of one-hour lessons. PMI (Various Numbers) (1) Secondary Private Music Instruction (.5,0,0) (F,S) This course consists of a series of half-hour lessons on the student's secondary instrument. Note: To enroll in any PMI courses students must get permission from the coordinator of their Music Program. Music Therapy Courses Music Therapy 320 ImprovisaUon I * Some concert attendance will be required. Music 220 History III Music 221 History IV (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) An experiential study of free and structured improvisation forms for groups and solo work. Music Therapy 330 Basic Clinical Skills (3) (3,0,3) (F) An introduction to the basic concepts of observation, assessment and goal setting, including six weeks of introductory field work and in-class observations. Career/Vocational — Music Therapy 205 Music Therapy 350 (3) The Influence of Music (3,0,0) (F) Music Therapy 451 (1.5) Music and the Creative Arts (2,0,0) (S) A study of the physical and psychological impact of music, and its components for music therapy. A study of healing and music in various cultures. An experiential exposure to leading creative arts activities which can be used in conjunction with music: eg. dance, visual arts, poetry. Music Therapy 360 Music Therapy I Music Therapy 460 Music Therapy III (3) (4,0,0) (F) This course presents the development of music as therapy, the clientele groups and their needs, and the potential of music as a therapeutic medium. Music Therapy 361 Music Therapy II (3) (4,0,0) (S) (3) (4,0,0) (F) A continuation of the presentation of music therapy styles, for psychiatry, palliative care, music education and in healing, including the work of Helen Bonny and Mary Priestley. Assessment and treatment planning will be covered in depth. Music Therapy 461 Music Therapy IV (3) (3,0,0) (S) This course presents three music therapy styles with a focus on theory, analysis, and practice. Included are Developmental Music Therapy, Nordoff/Robbins improvisational style, and the use of Music Therapy in inpatient psychotherapy. This course focuses on professional attitudes, skills, and awareness. Students learn job hunting skills, and practise leading workshops. Music Therapy 364 (3) Disabling Conditions of Adulthood Music Therapy 462 (3) Principles of Research (3,0,0) (S) (3,0,0) (S) An introduction to anatomy and physiology, normal and abnormal, and practical elements of standard treatment. An introduction to elementary research designs and basic statistical procedures. Music Therapy 370 (3) Disabling Conditions of Childhood Music Therapy 480 Improvisation III (4,0,0) (F) (1.5) A basic introduction to abnormal child development and some major intervention approaches. A continuation of Improvisation II. Music Therapy 380 (1.5) Interpersonal Skills for Music Therapists Music Therapy 490 Practicum III (1.5,0,0) (F) Communication and observation exercises to increase awareness of ingrained skills and habits, and to introduce new alternatives. Music Therapy 391 Practicum II (6) (2,0,6) (S) Field work, in which students design, lead and document music therapy sessions, in consultation with staff supervision. Weekly seminars examine practicum issues. Music Therapy 420 (1.0) Improvisation II • Guitar Improvisation (1.5,0,0) (F) Group leading using guitar improvisation, plus exploring current popular styles and idioms. Music Therapy 450 (1.5) The Influence of Music II (2,0,0) (F) A continuation of lecture and experiencial exposure to the influence of music in conjunction with the expressive arts. Career/Vocational — Music Therapy 206 (6) (1,0,0) (S) (2,0,6) (F) Field work and weekly seminars. (Refer to Music Therapy 391.) Music Therapy 491 Practicum IV (6) (2,0,6) (S) Field work and weekly seminars. (Refer to Music Therapy 391.). Music Therapy 510 Internship (9) 1,000 hours of clinical field work, including monthly seminars. Office Administration Contact: 984-4959 Instructional Faculty D. BLANEY, I.D. (UBC), C.P.S.; Coordinator, Legal Secretarial Program N. BURY, B.A. (UBC), ACI, (U. of T.) Coordinator Office Technology Program D. CLARK, Lab Supervisor J. CLARK, R.N. (Regina Gen. Hosp.), Teaching Dip. (Sask.) V. COCHRAN, LL.B. (UBC) C. CRAM, B.A., M.A., Prof. Teaching Certificate, (Univ. of Toronto) S. FREUND, I.D. (UBC), Legal Assistant Certificate, Coordinator, Office Technology Program C. GRIEVES, B.Ed., Sec. (UBC) S. HORN, I.D. (UBC) L. JANSON, R.N. (Van. Gen. Hospital) L. JEST, I.D. (UBC) D. PHILLIPS, Coordinator, Legal Secretarial Program M. SEWARD, B.S.A. (St. Francis Xavier), B.Ed. (Mt. St. Vincent) B. SMITH, B.A., Prof. Teaching Cert. (UBC), Coordinator MOA Program B. SPICER, B. Comm, Standard Teaching Cert. (UBC) L. SPICER, B.Comm., Prof. Teaching Cert. (UBC) M.B.A. W. TILLEY, B.Ed. (UBC), M.A. (SFU) K. VICKARS, B.Ed., Lic.Acct. (UBC), C.G.A. G. WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist A. WHITE, Instructor/Lab Supervisor Support Staff Martha Mackay, Divisional Assistant Tamara Rentz, Receptionist Margaret Taylor, Clerk Typist General Information The Office Administration Division offers business training through the following programs: • Office Technology Programs - Secretarial, Financial and Administrative Assistant Programs • General Office Assistant Program • Accelerated Office Technology Programs - Financial and Secretarial Programs • Legal Secretarial Program • Medical Office Assistant Program Why Office Administration at Capilano College? Quality Education: small classes, personalized instruction, and professional instructors Career Training: secretary, clerk typist, accounting clerk, medical office assistant, legal secretary and word information processing Flexibility: day or evening, part-time or full-time Low Cost: our professional training courses are competitive with other institutions on the Lower Mainland New Technology: electronic typewriters, microcomputer training in fully equipped microcomputer labs. The Office Administration department coordinates and delivers six different programs to students with varying levels of skills. These programs/courses provide you with a comprehensive education in preparation for employment in business. OFFICE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM Contact: 9844959 The Office Technology Programs prepare graduates for responsible positions in the office administrative field. All Office Technology Programs offer extensive training in written communications, administrative procedures, accounting, and computer applications—word processing, spreadsheets and database. Each program includes a two-week supervised work practicum. Specialized training is provided for secretarial, accounting and administrative assistant positions. Graduation Requirements In order to receive a certificate for any of the Office Technology programs you must successfully complete the courses, accumulate the required credits for graduation, and maintain a grade point average of 2.0. Special Fees and Expenses Costs of tuition, textbooks and supplies change regularly. Contact the office at 984-4959 for up-to-date information. Awards and Scholarships Gerry Turner Memorial Award • Office Technology Programs Gerry Turner worked for the College for many years. She was Secretary to the Principal, and also worked in the Deans' offices, the Bursar's office, Purchasing, Community Education, Placement, and Accounting. Wherever she was, Gerry gave her best, and her aim was always to promote excellence, and to improve the image of the college in the community. This award is maintained by Gerry's friends at Capilano College who continue to remember her good humour, gentle demeanor, and always even disposition. The Gerry Turner Award is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence andfinancialneed to a student in an Office Technology Program in the Spring term. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 207 1. Secretarial Program 2. Financial Program Career Opportunities Career Opportunities The graduates of this program are employed in any area of business requiring well developed office skills. Successful students find employment as secretaries, machine transcriptionists and information processing clerks. Individuals are increasingly being confronted with information presented in financial terms. This program provides students with an understanding of both manual and electronic accounting procedures and the ability to apply this knowledge to business situations. The Program Graduates are finding employment in positions such as: accounting clerks, data information processors, accounting assistants, junior bookkeepers, full-charge bookkeepers for small and medium-sized firms. The Secretarial Program is a full-time, nine-month program offered each year from September to May. This program provides training in general office and computer skills. The Program Admission Requirements Students should be able to touch type at approximately 25 words per minute. Students are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator prior to program admission. The purpose of the interview is to answer any questions concerning the program and to ascertain whether this type of training is suited to the career goals of the student. Program Content FIRST TERM OTEC 111 Business English OTEC 112 Language Skill Development OTEC 115 Business Records OTEC 117 Accounting Procedures I OTEC 122 Word Processing I OTEC 130 Keyboarding Skills & Speed Development I OTEC 140 Administrative Procedures OTEC 145 Procedures and Systems SECOND TERM OTEC 211 Business Writing OTEC 222 Document Processing OTEC 230 Keyboarding Skills & Speed Development II OTEC 235 Machine Transcription OTEC 246 Microcomputer Business Applications OTEC 252 Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology I OTEC 300 Directed Work Experience I (March to May) THIRD TERM OTEC 300 Directed Work Experience I (Continued) Certificate Requirements: 33 credits Career/Vocational — Office Administration 208 Credits 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 18.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 15.0 The Financial Program is a full time, ten-month program, offered from September to June. This program provides students with training in accounting, general office applications, and computer applications. Admission Requirements Students should be able to touch type at approximately 25 words per minute. Students are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator prior to program admission to assess their suitability for the program. Program Content FIRST TERM OTEC 111 Business English OTEC 112 Language Skill Development OTEC 115 Business Records OTEC 117 Accounting Procedures I OTEC 122 Word Processing I OTEC 130 Keyboarding Skills & Speed Development I OTEC 140 Administrative Procedures OTEC 145 Procedures and Systems SECOND TERM OTEC 212 Business English II or OTEC 211 Business Writing OTEC 217 Accounting Procedures II OTEC 219 Microcomputer Accounting OTEC 222 Document Processing OTEC 230 Keyboarding Skills & Speed Development II OTEC 246 Microcomputer Business Applications OTEC 252 Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology I Credits 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 18.0 3.0 4.5 3.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 18.0 THIRD TERM (May/June) OTEC 247 Computers in the Financial Office OTEC 300 Directed Work Experience I OTEC 301 Directed Work Experience II 1.5 1.5 15 4.5 THIRD TERM OTEC 300 Directed Work Experience OTEC 301 Directed Work Experience II 1.5 15 3.0 Certificate Requirements: 40.5 credits Certificate Requirements: 37.5 credits 3. Administrative Assistant Program GENERAL OFFICE ASSS I TANT PROGRAM Career Opportunities The Administrative Assistant Program provides students with a high level of computer skills. Graduates from this program are finding employment in a wide range of positions, including administrative, correspondence and executive secretary, office assistant and word processing specialist. The Program The Administrative Assistant Program is a full-time program offered from September to June. This program provides students with training in secretarial, word processing, and computer applications. Students are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator to determine their suitability for the program. A minimum typing speed of 45 words per minute is required. Program Content SECOND TERM OTEC 211 Business Writing OTEC 222 Document Processing OTEC 225 Word Processing II OTEC 230 Keyboarding Skills & Speed Development II OTEC 235 Machine Transcription OTEC 246 Microcomputer Business Applications OTEC 252 Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology I OTEC 253 Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology II The General Office Assistant Program is a full-time program running from September to May. Students will study business communications; general office procedures; and computer applications, including word processing and spreadsheets. At the end of the program, students will complete two-weeks of directed work experience. Admislons Requirements Admission Requirements FIRST TERM OTEC 111 Business English OTEC 115 Business Records OTEC 117 Acounting Procedures I OTEC 122 Word Processing I OTEC 130 Keyboarding Skills & Speed Development I OTEC 140 Administrative Procedures OTEC 145 Procedures and Systems The General Office Assistant Program has been designed to meet the needs of individuals whose first language is not English. Through an arrangement with the ESL Department at Capilano College, students will be enrolled in English language courses while training for an office career with the Office Technology Program. Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 15 16.5 3.0 1.5 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 15 18.0 Students should be able to touch type at approximately 25 words per minute and have an intermediate level of ESL. Applicants are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator to determine if the curriculm will meet the individual's career goals. All applicants will be assessed by the ESL department to determine the level of English at which they are functioning. Graduation Requirements All courses must be satisfactorily completed and a grade point average of 2.0 maintained in order to qualify for graduation. Program Content FIRST TERM OTEC 111 Business English OTEC 112 Language Skill Development OTEC 115 Business Records OTEC 122 Word Processing I OTEC 130 Keyboarding Skills & Speed Development I OTEC 140 Administrative Procedures ESL 090 Intermediate Reading & Writing I SECOND TERM OTEC 212 Business English II OTEC 222 Document Processing OTEC 230 Keyboarding Skills & Speed Development II Credits 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 16.5 3.0 1.5 1.5 Career/Vocational — Office Administration 209 O T E C 245 O T E C 252 O T E C 300 ESL 091 Introductory Microcomputer Applications 1.5 Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology I 1.5 Directed W o r k Experience I (March to M a y ) 1.5 Intermediate Reading & W r i t i n g II 3J) 13.5 THIRD TERM O T E C 300 Directed W o r k Experience I (continued) Program Content Financial Program FIRST T E R M (January - A p r i l ) O T E C 113 Business English O T E C 115 Business Records O T E C 117 A c c o u n t i n g Procdures I O T E C 122 W o r d Processing I O T E C 140 Administrative Procedures O T E C 217 A c c o u n t i n g Procedures II (March to June) Credits 4.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 4.5 19.5 Certificate Requirements: 30.0 credits ACCELERATED OFFICE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM S E C O N D T E R M ( M a y - & June) O T E C 215 Computerized A c c o u n t i n g 1.5 O T E C 217 Accounting Procedures II (continued) O T E C 245 Introductory Microcomputer Applications 1.5 O T E C 300 Directed W o r k Experience I L5 4.5 Career Opportunities The Accelerated Office Technology Program is a full-time, six-month program w h i c h provides training i n written communications, administrative procedures, accounting, and computer applications i n c l u d i n g w o r d processing, spreadsheets, a n d database. The program also includes a two-week supervised w o r k practicum. The program offers specialized training i n accounting or secretarial skills. Graduates of the Financial program w i l l have the necessary skills for an entry level position i n the accounting field. Graduates of the Secretarial option w i l l b e trained for entry level secretarial positions. Admission Requirements Students should be able to touch type at approximately 25 words per minute. Applicants are required to meet w i t h the program coordinator prior to acceptance. The purpose of this interview is to familiarize the student w i t h program curriculum and ensure that this program meets w i t h the individual's career goals. Graduate Requirements In order to receive a certificate for any of the Office Technology Programs y o u must successfully complete the courses, accumulate the required credits for graduation and maintain a grade point average of 2.0. Special Fees and Expenses Cost of tuition, textbooks and supplies change regularly. Contact the office at 984-4959 for up to date information. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 210 Certificate Requirements: 24.0 Credits Secretarial Program FIRST T E R M (January - A p r i l ) O T E C 113 Business English O T E C 115 Business Records O T E C 117 A c c o u n t i n g Procedures I O T E C 122 W o r d Processing I O T E C 140 Administrative Procedures Credits 4.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 15.0 S E C O N D T E R M ( M a y & June) O T E C 235 Machine Transcription 3.0 O T E C 245 Introductory M i c r o c o m p u t e r Applications 1.5 O T E C 300 Directed W o r k Experience I L5 6.0 Certificate Requirements: 21.0 Credits Office Clerk Program This four-month certificate program is designed to train students i n fundamental office skills i n c l u d i n g w o r d processing. The program is offered at the Sechelt and Squamish campus. Telephone the College office i n these areas for scheduling information. Admission Requirements Students are required to have a personal interview w i t h the program coordinator to determine suitability for the program. A m i n i m u m t y p i n g speed o f 25 w o r d s per minute is required. Office Technology 122 Word Processing I Program Content BOT 100 BOT 102 BOT 105 BOT 110 Business English Keyboarding Administrative Procedures Business Records 3.0 1.5 3.0 (3) (4,2,0) (F,S) This course will instruct students in the theories and practical applications of WordPerfect Certificate Requirements: 10.5 credits Office Technology 130 (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Keyboarding Skills and Speed Development I Course Descriptions This course will build keyboarding speed and accuracy by taking the student by planned progression from the point at which each is currently performing to appreciably higher stroking levels. Office Technology 111 Business English I (3) (4,0,0) (F) The course will familiarize students with business communications with emphasis on spelling, punctuation, and grammar. Memo writing will be covered. Office Technology 112 (1.5) Language Skill Development (2,0,0) (F) This course will train students in language arts skills. Students will learn to apply correct techniques of written communications in their proofreading, verifying and editing. Office Technology 113 (4.5) Busienss English and Communications (6,0,0) (S) This course is designed to train students in all aspects of business communications necessary for office workers. Emphasis will be placed on spelling, punctuation and grammar and techniques for preparing memorandums and business letters. Office Technology 115 Business Records (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) This course will provide the student with an introduction to business and the skills to correctly compute and accurately maintain basic business records. The student will also learn to operate a ten-key electronic calculator by touch. Office Technology 117 Accounting Procedures I (3) (4,2,0) (F,S) This course introduces students to the theory of accounting and to tasks performed in the basic accounting cycle. Emhasis is placed on correct analysis, accuacy,and thoroughness as well as on attitudes of professionalism and independent decision making. Office Technology 120 (1.5) Keyboarding for College Students (2,0,0) (S) Office Technology 140 (1.5) Administrative Procedures (2,0,0) (F,S) This course will introduce the student to basic office administrative procedure techniques associated with the modern business office; define records and records management; and present the student with the principles and practices used in records control in a modern business office. Office Technoogy 145 (1.5) Procedures and Systems (2,0,0) (F) This course will introduce students to vocabulary, developments and advances in office technology so that they are aware of the skills and knowledge needed to function in the electronic office. Office Technology 211 Business Writing (3) (4,0,0) (S) This course utilizes the computer to improve the student's quality of grammar, spelling and word usage, and to develop and/or improve his/her composition skills. Office Technology 212 Business English II (3) (4,0,0) (S) This course utilizes the computer to assist students in developing/improving their letter and memo writing ability. Emphasis will be placed on sentence and paragraph structure, composition skills. Office Technology 215 (1.6) Comuterized Accounting (2,0,0) (Su) This course is designed to instruct the student in the use of accounting applicaiton programs for entering, storing and retrieving records, and producing standard financial reports. Students will learn to use the basic features of word processing. Emphasis will be placed on the use of correct keyboarding, techniques, the theory and practice of word processing, and proofreading. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 211 Office Technology 217 (4.5) Accounting Procedures II (6,4,0) (S,Su) Office Technology 246 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Microcomputer Business Applications This course is a continuation of OTEC 117 with emphasis placed on accounting systems and procedures. Business simulations are used extensively throughout the course. Introduction to a number of widely-used microcomputer application programs for business including, DOS, Spreadsheets and database. Office Technology 219 (3) Microcompuer Acounting Office Technology 247 (4,0,0) (S) A hands-on course to develop proficiency in the use of the computer for completing accounting procedures, including accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll, general ledger, and inventory records. Office Technology 222 Document Processing (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) A hands-on word processing course that will require students to apply correct document formating principles to the preparation of forms, reports, tables, and correspondence. Office Technology 225 Word Processing II (3) (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: OTEC 122 or equivalent A reinforcement of work procedures used in word processing by producing complex documents which require format, machine operation, and language skill decisions. Advanced features of WordPerfect will be used, including desktop publishing. Office Technology 230 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Keyboarding Skills and Speed Development II A continuation of the speed and accuracy training begun in OTEC 130. Office Technology 231 (1.5) (2,0,0) (Su) Keyboarding Skills and Speed Development III A continuation of O T E C 230. Maintenance or further development of keyboarding skills. Office Technology 235 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Machine Transcription The development of transcription skills including special reviews of spelling, punctuation, and grammar, to produce mailable correspondence using microcomputers. Office Technology 245 (1.5) Introductory Microcomputer Applications 212 (2,0,0) (Su) In this course, students will use A C C P A C accounting software to create and update records and produce financial reports. The graphics capabilities of desk top publishing software will be used to enhance the appearance of these and other presentations of financial information. Office Technology 252 (3) (2,0,0) (S) Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology I This course will provide students with an understanding of interpersonal communication techniques that can positively influence performance on the job. This skill demonstration approach allows the student to practice inperson and telephone responding, customer service and issue resolution skills in a supportive setting. Office Technology 253 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Interpersonal Skills & Organizational Psychology II This course identifies the positive administrative and supervisory skills that program graduates will need as they wish to assume additional career responsibility in the future. Topics include personality, motivation and handling conflict. The focus will continue in developing feedback and group leader skills. Office Technology 300 (1.5) Directed Work Experience I (2,0,70) (S,Su) This course involves both lectures on job search techniques and resume' preparation and at least thirty hours of office experience in an industry placement in a field related to the student's program. Office Technology 301 (1.5) Directed Work Experience II (2,0,0) (Su) Emphasis will be placed on job search techniques. Students will be required to research employment opportunities, seek interviews with prospective employees, and produce progress reports at regular intervals. (2,0,0) (Su) In this course, students will learn to use spreadsheets and database software for specialized office procedures including data entry, electronic filing, creation of forms, reports, and spreadsheets. Career/Vocational — Office Administration (1.5) Computers in the Financial Office LEGAL SECRETARA I L PROGRAM Contact: 9844959 Career Opportunities The exacting field of law offers excellent career opportunities for students graduating as legal secretaries. This very specialized program provides intense training in traditional secretarial skills as well as legal procedural courses including: Civil litigation, wills and probate, corporate law, conveyancing and mortgaging, family and legal office procedures.. Upon completion of the program, students find employment in specialized, as well as general, law offices. Many graduates of the Legal Secretarial Program proceed to the Part Time Legal Assistant Certificate Program. The Legal Assistant Program requires Option students to have two-years' work experience as a legal secretary prior to enrolling in the first course. Legal Secretarial Program graduates are required to have one year of work experience as a legal secretary. This allows them to further their education in the evening while earning a salary and gaining valuable experience in the legal support field. The Program This nine-month vocational program covers five main areas of law providing a fundamental understanding of the legal system in B.C. Students are trained in legal terminology and procedural rules. They will review relevant legislation, and acquire necessary skills in the formatting and handling of legal documents. Shorthand, typing, legal office procedures, hands-on computer technology and a two-week legal office work practicum are included in the curriculum. A Capilano College certificate is granted upon successful completion of the program. Admission Procedures Students are admitted to the Program twice a year, in September and January. Applications may be made at any time. To ensure your name is on the list for the Information Meetings held twice a year, call the Office Administration Department at 984-4959. Interested applicants are invited to attend an information meeting. An evaluation of keyboarding speed and English language proficiency will be conducted at this time. During the meeting, an appointment for a personal interview will be arranged. During your interview, you will have an opportunity to ask further questions, and discuss your qualifications and career goals. Your test results will be reviewed with you at this time. The objective of the personal interview is to assist in selecting applicants who will be most suited to the career of Legal Secretary. Admission Requirements 1. High school diploma or equivalent 2. English language proficiency 3. Keyboarding of 45 wpm Please submit the following material prior to or during the pre-admission interview: (a) A resume" describing your education, skills, and work experience. (b) Transcripts from all educational institutions you have attended (c) A letter of recommendation from a former employer or teacher. Special Fees and Expenses In addition to registration and tuition fees, students can expect to spend approximately $900.00 on textbooks and supplies. Graduation Requirements A program completion certificate is awarded to students who have successfully completed 35.25 credits. Awards The following lawfirmshave established scholarships in this program: Davis and Company, Campney and Murphy, Russell and DuMoulin Candidates for scholarships must rank in the top grade point averages during first term and must demonstrate potential as professional, career-minded legal secretaries. Program Content FIRST TERMI Credits LGST 102 Beginning Shorthand 3.0 LGST 108 Family Law Procedures 1.5 LGST 109 Basic Litigation 3.0 LGST 116 Introduction to the Legal System 1.5 LGST 123 Legal Document Processing on the Microcomputer 3.0 CMNS 159 Communications for Legal Secretaries 3.0 15.0 SECOND TERM LGST 103 Shorthand Speed Development 1.5 LGST 105 Keyboarding Skill & Speed Development 1.5 LGST 107 Legal Machine Transcription 3.75 LGST 110 Corporate Procedures 3.0 LGST 112 Basic Conveyancing & Mortgage Procedures 3.0 LGST 114 Wills & Probate Procedures 1.5 LGST 117 Legal Office Procedures 1.5 LGST 119 Practicum 1.5 LGST 122 Computer Applications in the Legal Office 3J) 20.25 Career/Vocational — Office Administration 213 THIRD TERM LGST 119 routine filings and resolutions. Records Office requirements, annual proceedings, preparing share certificates and registration, etc., will also be covered. Practicum (continued) Total Program Credits: 35.25 Legal Secretary 112 (3) (4,0,0) (S,Su) Basic Conveyance & Mortgage Procedures Course Descriptions Legal Secretary 102 Beginning Shorthand (3) (4,2,0) (F,S) Beginning study of Forkner shorthand system with emphasis on application of theory and development of speed utilizing high frequency vocabulary. Successful students should be able to take dictation at 60 wpm after completing one term. This course requires an additional two hours of lab time per week. This course covers the contract of purchase and sale, Land Title Act requirements for registration of title in B.C., search procedures, preparation of primary and secondary documents and forms involved in conveying title and registering charges. Emphasis will be on preparing documents acceptable to the Land Title Office, such as transfers, mortgages, and related forms for a residential conveyance. Legal Secretary 103 (1.5) Shorthand Speed Development Legal Secretary 114 (1.5) Wills and Probate Procedures (2,0,0) (S,Su) Prerequisite: LGST 102 or a shorthand speed of 60 wpm. Continuation of speed development, theory review, increased vocabulary, dictation of familiar and unfamiliar material aiming at 90% accuracy in transcription. Legal Secretary 105 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S,Su) Keyboarding Skill and Speed Development Remedial drills, power drills, short and sustained timed writings to increase speed and accuracy in keyboarding. Legal Secretary 107 (3.75) Legal Machine Transcription (5,2,0) (S,Su) After a review of basic transcription skills, students will develop skills in transcribing legal materials including: correspondence, accounts, legal forms, and documents in specialized areas of law. Mandatory two hour lab per week. Legal Secretary 108 (1.5) Family LawProcedures (2,0,0) (F,S) Introduction to the procedures, rules and legislation applicable to divorce and family law litigation. Legal Secretary 109 Basic Litigation (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Introduction to court procedures in the Supreme Court of B.C. The course will cover procedures in pre-trial preparation, the preparation of documents, the use of precedents in the Supreme Court. (2,0,0) (F,S) An examination of the Wills Act, and Estate Administration Act. Students will prepare the necessary documents to obtain Letters Probate in the Supreme Court of B.C. and be familiar with documentation required for issuance of Letters of Administration. Legal Secretary 116 (1.5) Introduction to the Legal System (2,0,0) (F,S) This course acquaints students with a working knowledge of the Canadian and B.C. Court System, ethics of the legal profession and the rules of the Law Society relating to trust accounts, with added emphasis on legal vocabulary. Legal Secretary 117 (1.5) Legal Office Procedures (2,0,0) (S,Su) A course to prepare legal secretarial students for positions in law offices. Instruction in time keeping, diary systems, use of law library, ethical responsibilities, filing, and other procedures particular to the profession. Emphasis will be placed on the structure of a law office, the differences between large and small offices, and the office procedures unique to the practice of law. Legal Secretary 119 Practicum (1.5) (2,0,60) (S,SU) Work experience involving 24 lecture hours and at least 60 hours of related office experience in the legal field. Also covered is the resume, job application, cover letter and interview. (4,0,0) (F,S) Legal Secretary 122 (3) (4,2,0) (S.SU) Computer Applications in the Legal Office An examination of the B.C. Companies Act and the various documents that a legal secretary must be familiar with in order to incorporate a company and attend to The student will learn to identify the components of office automation. The student will also require a practical knowledge and an understanding of basic spreadsheet and data base concepts. Legal Secretary 110 (3) Corporate Procedures Career/Vocational — Office Administration 214 Legal Secretary 123 (3) (4,2,0) (F,S) Legal Document Processing on the Microcomputer Using WordPerfect software on an IBM compatible , microcomputer, the student will be introduced to basic through advanced word processing concepts. Proficiency working with the program will be acquired through the production of various legal documents. MEDC I AL OFFICE ASSS I TANT PROGRAM Contact: 984-4959 Career Opportunities The health care industry is one of the largest industries in Canada, and the Medical Office Assistant is a recognized member of the modern medical team. Graduates of this program have the specialized training required to work in a number of medical settings: receptionist or medical assistant in an office or clinic, or in a hospital as an admitting clerk or department stenographer. The Program This Medical Office Assistant program offers pre-service, specialized education for prospective students which includes: • Medical terminology and anatomy and physiology • Medical ethics • Medical transcription • Medical records management • Aseptic techniques • Preparation, assisting and follow up of patient for medical examinations • Specimen collection and basic office diagnostic procedures • Financial record keeping and computer medical billing • A two-week work practicum in industry Special Fees and Expenses In addition to tuition and registration fees, students can expect to spend approximately $700.00 on textbooks and supplies. Awards and Scholarships The Maureen Piekaar Bursary was established in memory of Maureen Piekaar, an instructor in the Medical Office Assistant Program. A bursary of $250 to $300 will be awarded to a second-term MOA student based on a financial need and a satisfactory standing of 70% or better. Program Content FIRSTTERMi Credits CMNS 110 Communications 3.0 MOA 100 Medical Document Processing I 3.0 MOA 105 Medical Administrative Procedures I 3.0 MOA 107 Introduction to Health Care 1.5 MOA 109 Anatomy & Related Physiology and Pathology I 3.0 MOA 111 Medical Terminology I 3.0 MOA 121 Medical Document Processing II 15 18.0 SECOND TERM MOA 102 Keyboarding Skill & Speed Development 1.5 MOA 103 Medical Machine Transcription 3.0 MOA 106 Medical Administrative Procedures II 1.5 MOA 108 Introduction to Health Care II 3.0 MOA 110 Anatomy & Related Physiology and Pathology II 3.0 MOA 112 Medical Terminology II 3.0 MOA 115 Directed Work Experience 1.5 MOA 122 Computers in Health Care 1.5 18.0 Total Program Credits: 36 Course Descriptions Admission Requirements All applicants must meet with the Program Coordinator prior to registration to assess whether or not they have the personal qualities and clerical skills necessary to be a successful Medical Office Assistant. Prior to admission students must complete a St. John's Standard First Aid Certificate and achieve a 40 wpm keyboarding speed. Graduation Requirements Students completing 36 credits, as outlined in the above profile, will be awarded a Capilano College Program Completion Certificate. Medical Office Assistant 100 (3) Medical Document Processing I Prerequisite: (4,2,0) (F) Keyboarding speed of 40 wpm Keyboarding skill development and introduction to WordPerfect 5.1; basic to advanced applications. Medical Office Assistant 102 (1.5) Keyboarding Skill and Speed Development (2,0,0) (S) Remedial drills, power drills, short and sustained timed writings to increase speed and accuracy in medical keyboarding. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 215 Medical Office Assistant 103 (3) Medical Machine Transcription (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: MOA 100 & 111 Practice in transcribing medical consultation letters and hospital reports from dictation equipment. This course entails a mandatory two-hour lab. Medical Office Assistant 105 (3) Medical Administrative Procedures! (4,0,0) (F) (3) (4,0,0) (F) Introduction to Greek and Latin prefixes, suffixes, roots, and combining forms common to medical terminology. Medical Office Assistant 112 Medical Terminology II (3) (4,0,0) (3) Prerequisite: MOA 111 Continuation, reinforcement of terminology in MOA 111. Students will learn office procedures common to medical offices and hospitals. The students will gain expertise in meeting the patient, making patient appointments, keeping patient records, maintaining a filing system, and processing patient accounts for submission to licensed carriers. Medical Office Assistant 106 (1.5) Medical Administrative Procedures II Medical Office Assistant 111 Medical Terminology I (2,0,0) (S) Medical Office Assistant 115 Directed Work Experience (1.5) (2,0,54) (S) Following successful completion of term two, a medical office/clinic or hospital work practicum is arranged for the student. Before the work placement, the student will be required to attend career preparation lectures which will include practice sessions for the employment interview. Prerequisite: MOA 105 Continuation of MOA 105. Students will be able to performfinancialrecordkeeping for the medical office. Medical Office Assistant 121 (1.5) Medical Document Processing II (2,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: MOA 100 Medical Office Assistant 107 introduction to Health Care I (1.5) (2,.4,0) (F) Advanced word processing applications are used in a medical environment. Prerequisite: St. John's Standard First Aid Certificate Students will learn about clinical procedures pertinent to the doctor's office and the hospital setting. The course includes general information about physical and mental health; medications and health products. Students will learn how to use and maintain medical office equipment. Medical Office Assistant 108 Introduction to Health Care II (3) (4,.4,0) (S) Prerequisite: MOA 107 Continuation of MOA 107. Medical Office Assistant 109 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Anatomy and Related Physiology and Pathology A study of structure, function and interrelationships of the organic systems of the body. Common medical disorders, operative procedures and related terminology will be studied in conjunction with the systems. Medical Office Assistant 110 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Anatomy and Related Physiology and Pathology II Prerequisite: MOA 109 A continuation of MOA 109. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 216 Medical Office Assistant 122 Computers in Health Care (1.5) (2,1,0) (S) The student will acquire skills to use the microcomputer to accumulate patient demographic data, disease data, and accounts receivable data for claims submission and research purposes. Outdoor Recreation Management Contact: Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant; Brian White or Don Basham, Coordinators, phone 984-4947 presently under development. Career Opportunities Instructional Faculty D. BASHAM, Coordinator C. BONIFACE, B.Sc., P.G.C.E. (Birmingham), M.Sc.(SFU) L. BOWERING, B.Ed. (UBC) T. BRAAKSMA, Coordinator, Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Cap. Col.), CANSI Level II Inst., Master Inst. CRCA & RCABC, CSA Tour Leader C. FISHER, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Management, (Cap. Col.), instructor WFASA S. FISHER, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Management, (Cap. Col.) J. HABERL, ALMA, FMCBC J. HATCHARD, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Mgt., Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Capilano), CANSI Level II Inst., Master Inst. CRCA & BCRCA, CSA Tour Leader C. KILIAN, B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU) J. PENDYGRASSE, B.Sc., Teachers' Cert. (Manitoba) Tourism Mgt. Cert. (Cap. Col.) J. ROUSE, B.Sc. (Mt. Allison U.), Tourism Mgt. (Cert. Cap. Col.) D. STEVENS, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Mgt., Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Cap), St. John's Ambulance Instructors Cert., CANSI, CSA Tour Leaders Cert., RCABC Master Instructor D. TAIT G. TAYLOR, FMCBC B. WHITE, B.A. (Hons.), M.A. (SFU), Coordinator OUTDOOR RECREATO I N MANAGEMENT TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA B.C.'s "super natural" environment is ideal for outdoor recreation, and with the growing tourism business and increase in leisure time for most people, the demand for qualified, well-trained managers in the field of recreation management is expanding rapidly. Nestled on the forested slope of the North Shore mountains, close to Whitewater rivers, wilderness lakes, ocean shoreline, and mountain back country, the College is ideally suited for the challenging two-year program. The Outdoor Recreation Department is relaxed and informal; however, we set and maintain high academic and wilderness leadership performance standards. Students will appreciate the individual attention College faculty are able to provide. Capilano College's well-established Outdoor Recreation Management program provides excellent training for a wide range of careers in federal and provincial parks, resorts, social service agencies, adventure tourism, and environmental education. Careful practicum placements and an increasing variety of career opportunities ensure that graduates readily find employment in the field. The Program The curriculum includes several trips into B.C.'s wilderness areas, including backpacking experiences in the Coast Mountains, canoeing on coastal waterways, and nordic skiing in the Cariboo. Our program has earned an excellent reputation for its top-quality management and technical skills, wilderness leadership training, and employment contacts. Over the past two decades, we have expanded our network of practicum placements, keeping us in touch with the latest developments and providing access to career prospects. Admission Requirements Information meetings and interviews are scheduled in the fall and spring. Phone the department for dates and times. In order to be considered, applicants must be at least 19 years of age at the date of entry into the program, should have good reading and writing skills, have previous relevant outdoor experience, and must be physically and psychologically fit. Previous post-secondary education is an asset in this program. Note: Prior to admission, a doctor's certificate of health will be required. All students need to be well equipped with outdoor gear and must be prepared to pay additional costs for field trips. Admission Procedure Please bring the following documentation to your interview: • At least two letters of reference • High school or post secondary education transcripts • A letter of application, including a resume of past experiences The College offers two programs: a two year diploma in Outdoor Recreation Management and a part-time certificate program in Wilderness Leadership. A new program, tentatively entitled Adventure Travel and Outfitting, is Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation 217 Program Content Credits/Lab hours Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements FIRST TERM CMNS 120 Basic Communications Recreation Delivery Systems REC 140 Intro, to Outdoor Recreation REC 152 Intro, to Environmental Studies REC 156 Skills Development *REC 157 Wilderness First Aid I REC 163 Landscape Interpretation REC 169 TOUR 111 From Tourism to Tourist SECOND TERM CMNS 154 Communications in Recreation Outdoor Rec Programming REC 141 Computer Lab The Outdoor Environment REC 151 Leisure Issues REC 153 Skills Development *REC 158 Nordic Leadership I REC 164 TOUR 112 Tourism Marketing 59.0 6J) 65.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 22.5 9.0 0 9.0 2.0 2.0 0 4.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 L5 18.0 3.0 2.0 0 5.0 Note: REC 162 Canoe Leadership I is offered as an option at the end of the second term. THIRD TERM Human Relations in Recreation REC 178 Recreation Administration REC 240 Outdoor Rec. Resource Mgt. REC 252 Skills Development REC 259 Backpacking Leadership II REC 261 REC 293 Human Services Applications TOUR 120 Adventure & Eco-Tourism FOURTH TERM REC 255 Outdoor Recreation Practicum Note: REC 263, Wilderness First Aid II is offered as an option in the third or fourth term. 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 1.5 1.5 165 9J) 9.0 WL IDERNESS LEADERSHP I PROGRAM PART-TIME CERTIFICATE PROGRAM The Program This is a program for the adventurous! Students will learn the skills necessary to become accomplished leaders in the outdoors. Canoeing, nordic skiing and mountain travel are the major activities, and safety is the emphasis. Emergency management, first aid, and wilderness contingency planning are stressed. Also, ethical behaviour in natural environments and the responsibility to pass these attitudes on to others is accentuated. Students learn through practical experience and are trained to certifiable skill levels. Level One, the Capilano College Skills Acquisition Certificate, is designed to provide the student with a basic level of activity skills. Level Two, the Wilderness Leadership Certificate, combines intermediate skills with leadership training. Admission Requirements Students must be 19 years of age or older, have some outdoor experience, and possess personal outdoor equipment and clothing. Graduation Requirements Students will enroll in one course per term, and must obtain a B grade in each course in order to continue in the program. Because outdoor leaders are responsible for people's lives a student receiving a C grade must repeat the course or show proficiency in that activity during the following term before continuing in the program. This must be arranged with the consent of the Program Coordinator and the course instructor. Program Content Canoeing Option I. SKILLS ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation 218 FIRST YEAR REC 162 Canoe Leadership I REC 163 Wilderness First Aid I Credits 3.0 3.0 SECOND YEAR REC 262 Canoe Leadership II 3.0 II. WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE First Year REC 162,163 REC 165 Intro to Wilderness Leadership 6.0 1.5 Second Year REC 262 REC 263 Wilderness First A i d II 3.0 3.0 Recreation 152 (3) (3,0,1)(F) Introduction to Outdoor Recreation Backpacking Option I. SKILLS ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE FIRST YEAR REC 161 Backpacking Leadership I REC 163 Wilderness First Aid I Credits 3.0 3.0 SECOND YEAR REC 261 Backpacking Leadership II 3.0 II. WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIHCATE First Year REC 163,161 REC 165 Intro to Wilderness Leadership 6.0 1.5 Second Year REC 261 REC 263 Wilderness First Aid II 3.0 3.0 Nordic Skiing Option I. SKILLS ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE FIRST YEAR REC 163 Wilderness First Aid I REC 164 Nordic Leadership I 3.0 3.0 SECOND YEAR REC 264 Nordic Leadership II 3.0 II. WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE First Year REC 163,164 REC 165 Intro to Wilderness Leadership 6.0 1.5 Second Year REC 263 Wilderness First Aid II REC 264 Nordic Leadership II 3.0 3.0 Note: This is a part-time program. Course Descriptions Recreation 140 (3) Outdoor Recreation Delivery Systems (3,0,1 (F) The structure of delivery systems in British Columbia including non-profit/non-government organizations. Recreation 141 (3) Outdoor Recreation Program Planning Recreation 153 Leisure Issues (3) (3,0,1) (S) Work and leisure in the human life cycle, adolescence, aging, special needs and leisure, cultural variations in leisure, leisure-related social problems, lifestyle-based variation in work and leisure, factors in lifestyle choice, consumerism and outdoor recreation, sociological perspectives on present and future trends. Recreation 156 (3) Introduction to Environmental Studies (3,2,2) (F) An introduction to ecological principles and their application to environmental issues. Local ecosystems and their indicator species will be examined throughfieldwork. Recreation 157 (3) Overland Travel Skills (3,0,1) (F) An introduction to the skills of summer hiking and camp crafts in wilderness areas. Emphasis will be placed on self reliance and leadership development in organization, safety and group assessment. Recreation 158 (1.5) Skills Development (1.5, 0, .5) (S) To develop basic competency in a variety of outdoor skills to further enhance employment possibilities. To become aware of how industry associated organizations function and how to access them. (3,1.5,1) (S) Topics will include: the problems of planning programs in existing delivery systems, seeking ways to solve these present problems, new philosophies to consider in program planning. A lab introducing computer applications in Recreation is included in the course. Recreation 151 (3) The Outdoor Environment An overview of the development of outdoor recreation. Nature and scope of outdoor recreation in relation to modern leisure, nature of supply and demand, demand analysis as a planning tool, outdoor recreation resource perception, psychological nature of outdoor recreation, experience and behaviour, carrying capacities of wildlands, land use conflict, multiple use policies, inventory techniques, land use zoning. (3,2,1) (S) A concentration on the basics of weather and climate and how weather affects outdoor recreation activities. Mountain weather and personal forecasting will be dealt with in detail. Recreation 161 (3) Backpacking Leadership I (3,0,1) (F) An introduction to the skills of alpine hiking and camp crafts in wilderness areas. Emphasis will be placed on leadership development in organization, safety and group assessment. Topics will include access to wilderness areas, equipment, clothing, navigation, trip planning and legal issues. Consideration will be given to the problems of working with groups, particularly in terms of budget limitations and improvising equipment. Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation 219 Recreation 162 (3) Canoe Leadership I (3,0,1) (F.Su) A comprehensive course in the skills, techniques and knowledge of paddling in open canoes. This course includes instruction in proper handling of equipment, paddling skills in grades of water up to an including grade two, rescue, portaging, river reading, canoe camping and teaching. Leadership techniques and canoeing skills will be stressed throughout the course. Upon completion of Canoe I, students will be given the opportunity to take the Flat Water Instructors exam from RCA of B.C. Recreation 163 (3) Wilderness First Aid I tions and group dynamics. It also deals with human resource development including employee recruitment, selection, training and development, performance appraisal. Recreation 240 (3) Outdoor Recreation Administration (3,0,1) (F) (Note: This course is open to recreation practitioners in the field.) A study of general business practices in the operation of outdoor recreation facilities, including: record keeping, budgeting, accounting, purchasing, advertising and concession agreements, liabilities, laws and statutes governing parks and recreation agencies. (3,0,1) (F,S) This course incorporates the principles of First Aid with the specialized needs of the outdoor leader. The course includes Basic Life Support (CPR) Skills and improvised splinting techniques, in addition to the content of a standard first aid course. Special attention will be given to environmental injuries/illnesses, small wound management, overuse injuries, pre-trip preparation and contingency planning. Recreation 252 (3) Outdoor Recreation Resource Management (3,0,1) (F) Parks planning and management, integrated resource management, recreation resource management concepts, interpretation techniques and skills, program planning and design. Recreation 255 (9) Outdoor Recreation Practicum (9,0,0) (S) This course is designed to give students an initial exposure to winter environments on cross-country skis. The course includes a lecture and field trip series with emphasis on outdoor activity. Lecture topics are: equipment, waxing, clothing, fitness, avalanche awareness, nutrition, and safety. Skill levels will reflect CANSI and CSA material content. The practicum is designed to integrate classroom theory with working experience in the field. Students will arrange with the faculty supervisor to spend three-andone-half months in an acceptable agency placement and will be responsible to a specific agency supervisor. Students will be provided with terms of reference for the practicum experience. Student work performance and potential will be evaluated by the faculty and agency supervisor, and students will make a major presentation to the department at the conclusion of the practicum. Recreation 165 (3) Introduction to Wilderness Leadership Recreation 259 (1.5) Skills Development Recreation 164 (3) Nordic Leadership I (3,0,1) (S) (1.5,0,.5) (S) This course will address topics which relate to Wilderness Leadership in general, regardless of the activity. Topics covered include navigation, woodsmanship, clothing, equipment, menu planning, fitness, leadership styles and legal issues. Recreation 169 (3) Landscape Interpretation (3,1,2) (F) (3,0,1) (F) This course focuses on the development of interpersonal skills in the areas of leadership, motivation, communica- Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation 220 The purpose of this course is to develop specialized visual arts skills related to the students' employment goals. Students will upgrade skills in wilderness photography, display design, brochure design, layout and graphic arts. Recreation 261 (3) Backpacking Leadership II (3,0,1) (Su) Prerequisite: Backpacking Leadership I Interpretation of mountain environments, local geology and landforms. The course will include field work. Recreation 178 (3) Human Relations in Recreation (1.5,0,.5) (F) The focus of this course is on expedition planning and leadership, safe travel on ice and snow, and safety on rocky terrain. Students will also be given instruction on route finding and navigation. An additional fee will be levied to cover field trip expenses. Recreation 262 (3) Canoe Leadership II (3,0,1) (Su) Prerequisite: Canoe Leadership I This course will build on the skills and knowledge acquired in Canoe Leadership I. Course content includes: canoe construction and repair, canoe history and evolution of the aboriginal canoes, tandem and solo moving water skills, canoe poling, and extended tripping knowledge. The course is designed to further develop paddling skills,personal experience, teaching ability, and leadership techniques. Where applicable, the standards and instruction will be from BCRCA and the Canadian Recreational Canoeing Association. Recreation 263 (3) Wilderness First Aid II (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: Wilderness First Aid I within the past three years, grade of B- or better. WFAII reviews the basic components of accident management covered in WFA I including an update on CPR skills. Topics covered include the management of multiple injuries, non-traumatic injuries and illnesses, altitude illness, a detailed component on small wound management and developing a comprehensive contigency plan. The emphasis in WFA II is on acquiring a solid level of training in WFA skills with the majority of class time spent on practical simulations both in the classroom and outdoors. Recreation 264 (3) Nordic Leadership II Tourism 111 (1.5) Tourism: An Industry Perspective (1.5,0,.5) (F) An introduction to the tourism industry and its role in the economy, the scale, impact and major sectors of the tourism industry, tourism products in B.C., development potential, language and terminology used in the industry, tourism industry structure and organization, revenue and costs in various sectors, case studies and applications. Students will learn key legal issues in the industry, and will identify educational and professional career path . opportunities in various industry sectors in the province. Tourism 112 (1.5) Tourism Marketing (1.5,0,.5) (S) Concepts and principles of marketing, market research, product pricing and costing, service as a primary product, advertising methods, targets marketing, factors in consumer preference, assessment of guest satisfaction. Tourism 120 (1.5) Adventure and Eco-Tourlsm (1.5,0,.5) (F) Adventure Tourism products in B.C. including rafting, heli-skiing, guiding and outfitting, ocean kayaking, and mountain travel; economic impact of the industry, selling adventure tourism, identifying markets, packaging, legal liability, organization and structure of the industry, ecotourism in the Pacific Rim, resource management issues, protecting resource areas. (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: Nordic Skiing Leadership I or equivalent This course is designed to expand on the experience awareness, knowledge, and activity skills initiated in Nordic Skiing Leadership I. Emphasis will be placed on acquiring teaching techniques for group cross-country skiing and multi-day ski touring trips. This course will also deal with safe winter travel, winter survival, and leadership techniques. Students will be given the opportunity to take CANSI Level I instructor exam and will obtain a CSA Tour Leader certificate. Recreation 293 (1.5) Human Services Applications (1.5,0,.5) (F) A study of human service policies, statutory responsibilities, social services trends, outdoor recreation services for special populations, human growth and development methods utilizing recreation, appropriate leadership and programming applications. Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation 221 Tourism Management Contact: Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant; Brian White or Don Basham, Coordinators, phone 9844947 Instructional Faculty D. BASHAM, Coordinator W. INGLIS, B.A. Dip. Marketing J. PENDYGRASSE, B.Sc., Teacher's Cert. (Manitoba), Tour. Mgt. Cert. (Capilano) E. SHERLOCK, B.A., M.A. (UBC) V. TIMMONS, Sr. Cert. Hospitality and Tourism Administration (B.C.I.T.), B.A. S. IBARAKI, Dip. Physics (Okanagan College) J. ROUSE, B.Sc. (UBC), Tour. Mgt. Cert., (Capilano College) G. FANE, B.Sc., M.B.A., R.I.A., S. STOCKFORD, B.A. (Trinity Western) B. WHITE, B.A., M.A., (SFU), Coordinator TOURS I M MANAGEMENT CO-OP DP I LOMA PROGRAM Capilano College's accelerated Tourism Management Coop program is on the leading edge of tourism education in B.C. Our mission is to train students in the management skills necessary for the successful operation of travel generators, including resorts, adventure tourism, attractions, conferences, and special events. Marketing, research and entrepreneurial skills in tourism business are also emphasized. Recognition of our curriculum by the Pacific Rim Institute of Tourism provides access to industry certification. Intensive technical skills courses, contact with the industry, and a four and a half month supervised co-op work term encourages a professional attitude to the industry. The program's pragmatic business approach combined with creative teaching promises a rewarding educational investment for students. The program should appeal to dynamic, outgoing individuals with previous post-secondary education experience and a successful work background in tourism or a relatedfield.The program is also designed for people considering a career shift, since the accelerated co-op model is cost-effective and requires minimal time out of the workforce. Capilano College Tourism Management offers top quality faculty, a beautiful campus, and an exciting learning environment. If you are actively considering a career in tourism and think you have what it takes to be successful as a professional in the field, give us a call! Admission Requirements In order to be considered, applicants should be high school graduates, at least 19 years old with good reading and Writing skills, and tourism industry work experience. Previous post-secondary education is a definite asset. Phone the Tourism Department for dates of the information meetings and follow-up interviews. Admission Procedure Please bring the following documentation to your interview: • At least two letters of reference • High school or post-secondary education transcripts • A letter of application, including a resume of past experiences Program Content Credits Term #1 (January to April) 1.5 TOUR 111 Tourism: An Industry Perspective 3.0 TOUR 112 Tourism Marketing * 3.0 TOUR 114 Human Relations * 3.0 TOUR 116 Financial Planning in Tourism I 1.5 TOUR 118 Special Events 1.5 TOUR 120 Adventure and Eco-Tourism 1.5 TOUR 126 Conference Management 3.0 Tourism Industry and Careers TOUR 128 3.0 TOUR 129 Computer Applications II* TOTAL 21.0 Term #2 (May to September) TOUR 130 Co-op Work Term TOTAL Term #3 (September to December) TOUR 115 Supervisory Leadership * TOUR 119 The Japanese Tourism Market TOUR 121 Tourism Packaging TOUR 123 Advertising/Media Production TOUR 125 Financial Planning In Tourism II TOUR 127 Tourism Resource and Community Planning TOTAL 222 3.0 1.5 1.5 4.5 3.0 1.5 15.0 Term #4 (January to March) TOUR 213 Human Resource Development* TOUR 231 Tourism Research & Consultancy TOUR 232 International Tourism Policy & Planning TOUR 233 Cross Cultural Tourism TOTAL 3.0 L5 12.0 PROGRAM TOTAL 60.0 ' Tourism Supervisory Development Program Career/Vocational — Tourism 12.0 3.0 4.5 Course Descriptions Tourism 111 (1.5) Tourism: An Industry Perspective (1.5,0,.5) (S) An introduction to the tourism industry: its role in the economy, its scale and impact, major sectors, tourism products in B.C., development potential, language and terminology, industry structure and organization, revenue and costs in various sectors, case studies and applications. Students will learn key legal issues in the industry. Tourism 112 (1.5) Tourism Marketing (3.0,1) (S) Concepts and principles of marketing, market research, product pricing and costing, service as a primary product, advertising methods, target marketing, factors in consumer preference, assessment of guest satisfaction. Tourism 114 (1.5) Human Relations in Tourism (3.0,1) (S) Interpersonal communications skills for supervisors in the tourism industry: stress management, listening skills, time management, presentation methods, conflict resolution techniques, staff counselling interviews, non-verbal cues. Tourism 115 (3) Supervisory Leadership In Tourism (3.0,1) (F) Motivation techniques, leadership styles and development, group dynamics, role-modelling, team-building techniques, concepts of organizational culture, innovation support, dealing with organizational change. Tourism 116 (3.0) (3.0,1) (S) Principles of Financial Controls in the Tourism Industry Financial control methods, inventory control, labour costs and controls, employee scheduling, payroll, loss prevention, reporting, accounting applications, financial statements, cash/credit transactions, basic financial planning. Tourism 118 (1.5) Special Events as Tourism Generators (1.5,0,.5) (S) Creating a special event or attraction, product choice, community fit, community resources, market analysis, sponsor identification and benefits, administrative structure, volunteer management, public relations, media relations, management styles, B.C. case studies. Tourism 119 (1.5) The Japanese Tourism Market (1.5,0,.5) (F) Basic phrases necessary to assist Japanese guests. Expec- tations of Japanese tourists, acknowledgement of Japanese culture and traditions, Japanese beliefs and attitudes, dealing with the Japanese business community. Tourism 120 (1.5) Adventure and Eco-Tourism (1.5,0,.5) (S) Adventure Tourism products in B.C. including rafting, heli-skiing, guiding and outfitting, ocean kayaking, and mountain travel; economic impact of the industry, selling adventure tourism, identifying markets, packaging, legal liability, insurance issues, organization and structure of the industry, licensing requirements for different activities, governments' role in area and activity management, resource management issues, protecting resource areas. Tourism 121 (1.5) Packaging In the Tourism Industry (1.5,0,-5) (F) The components of packaging, costing, market research, dealing with tour wholesalers, researching the package components, selling the package. Tourism 123 (1.5) (4.5,0,1.5) (F) Advertising/Media Production Techniques The production of advertising materials for the tourism industry. Tourism 125 (3) Financial Planning In Tourism II (3.0,1) (F) Designing a business plan, financial planning techniques, financial goal setting for tourism managers. Tourism 126 (1.5) Conference Management (1.5,0,.5) (S) Basic principles of conference management, client relations, pricing, program planning, staffing, venue selection, and catering. Tourism 127 (1.5) (1.5,0,-5) (F) Tourism Resource and Community Planning Tourism resources in the nine tourism regions of B.C., infrastructure, access and resource potential, Tourism Resource Management Policy, design, operations, and management of community tourism resorts. Tourism 128 (3) Canada's Tourism Industry and its Careers (3.0,1) (S) An in-depth review of industry sectors and employment opportunities, practicum orientation, employment liaison, resume preparation, and an overview of the hospitality management sector, incorporates AHMA Tourism and the Hospitality Industry course. Career/Vocational — Tourism 223 Tourism 129 (3.0) Computer Applications in Tourism II (3.0,1) (S) Tourism industry applications, including spreadsheets, data bases, word processing, future trends, and impacts on the tourism industry. Tourism 130 (12) Tourism Co-op Work Term (12.0,0) (Su) The co-op work term is designed to apply classroom theory through work experience. Students will spend four and one-half months in an acceptable industry placement and will be responsible to a specific industry supervisor. The goal is to develop high calibre graduates who are better able to assume productive jobs. Summer work placements are sought by the students, with faculty co-op supervisors assisting them to find the placement that matches their career goals. Students apply for positions and are selected by the employees and the College. Students work performance and potential will be evaluated by the faculty and industry supervisor. Upon completion of the co-op work term, each student will make a major presentation to the class and faculty at a department retreat. Tourism 213 (3) Human Resource Development in Tourism (3.0,1) (S) Recruiting, hiring, orientation, initiation, job training, designing job specifications, interviewing techniques, human rights guidelines, relevant legislation, employee incentive programs, performance appraisal. Tourism 231 (4.5) Tourism Research and Consultancy (4.5,0,1.5) (S) An introduction to research skills used by tourism consultants and researchers, including appropriate computer applications. The role of consultants in tourism, ethics, business planning, staffing, marketing,project proposals and reports, contracts, and client relations. Applications of spreadsheets and databases, processing, desktop publishing, and computer-based statistical analysis Tourism 232 (3) International Tourism Policy and Planning (3.0,1) (S) A geographical overview of the Asia-Pacific region including demographics, physiography, environmental issues, tourism destinations and travel patterns. A review of politics in tourism and Asia-Pacific region national tourism policies. Methodology and approach to tourism policy analysis, comparative tourism development case studies, regional tourism policy and planning. Role of development agencies and tourism organizations. Career/Vocational — Tourism 224 Tourism 233 (1.5) Cross Cultural Tourism (1.5,0,.5) (S) An overview of cross-cultural issues in tourism, including guest services, employee-employer relations, and tourism business relations. The nature of racism and prejudice in the context of tourism. A partial review of religious and cultural observances in selected cultures, plus gender relationships, social custom, body language, and behaviour across cultures. Post-Graduate Programs ASIA PACIFIC MANAGEMENT COOPERATV I E PROGRAM Contact: Barbara Hankin, 984-4981, Fax 984-4992 Instructional Faculty Nigel AMON, BA. (Kent), M.A. (SFU), Economics Robert BAGSHAW, B. Comm., (UBC), M.A. (Colorado), Coop Coordinator Christopher GADSBY, B.A. Hons. (Western Ontario), M.A. (York), Management Strategies Charles GREENBERG, B.A. (Manitoba), M.A. (UBC), Economics of Development Barbara HANKIN, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Wash.), Program Coordinator Toeti KAKIAILATU, B.A. (Indonesia), M.A. (UBC), Indonesian Language Francis KIEM, B.B.A., Ph.D. Ed. (Jakarta), Indonesian Language Scott MacLEOD, B.A., M.A. (UBC), Economic Geography Louise MAY, B.A. (Brock), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC), Asia Pacific Perspectives Billie NG, B.A. (IntT Christian Univ.), M.A. (London), Teach. Cert. Grad. Master (Hong Kong), Language Teach. Cert. (UBC), Chinese Language, Cross Cultural Issues Noriko OMAE, B.A., M.A., Teaching Cert., (Osaka U. of Foreign Studies), Japanese Language Jim PLACZEK, B.A.(Windsor), M.A. (UBC), Ph.D (UBC) Thai Language Pontip PLACZEK, B.A. (Thammasat), Thai Language Charles PRIESTER, FCBA B.Comm.(Hons.), M.A.(UBC), International Finance Cameron SYLVESTER, B.A. (Gonzaga), M.A. (NotreDame), Political Economy Stephen TURNBULL, B.A., B.B.A. (SFU), Management Studies (UBC), International Business General Information This Diploma Program has been developed to offer training to Canadians who are considering international careers. It is a joint-venture in educational programming, bringing Canadian employers together with students and the College to form a unique blend of experiential and academic training. The emphasis is on Canada's relationships with PACIFIC RIM COUNTRIES and our potential to extend our network through trade, business, applied technology and development projects. The Program cludes the historical, economic, political, cultural and business dynamics of the region. This is a full-time program which offers an intensive curriculum designed to serve the student in future international work. Each student will take the core courses in Pacific and Asian Studies and International Business Trade and Finance. In addition, students will choose an Asian language such as Japanese, Chinese (Mandarin), Indonesian or Thai. After two terms of study, eligible students will complete a work placement. This co-op work term will normally be for twelve months. Students will be evaluated by the College and the employer, and this will become part of the student's record. Every effort will be made to secure co-op placements for students. Jobs will be sought in Asian countries and in international Canadian organizations. The work term will terminate with debriefing and re-entry sessions. Career targets of the current class include areas such as Finance, International Marketing, Trade, Tourism, Human Resources, Development, Education, Planning, Journalism, Urban Land Development, Government and NonGovernment organizations. Inquiries for application/information package should be directed to the Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program office, telephone 984-4981, FAX 984-4992. Admission Requirements Applications for the program are invited from: a) Those who have completed a degree in Arts, Sciences or a professional area such as Business Administration, Environmental Science, Agriculture, Engineering, Biotechnology, Forestry, or Computer Applications. b) Those who are currently employed and who are eligible for company sponsorship into this program. Sponsorship may come from a wide range of business and development organizations which have the common factor of wanting their employees trained for international work. * Admission maximum is 32 students per year. * Students are selected on the basis of their academic record, relevant experience, a written submission and an interview. * Successful applicants will have strong written and inter-personal communication skills. * Applicants who demonstrate proficiency in language acquisition and who have solid business experience will have preference. Students who are interested in a career in the Pacific Rim will follow an integrated program of study which in- Post-graduate Programs — Asia Pacific Management 227 Course Descriptions APMC 511 (.75) International Finance I (see also APMC 521 and 531) (2,0,0) (F) This series of courses will aim at providing students with an understanding of financial concepts and strategies that influence business in the conduct of international com- APMC 512 (.75) Introduction to Economic Thought (2,0,0) (F) This course is designed to expose the student to basic ideas of economic theory with a general understanding of the major disagreements between economists, and to learn to evaluate critically economic issues as presented by the media. It will touch specifically on the concepts of scarcity and economic surplus, theories of growth and development, the major components in the discussion of trade and the concepts in the discussions of the circular flow of income and its relevance to inflation and unemployment. APMC 523 (.75) Internationlal Marketing (2.5,0,0) (F) This course is a continuation of APMC 513. APMC 524 (1.5) Business Plans (2,0,2) (S) These are supervised team projects working with Vancouver-based companies. Business plans are prepared for Asian opportunities chosen in conjunction with the companies. APMC 525 (2.0) Management Seminars (2,0,0) (F) (S) These seminars will generate awareness and understanding of some key management concepts related to managing people, know-how, strategy and multinational companies through a combination of lectures, case studies and visiting speakers. APMC 531 (.75) International Finance III (2,0,0) (S) This course is a continuation of APMC 521. APMC 513 (.75) International Business and Trade (2.5,0,0) (F) This series of courses familiarizes students with the business environment of Pacific Rim countries. Students learn how the international environment affects such areas as decision-making, the import-export process, the planning process and the role of corporate strategic policy. Emphasis is placed on integrating the student's knowledge of environmental sensitivity with market planning in order to provide a cohesive approach to international business. APMC 515 (.5-3) Directed Studies (0,0,2.5) (S) This course will allow students to explore an area of special interest or need and will include reviewing relevant literature, a written paper and/or exam. APMC 521 (.75) International Finance II (2,0,0) (F) (2,0,0) (F) This course will introduce students to new concepts in socio-economic analysis and will emphasize the spatial aspects of economics processes. Emphasis is on the dynamism of economic change and how this change interacts with local social, political and environmental matrices. The course will be issue oriented. There will be a mix of theoretical background and actual case studies. Post-graduate Programs — Asia Pacific Management 228 t (2,0,0) (S) This course is a continuation of APMC 522. APMC 533 (.75) Business Strategies (2,0,0) (F,S) This course is a continuation of APMC 523. APMC 540 (6) Asia Pacific Perspectives I (7,0,0) (F) This series of courses is designed to introduce students to the historical and current social, political and cultural patterns of the Asia Pacific region. Students will review and develop skills in cross-cultural communication. They will also develop skills in regional analysis that will help them understand relationships within Asia and with the West. APMC 541 (6) Asia Pacific Perspectives II This course is a continuation of APMC 511. APMC 522 (.75) Economic Geography 1 APMC 532 (.75) Economic Geography II (7,0,0) (S) This course is a continuation of APMC 540. APMC 545 (.75) International Case Studies (2,0,0) (S) This course will be concerned with the analysis of international business situations in multi-cultural environments, usually Asian. (Not offered each year) APMC 560 Workshops (3) (4,0,0) (F) (S) This series allows students to "customize" the program by selecting from a range of courses which offer an opportunity to develop special skills or to study special issues concerning Asia. Chinese 110 (3) Intensive Chinese (Mandarin) (4,1,0) (F) This course introduces students to the basics of Mandarin. This course is designed to maximize the acquisition of oral fluency and comprehension. The course will lay the foundation for further understanding and study in an immersion environment. Chinese 111 (3) Intensive Chinese (Mandarin) (4,1,0) (S) This course is a continuation of Chinese 110. Students will develop communicative competence around themes and situations such as work, family, food, interests, making appointments, asking for directions etc. Indonesian 110 (3) Intensive Indonesian (4,1,0) (F) This course develops basic oral and reading skills in Bahasa Indonesian through the study of grammar, vocabulary and culture. Indonesian 111 (3) Intensive Indonesian (4,1,0) (S) This course is a continuation of Indonesian 110. Japanese 110 (3) Intensive Japanese (4,1,0) (F) This course develops basic oral and written communicative skills in Japanese, through the study of vocabulary, grammar, culture and introduction to word processing. Japanese 111 (3) Intensive Japanese (4,1,0) (S) This course is a continuation of Japanese 110. Thai 100/101 (3) Please see listing in the Academic section of the Calendar. These courses are also open to APMCP students. Post-graduate Programs—Asia Pacific Management 229 Environmental Science New Program: Environmental Science Post Baccalaureate Degree Diploma Commencing Fall Term of 1993. Coordinators V. M. TROUP, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McMaster), M.Sc. (UBC) L. K. WADE, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (A.N.U.) Instructional Faculty M. BATTERSBY, B.A. (NYU), PhD. (UBC) R. K. PAISLEY, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (Washington), J.D. (California), LL.M. (London School of Economics) A.J. WHITEHEAD, B.Sc. (Victoria), M.Sc. (UBC) General Information The Diploma Program in Environmental Science is intended for students who have already completed a degree in science and who wish to acquire the knowledge and practical skills necessary for dealing with environmental issues and projects in the work place. Post-graduate Programs - Environmental Science 230 This is a full year program designed to prepare students to accept leadership roles in environmental problem solving through a combination of academic studies and field assignments. Areas of emphasis include applied ecology, toxicology, project management, environmental assessment, law, and ethics. Completion of an in-depth impact assignment involving work placement or directed studies is also required. For complete details on this program, see Environmental Science, page 101. • Non-Credit Programs and Courses EXTENSION PROGRAMS AND SERVICES Contact: 984-4901 Extension Courses The College offers a variety of cost recoverable courses and programs through its Extension Programs and Services Department. There are no prerequisites for admission to non-credit courses but occasionally a certain level of proficiency is recommended for admission. The majority of Extension offerings are an outgrowth of the College's academic and career/vocational programs whose faculties contribute to the high level of instructional competence of the programs. Courses and programs are drawn from the areas of arts, music, social sciences, natural sciences, career development, business, computer science, personal development, fashion, media, and modern languages. Educational study tours are also available through Extension Programs. Extension courses are not listed in the Calendar — they are advertised in seasonal brochures distributed throughout the community, in newspaper ads and by direct mail. Community Music School The Capilano College Community Music School offers group and private instruction for students of voice, theory, and a wide variety of instruments. Classes are held on campus and in other community locations. Programs are listed in the Community Music School calendar which is available annually in June and in the Extension Programs and Services Calendar published three times yearly. Contract Education Extension Programs and Services draws on a wide range of educational resources to provide training for groups of any size in all aspects of business and professional development. Co-sponsorship of Educational Activities Organizations and societies are encouraged to co-sponsor their educational activities with Capilano College. The College can provide facilities, program design and administrative services and welcomes the opportunity to foster public understanding on social, business, artistic and technological issues. Eldercollege Eldercollege is a year-round educational community where men and women, 55 and older, can enjoy daytime study groups in a stimulating atmosphere and the companionship of peers. Eldercollege is a participatory program. Members of Eldercollege can lead study groups, serve on the Eldercollege Advisory Board and its committees, and be study group participants. To maintain a high quality offering at a minimal cost, our activities are both planned and operated by our members. For further information on Extension Programs and Services phone 984-4901 (lower mainland), 892-5322 (Howe Sound), or 885-9310 (Sunshine Coast). (For Extension Programs and Services tuition fee policy, please see page 17). CANADIAN JOB STRATEGIES Various programs funded by Employment and Immigration Canada are available. Training allowances may be provided to students not receiving unemployment insurance benefits and may continue for students on employment insurance. Other E.I.C.-funded programs are also available in Sechelt and Squamish. For information to prospective students and employers with respect to job training under Canadian Job Strategies, call 984-4901. Note: These programs are offered subject to E.I.C. funding. Non-Credit Programs and Courses 233 ACHE I VEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE WORKSHOPS AND COURSES Contact: 984-4945 The Achievement Resource Centre (ARC) offers free workshops on learning skills for college success. Schedule and details are published separately each term. Workshop topics include: Concentration Mind Mapping Learning from Texts Improving Comprehension Memory Training Notetaking Reading Efficiency Researching a Term Assignment Study Tips Test Taking Strategies Time Management Introduction to Word Processing Non-Credit Programs and Courses 234 ARC also offers three 3-credit courses: ARC 100 Strategies for Student Success A 3 credit course to develop strategies for effective study and time management. See page 52. ARC 105 A 3 credit course designed to teach the basics of collegelevel reading and study skills. See page 52. ARC 110 Reading Dynamics A 3 credit course in which participants learn and practice flexible reading skills. Strategies for developing reading comprehension are also included. See page 52. For further information, call 984-4945 or come to the Achievement Resource Centre in B Building. Trsnsffir Guide H This transfer guide is provided as a convenience to the student and is correct at the time of printing. Information on any courses not listed can be obtained from the department concerned. Capilano College assumes no responsibility for articulation changes made at the universities which invalidate this guide. Students should be aware when using the guide that Capilano College, Simon Fraser University and the University of British Columbia are on a credit system. The University of Victoria is on a unit system. This accounts for the apparent discrepancy in transfer credits. NOTE: 11/2 units at UVic are equal to 3 or 4.5 Capilano College credit hours (see College Calendar under course description for correct credits). Similarly, if two Capilano College courses are required, 3 units at UVic could equal 6 or 9 credit hours at Capilano College. For example, Psychology 100 and 101 (three credit hours each) would equal 3 units at UVic. This transfer guide is accurate as of January, 1993. If further or updated information is required, please contact one of Capilano College's counsellors or the institution that you wish to transfer to. SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY Admissions Office Burnaby, B.C. V5A 1S6 291-3224 UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Registrar's Office #204-2075 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, B.C. V6T1Z2 228-2844 UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA Admissions Office P.O. Box 1700 Victoria, B.C. V8W 2Y2 721-7211 BRITISH COLUMBIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY 3700 Willingdon Avenue Burnaby, B.C. V5G 3H2 434-5734 CERTIFIED GENERAL ACCOUNTANTS 1555 West 8th Avenue Vancouver, B.C. V6J1Y5 732-1211 wm ^WPWrn Wm-. Wn. ^WtW m : ^WWF Wm: .^WPw H f l B - Wm ^ B f l H T h p F INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS 1155 Melville Street Vancouver, B.C. V6E 4C4 681-3264 (For information regarding transfer credit to any of the above, you may also contact the Business Management Department of Capilano College.) TRANSFER NOTES Simon Fraser University Faculty of Business Administration Expository writing courses equivalent to Simon Fraser University's ENGL 099 (or 010) do not count toward Faculty of Business Administration group requirements. The 45 semester hours of upper division credit required for the Bachelor of Business Administration degree normally must be completed in the last 60 semester hours of a student's degree program. Canadian Studies Incoming students who have taken transferable courses which do not receive assigned credit in Canadian Studies may apply to the Director of Canadian Studies to have such courses (1) count toward the major or minor or (2) exempt the student from lower division Canadian Studies courses. To qualify, the course(s) must cover sufficient Canadian subject material. School for the Contemporary Arts No more than 30 semester hours of studio credit may be transferred, of which 24 is the maximum allowed in any one of the discipline categories: dance, film, music, theatre and visual art. Students wishing transfer credit for Fine and Performing Arts courses of a directed studies nature should contact the Centre for the Arts for consideration of an individual basis. Transfer credit granted does not mean automatic advanced placement. Incoming students must contact the Centreforthe Arts at least one semester prior to their planned date of transfer to the University to arrange for a placement class, audition, or portfolio interview, after which they will be placed at an appropriate level. SOCIETY OF MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTANTS 1575-650 West Georgia Street Vancouver, B.C. V6B 4W7 687-5891 Transfer Guide 237 Computing Science Normally not more than nine semester hours of Type 2 (unassigned) credit will be awarded in Computing Science. Students completing more than nine credits are advised to contact the School directly. Students who have taken non-transferable Computing Science courses at a community college should also contact the School for an interview regarding appropriate placement. Transfer credit will be given for no more than one of CMPT 101,102, and 103. Students with credit for CMPT 101,102, or 103 may additionally be given credit for a more advanced language course as CMPT 104 (2). Alternatively, credit for a second introductory language course may be given as CMPT 111 (1), CMPT 112 (1), CMPT 113 (1), CMPT 114 (1) or CMPT 115 (1). Students may not receive credit for more than two of CMPT 111, 112,113,114, or 115. Language Courses Exemption from language courses usually will be determined by a placement test or other assessment procedure prior to registration. For further information on assessment consult individual language departments. All students (except native speakers or complete beginners) with prior knowledge of a language are required to consult the consult the language department concerned for a placement prior to or at registration. Native speakers or students who received their secondary education in a language taught at Simon Fraser University normally will not be admitted to a language course, in that particular language, numbered between 100 and 300 inclusive. Total transfer and course challenge credit in basic language courses may not exceed the following limits: French language: 13 semester hours German Language: 11 semester hours Russian language: 9 semester hours Spanish language: 11 semester hours Students interest in course challenge should contact the appropriate language department. Sociology and Anthropology Sociology and Anthropology courses at Simon Fraser University carry four semester hours credit, while college courses generally carry three. To facilitate entry to the program, the following exemptions will be granted to students transferring 60 credits from a college. • Completion of five Type 1 transfer courses in Sociology and Anthropology (15 credits) will be judged as satisfying the lower division Sociology and Anthropology requirement of five courses (20 credits), providing that program prerequisites have been fulfilled. Transfer Guide 238 • Completion of four Type 1 transfer courses in Sociology and Anthropology (12 credits) will be judged as completion of four Sociology and Anthropology lower division courses (16 hours), providing that program prerequisites are being fulfilled. Such students will be required to take one additional lower division Sociology and Anthropology course at Simon Fraser University in order to complete lower division Sociology and Anthropology requirements. • Completion of three or fewer Type 1 transfer courses (nine credits or less) will warrant a department exemption of one credit per course. For further information consult the Department of Sociology and Anthropology. Women's Studies Incoming students who have taken transferable community college courses which do not receive Women's Studies transfer credit may petition, in writing, the Women's Studies Co-ordinating commitee to have such courses count toward the minor. A significant portion of the course work must concern women. Students may also petition the Committee to be exempted from Women's Studies 200 if they have covered the material in another Women's Studies course. University of British Columbia Fine Arts 1. Students planning to enter the program leading to a B.A. degree with a major in Fine Arts (Art History) should normally apply after 4 semesters. Where Art (History and/or Studio) courses a r e not available at the College attended, transfer following only 2 semesters would be advisable. 2. Transfer students intending to enter the B.F.A. (Studio Art) program or the B.A. program with a major in Studio Arts should note that registration in these programs takes place in third year. For the first two years such students register in the B. A. degree program. A. Students intending to enter either of these programs in their third year should normally apply to the University for admission into the B.A. degree program at the end of their first year with the equivalent of Fine Arts 181 (3) and six credits of art history since these are prerequisites for admission to second year Fine Arts courses. Permission to enrol in Fine Arts 281-290 depends upon assessment of a portfolio of work done in Fine Arts 181or its equivalent. In this connection applicants should contact the Department no later than March 31 prior to the Fall in which entry is desired. Late applicants may be considered if space is available. B. However, students who apply to transfer after two years at a post-secondary institution may be accepted into either program in the third year subject to an assessment of a portfolio of work and a transcript to determine transfer credit equivalent to 12 credits from Fine Arts 281-290 (including Fine Arts 281) with a minimum second-class mark in each. Arrangements for the portfolio review and if possible, an interview should be made with the Department of Fine Arts by March 31. Admission to both programs will depend on the space available and is at the discretion of the Department. Note: The maximum Studio Art transfer credit for a student who has completed one year will be six credits for Fine Arts 181. A student who does not intend to pursue the B.F.A. or the B.A. program in Studio Arts and who has completed second year may be allowed a further 12 credits in studio art courses based solely upon equivalents listed in the Transfer Guide. Acceptance into either the B.F.A. or the B.A. program in Studio Arts requires the standards and procedures outlined above. Transfer Guide 239 Capilano College (credits^ AHIS 100 Simon Fraser University (credits) FPA166(3) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria [units) FINA125(6) HA120(3) with AHIS 101 with Capilano AHIS101 AHIS 101 FPA167(3) FINA125(6) HA120(3) with AHIS100 with Capilano AHIS100 AHIS 104 FPA(3)ArtHIST FINA100(6) FA100lev(1.5) with AH IS 105 AHIS 105 FPA(3)ArtHIST FINA100(6) with AHIS104 FA100lev(1.5) AHIS 106 FPA(3)VSARHIST — HA100lev(1.5) AHIS 107 FPA(3)VSARHIST — HA100lev(1.5) AHIS 210 FPA(3)VSARHIST FINAArtHistory(3) HA260(3) AHIS2108.211= with Capilano SFU FPA167(3)& AHIS211 FPA(3) AHIS 211 AHIS 220 FPA(3)VSARHIST FINAArtHistory(3) HA260(3) AHIS210&211= with Capilano SFU FPA167(3) & FPA(3) AHIS210 GE VSARHIST (3) FINAArtHistory(3) HA200lev(1.5) precludes credit for FINA335 AHIS 221 GE VSARHIST (3) FINAArtHistory(3) HA200lev(1.5) precludes credit for FINA335 AHIS 231 GE(3) — HA200lev(1.5) AHIS 232 GE(3) — HA200lev(1.5) AHIS 250 GE VSAR (3) FlNAArtHistory(3) HA200lev(1.5) precludes credit for FINA335 AHIS 251 GEVSAR(3) FINAArtHistory(3) precludes credit for FINA335 240 HA200lev(1.5) Capilano College (credits) ANTH 120 Simon Fraser University (credits) SA(3) University of British Columbia (credits) ANTH100(3) University of Victoria (units) ANTH100B(1.5) or ANTH1204121= ANTH120&121= SFU SA101(3)& UVicANTH100B4 SA(3)ANTH1204WMST122= ANTH100lev(1.5) SA101(3)4WS200(3) Students may request credit as SA101(3)4SA(3) ANTH 121 SA(3) ANTH100(3) ANTH1204121= SFU SA101(3)& SA(3)ANTH1214WMST122= SA101(3)4'WW200(3) Students may request credit as SA101 (3) & SA(3) ANTH100B(1.5) or ANTH11204121 = UVicANTH100B & ANTH100lev(1.5) ANTH123 ARCH101(3) ANTH203(3) ANTH240(1.5) ANTH 124 ARCH131(3) ANTH140(3) ANTH100A(1.5) ANTH 200 SA200div(3) ANTH(3) ANTH200lev;i.5) ANTH 202 SA200div(3) ANTH(3) ANTH200lev(1.5) ANTH 204 SA203(3) ANTH(3) ANTH200lev(1.5) Refer to Transfer Notes ANTH 205 SA(3) ANTH/SOCI 201(3) ANTH200lev(1.5) ANTH 206 SA286(3) ANTH220(3) ANTH200lev(1.5) Refer to Transfer Notes ANTH 208 SA(3) ANTH(3) ANTH200lev(1.5) ANTH 241 ARCH(6) ANTH(6) ANTH200lev(1.5) ANTH 249 SA(3) ANTH(3) ANTH200lev(1.5) APSC151(3) — ASPC150 241 Capilano College (credits} Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) Refer to Transfer Notes for all UBC FINA Transfer Credits ART 150 FPA(2)VSARStudio FINA If credit received Any 2 of Capilano for ART150,151,262, 100 level ART 263,credit will not courses=FINA181(6) ART100lev(1.5) be assigned for ART 152,154,164,184 ART 151 FPA(2)VSARStudio FINA If credit received ANY 2 of Capilano for ART150,151,262, 100 level ART 263,credit will not courses=FINA181(6) ART101(1.5) be assigned for ART 152,154,164,184 ART 152 • FPA{2)VSARStudio If credit received for ART152,154,164, 184.credit will not FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) be assigned for ART 150,151,262,263 — ART 153 FPA(2)VSARStudio ART 154 FPA(2)VSARStudio FINA If credit received Any 2 of Capilano for ART152.154.164, 100 level ART 184 .credit will not courses=FINA181(6) be assigned for ART 150,151,262,263 ART 156 FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) ART 157 FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) ART 158 FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) • 242 — Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) ART 160 — — ART100lev(1.5) ART 163 — — ART100lev(1.5) ART 164 FPA(2)VSARStudio FINA If credit received Any 2 of Capilano for ART152.154.164, 100 level ART 184 .credit will not courses=FINA181(6) • assigned for ART150, 151,262,263 ART 166 FPA(2)VSARStudio FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) ART 167 FPA(3)VSARStudio FINA ART100lev(1.5) Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) ART 169 — ART 171 FPA(3)VSARStudio - ART100lev(1.5) FINA ART100lev(1.5) Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) ART 172 FPA(3)VSARStudio FINA ART110(1.5) Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) ART 174 FPA(3)VSARStudio FINA ART120(1.5) Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) ART 178 FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) ART 182 FINA ART100lev(1.5) Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) 243 Capilano College (credits') ART 183 Simon Fraser University (credits] — University of British Columbia (credits) FINA University of Victoria (units) ART130(1.5) Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) ART 184 FPA(2)VSARStudio FINA If credit received Any 2 of Capilano for ART152,154,164, 100 level ART 184.credit will not courses=FINA181(6) be assigned for ART 150,151,262,263 ART 185 FINA ART100level(1.5) Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) ART 188 FPA(2)VSARStudio ART 189 — — FINA ART100(1.5) Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) ART 204 GE VSARStudio (3) — — ART 206 GE VSARStudio (3) — — ART 216 GE VSARStudio (3) — — ART 217 GE VSARStudio (3) — — ART 250 FPA(3)VSARStudio FINAStudio(3) ART200lev(1.5) ART 255 FPA(3)VSARStudio FINAStudio(3) ART210(1.5) ART 257 FPA(3)VSARStudio FINAStudio(3) ART200lev(1.5) ART 262 FPA(2)VSARStudio FINAStudio(3) ART200lev(1.5) FINAStudio(3) ART200(1.5) If credit received for ART150,151,262,263, credit will not be assigned for ART152, 154,164,184 ART 263 FPA(2)VSARStudio If credit received for ART150,151,262,263 credit will not be assigned for ART152, 154,164,184 244 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) ART 265 FPA(3)VSARStudio FINAStudio(3) ART220(1.5) ART 268 — — ART200lev(1.5) ART 271 GEVSARStudio (3) FINAStudio(3) — ART 272 GEVSARStudio(3) FINAStudio(3) — ART 273 — — ART200lev(1.5) ART 274 — FINAStudio(3) ART200lev(1.5) ART 282 — FINAStudio(3) ART232(1.5) ART 283 — FINAStudio(3) ART200lev(1.5) ART 284 — — ART200lev(1.5) ART 300 FPA(6)VSARStudio — ART200lev(1.5) (For Sculpture) ART 301 — — ART200lev(1.5) BIOL 104 BISC101(3)' BIOL(3) BIOL100lev(1.5) No credit in Life Science Departments BIOL105 BIS102(3)' BIOL(3) BIOL100lev(1.5) No credit in Life Science Departments BIOL 108 BISC101 (3) BIOL101(6)orBIOL102 BIOL150A7B(3) (6) with BKDL111 with Capilano BIOL 111; BIOL108 oniy= UVic100lev(1.5) BIOL 110 BISC101(3)' BIOL101(6)orBIOL102 BIOL150A/B(3) (6) with BIOL111 with Capilano BIOL111; B1OL110 only=UVic BIOL 100 lev(1.5) BIOL 111 BISC102(3)* BIOL101(6)orBIOL102 BIOL150A/B(3) (6) when taken with with Capilano BIOL108 BIOL108or110 or 110;BKDL111 only= UVic BIOL100lev(1.5) 245 Capilano College (credits) BIOL 113 Simon Fraser University (credits) BISC(3) University of British Columbia (credits) BIOL(3) University of Victoria (units) BIOL100lev(1.5) No credit in the Life Science Departments BIOL 200 BISC202(3) BIOL(3) BIOL200lev(1.5) 2nd year;precludes credit for BIOL334 BIOL 201 BISC(3) BIOL(3) BIOL200lev(1.5) 2nd year;precludes Students obtaining a C+ credit for BIOL335 or better in BIOL200/201 will be allowed to waive BIOL300 requirement for major BIOL 204 BISC204(3) BIOL(3) BIOL306(1.5) 2nd year;precludes credit for BIOL302 BIOL 205 BISC (3) BIOL (3) 2nd year; predudes BIOL 200 lev (1.5) credit for BIOL303 BIOL 206 GEOG215(3) BIOL(3)orGEOG(3) GEOG200lev(1.5) meets Geography Life Sciences 2nd year requirement BIOL 210 To be determined To be determined BIOL204(1.5) BIOL 212 BISC306(3) BIOL205(3) BIOL206(1.5) BIOL 213 BISC316(3) BIOL204(3) BIOL207(1.5) BIOL 214 BISC201(3) BIOL200(3) BIOL200(1.5) BIOL 215 BISC301(3) BIOL201(3) BIOC200(1.5) when accompanied by Organic Chemistry BIOL 220 BISC(3) or BISC303 MICB200(6) MICR200(3) (3)&BISC(3) with with BIOL221 with Capilano Capilano BIOL221 BIOL 221 BISC(3) or BISC303 MICB200(6) MICR200(3) (3) with Capilano with BIOL220 with Capilano BIOL220 246 BIOL221 BIOL220 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) — BSMG 171 BSMG 178 BSMG 179 University of British Columbia (credits) — University of Victoria (units) Stat100lev(1.5) BUS251(3) COM202(1.5) with Capilano BSMG179. with Capilano BSMG Both courses must be 179.Must have a grade completed for credit of C or better. BUS251(3) with Capilano — BSMG178.Both courses COM202(1.5) with Capilano BSMG must be completed for 178.Must have a grade credit of C or better. BSMG 180 — CHEM 104 CHEM102(3)&115(0) — CSC100lev(1.5) CHEM 103(6) CHEM101 (1.5)4 with Capilano CHEM105 CHEM102(1.5) with Capilano CHEM 105.Both must be taken .otherwise CHEM100LEV(1.5)each.C grade required for entry into 102,213 and 231. CHEM 105 CHEM105(3)4118(0) CHEM103(6) CHEM101 (1.5)4 with Capilano CHEM104 CHEM102(1:5) with Capilano CHEM104.Both must be taken .otherwise, CHEM100lev(1.5)each. C grade required for entry into 102,213 and 231. CHEM 108 CHEM102(3)8,115(0) CHEM110(6) CHEM100(1.5) with Capilano CHEM109;orCHEM 120(6) with Capilano CHEM111. CHEM 109 CHEM103(3)4119(0) CHEM110(6) CHEM102(1.5) with Capilano Only 1 of CHEM109 or 111 CHEM108 may be taken for transfer credit CHEM 110 CHEM102(3)4115(0) CHEM 120(6) CHEM101(1.5) with Capilano CHEM111 • 247 Capilano College (credits) CHEM 111 Simon Fraser University (credits) CHEM103(3)4119(0) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) CHEM120(6) CHEM102(1.5) with Capilano Only 1 of CHEM109 or 111 CHEM108or110 may be taken for transfer credit. CHEM 200 CHEM150(3)4155(0) CHEM230(6) Capilano CHEM 201 4 202 = with Capilano SFU CHEM 251 (3), 252 (3) and CHEM 201 CHEM231(1.5) CHEM 155(0) CHEM 201 CHEM230(6) Capilano CHEM 201 4 202 = with Capilano May take 3rd yr organic SFU CHEM 251 (3), 252 (3) and CHEM200 courses if 213 taken as corequisite in Fall. CHEM 155(0) CHEM 204 CHEM232(1.5) CHEM250(3)4255(0) CHEM261 (3)4218(0) CHEM205(6) CHEM200lev(1.5) with Capilano CHEM205 CHEM 205 CHIN 100 CHIN 101 CMNS 150 CHEM232{3) CHIN100(3) CHIN101(3) CMNS(3) CHEM205(6) CHEM200lev(1.5) with Capilano consult department re: CHEM204 placement CHIN100(6) CHIN100A/B(3) with Capilano with Capilano CHIN101 CHIN101 CHIN100(6) CHIN10OA/B(3) with Capilano with Capilano CHIN100 CHIN100 — ENGL100lev(1.5) with Capilano CMNS156.Both courses must be completed for credit CMNS 153 — CMNS 156 CMNS(3) with Capilano CMNS150. Both courses must be completed for credit 248 ENGL155(1.5) Capilano College (credits) CMNS 190 Simon Fraser University (credits) — CMNS 280 University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) CRWR(3) Referto Transfer Notes CRWR(3) Refer to Transfer Notes COMM 290 — COMM290(3) STAT100lev(1.5) COMM 291 — COMM291(4) ECON245(1.5) COMM 292 BUS270(3) COMM292(4) COMM 293 BUS251(3) COMM293(3) COMM202(1.5) Must have a grade of C or better. COMM294 — COMM (3) COMM210(1.5) Must have a grade of C or better. Exempt COMM 294 COMM296 — COMM297 — — — COMM297(3) — COMP 080 CMPT001(3) CPSC100(3) CSC100(1.5) COMP 102 CMPT103(3) CPSC(3) CSC110(1.5) COMP 110 CMPT101(4) CPSC118(3) CSC110(1.5) COMP 111 CMPT105(3) To be determined To be determined COMP 130 CMPT(1) To be determined To be determined COMP 131 CMPT112(1) To be determined To be determined COMP 132 CMPT(1) CPSC(1) COMP 212 CMPT290 (3) To be determined To be determined COMP 222 CMPT201(4) CPSC (3) CSC115(1.5) COMP 223 CMPT205(3) CPSC220(3) MATH222(1.5) CRIM 101 CRIM101 (3) SOCI(3) SOCI100lev(1.5) — • 249 Capilano College (credits) ECON 100 ECON 101 ECON 120 Simon Fraser University (credits) ECON100(3) ECON10K3) ECON150(3) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) ECON(3) ECON100(1.5) Refer to Transfer &ECON100lev(1.5)with Notes Capilano ECON101 ECON(3) ECON100(1.5)&ECON100 Refer to Transfer lev(1.5)with Capilano Notes ECON100 ECON(3) Refer to ECON100lev(1.5) Transfer Notes ECON 121 ECON152(3) ECON(3) Refer to ECON100lev(1.5) Transfer Notes ECON 200 ECON205(3) ECON100(6) with ECON202(1.5) Capilano ECON201 ECON 201 ECON200(3) ECON100(6) with ECON201(1.5) Capilano ECON200 ECON 211 — ECON201(3) ECON200lev(1.5) ECON 212 — ECON202(3) ECON200lev(1.5) ENGL 010 GE(3)ENGL ENGL 100 ENGL199(3) ENGL112(3) Credit granted for only one of Capilano ENGL100&102. ENGL115(1.5) ENGL 102 ENGL210(3) ENGL112(3) Credit granted for only one of Capilano ENGL100&102. ENGL115(1.5) ENGL 103 ENGL(3) Credit ENGL(3) First year. ENGL100lev(1.5) may be given for ENGL101,102,or103 (Department's choice) ENGL 104 ENGL101(3) ENGL(3) First year. ENGL121(1.5) ENGL 105 ENGL102(3) ENGL(3) First year. ENGL122(1.5)4 100lev(1.5) if Capilano ENGL106 taken 250 Capilano College (credits) ENGL 106 Simon Fraser University (credits) ENGL103(3) University of British Columbia (credits) ENGL(3) First year. University of Victoria (units) ENGL122(1.5)4 ENGL1 OOlev if Capilano ENGL105 taken. ENGL 190 ENGL(3) CRWR202(6) with CW100(3) with Students with Capilano ENGL191. Capilano ENGL191 assigned credit Refer to Transfer for more than 1 Notes. Creative Writing course will receive GE CREATIVE WRITING (3) for subsequent courses. ENGL 191 ENGL(3) CRWR202(6) CW100(3) Students with with Capilano with Capilano assigned credit ENG L190. Refer ENGL190 for more than 1 to Transfer Notes. Creative Writing course will receive GE CREATIVE WRITING (3) for subsequent courses. ENGL 200 ENGL 201 ENGL 202 ENGL204(3) ENGL201(6) ENGL200(3) Student may request with Capilano with Capilano credit as ENGL205(3) instead. ENGL201 ENGL201 ENGL206(3) ENGL22K3) ENGL201(6) ENGL200(3) with Capilano with Capilano ENGL200 ENGL200 ENGL202(6) ENGL202(3) with Capilano with Capilano ENGL203 ENGL203,or ENGL 200lev(1.5) ENGL 203 ENGL221(3) ENGL202(6) ENGL202(3) If credit received with Capilano with Capilano for ENGL221 .credit ENGL202 will be ENGL(3) ENGL 204 ENGL222(3) ENGL202,or ENGL 200lev(1.5) ENGL(3) ENGL203(3) with Capilano ENGL205 ENGL 205 ENGL222(3) If credit received for ENGL222,credit will be ENGL(3) ENGL(3) ENGL203(3) with Capilano ENGL204 Capilano College (credits) ENGL 206 Simon Fraser University (credits) ENGL103(3) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) ENGL(3) ENGL200lev(1.5) If credit received for ENGL103,credit will be ENGL(3) ENGL 208 ENGL(3) ENGL207(3) ENGL200lev(1.5) ENG L209 ENGU3) ENGL205(3) ENGL200lev(1.5) ENGL 210 ENGL(3) ENGL206(3) ENGL200lev(1.5) ENGL 211 ENGL(3) ENGL204(3) ENGL200lev(1.5) ENGL 212 ENGL(3) ENGL(3) ENGL200lev(1.5) ENGL 213 ENGL(3) ENGL(3) ENGL200lev(1.5) ENGL 215 ENGL(3) ENGL(3) ENGL200lev(1.5) ENGL 216 ENGL102(3) ENGU3) ENGL200lev(1.5) ENGL(3) CRWR(3) CW201 (partial credit) Students with Refer to Transfer (1.5) unassigned credit Notes If credit previously received for ENGL102,credit will be ENGL(3). ENGL 290 for more than 1 Creative Writing course will receive GE CREATIVE WRITING (3) for subsequent courses. ENGL 291 ENGL(3) CRWR(3) CW202(partial credit) Students with Refer to Transfer (1.5) unassigned credit Notes for more than 1 Creative Writing course will receive GE CREATIVE WRITING (3) for subsequent courses. ENS 100 MUSC154(3) MUS180(1) with Capilano ENS with Capilano 150.Total allowable ENS150 transfer credit in large ensemble limited to 2 courses from Music 150,1534154 for total of 6-8 credits. 252 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) ENS 110 University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) MUSC150(4) MUS180(1) with Capilano ENS with Capilano 160.Total allowable transfer credit in ENS160 large ensemble limited to equivalent of 2 courses from Music 150,1534 154 fortotalof 6-8 credits. ENS 135 — MUSC164(2) with Capilano ENS 185,MUSC164maybe repeated for credit at UBC.This transfer • credit may not be usedtosatisfy 3rd4 4th year small ensemble requirement for B.Music program. ENS 140 — MUSC 162(2) with Capilano ENS 190 This transfer credit may not be used to • satisfy 3rd44th year small ensemble requirement for B.Music programs. ENS 150 — MUSC154(3) with Capilano with Capilano ENSIOO.Total ENS100 MUS180(1) allowable transfer credit in large ensemble is limited to equivalent of 2 courses from MUSIC 150,153,154 for total of 6-8 credits. ENS 160 — MUSC150(4) with Capilano MUS180(1) with Capilano ENSHO.Total ENS110 allowable transfer credit in large ensemble is limited to equivalent of 2 courses from MUSIC 150,153,154 for total of 6-8 credits. 253 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) MUSC164(2) ENS 185 with ENS135.MUSC164 may be repeated for credit at UBC.This transfer credit may not be used to satisfy 3rd & 4th small ensemble requirements for B. Mus Programs. MUSC162(2) ENS 190 — with Capilano ENS UO.This transfer credit may not be used to satisfy 3rd & 4th yr. small ensemble requirements for B.Mus Programs. ENS 200 — MUSC154(3) MUS280(1) with Capilano ENS with Capilano 250.Total allowable ENS250 transfer credit in large ensemble limited to equivalent of 2 courses from MUSC150,153, 154 for total of 6-8 credits. ENS 210 MUSC150(4) MUS280(1) with Capilano ENS with Capilano 260. Total allowable ENS260 transfer credit in large ensemble limited to equivalent of 2 courses from MUSC150,153,154 for total of 6-8 credits. 254 Capilano College (credits) ENS 235 Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) MUSC164(2) with Capilano ENS 285.MUSC164 may be repeated for credit at UBC.This transfer credit may not be used to satisfy 3rd & 4th year small ensemble requirements for B.Mus Programs. ENS 240 MUSC162(2) with Capilano ENS290.This transfer credit may not be used to satisfy 3rd & 4th year small ensemble requirements for B.Mus Programs. ENS 250 MUSC154(3) with Capilano ENS200.Total MUS280(1) with Capilanc ENS200 allowable transfer credit in large ensemble limited to equivalent of 2 courses from MUSC 150,153,154 for total of 6-8 credits. ENS 260 MUSC150(4) with Capilano ENS210.Total allowable transfer credit for large ensemble limited to equivalent of 2 courses from MUSC 150,153,154 for total of 6-8 credits. MUS280(1) with Capilano ENS210 255 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) MUSC164(2) ENS 285 with Capilano ENS235 MUSC164 may be repeated for credit at UBC.This transfer credit may not be used to satisfy 3rd & 4th year small ensemble requirements for • B.Mus Programs. ENS 290 — MUSC162(2) — with Capilano ENS240.This transfer credit may not be used to satisfy 3rd & 4th year small ensemble requirements for B.Mus Programs. FREN 100 FREN 101 FREN 120 FREN 121 FREN 130 FREN(3) FREN105(6) FREN100(3) RefertoTransfer with Capilano withFRENI 01 Notes FREN101 FREN(3) FREN105(6) FREN100(3) Refer to Transfer Notes with Capilano FREN100 with FREN100 FREN(3) Refer to Transfer FREN110(6) with Capilano FREN160(3) with Capilano Notes FREN121 FREN121 FREN(3) Refer to Transfer FREN110(6) with Capilano FREN160(3) with Capilano Notes FREN120 FREN120 FREN(3) Refer to Transfer FREN(3) FREN100(3) with FREN131 Notes FREN 131 FREN(3) FREN(3) Refer to Transfer Notes FREN 170 FREN(3) FREN120(6) FREN180(3) RefertoTransfer with Capilano FREN171 with Capilano Notes 256 FREN100(3) with FREN130 FREN171 Capilano College (credits) FREN 171 FREN 190 FREN 191 Simon Fraser University (credits^ University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) FREN(3) FREN120(6) FREN180(3) Refer to Transfer with Capilano with Capilano Notes FREN170 FREN170 — _ FREN115(6) FREN160(3) with Capilano with FREN191 FREN115(6) FREN160(3) with Capilano with FREN190 FREN190 FREN 270 FREN(3) FREN202(6) Refer to Transfer Notes with Capilano FREN291(3) FREN271 FREN 271 FREN(3) FREN202(6) Refer to Transfer Notes with Capilano FREN292(3) FREN270 FREN 290 FREN215(6) FREN180(3) with with Capilano Capilano FREN291 FREN291 FREN 291 FREN215(6) FREN180(3) with with Capilano Capilano FREN290 FREN290 FSCI 200 BISC416(3) FSCI 210 BISC000(3)UD — '1st and 2nd yr. Majors and Honors requirements can be met with these Capilano Courses: BA.GEOG 100, 101,112or 114, 200or 201, 249 plus one of 112,114, 200,201. BSc,GEOG100, 101,112,114 and any two of 200,201,249. GEOG 100 GEOG 100(3) GEOG(3)2nd year GEOG101B(1.5)* GEOG 101 GEOG102(3) GEOG210(3) GEOG100lev(1.5) 257 Capilano College (credits] Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) GEOG 102 — GEOG(3) — GEOG 106 GEOG265(3) or GEOG(3) GEOG(3) GEOG100lev(1.5) GEOG290(3) GEOG200lev(1.5) GEOG 101 (6) GEOG203A(1.5) if GEOG265 already obtained GEOG 108 GEOG162(3) GEOG 112 GEOG11K3) with Capilano GEOG114 GEOG 114 GEOG214(3) GEOG101(6) GEOG203B(1.5) with Capilano GEOG112 GEOG 200 GEOG22K3) GEOG260(3) GEOG201A(1.5) GEOG 201 GEOG(3) GEOG(3) GEOG201B(1.5) GEOG 205 GEOG263(3) or GEOG(3) GEOG(3) GEOG200lev(1.5) if GEOG263 already obtained. GEOG 221 GEOG250(3) GEOG(3) GEOG200lev(1.5) GEOG 249 — GEOG(3) — GEOL110 GEOG 112(3) GEOL105(6) EOS100(1.5) with Capilano GEOL111 GEOL111 GE(3)GEOG GEOL105(6) EOS101(1.5) with Capilano GEauo GERM 100 GERM 101 258 GERM(3) GERM 100(6) GER100(3) Refer to Transfer Notes with Capilano with Capilano GERM GERM101 101 GERM(3) GERM 100(6) GER100(3) Refer to Transfer Notes with Capilano with Capilano GERM GERM100 100 Capilano College (credits) GERM 200 Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) GERM(3) GERM200(6) GER200(3) Refer to Transfer Notes with Capilano with Capilano GERM GERM201 201 .With grade of less than C credit by interview with German Department only. GERM 201 GERM(3) GERM200(6) GER200(3) with Refer to Transfer Notes with Capilano Capilano GERM200.With GERM200 grade of less than C credit by interview with German Department only. HIST 100 HIST216(3) HIST(3) CLAS100lev(1.5) Predudes credit for Classical Studies 100 HIST 102 HIST223(3) HIST120(6) HIST240(3) with Capilano with Capilano HIST103 HIST103 HIST 103 HIST 108 HIST(3)(200div) HIST212(3) HIST120(6) HIST240(3) with Capilano with Capilano HIST102,or HIST 102 HIST200lev(1.5) HIST(3) HIST210(3) with Capilano HIST109 HIST 109 HIST213(3) HIST(3) HIST210(3) with Capilano HIST108 HIST 110 HIST 111 HIST101(3) HIST102(3) HIST135(6) HIST130(3) with with HIST111 Capilano HIST111 HIST135(6) HIST130(3) with with Capilano HIST110 Capilano H1ST110 HIST 200 HIST(3)(200div) HIST(3) HIST200lev(1.5) HIST 201 HIST(3)(200div) HIST(3) HIST200lev(1.5) HIST 205 HIST(3)(200div) HIST(3) HIST200lev(1.5) HIST 207 HIST(3)(200div) HIST(3) HIST236(1.5) Predudes credit (partial credit) for HIST101 259 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) HIST 208 HIST(3) HIST(3) HIST200lev(1.5) HIST 209 HIST(3) HIST(3) HIST200lev(1.5) INDO 100 GEINDO(3) Precludes credit May not take HIST358C for HIST302 for credit. INDO102(6) PACI100lev(1.5) with INDO101 IND0101 GEINDO(3) INDO102(6) PACI100lev(1.5) with INDO100 JAPN 100 JAPN 101 JAPN 110 JAPN100(3) JAPN101(3) JAPN100(3) JAPN102(6) JAPA100A/B(3) with Capilano with Capilano JAPN101 JAPN101 JAPN102(6) JAPA100A/B(3) with Capilano with Capilano JAPN100 JAPN100 JAPN100(6) JAPA100A/B(3) with Capilano with Capilano JAPN111 JAPN111;orJAPA 149(3) with Capilano JAPN 111. JAPN 111 JAPN101(3) JAPN100(6) JAPA100A/8(3) with Capilano with Capilano JAPN110 JAPN110;or JAPA 149(3) with JAPN 110. KIN 142 KIN142(3) PHED163(3) P.E.100lev(1.5) KIN 143 KIN143(3) PHED103(3) P.E.100lev(1.5) LGAS150 POL 151(3) — — LGAS 151 GE CRIM (3) — — LGAS 258 GE LEGAL STUDIES (3) — — LGAS 268 CRIM(3) — — 260 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits] University of Victoria (units) — LSP 100 ECON(3) — LSP 101 ECON(3) — — LSP 140 HIST203(3) — HIST200lev(1.5) LSP 142 HIST(3) — HIST200lev(1.5) LSP 170 — — ENGL100lev(1.5) MATH100(3) — MATH 010 MATH 011 MATH 012 MATH 101 MATH012(0) with Capilano MATH011 with Capilano MATH 011 & 012 012 MATH100(3) — MATH012(0) with Capilano MATH010 with Capilano &012 MATH010&012 MATH100(3) — MATH012(0) with Capilano MATH010 with Capilano &011 MATH010&011 STAT101(3) STAT203(3) Not for Science or Math students OR FRST231 (3) MATH 102 STAT302(3) with MATH102 STAT100lev(1.5) FRST23K3) STAT250(1.5) with MATH101;or STAT(3)2nd year (not for credit in Faculty of Science). MATH 103 MATH100(3) MATH111(6) Credit is permitted with MATH 108 or for only one of MATH 110(3 credits 100 and 110 only for Science MATH012(0) programs). MATH 105 MATH100(3) MATH111 (6) Credit is permitted for with MATH108or110 onlyoneofMATH100and (3 credits only for and 110 Science programs). MATH012(0) » 261 Capilano College (credits) MATH 107 Simon Fraser University (credits) University of Victoria (units) MATH012(0) 110 MATH111(6) with MATH108 (3 credits only for Science programs) MATH157(3) MATH111(6) with MATH102(1.5) Credit is permitted for MATH103or105or onlyoneofMATH151 107 (3 credits only or 157 for Science programs); MATH110(3) Credit is permitted for only one of MATH100 and MATH 108 University of British Columbia (credlts)_ not for Sdence or Math students. MATH 109 158or152 MATH141(3) Not for Faculty of Science or Mathematics students. MATH151(3) MATH100(3) MATH158(3) Credit is permitted for only one of MATH MATH 110 MATH200lev(1.5) MATH100(1.5) Credit is permitted Capilano MATH110& for only one of MATH 111=UVic MATH100 151 or 157 (1.5)4101(1.5)8. MATH100lev(1) MATH 111 MATH152(3)&MATH(1) MATH10K3) MATH101(1.5) Credit is permitted Capilano MATH110& for only one of 111=UVic MATH100 MATH152or158 (1.5)8.101(1.5)8. MATH100lev(1) MATH 152 MATH232(3) MATH152(3) MATH133(1.5) MATH 200 MATH232(3) MATH22K3) MATH233A(1.5) MATH 205 STAT270(3) STAT241(3) STAT200lev(1.5)or STAT254(1.5)(for Eng students) MATH 215 MATH242(3) MATH220(3) MATH200lev(1) MATH 230 MATH251(3) MATH200(3) MATH200lev(1.5) MATH 231 MATH252(3) MATH201(3) MATH200lev(1) MATH 235 MATH310(3) MATH255(3) or 315(3) MATH201(1.5) MDIA 053 GE FILMStudio (3) 262 — Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) MDIA 075 GE FILMStudio (2) — MDIA 153 GE FILM (3) — — MDIA 171 GE CMNS (3) with Capilano — — — — — — MDIA271.Both courses must be completed for credit MDIA 181 CMNS258(3) with Capilano MDIA182 Both courses must be completed for credit MDIA 182 CMNS258(3) with MDIA181 MDIA 253 MUS 100 GE FILMStudio (3) FPA104(3) If MUS100&101 MUSC100(2) Refer to MUS101A(1) with are completed.credit Transfer Notes Capilano MUS101 will be FPA104(3)FPA(3) music studio MUS 101 FPA(3) music studio MUSC10K2) Refer to MUS101B(1) with Transfer Notes Capilano MUS100 MUS 102 To be determined To be determined To be determined MUS 105 GE MUSIC (1) — — MUS 107 FPA(1)MUSICStudio — MUS 110 GE MUSICStudio (3) MUSC102(2) MUS200lev(1.5) with Capilano with Capilano MUS111.Referto MUS111 Transfer Notes MUS 111 GE MUSICStudio (3) MUSC 102(2) MUS200lev(1.5) with Capilano with Capilano MUS110.Referto MUS110 Transfer Notes MUS 112 FPA(1)MUSICStudio MUSC105(2) MUSI 70(1) For MUS112,113,212 with Capilano with Capilano and213,credit will MUS113.Referto MUS113 be FPA104(3),FPA(3) Transfer Notes MUSICStudio. I Capilano College (credits) MUS 113 Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) FPA(1)MUSICStudio MUSC105{2) MUS170(1) For MUS112,113,212 with Capilano with Capilano and 213,credit will MUS112.Referto MUS112 be FPA104(3),FPA(3) Transfer Notes MUSICStudio. MUS 114 GE MUSICStudio (1) MUSC141(2) MUS236(1.5) with Capilano with Capilano MUS115.Referto MUS115 Transfer Notes MUS 115 GE MUSICStudio (1) MUSC141(2) MUS236(1.5) with Capilano with Capilano MUS114.Referto MUS114 Transfer Notes. MUS 120 FPA(3)MUSCHistory MUSC120(3) MUS120&121 42208,221= If MUS120,121,220 Refer to Transfer UVicMUS110(3)&MUS100 and221 are completed, Notes lev(3),or 100lev(1) each credit will be FPA143 (3)& MUSICHistory(9) MUS 121 FPA(3)MUSICHistory MUSC121(3).Refer If MUS120.121.220 to Transfer Notes MUS120&1218,2208,221= UVicMUS110(3)&MUS100 and 221 are completed, lev(3),or 100lev(1) credit will be FPA143 each. (3)&MUSICHistory(9) MUS 134 GE MUSICStudio (1) — MUS 135 GE MUSICStudio (1) — GE MUSICStudio (1) — — MUS100lev(1.5) MUS 170 MUS 180 — MUS100lev(1) with Capilano MUS181 MUS 181 GE MUSICStudio (1) — MUS100lev(1) with Capilano MUS180 MUS 184 FPA(3)MUSICStudio MUSI 70(1) If MUS 1848,185 are with Capilano completed.credit MUS185 witl be FPA141(3)& FPA(3)MUSICStudio. MUS 185 FPA(3)MUSICStudio MUS170(1) If MUS184&185 are with Capilano completed.credit MUS184 will be FPA141(2) &FPA(3)MUSICStudio. 264 Capilano College (credits) MUS 194 Simon Fraser University (credits) GE MUSICStudio (3) University of British Columbia (credits) — University of Victoria (units) MUS181 (1) with Capilano MUS195 MUS 195 GE MUSICStudio (3) — MUSI 81(1) with Capilano MUS194 MUS 200 MUS201 FPA(3)MUSIC FPA(3)MUSIC MUSC200(2).Refer MUS201(2) to Transfer Notes. with Capilano MUS201 MUSC201(2).Refer MUS201(2) to Transfer Notes. with Capilano MUS200 MUS 205 GE MUSIC (1) — MUS 206 FPA(1 (MUSICStudio — MUS 210 GE MUSICStudio (3) — MUSC122(2) MUS200lev(1.5) with Capilano MUS with Capilano MUS211 211.Refer to Transfer Notes. MUS 211 GE MUSICStudio (3) MUSC122(2) MUS200lev(1.5) with Capilano MUS with Capilano MUS210 210.Referto Transfer Notes. MUS 212 FPA(1)MUSICStudio MUSC205(2) MUS270(1) For MUS112,113,212 with Capilano MUS with Capilano MUS213 and213,credit will 213.Referto be FPA104(3),FPA Transfer Notes. (3)MUSICStudio. MUS 213 FPA(1)MUSICStudio MUSC205(2) MUS270(1) For MUS112,113,212 with Capilano MUS with Capilano MUS212 and213,credit will 212.Referto be FPA104(3),FPA Transfer Notes. (3)MUSICStudio. MUS 214 GE MUSICStudio (1) MUSC24K2) MUS236(1.5) with Capilano with Capilano MUS215 MUS215.Referto Transfer Notes. MUS 215 GE MUSICStudio (1) MUSC241(2) MUS236(1.5) with Capilano with Capilano MUS214 MUS214.Refer to Transfer Notes. 265 Capilano College (credits) MUS 220 Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) FPA(3)MUSICHistory MUSC 220 (3) MUS120&121 &220&221 = If MUS120,121,2208, Referto UVicMUS110(3)&MUS100 221 are completed, Transfer Notes. Iev(3),or100lev(1) each FPA(3)MUSICHistory MUSC221(3).Refer MUS1208,1218,2204221 = If MUS120,121,2204221 to Transfer Notes. UVicMUS110(3)8,MUS100 credit will be FPA 143(3)&FPA(9)MUSIC History. MUS 221 lev(3),or 100lev(1) each are completed.credit will be FPA143(3)& FPA(9)MUSICHistory. MUS 234 GE MUSICStudio (1) MUS 235 GE MUSICStudio (1) — — MUS 280 GE MUSICStudio (3) — — MUS 281 GE MUSICStudio (3) — — MUS 284 GE MUSICStudio (3) — — MUS 285 GE MUSICStudio (3) — MUS 294 GE MUSICStudio (3) — — i — MUSI 81(1) with Capilano MUS295 MUS 295 MUS181 (1) GE MUSICStudio (3) with Capilano MUS294 MUED(2) 2nd year MUS 360 ME350(1.5) Predudes credit for MUED336.Refer to Transfer Notes. MUED(2) 2nd year MUS 361 ME400B(1.5) Predudes credit for MUED335.Refer to Transfer Notes. PHED110 KIN(3) PHED110(3) P.E.100tev(1.5) PHED 161 — PHED161(3) P.E.100lev(1.5) PHED164 KIN(3) PHED164(3) P.E.245(1.5) 266 Capilano College (credits) PHIL 101 Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) PHIL100(3) PHIL100(6) PHIL100(3) PHIL101&210=SFUPHIL with Capilano with Capilano PHIL 100(3)&PHIL(3) PHIL102 102 or PHIL100IGV (1.5) PHIL 102 PHIL120(3) PHIL 100 (6) PHIL100(3) with Capilano with Capilano PHIL PHIL101 101;orPHIL100lev (1.5) PHIL 110 PHIL001(3) PHIL102(3)&103 PHIL100lev(1.5) (3) with Capilano PHIL120 PHIL 120 PHIL(3) PHIL102(3)&103(3) PHIL 100 lev (1.5) with Capilano PHIL 110 PHIL 130 PHIL244(3) PHIL(3) PHIL 222A (1.5) PHIL 140 CRIM135(3) PHIL(3) PHIL100lev(1.5) PHIL 141 C R M 31(3) PHIL(3) PHIL100lev(1.5) PHIL 200 PHIL(3) PHIL201(6) with PHIL 232 (1.5) Capilano PHIL201 PHIL 201 PHIL220(3) PHIL201(6) with PHIL 326 (1.5) Capilano PHIL 200 PHIL 202 PHIL210(3) PHIL302(3) PHIL203(1.5) PHIL 207 PHIL(3) PHIL(3) PHIL200lev(1.5) May not take PHIL333 or ES314 (or credit PHIL 208 PHIL(3) PHIL(3) PHIL200lev(1.5) May not take PHIL333 or ES314 for credit. PHIL 209 PHIL210 PHIL 211 PHIU3) PHIL(3) PHIL200lev(1.5) PHIL200lev(1.5) PHIL100(3) PHIL250(6) PHIL210&101 =SFUPHIL with Capilano 100(3)&PHIL(3) PHIL211 PHIL203(3) PHIL250(6) PHIL200lev(1.5) with Capilano PHIL210 • PHIL 220 PHIL241 (3) PHIL(3) PHIL238(1.5) 267 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) PHIL 221 PHIL(3) PHIL(3) PHIL200lev(1.5) PHIL 222 PHIL242(3) PHIL(3) PHIL100lev(1.5) PHYS 104 PHYS100(3) PHYS(3) PHYS (100 level) 1.5 No credit for Faculty of Science. PHYS 108 PHYS101(3)&PHYS(1) PHYS110(6) with Capilano PHYS PHYS102(3) with Capilano PHYS111 111 or115 PHYS 110 PHYS 111 PHYS 114 PHYS101(3) PHYS110(6) PHYS102(3) PHYS110&111,exemption with Capilano PHYS with Capilano PHYS111 PHYS130(0) 111 or115 PHYS102(3) PHYS110(6) PHYS102(3) PHYS110&111,exemption with Capilano PHYS with Capilano PHYS108 PHYS130(0) 108,or110,or114 or PHYS 110 PHYS120(3) PHYS114&115,exemption PHYS110(6) with PHYS 112 (3) with Capilano Capilano PHYS111; PHYS 115 PHYS131(0) or PHYS115(6) with . Capilano PHYS115; or PHYS170(3) with Capilano PHYS116; orPHYS115(6)+170 PHYS 115 PHYS121(3) PHYS115&114,exemption PHYS131(0) (3) with Capilano PHYS115&116. PHYS110(6) with Capilano PHYS108 or110;or PHYS115(6) with Capilano PHYS PHYS 112 (3) with Capilano PHYS 114 114;or PHYS115(6) + 170(3) with Capilano PHYS 114& 116. PHYS 116 To be determined PHYS170(3) with Capilano PHYS114; or PHYS 115 (6) and PHYS 170 (3) with Capilano PHYS 114 and 115. - 268 PHYS (100 Level) 1.5 Capilano College (credits) PHYS 200 Simon Fraser University (credits) PHYS(3) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) PHYS213(4) PHYS217(1.5) with with Capilano PHYS Capilano PHYS210 210 PHYS 201 PHYS22K3) PHYS215(4) with PHYS216(1.5) with Capilano PHYS211 PHYS211.Contact department re: PHYS214 waiver. PHYS 210 PHYS(1) PHYS213(4) with Capilano PHYS200 PHYS217(1.5) with Capilano PHYS200 PHYS(1) PHYS215(4) with PHYS216(1.5) with PHYS210&211=SFU Capilano PHYS201 PHYS201 .Contact PHYS210&211=SFU PHYS234(2) PHYS 211 PHYS234(2) department re: PHYS214 waiver. PHYS 220 PHYS 221 PHYS(3) PHYS216(2)&217(2) and PHYS (2) with Capilano PHYS221 PHYS120(1.5) PHYS211 (3) PHYS216(2)& 217(2) and PHYS (2) with Capilano PHYS220 PHYS220(1.5) Students who have completed PHYS200, 201,210,211,2208. 221 will be prepared to enter 3rd year PHYSICS courses at SFU. PMI POL 100 MUSIC Credit for PMI courses to be confirmed by examination for B.MUS.For more information see the BC Transfer Guide available in Advising or the Office of the Registrar. POL(3) POLI(3) MUSIC Actual credit for PMI courses will be determined by Admissions and Auditioning Committee.For more information see the BC Transfer Guide available in Advising or the Office of the Registrar. POLI100lev(1.5) 269 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) POL 101 POL210(3) POLI240(3) POLI202(1.5) POL 102 POL23K3) POLI220(3) POLI210(1.5) POL 103 POL100(3) POLI(3) POLI200lev(1.5) POL 104 POL22K3) POLI200(3) POLI200lev(1.5) POL 201 POL24K3) POLI260(3)SPOLI(3) POLI200lev(1.5) with Capilano POL 203 POL 202 POL(3) POL 203 POU3) POLI(3) — POLI260(3)&POLI(3) POLI240(1.5) with Capilano POL 201 POL 206 POL21K3) POLI(3) POLI200lev(1.5) POL 207 POL210(3) POLI240(3) POL200lev(1.5) Psychology PSYC Maximum advance credit permitted in Psychology is 18 credits. PSYC 100 PSYC100(3) PSYC100(6) with 1 of Capilano PSYC 101,200,201,204,205 PSYC100(3) with Capilano PSYC101,or PSYC204;or100lev (1.5) PSYC101 PSYC102(3) PSYC100(6) with Capilano PSYC100 PSYC100(3) with Capilano PSYC100;or or 100lev(1.5) PSYC 200 PSYC360(3) PSYC100(6) with PSYC200lev(1.5) Capilano PSYC100; or PSYC(3).Predudes credit for PSYC308 PSYC 201 270 PHYS (3) PSYC100(6) with Capilano PSYC100; or PSYC(3).Predudes credit for PSYC308. PSYC200lev(1.5) Capilano College (credits) PSYC 203 Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) PSYC(3) Precludes PSYC210(1.5)(partial credit for PSYC312. credit)Satisfies UVic PSYC308(3) PSYC210 requirement PSYC 204 PSYC351(3) PSYC100(6) with PSYC100(3) with Capilano PSYC100; Capilano PSYC100;or or PSYC(3). 100lev(1.5) Predudes credit for PSYC301. PSYC 205 PSYC357(3) PSYC100(6) with PSYC200lev(1.5) PSYC100 PSYC 206 PSYC355(3) PSYC(3) PSYC200lev(1.5) PSYC 212 PSYC201(3) To be determined To be determined PSYC 220 PSYC370(3) PSYC203(3) PSYC200lev(1.5) PSYC 222 PSYC340(3) PSYC204(3) PSYC200lev(1.5) S.A.150(3) Refer SOCI100(6) with SOCM 00(1.5) to Transfer Notes Capilano S X 1 0 1 • SOC 100 SOC 101 SOC 200 S.A.250(3) Refer SOCI100(6) with to Transfer Notes Capilano SOC100 S.A.100(3) SOC210(6) with SOCI210(1.5) SOCI203(1.5) Capilano SOC201 SOC 201 SA(3) SOCI210(6) with SOCI200lev(1.5) Capilano SOC200 SOC 210 SA(3)SOCI.Refer to SOCI(3) SOCI200lev(1.5) SOCI(3) SOCI200lev(1.5) Transfer Notes SOC 211 SA263(3) Refer to Transfer Notes SOC 222 SA(3) SOCI(3) SOCI100lev(1.5) SOC 223 CMNS230(3) SOCI(3) SOCI100lev(1.5) SPAN 100 SPAN(3) Refer to SPAN100(6) with SPAN100(3) with Transfer Notes Capilano SPAN101 Capilano SPAN101 SPAN(3) Refer to SPAN100(6) with SPAN100(3) with Transfer Notes Capilano SPAN100 Capilano SPAN100 SPAN 101 271 Capilano College (credits) SPAN 200 Simon Fraser University (credits) University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units) SPAN(3) Refer to SPAN200(6) with SPAN 260 (3) with Capilano Transfer Notes Capilano SPAN201 SPAN 201; with less than a C+ consult Department re: credit and placement SPAN 201 SPAN(3) Refer to SPAN200(6) with SPAN 260 (3) with Capilano Transfer Notes SPAN200 SPAN 200; with less than a C+ consult Department re: credit and placement THA1100 GE THAI (3) ASLA300(6) with PACI100lev(1.5) Capilano THAU 01 THA1101 GE THAI (3) ASLA300(6) with PACI100lev(1.5) THAU00 THTR 100 THTR 101 THTR 105 FPA(1)THTRStudio Capilano THTR160(6) with THTR 100 8.101 = SFU FPA 151 (3) Capilano THTR101 FPA(1)THTRStudio Capilano THTR160(6) with THTR 100 8.101 =SFU FPA 151 (3) Capilano THTR100 FPA(3)DANCEStudio THTR(3) with THEA100lev(1.5) THEA100lev(1.5) THEA225(1.5) Capilano THTR107. Predudes credit for THTR363. THTR 107 FPA(2)THTRStudio THTR(3) with THEA223(1.5) Capilano THTR105. Predudes credit for THTR363. THTR 120 FPA(3)THTRHIST Capilano THTR120(6) with THEA110(3) with THTR 1208.121 =SFUFPA150(3) Capilano THTR121 Capilano THTR121 FPA(3)THTRHIST Capilano THTR120(6) with THEA110(3) with THTR 1208.121 =SFUFPA150(3) Capilano THTR120 Capilano THTR120 THTR150(6) with THEA105(3) with Capilano THTR151 Capilano THTR151 &FPA(3)THTRHIST. THTR 121 8,FPA(3)THTRHIST. THTR 150 or THEA105p.c.(1.5) 272 Capilano College (credits) THTR 151 Simon Fraser University (credits) - University of British Columbia (credits) University of Victoria (units)_ THTR150(6) with THEA105(3) with Capilano THTR150 Capilano THTR150, or THEA105p.c.(1.5) THTR 200 FPA Individual THTR(3) THEA200lev(1.5) THTR(3) THEA200lev(1.5) consideration THTR 201 FPA Individual consideration WMST100 WS100(3) ARTS(3) Predudes credit for Women's Studies222. WS200B(1.5) WMST104 WS(3)200div ARTS(3) WS100lev(1.5) WMST106 WS(3)200div ARTS(3) WS100lev(1.5) WMST110 WS203(3) PSYC(3) Precludes credit for PSYC320 WS100lev(1.5) WMST122 WS200(3) Capilano WMST122& ANTH(3) WS100lev(1.5) ANTH120=SFUSA101(3)& WMST200(3).Students may request credit as SA101(3)&SA(3) instead. WMST130 WS(3)200div ARTS(3)(1styear) HA262(1.5)(partial credit) WMST140 WS204(3) ARTS(3) WS100lev(1.5) WMST220 WS(3)200div Students may request credit as HIST(3) HIST(3) WS200lev(1.5) 273 Governance and Administration Capilano College Board The Board of the College, established in conformity with the College and Institute Act, consists of 12 members appointed by the Minister of Advanced Education, Training, and Technology. These members serve as trustees of the College. The Board is responsible for governing the College, and in that capacity determines the policy by which the College operates and reviews the performance of the College and its component parts. Traditionally, the Board meets monthly to fulfill its statutory responsibilities and to conduct its general business. Board Representatives: A representative from the OTEU (Local 378) Valerie Cochran, Faculty Association (CCFA) Plus two representatives named by the Student Society From left to right: Marie Jessup, Board Secretariat, with Capilano College President Douglas Jardine. Capilano College Board: Peter Meredith; Allen LaCroix; Jack McKeown; Arthur Tinker; Graham Crockart, Chair; Bob Curry; Paddi Arthur; Linda Carney; Daniel Devlin; Robin Wilson, Vice Chair. Absent from photo: Deborah Jacobs. Governance and Administration 274 Administration David Brewer, R.C.P.P.; Director of Supply & Services Randi Duke, B. A., M. A.; Director of Resource Development Stephanie Forsyth, B.A., M.Ed., Dean, Career/Vocational Programs Donna Gallagher, Manager of Financial Systems Steve Gallagher, B.A.; Manager, Computer Support Services Franklin C. Gelin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Vice-President, Academic Studies William Gibson, B.A., Ph.D., Dip. Ed; Dean, Academic Studies Geoff Holter, B.A., M.A.; Director of Employee Relations Ken Hughes, Director of Buildings & Grounds Joseph Iacobellis, B.P.E., M.P.E.; Manager, Athletics and Recreation Douglas K. Jardine, B.A.Sc. (Hons.) Ph.D.; President Jon L. Jessiman, B.A., LL.B., Dip. Int. Law, LL.M., LL.D., D.Sc. Jur.; Dean, Student and Instructional Services, Head, International Office Marie Jessup, C.G.A.; Vice President, Finance, and Bursar; Board Secretariat Louise Krohn, M.A.Ed, B.Ed.; Director of Extension Programs & Contract Services Dianna L. Larsen, B.A., M.A.; Registrar Greg F. Lee, B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.; Vice-President, Career/Vocational Programs Janet E.M. Morris, Dip. Management; Administrator Marleen Morris, B.A.; Director of Public Relations Alan Ng, B.Sc., C.G.A.; Comptroller Steve O'Grady, Acting Assistant Director of Buildings & Grounds John Potts, B.A., M.P.A.; Dean, Career/Vocational Programs Barb Robertson, B.Ed.; Associate Registrar Ian Robertson, Acting Director of Buildings & Grounds Cindy Rogers, Manager of Personnel Services Alan P.D. Smith, B.A., M.A.; Director of Planning Robert W. Turner, B.A., B.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D.; VicePresident, Student and Instructional Services John Waters, B.A. (Hons.), M.A.; Dean, Academic Studies Frieda Wiebe, B.A. (Hons.), M.L.S., M.B.A.; Head Librarian A ACADEMIC ADVISING 28 ACADEMIC POLICIES 24 ACADEMIC SCHEDULE 10 ACADEMIC STUDIES/UNIVERSITY TRANSFER 61 ACCOUNTING, ACCELERATED PROGRAM 168 ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE (ARC) Lynnmour, Sechelt, Squamish 28,29 Credit/Non-Credit Courses 52,234 ADDRESSES & PHONE NUMBERS OF CAMPUSES 1 ADMINISTRATION 274 ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT See Business Administration 159 ADMISSION 11 ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/ FOUNDATIONS 53 ADVISING CENTRE & HOTLINE 28 ALTERNATIVE C A R E E R TRAINING ....57 ANTHROPOLOGY 65 APPEAL OF GRADES 24 APPLIED INFORMATION TECH 154 ART HISTORY 82 ART INSTITUTE.. 77 ASIA PACIFIC MANAGEMENT CO-OP PROGRAM 32,227 ASSOCIATE DEGREES 19 ATHLETICS & RECREATION 29 ATTENDANCE 18 AUDIO-VISUAL SERVICES 33 AUDIT STATUS 18 AWARDS - See Financial Aid B BOOKSTORE B.C. STUDENT ASSISTANCE BIOLOGY BURSARIES BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUSINESS COMPUTING CO-OP See Business Administration 29 37 84 38 159 159 c CAFETERIAS 31 CANADIAN JOB STRATEGIES 233 CANADIAN STUDIES SPECIALTY 63 CANASEAN INTERNATIONAL PROJECT 32 "CAP CORNER" - See Student Store CAPILANO COLLEGE FOUNDATION ..39 CAPILANO COURIER 35 CAREER RESOURCE CENTRE 30 CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS General Information 153 CERTIFICATES AND DIPLOMAS 19 CHANGE OF NAME OR ADDRESS 16 CHANGING REGISTRATION STATUS 15 CHEATING & PLAGIARISM, POLICY...26 INDEX 276 CHEMISTRY 87 CHINESE 89 COLLEGE BOARD & ADMINISTRATION 274 COLLEGE FOUNDATION 39 COMMERCE 89 COMMUNICATIONS 180 COMMUNITY MUSIC SCHOOL 233 COMPUTER SYSTEMS MGMT See Business Administration 159 COMPUTING SCIENCE 91 COPYRIGHT, POLICY 27 COUNSELLING 29 COURSE INFORMATION 14-18,24-27 CRAFTS INSTRUCTOR TRAINING 81 CREDIT FREE COURSES - See Extension Programs & Services CRIMINOLOGY 93 D DAYCARE DEAN'S LIST DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS DISABILITY SUPPORT AND A C C E S S SERVICES DISTANCE EDUCATION Open Learning Agency Knowledge Network DROPPING COURSES 30 38 19 30 30 30 15 E EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION .... 182 ECONOMICS 94 ELDERCOLLEGE 233 ENGINEERING 95 ENGLISH 97 ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE 58 ENGLISH DIAGNOSTIC TEST (EDT) ...62 ENGLISH LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS 12 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 101 ETHNIC & CROSS CULTURAL RELATIONS PROGRAM 63 EVENT MANAGEMENT PROGRAM .. 168 EXAMINATION PERIOD 18 EXEMPTION STANDING 153 EXTENSION PROGRAMS AND SERVICES 233 F FACULTY - See specific programs/courses FEES Registration Fees 16 International Student Fees 16 Seniors' Fees 17 Refunds 17 Fees Policy, Extension Programs 17 FINANCIAL AID & AWARDS 37 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT See Business Administration 159 FIRST AID AND HEALTH FIRST NATIONS PROGRAMS AND SERVICES FISHERIES SCIENCE FITNESS & RECREATION FOOD & BEVERAGE SERVICE FRENCH 31 30 187 29,34 31 103 G GENERAL OFFICE ASSISTANT PROGRAM GEOGRAPHY GEOLOGY GERMAN GRADES GRADE POINT AVERAGE GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION 209 104 106 107 24 24 19 67 H HANDICAPPED STUDENT SERVICES See Disability Support Services 30 HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES PROGRAMS 189 HEALTH SERVICES & FIRST AID 31 HIGH SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY - See Adult Basic Education HISTORY 108 HOLIDAYS IN 1993/94 10 HORTICULTURE 192 HUMANITIES DIVISION 61 I T GRADES 24 IDENTIFICATION CARD 16 INDONESIAN 229 INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES 28 INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION Application for Admission 11,31 International Exchanges 32 International Projects 33 CANASEAN Project 32 Asia Pacific Management Co-op 32,227 INTERNATIONAL OFFICE 31 J JAPANESE JAZZ STUDIES JOB PLACEMENT - See Student Employment 110 111 K KINESIOLOGY 122 L LABOUR STUDIES PROGRAM 123 LANDSCAPE HORTICULTURE PROGRAM 192 LEGAL ASSISTANT P R O G R A M 194 LEGAL SECRETARIAL P R O G R A M ...212 LIBRARY Lynnmour, Sechelt, Squamish 33 LOANS - See Financial Aid LOST AND FOUND 34 R E C O R D S , STUDENT RECREATION & FITNESS REFUND O F F E E S REGISTRAR, OFFICE O F T H E REGISTRATION REPEATING A C O U R S E RESIDENT C A R E ATTENDANT PROGRAM 19 29,34 17 34 14 25 189 M s MARKETING MANAGEMENT See Business Administration 159 MATHEMATICS 125 MATH LEARNING C E N T R E 28,62 MEDIA PRODUCTION SERVICES 33 MEDIA R E S O U R C E S P R O G R A M 198 MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT PROGRAM 215 MERCHANDISING MANAGEMENT See Business Administration 159 MERIT LIST 39 MISSION AND V A L U E S 9 MUSIC THERAPY, B A C H E L O R O F ...203 MUSIC TRANSFER, BACHELOR O F .129 SCHOLARSHIPS 38 SCHOLASTIC AWARDS 38 SCIENCE: General information 64 S E C H E L T CAMPUS A D D R E S S & PHONE NUMBER 1 SECURITY 34 S E L F STUDY C O U R S E S 62 SENIOR CITIZEN F E E WAIVERS 17 SERVICES 28 S E X U A L HARASSMENT 27 SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISION 61 SOCIOLOGY 143 SPANISH 145 SPECIAL N E E D S SERVICES 28 S P O R T S - See Athletics S P O R T S P L E X & FITNESS C E N T R E ...34 SQUAMISH CAMPUS A D D R E S S & PHONE NUMBER 1 STUDENT ASSISTANCE 37 STUDENT EMPLOYMENT C E N T R E ... 35 STUDENT IDENTIFICATION CARD 16 STUDENT LOANS 37 STUDENT NEWSPAPER 35 STUDENT NUMBER 16 STUDENT R E C O R D S 19 STUDENT SERVICES 28 STUDENT SOCIETY 35 STUDENT S T O R E 36 STUDIO A R T 72 N NEWSPAPER, STUDENT NON-CREDIT P R O G R A M S NORTH VANCOUVER C A M P U S Address & Phone 35 233 1 0 OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 207 OFFICE T E C H N O L O G Y P R O G R A M .207 OUTDOOR RECREATION MANAGEMENT P R O G R A M 217 Wilderness Leadership 218 P T PARKING 34 P E R S O N A L ASSISTANT FOR P E R S O N S WITH DISABILITIES P R O G R A M ....189 PHILOSOPHY 134 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 137 PHYSICS 138 PLAGIARISM & CHEATING, POLICY...26 POLICIES & P R O C E D U R E S 18, 24 POLITICAL STUDIES 140 POST-GRADUATE P R O G R A M S 227 PREPARATORY PROGRAMS 51 PSYCHOLOGY 141 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM 168 PURE & APPLIED SCIENCE TEXTILE A R T S THAI THEATRE TOURISM MANAGEMENT PROGRAM TOWING T R A N S F E R GUIDE TRANSER TO AND FROM O T H E R INSTITUTIONS: Academic Career TUITION - See Fees DIVISION 61,64 VISITORS VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS DIVISION 18 61 w WAIT LISTS 15 WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP ' PROGRAM 218 WITHDRAWING FROM A C O U R S E 15 WOMEN'S STUDIES 149 WRITING A C R O S S T H E CURRICULUM 63 WRITING C E N T R E 29,62 78 146 146 222 34 237 61 153 u UNIVERSITY TRANSFER/ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 61 UNIVERSITY TRANFER GUIDE 237 R READMISSION 11 INDEX 277 278 279 Notes 280 CAPILANO C O L L E G E 1968-1993 2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V7J 3H5 phone: (604) 986-1911 fax: (604) 984-4985 •I » f« Capilano College